diff options
author | Nicolas Dechesne <nicolas.dechesne@linaro.org> | 2020-11-13 00:21:41 +0100 |
---|---|---|
committer | Richard Purdie <richard.purdie@linuxfoundation.org> | 2021-01-04 10:55:00 +0000 |
commit | 22384b2fe567406b3c318b2edd0d23dee0d72023 (patch) | |
tree | b19414c699324722f371d4138c305e925a43da95 /bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual | |
parent | 16d477fa5d2bec49ccd83ede8249431d30e0c80c (diff) | |
download | poky-22384b2fe567406b3c318b2edd0d23dee0d72023.tar.gz |
bitbake: sphinx: import sphinx docs
The Bitbake manual was migrated to Sphinx in Yocto Project 3.2. Since
the docs between 3.2 and 3.1 are "similar", and since 3.1 is an LTS
release, we agreed to backport the documentation onto 3.1.
If we look at all docs changes in 3.1 and 3.2, we have the following:
=== Changes in 3.1
git log --oneline b94dec477a8d48ebceec91952ba290798c56c1f5..origin/1.46 -- doc/
====
324aaa7f bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml: fix a minor error
f92e19a3 doc: More explanation to tasks that recursively depend on themselves
e4695176 doc: Clarify how task dependencies relate to RDEPENDS
25c5c79b user manual: properly tag content as <replaceable>
be367887 docs: delete reference to obsolete recipe-depends.dot
=== Changes in 3.2/master
git log --oneline b94dec477a8d48ebceec91952ba290798c56c1f5..origin/master -- doc/
====
a7c47f1e sphinx: rename Makefile.sphinx
427721d8 sphinx: remove DocBook files
d52190ea docs: static: theme_overrides.css: fix responsive design on <640px screens
9ae5cce7 docs: sphinx: report errors when dependencies are not met
ec4c481a docs: update README file after migrationg to Sphinx
c87cc35a docs: sphinx: replace special quotes with double quotes
ebdeef2c docs: ref-variables: add links to terms in glossary
29081375 bitbake-user-manual: fix bad links
a0f37789 sphinx: theme_override: Use bold for emphasis text
cbc5ca48 sphinx: theme_override: properly set font for verbatim text
08b1ae23 sphinx: remove leading '/'
99ba6fe9 sphinx: update style for important, caution and warnings
d99760cc sphinx: last manual round of fixes/improvements
4f94633a sphinx: bitbake-user-manual: insert additional blank line after title
63adcaa5 sphinx: add releases page
3e940d93 sphinx: conf: enable extlinks extension
9921c652 sphinx: index: move the boilerplate at the end of the page
4e461224 sphinx: add SPDX headers
cb19159c sphinx: Enhance the sphinx experience/nagivation with:
10a54678 sphinx: tweak html output a bit
219b2348 sphinx: Makefile.sphinx: add clean and publish targets
35fdc185 sphinx: fixes all remaining warnings
e11d2dd1 sphinx: fix links inside notes
57300955 sphinx: fixup for links
fa304c01 sphinx: override theme CSS
29af1cd2 sphinx: switch to readthedocs theme
e8359fd8 sphinx: bitbake-user-manual: use builtin sphinx glossary
6bf6c8d6 sphinx: initial sphinx support
84ccba0f sphinx: add initial build infrastructure
44b57216 bitbake-user-manual: update perforce fetcher docs
9186ca47 bitbake-user-manual: Add BBFILES_DYNAMIC
7689fa78 bitbake-user-manual: Remove TERM from BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST example
06b5cf0a bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml: fix a minor error
c92a266c doc: More explanation to tasks that recursively depend on themselves
caf42243 doc: Clarify how task dependencies relate to RDEPENDS
647c13d4 user manual: properly tag content as <replaceable>
2effbb6e docs: delete reference to obsolete recipe-depends.dot
We can conclude the following commits exist in 3.2 and not in 3.1 (if
we filter out sphinx changes)
44b57216 bitbake-user-manual: update perforce fetcher docs
9186ca47 bitbake-user-manual: Add BBFILES_DYNAMIC
7689fa78 bitbake-user-manual: Remove TERM from BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST example
Out of these 3 changes, the following patches are for 3.2 only:
44b57216 bitbake-user-manual: update perforce fetcher docs
7689fa78 bitbake-user-manual: Remove TERM from BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST example
To backport the Sphinx docs, we then need to cherry-pick all docs
patches from 3.2/1.48 and 'undo' the two patches above.
This first patch is the first step that imports all Sphinx files, and
remove Docbook files. It was done with the following command:
git cherry-pick -n \
$(git log --reverse --oneline \
b94dec477a8d48ebceec91952ba290798c56c1f5..origin/master -- doc/ \
| cut -f1 -d' ')
(Bitbake rev: cd68f14031eb45006b44d10b348e35c69ac21ad0)
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dechesne <nicolas.dechesne@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <richard.purdie@linuxfoundation.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual')
16 files changed, 5792 insertions, 10082 deletions
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-customization.xsl b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-customization.xsl deleted file mode 100644 index 5985ea783f..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-customization.xsl +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <?xml version='1.0'?> | ||
2 | <xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:fo="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Format" version="1.0"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <xsl:import href="http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/docbook-mirror/docbook-xsl-1.76.1/xhtml/docbook.xsl" /> | ||
5 | |||
6 | <!-- | ||
7 | |||
8 | <xsl:import href="../template/1.76.1/docbook-xsl-1.76.1/xhtml/docbook.xsl" /> | ||
9 | |||
10 | <xsl:import href="http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.76.1/xhtml/docbook.xsl" /> | ||
11 | |||
12 | --> | ||
13 | |||
14 | <xsl:include href="../template/permalinks.xsl"/> | ||
15 | <xsl:include href="../template/section.title.xsl"/> | ||
16 | <xsl:include href="../template/component.title.xsl"/> | ||
17 | <xsl:include href="../template/division.title.xsl"/> | ||
18 | <xsl:include href="../template/formal.object.heading.xsl"/> | ||
19 | <xsl:include href="../template/gloss-permalinks.xsl"/> | ||
20 | |||
21 | <xsl:param name="html.stylesheet" select="'user-manual-style.css'" /> | ||
22 | <xsl:param name="chapter.autolabel" select="1" /> | ||
23 | <xsl:param name="section.autolabel" select="1" /> | ||
24 | <xsl:param name="section.label.includes.component.label" select="1" /> | ||
25 | <xsl:param name="appendix.autolabel">A</xsl:param> | ||
26 | |||
27 | <!-- <xsl:param name="generate.toc" select="'article nop'"></xsl:param> --> | ||
28 | |||
29 | </xsl:stylesheet> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d74e768f69 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | ========= | ||
4 | Execution | ||
5 | ========= | ||
6 | |||
7 | | | ||
8 | |||
9 | The primary purpose for running BitBake is to produce some kind of | ||
10 | output such as a single installable package, a kernel, a software | ||
11 | development kit, or even a full, board-specific bootable Linux image, | ||
12 | complete with bootloader, kernel, and root filesystem. Of course, you | ||
13 | can execute the ``bitbake`` command with options that cause it to | ||
14 | execute single tasks, compile single recipe files, capture or clear | ||
15 | data, or simply return information about the execution environment. | ||
16 | |||
17 | This chapter describes BitBake's execution process from start to finish | ||
18 | when you use it to create an image. The execution process is launched | ||
19 | using the following command form: :: | ||
20 | |||
21 | $ bitbake target | ||
22 | |||
23 | For information on | ||
24 | the BitBake command and its options, see ":ref:`The BitBake Command | ||
25 | <bitbake-user-manual-command>`" section. | ||
26 | |||
27 | .. note:: | ||
28 | |||
29 | Prior to executing BitBake, you should take advantage of available | ||
30 | parallel thread execution on your build host by setting the | ||
31 | :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable in | ||
32 | your project's ``local.conf`` configuration file. | ||
33 | |||
34 | A common method to determine this value for your build host is to run | ||
35 | the following: :: | ||
36 | |||
37 | $ grep processor /proc/cpuinfo | ||
38 | |||
39 | This command returns | ||
40 | the number of processors, which takes into account hyper-threading. | ||
41 | Thus, a quad-core build host with hyper-threading most likely shows | ||
42 | eight processors, which is the value you would then assign to | ||
43 | ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS``. | ||
44 | |||
45 | A possibly simpler solution is that some Linux distributions (e.g. | ||
46 | Debian and Ubuntu) provide the ``ncpus`` command. | ||
47 | |||
48 | Parsing the Base Configuration Metadata | ||
49 | ======================================= | ||
50 | |||
51 | The first thing BitBake does is parse base configuration metadata. Base | ||
52 | configuration metadata consists of your project's ``bblayers.conf`` file | ||
53 | to determine what layers BitBake needs to recognize, all necessary | ||
54 | ``layer.conf`` files (one from each layer), and ``bitbake.conf``. The | ||
55 | data itself is of various types: | ||
56 | |||
57 | - **Recipes:** Details about particular pieces of software. | ||
58 | |||
59 | - **Class Data:** An abstraction of common build information (e.g. how to | ||
60 | build a Linux kernel). | ||
61 | |||
62 | - **Configuration Data:** Machine-specific settings, policy decisions, | ||
63 | and so forth. Configuration data acts as the glue to bind everything | ||
64 | together. | ||
65 | |||
66 | The ``layer.conf`` files are used to construct key variables such as | ||
67 | :term:`BBPATH` and :term:`BBFILES`. | ||
68 | ``BBPATH`` is used to search for configuration and class files under the | ||
69 | ``conf`` and ``classes`` directories, respectively. ``BBFILES`` is used | ||
70 | to locate both recipe and recipe append files (``.bb`` and | ||
71 | ``.bbappend``). If there is no ``bblayers.conf`` file, it is assumed the | ||
72 | user has set the ``BBPATH`` and ``BBFILES`` directly in the environment. | ||
73 | |||
74 | Next, the ``bitbake.conf`` file is located using the ``BBPATH`` variable | ||
75 | that was just constructed. The ``bitbake.conf`` file may also include | ||
76 | other configuration files using the ``include`` or ``require`` | ||
77 | directives. | ||
78 | |||
79 | Prior to parsing configuration files, BitBake looks at certain | ||
80 | variables, including: | ||
81 | |||
82 | - :term:`BB_ENV_WHITELIST` | ||
83 | - :term:`BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE` | ||
84 | - :term:`BB_PRESERVE_ENV` | ||
85 | - :term:`BB_ORIGENV` | ||
86 | - :term:`BITBAKE_UI` | ||
87 | |||
88 | The first four variables in this list relate to how BitBake treats shell | ||
89 | environment variables during task execution. By default, BitBake cleans | ||
90 | the environment variables and provides tight control over the shell | ||
91 | execution environment. However, through the use of these first four | ||
92 | variables, you can apply your control regarding the environment | ||
93 | variables allowed to be used by BitBake in the shell during execution of | ||
94 | tasks. See the | ||
95 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:Passing Information Into the Build Task Environment`" | ||
96 | section and the information about these variables in the variable | ||
97 | glossary for more information on how they work and on how to use them. | ||
98 | |||
99 | The base configuration metadata is global and therefore affects all | ||
100 | recipes and tasks that are executed. | ||
101 | |||
102 | BitBake first searches the current working directory for an optional | ||
103 | ``conf/bblayers.conf`` configuration file. This file is expected to | ||
104 | contain a :term:`BBLAYERS` variable that is a | ||
105 | space-delimited list of 'layer' directories. Recall that if BitBake | ||
106 | cannot find a ``bblayers.conf`` file, then it is assumed the user has | ||
107 | set the ``BBPATH`` and ``BBFILES`` variables directly in the | ||
108 | environment. | ||
109 | |||
110 | For each directory (layer) in this list, a ``conf/layer.conf`` file is | ||
111 | located and parsed with the :term:`LAYERDIR` variable | ||
112 | being set to the directory where the layer was found. The idea is these | ||
113 | files automatically set up :term:`BBPATH` and other | ||
114 | variables correctly for a given build directory. | ||
115 | |||
116 | BitBake then expects to find the ``conf/bitbake.conf`` file somewhere in | ||
117 | the user-specified ``BBPATH``. That configuration file generally has | ||
118 | include directives to pull in any other metadata such as files specific | ||
119 | to the architecture, the machine, the local environment, and so forth. | ||
120 | |||
121 | Only variable definitions and include directives are allowed in BitBake | ||
122 | ``.conf`` files. Some variables directly influence BitBake's behavior. | ||
123 | These variables might have been set from the environment depending on | ||
124 | the environment variables previously mentioned or set in the | ||
125 | configuration files. The ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables:Variables Glossary`" | ||
126 | chapter presents a full list of | ||
127 | variables. | ||
128 | |||
129 | After parsing configuration files, BitBake uses its rudimentary | ||
130 | inheritance mechanism, which is through class files, to inherit some | ||
131 | standard classes. BitBake parses a class when the inherit directive | ||
132 | responsible for getting that class is encountered. | ||
133 | |||
134 | The ``base.bbclass`` file is always included. Other classes that are | ||
135 | specified in the configuration using the | ||
136 | :term:`INHERIT` variable are also included. BitBake | ||
137 | searches for class files in a ``classes`` subdirectory under the paths | ||
138 | in ``BBPATH`` in the same way as configuration files. | ||
139 | |||
140 | A good way to get an idea of the configuration files and the class files | ||
141 | used in your execution environment is to run the following BitBake | ||
142 | command: :: | ||
143 | |||
144 | $ bitbake -e > mybb.log | ||
145 | |||
146 | Examining the top of the ``mybb.log`` | ||
147 | shows you the many configuration files and class files used in your | ||
148 | execution environment. | ||
149 | |||
150 | .. note:: | ||
151 | |||
152 | You need to be aware of how BitBake parses curly braces. If a recipe | ||
153 | uses a closing curly brace within the function and the character has | ||
154 | no leading spaces, BitBake produces a parsing error. If you use a | ||
155 | pair of curly braces in a shell function, the closing curly brace | ||
156 | must not be located at the start of the line without leading spaces. | ||
157 | |||
158 | Here is an example that causes BitBake to produce a parsing error: :: | ||
159 | |||
160 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
161 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
162 | usage() | ||
163 | { | ||
164 | echo "test" | ||
165 | ###### The following "}" at the start of the line causes a parsing error ###### | ||
166 | } | ||
167 | EOF | ||
168 | } | ||
169 | |||
170 | Writing the recipe this way avoids the error: | ||
171 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
172 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
173 | usage() | ||
174 | { | ||
175 | echo "test" | ||
176 | ###### The following "}" with a leading space at the start of the line avoids the error ###### | ||
177 | } | ||
178 | EOF | ||
179 | } | ||
180 | |||
181 | Locating and Parsing Recipes | ||
182 | ============================ | ||
183 | |||
184 | During the configuration phase, BitBake will have set | ||
185 | :term:`BBFILES`. BitBake now uses it to construct a | ||
186 | list of recipes to parse, along with any append files (``.bbappend``) to | ||
187 | apply. ``BBFILES`` is a space-separated list of available files and | ||
188 | supports wildcards. An example would be: :: | ||
189 | |||
190 | BBFILES = "/path/to/bbfiles/*.bb /path/to/appends/*.bbappend" | ||
191 | |||
192 | BitBake parses each | ||
193 | recipe and append file located with ``BBFILES`` and stores the values of | ||
194 | various variables into the datastore. | ||
195 | |||
196 | .. note:: | ||
197 | |||
198 | Append files are applied in the order they are encountered in BBFILES. | ||
199 | |||
200 | For each file, a fresh copy of the base configuration is made, then the | ||
201 | recipe is parsed line by line. Any inherit statements cause BitBake to | ||
202 | find and then parse class files (``.bbclass``) using | ||
203 | :term:`BBPATH` as the search path. Finally, BitBake | ||
204 | parses in order any append files found in ``BBFILES``. | ||
205 | |||
206 | One common convention is to use the recipe filename to define pieces of | ||
207 | metadata. For example, in ``bitbake.conf`` the recipe name and version | ||
208 | are used to set the variables :term:`PN` and | ||
209 | :term:`PV`: :: | ||
210 | |||
211 | PN = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
212 | PV = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[1] or '1.0'}" | ||
213 | |||
214 | In this example, a recipe called "something_1.2.3.bb" would set | ||
215 | ``PN`` to "something" and ``PV`` to "1.2.3". | ||
216 | |||
217 | By the time parsing is complete for a recipe, BitBake has a list of | ||
218 | tasks that the recipe defines and a set of data consisting of keys and | ||
219 | values as well as dependency information about the tasks. | ||
220 | |||
221 | BitBake does not need all of this information. It only needs a small | ||
222 | subset of the information to make decisions about the recipe. | ||
223 | Consequently, BitBake caches the values in which it is interested and | ||
224 | does not store the rest of the information. Experience has shown it is | ||
225 | faster to re-parse the metadata than to try and write it out to the disk | ||
226 | and then reload it. | ||
227 | |||
228 | Where possible, subsequent BitBake commands reuse this cache of recipe | ||
229 | information. The validity of this cache is determined by first computing | ||
230 | a checksum of the base configuration data (see | ||
231 | :term:`BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST`) and | ||
232 | then checking if the checksum matches. If that checksum matches what is | ||
233 | in the cache and the recipe and class files have not changed, BitBake is | ||
234 | able to use the cache. BitBake then reloads the cached information about | ||
235 | the recipe instead of reparsing it from scratch. | ||
236 | |||
237 | Recipe file collections exist to allow the user to have multiple | ||
238 | repositories of ``.bb`` files that contain the same exact package. For | ||
239 | example, one could easily use them to make one's own local copy of an | ||
240 | upstream repository, but with custom modifications that one does not | ||
241 | want upstream. Here is an example: :: | ||
242 | |||
243 | BBFILES = "/stuff/openembedded/*/*.bb /stuff/openembedded.modified/*/*.bb" | ||
244 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS = "upstream local" | ||
245 | BBFILE_PATTERN_upstream = "^/stuff/openembedded/" | ||
246 | BBFILE_PATTERN_local = "^/stuff/openembedded.modified/" | ||
247 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_upstream = "5" BBFILE_PRIORITY_local = "10" | ||
248 | |||
249 | .. note:: | ||
250 | |||
251 | The layers mechanism is now the preferred method of collecting code. | ||
252 | While the collections code remains, its main use is to set layer | ||
253 | priorities and to deal with overlap (conflicts) between layers. | ||
254 | |||
255 | .. _bb-bitbake-providers: | ||
256 | |||
257 | Providers | ||
258 | ========= | ||
259 | |||
260 | Assuming BitBake has been instructed to execute a target and that all | ||
261 | the recipe files have been parsed, BitBake starts to figure out how to | ||
262 | build the target. BitBake looks through the ``PROVIDES`` list for each | ||
263 | of the recipes. A ``PROVIDES`` list is the list of names by which the | ||
264 | recipe can be known. Each recipe's ``PROVIDES`` list is created | ||
265 | implicitly through the recipe's :term:`PN` variable and | ||
266 | explicitly through the recipe's :term:`PROVIDES` | ||
267 | variable, which is optional. | ||
268 | |||
269 | When a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, that recipe's functionality can be | ||
270 | found under an alternative name or names other than the implicit ``PN`` | ||
271 | name. As an example, suppose a recipe named ``keyboard_1.0.bb`` | ||
272 | contained the following: :: | ||
273 | |||
274 | PROVIDES += "fullkeyboard" | ||
275 | |||
276 | The ``PROVIDES`` | ||
277 | list for this recipe becomes "keyboard", which is implicit, and | ||
278 | "fullkeyboard", which is explicit. Consequently, the functionality found | ||
279 | in ``keyboard_1.0.bb`` can be found under two different names. | ||
280 | |||
281 | .. _bb-bitbake-preferences: | ||
282 | |||
283 | Preferences | ||
284 | =========== | ||
285 | |||
286 | The ``PROVIDES`` list is only part of the solution for figuring out a | ||
287 | target's recipes. Because targets might have multiple providers, BitBake | ||
288 | needs to prioritize providers by determining provider preferences. | ||
289 | |||
290 | A common example in which a target has multiple providers is | ||
291 | "virtual/kernel", which is on the ``PROVIDES`` list for each kernel | ||
292 | recipe. Each machine often selects the best kernel provider by using a | ||
293 | line similar to the following in the machine configuration file: :: | ||
294 | |||
295 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel = "linux-yocto" | ||
296 | |||
297 | The default :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` is the provider | ||
298 | with the same name as the target. BitBake iterates through each target | ||
299 | it needs to build and resolves them and their dependencies using this | ||
300 | process. | ||
301 | |||
302 | Understanding how providers are chosen is made complicated by the fact | ||
303 | that multiple versions might exist for a given provider. BitBake | ||
304 | defaults to the highest version of a provider. Version comparisons are | ||
305 | made using the same method as Debian. You can use the | ||
306 | :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable to | ||
307 | specify a particular version. You can influence the order by using the | ||
308 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` variable. | ||
309 | |||
310 | By default, files have a preference of "0". Setting | ||
311 | ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` to "-1" makes the recipe unlikely to be used | ||
312 | unless it is explicitly referenced. Setting ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` to | ||
313 | "1" makes it likely the recipe is used. ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` overrides | ||
314 | any ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` setting. ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is often used | ||
315 | to mark newer and more experimental recipe versions until they have | ||
316 | undergone sufficient testing to be considered stable. | ||
317 | |||
318 | When there are multiple "versions" of a given recipe, BitBake defaults | ||
319 | to selecting the most recent version, unless otherwise specified. If the | ||
320 | recipe in question has a | ||
321 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` set lower than | ||
322 | the other recipes (default is 0), then it will not be selected. This | ||
323 | allows the person or persons maintaining the repository of recipe files | ||
324 | to specify their preference for the default selected version. | ||
325 | Additionally, the user can specify their preferred version. | ||
326 | |||
327 | If the first recipe is named ``a_1.1.bb``, then the | ||
328 | :term:`PN` variable will be set to "a", and the | ||
329 | :term:`PV` variable will be set to 1.1. | ||
330 | |||
331 | Thus, if a recipe named ``a_1.2.bb`` exists, BitBake will choose 1.2 by | ||
332 | default. However, if you define the following variable in a ``.conf`` | ||
333 | file that BitBake parses, you can change that preference: :: | ||
334 | |||
335 | PREFERRED_VERSION_a = "1.1" | ||
336 | |||
337 | .. note:: | ||
338 | |||
339 | It is common for a recipe to provide two versions -- a stable, | ||
340 | numbered (and preferred) version, and a version that is automatically | ||
341 | checked out from a source code repository that is considered more | ||
342 | "bleeding edge" but can be selected only explicitly. | ||
343 | |||
344 | For example, in the OpenEmbedded codebase, there is a standard, | ||
345 | versioned recipe file for BusyBox, ``busybox_1.22.1.bb``, but there | ||
346 | is also a Git-based version, ``busybox_git.bb``, which explicitly | ||
347 | contains the line :: | ||
348 | |||
349 | DEFAULT_PREFERENCE = "-1" | ||
350 | |||
351 | to ensure that the | ||
352 | numbered, stable version is always preferred unless the developer | ||
353 | selects otherwise. | ||
354 | |||
355 | .. _bb-bitbake-dependencies: | ||
356 | |||
357 | Dependencies | ||
358 | ============ | ||
359 | |||
360 | Each target BitBake builds consists of multiple tasks such as ``fetch``, | ||
361 | ``unpack``, ``patch``, ``configure``, and ``compile``. For best | ||
362 | performance on multi-core systems, BitBake considers each task as an | ||
363 | independent entity with its own set of dependencies. | ||
364 | |||
365 | Dependencies are defined through several variables. You can find | ||
366 | information about variables BitBake uses in the | ||
367 | :doc:`bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables` near the end of this manual. At a | ||
368 | basic level, it is sufficient to know that BitBake uses the | ||
369 | :term:`DEPENDS` and | ||
370 | :term:`RDEPENDS` variables when calculating | ||
371 | dependencies. | ||
372 | |||
373 | For more information on how BitBake handles dependencies, see the | ||
374 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:Dependencies` | ||
375 | section. | ||
376 | |||
377 | .. _ref-bitbake-tasklist: | ||
378 | |||
379 | The Task List | ||
380 | ============= | ||
381 | |||
382 | Based on the generated list of providers and the dependency information, | ||
383 | BitBake can now calculate exactly what tasks it needs to run and in what | ||
384 | order it needs to run them. The | ||
385 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:executing tasks` | ||
386 | section has more information on how BitBake chooses which task to | ||
387 | execute next. | ||
388 | |||
389 | The build now starts with BitBake forking off threads up to the limit | ||
390 | set in the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` | ||
391 | variable. BitBake continues to fork threads as long as there are tasks | ||
392 | ready to run, those tasks have all their dependencies met, and the | ||
393 | thread threshold has not been exceeded. | ||
394 | |||
395 | It is worth noting that you can greatly speed up the build time by | ||
396 | properly setting the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable. | ||
397 | |||
398 | As each task completes, a timestamp is written to the directory | ||
399 | specified by the :term:`STAMP` variable. On subsequent | ||
400 | runs, BitBake looks in the build directory within ``tmp/stamps`` and | ||
401 | does not rerun tasks that are already completed unless a timestamp is | ||
402 | found to be invalid. Currently, invalid timestamps are only considered | ||
403 | on a per recipe file basis. So, for example, if the configure stamp has | ||
404 | a timestamp greater than the compile timestamp for a given target, then | ||
405 | the compile task would rerun. Running the compile task again, however, | ||
406 | has no effect on other providers that depend on that target. | ||
407 | |||
408 | The exact format of the stamps is partly configurable. In modern | ||
409 | versions of BitBake, a hash is appended to the stamp so that if the | ||
410 | configuration changes, the stamp becomes invalid and the task is | ||
411 | automatically rerun. This hash, or signature used, is governed by the | ||
412 | signature policy that is configured (see the | ||
413 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:checksums (signatures)` | ||
414 | section for information). It is also | ||
415 | possible to append extra metadata to the stamp using the | ||
416 | ``[stamp-extra-info]`` task flag. For example, OpenEmbedded uses this | ||
417 | flag to make some tasks machine-specific. | ||
418 | |||
419 | .. note:: | ||
420 | |||
421 | Some tasks are marked as "nostamp" tasks. No timestamp file is | ||
422 | created when these tasks are run. Consequently, "nostamp" tasks are | ||
423 | always rerun. | ||
424 | |||
425 | For more information on tasks, see the | ||
426 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks` section. | ||
427 | |||
428 | Executing Tasks | ||
429 | =============== | ||
430 | |||
431 | Tasks can be either a shell task or a Python task. For shell tasks, | ||
432 | BitBake writes a shell script to | ||
433 | ``${``\ :term:`T`\ ``}/run.do_taskname.pid`` and then | ||
434 | executes the script. The generated shell script contains all the | ||
435 | exported variables, and the shell functions with all variables expanded. | ||
436 | Output from the shell script goes to the file | ||
437 | ``${T}/log.do_taskname.pid``. Looking at the expanded shell functions in | ||
438 | the run file and the output in the log files is a useful debugging | ||
439 | technique. | ||
440 | |||
441 | For Python tasks, BitBake executes the task internally and logs | ||
442 | information to the controlling terminal. Future versions of BitBake will | ||
443 | write the functions to files similar to the way shell tasks are handled. | ||
444 | Logging will be handled in a way similar to shell tasks as well. | ||
445 | |||
446 | The order in which BitBake runs the tasks is controlled by its task | ||
447 | scheduler. It is possible to configure the scheduler and define custom | ||
448 | implementations for specific use cases. For more information, see these | ||
449 | variables that control the behavior: | ||
450 | |||
451 | - :term:`BB_SCHEDULER` | ||
452 | |||
453 | - :term:`BB_SCHEDULERS` | ||
454 | |||
455 | It is possible to have functions run before and after a task's main | ||
456 | function. This is done using the ``[prefuncs]`` and ``[postfuncs]`` | ||
457 | flags of the task that lists the functions to run. | ||
458 | |||
459 | .. _checksums: | ||
460 | |||
461 | Checksums (Signatures) | ||
462 | ====================== | ||
463 | |||
464 | A checksum is a unique signature of a task's inputs. The signature of a | ||
465 | task can be used to determine if a task needs to be run. Because it is a | ||
466 | change in a task's inputs that triggers running the task, BitBake needs | ||
467 | to detect all the inputs to a given task. For shell tasks, this turns | ||
468 | out to be fairly easy because BitBake generates a "run" shell script for | ||
469 | each task and it is possible to create a checksum that gives you a good | ||
470 | idea of when the task's data changes. | ||
471 | |||
472 | To complicate the problem, some things should not be included in the | ||
473 | checksum. First, there is the actual specific build path of a given task | ||
474 | - the working directory. It does not matter if the working directory | ||
475 | changes because it should not affect the output for target packages. The | ||
476 | simplistic approach for excluding the working directory is to set it to | ||
477 | some fixed value and create the checksum for the "run" script. BitBake | ||
478 | goes one step better and uses the | ||
479 | :term:`BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST` variable | ||
480 | to define a list of variables that should never be included when | ||
481 | generating the signatures. | ||
482 | |||
483 | Another problem results from the "run" scripts containing functions that | ||
484 | might or might not get called. The incremental build solution contains | ||
485 | code that figures out dependencies between shell functions. This code is | ||
486 | used to prune the "run" scripts down to the minimum set, thereby | ||
487 | alleviating this problem and making the "run" scripts much more readable | ||
488 | as a bonus. | ||
489 | |||
490 | So far we have solutions for shell scripts. What about Python tasks? The | ||
491 | same approach applies even though these tasks are more difficult. The | ||
492 | process needs to figure out what variables a Python function accesses | ||
493 | and what functions it calls. Again, the incremental build solution | ||
494 | contains code that first figures out the variable and function | ||
495 | dependencies, and then creates a checksum for the data used as the input | ||
496 | to the task. | ||
497 | |||
498 | Like the working directory case, situations exist where dependencies | ||
499 | should be ignored. For these cases, you can instruct the build process | ||
500 | to ignore a dependency by using a line like the following: :: | ||
501 | |||
502 | PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardepsexclude] = "MACHINE" | ||
503 | |||
504 | This example ensures that the | ||
505 | ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` variable does not depend on the value of ``MACHINE``, | ||
506 | even if it does reference it. | ||
507 | |||
508 | Equally, there are cases where we need to add dependencies BitBake is | ||
509 | not able to find. You can accomplish this by using a line like the | ||
510 | following: :: | ||
511 | |||
512 | PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardeps] = "MACHINE" | ||
513 | |||
514 | This example explicitly | ||
515 | adds the ``MACHINE`` variable as a dependency for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS``. | ||
516 | |||
517 | Consider a case with in-line Python, for example, where BitBake is not | ||
518 | able to figure out dependencies. When running in debug mode (i.e. using | ||
519 | ``-DDD``), BitBake produces output when it discovers something for which | ||
520 | it cannot figure out dependencies. | ||
521 | |||
522 | Thus far, this section has limited discussion to the direct inputs into | ||
523 | a task. Information based on direct inputs is referred to as the | ||
524 | "basehash" in the code. However, there is still the question of a task's | ||
525 | indirect inputs - the things that were already built and present in the | ||
526 | build directory. The checksum (or signature) for a particular task needs | ||
527 | to add the hashes of all the tasks on which the particular task depends. | ||
528 | Choosing which dependencies to add is a policy decision. However, the | ||
529 | effect is to generate a master checksum that combines the basehash and | ||
530 | the hashes of the task's dependencies. | ||
531 | |||
532 | At the code level, there are a variety of ways both the basehash and the | ||
533 | dependent task hashes can be influenced. Within the BitBake | ||
534 | configuration file, we can give BitBake some extra information to help | ||
535 | it construct the basehash. The following statement effectively results | ||
536 | in a list of global variable dependency excludes - variables never | ||
537 | included in any checksum. This example uses variables from OpenEmbedded | ||
538 | to help illustrate the concept: :: | ||
539 | |||
540 | BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST ?= "TMPDIR FILE PATH PWD BB_TASKHASH BBPATH DL_DIR \ | ||
541 | SSTATE_DIR THISDIR FILESEXTRAPATHS FILE_DIRNAME HOME LOGNAME SHELL \ | ||
542 | USER FILESPATH STAGING_DIR_HOST STAGING_DIR_TARGET COREBASE PRSERV_HOST \ | ||
543 | PRSERV_DUMPDIR PRSERV_DUMPFILE PRSERV_LOCKDOWN PARALLEL_MAKE \ | ||
544 | CCACHE_DIR EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN CCACHE CCACHE_DISABLE LICENSE_PATH SDKPKGSUFFIX" | ||
545 | |||
546 | The previous example excludes the work directory, which is part of | ||
547 | ``TMPDIR``. | ||
548 | |||
549 | The rules for deciding which hashes of dependent tasks to include | ||
550 | through dependency chains are more complex and are generally | ||
551 | accomplished with a Python function. The code in | ||
552 | ``meta/lib/oe/sstatesig.py`` shows two examples of this and also | ||
553 | illustrates how you can insert your own policy into the system if so | ||
554 | desired. This file defines the two basic signature generators | ||
555 | OpenEmbedded-Core uses: "OEBasic" and "OEBasicHash". By default, there | ||
556 | is a dummy "noop" signature handler enabled in BitBake. This means that | ||
557 | behavior is unchanged from previous versions. ``OE-Core`` uses the | ||
558 | "OEBasicHash" signature handler by default through this setting in the | ||
559 | ``bitbake.conf`` file: :: | ||
560 | |||
561 | BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER ?= "OEBasicHash" | ||
562 | |||
563 | The "OEBasicHash" ``BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER`` is the same as the "OEBasic" | ||
564 | version but adds the task hash to the stamp files. This results in any | ||
565 | metadata change that changes the task hash, automatically causing the | ||
566 | task to be run again. This removes the need to bump | ||
567 | :term:`PR` values, and changes to metadata automatically | ||
568 | ripple across the build. | ||
569 | |||
570 | It is also worth noting that the end result of these signature | ||
571 | generators is to make some dependency and hash information available to | ||
572 | the build. This information includes: | ||
573 | |||
574 | - ``BB_BASEHASH_task-``\ *taskname*: The base hashes for each task in the | ||
575 | recipe. | ||
576 | |||
577 | - ``BB_BASEHASH_``\ *filename:taskname*: The base hashes for each | ||
578 | dependent task. | ||
579 | |||
580 | - ``BBHASHDEPS_``\ *filename:taskname*: The task dependencies for | ||
581 | each task. | ||
582 | |||
583 | - ``BB_TASKHASH``: The hash of the currently running task. | ||
584 | |||
585 | It is worth noting that BitBake's "-S" option lets you debug BitBake's | ||
586 | processing of signatures. The options passed to -S allow different | ||
587 | debugging modes to be used, either using BitBake's own debug functions | ||
588 | or possibly those defined in the metadata/signature handler itself. The | ||
589 | simplest parameter to pass is "none", which causes a set of signature | ||
590 | information to be written out into ``STAMPS_DIR`` corresponding to the | ||
591 | targets specified. The other currently available parameter is | ||
592 | "printdiff", which causes BitBake to try to establish the closest | ||
593 | signature match it can (e.g. in the sstate cache) and then run | ||
594 | ``bitbake-diffsigs`` over the matches to determine the stamps and delta | ||
595 | where these two stamp trees diverge. | ||
596 | |||
597 | .. note:: | ||
598 | |||
599 | It is likely that future versions of BitBake will provide other | ||
600 | signature handlers triggered through additional "-S" parameters. | ||
601 | |||
602 | You can find more information on checksum metadata in the | ||
603 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:task checksums and setscene` | ||
604 | section. | ||
605 | |||
606 | Setscene | ||
607 | ======== | ||
608 | |||
609 | The setscene process enables BitBake to handle "pre-built" artifacts. | ||
610 | The ability to handle and reuse these artifacts allows BitBake the | ||
611 | luxury of not having to build something from scratch every time. | ||
612 | Instead, BitBake can use, when possible, existing build artifacts. | ||
613 | |||
614 | BitBake needs to have reliable data indicating whether or not an | ||
615 | artifact is compatible. Signatures, described in the previous section, | ||
616 | provide an ideal way of representing whether an artifact is compatible. | ||
617 | If a signature is the same, an object can be reused. | ||
618 | |||
619 | If an object can be reused, the problem then becomes how to replace a | ||
620 | given task or set of tasks with the pre-built artifact. BitBake solves | ||
621 | the problem with the "setscene" process. | ||
622 | |||
623 | When BitBake is asked to build a given target, before building anything, | ||
624 | it first asks whether cached information is available for any of the | ||
625 | targets it's building, or any of the intermediate targets. If cached | ||
626 | information is available, BitBake uses this information instead of | ||
627 | running the main tasks. | ||
628 | |||
629 | BitBake first calls the function defined by the | ||
630 | :term:`BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION` variable | ||
631 | with a list of tasks and corresponding hashes it wants to build. This | ||
632 | function is designed to be fast and returns a list of the tasks for | ||
633 | which it believes in can obtain artifacts. | ||
634 | |||
635 | Next, for each of the tasks that were returned as possibilities, BitBake | ||
636 | executes a setscene version of the task that the possible artifact | ||
637 | covers. Setscene versions of a task have the string "_setscene" appended | ||
638 | to the task name. So, for example, the task with the name ``xxx`` has a | ||
639 | setscene task named ``xxx_setscene``. The setscene version of the task | ||
640 | executes and provides the necessary artifacts returning either success | ||
641 | or failure. | ||
642 | |||
643 | As previously mentioned, an artifact can cover more than one task. For | ||
644 | example, it is pointless to obtain a compiler if you already have the | ||
645 | compiled binary. To handle this, BitBake calls the | ||
646 | :term:`BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID` function for | ||
647 | each successful setscene task to know whether or not it needs to obtain | ||
648 | the dependencies of that task. | ||
649 | |||
650 | Finally, after all the setscene tasks have executed, BitBake calls the | ||
651 | function listed in | ||
652 | :term:`BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2` | ||
653 | with the list of tasks BitBake thinks has been "covered". The metadata | ||
654 | can then ensure that this list is correct and can inform BitBake that it | ||
655 | wants specific tasks to be run regardless of the setscene result. | ||
656 | |||
657 | You can find more information on setscene metadata in the | ||
658 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:task checksums and setscene` | ||
659 | section. | ||
660 | |||
661 | Logging | ||
662 | ======= | ||
663 | |||
664 | In addition to the standard command line option to control how verbose | ||
665 | builds are when execute, bitbake also supports user defined | ||
666 | configuration of the `Python | ||
667 | logging <https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.html>`__ facilities | ||
668 | through the :term:`BB_LOGCONFIG` variable. This | ||
669 | variable defines a json or yaml `logging | ||
670 | configuration <https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.config.html>`__ | ||
671 | that will be intelligently merged into the default configuration. The | ||
672 | logging configuration is merged using the following rules: | ||
673 | |||
674 | - The user defined configuration will completely replace the default | ||
675 | configuration if top level key ``bitbake_merge`` is set to the value | ||
676 | ``False``. In this case, all other rules are ignored. | ||
677 | |||
678 | - The user configuration must have a top level ``version`` which must | ||
679 | match the value of the default configuration. | ||
680 | |||
681 | - Any keys defined in the ``handlers``, ``formatters``, or ``filters``, | ||
682 | will be merged into the same section in the default configuration, | ||
683 | with the user specified keys taking replacing a default one if there | ||
684 | is a conflict. In practice, this means that if both the default | ||
685 | configuration and user configuration specify a handler named | ||
686 | ``myhandler``, the user defined one will replace the default. To | ||
687 | prevent the user from inadvertently replacing a default handler, | ||
688 | formatter, or filter, all of the default ones are named with a prefix | ||
689 | of "``BitBake.``" | ||
690 | |||
691 | - If a logger is defined by the user with the key ``bitbake_merge`` set | ||
692 | to ``False``, that logger will be completely replaced by user | ||
693 | configuration. In this case, no other rules will apply to that | ||
694 | logger. | ||
695 | |||
696 | - All user defined ``filter`` and ``handlers`` properties for a given | ||
697 | logger will be merged with corresponding properties from the default | ||
698 | logger. For example, if the user configuration adds a filter called | ||
699 | ``myFilter`` to the ``BitBake.SigGen``, and the default configuration | ||
700 | adds a filter called ``BitBake.defaultFilter``, both filters will be | ||
701 | applied to the logger | ||
702 | |||
703 | As an example, consider the following user logging configuration file | ||
704 | which logs all Hash Equivalence related messages of VERBOSE or higher to | ||
705 | a file called ``hashequiv.log`` :: | ||
706 | |||
707 | { | ||
708 | "version": 1, | ||
709 | "handlers": { | ||
710 | "autobuilderlog": { | ||
711 | "class": "logging.FileHandler", | ||
712 | "formatter": "logfileFormatter", | ||
713 | "level": "DEBUG", | ||
714 | "filename": "hashequiv.log", | ||
715 | "mode": "w" | ||
716 | } | ||
717 | }, | ||
718 | "formatters": { | ||
719 | "logfileFormatter": { | ||
720 | "format": "%(name)s: %(levelname)s: %(message)s" | ||
721 | } | ||
722 | }, | ||
723 | "loggers": { | ||
724 | "BitBake.SigGen.HashEquiv": { | ||
725 | "level": "VERBOSE", | ||
726 | "handlers": ["autobuilderlog"] | ||
727 | }, | ||
728 | "BitBake.RunQueue.HashEquiv": { | ||
729 | "level": "VERBOSE", | ||
730 | "handlers": ["autobuilderlog"] | ||
731 | } | ||
732 | } | ||
733 | } | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.xml deleted file mode 100644 index e4251dff56..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,1029 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <chapter id="bitbake-user-manual-execution"> | ||
5 | <title>Execution</title> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <para> | ||
8 | The primary purpose for running BitBake is to produce some kind | ||
9 | of output such as a single installable package, a kernel, a software | ||
10 | development kit, or even a full, board-specific bootable Linux image, | ||
11 | complete with bootloader, kernel, and root filesystem. | ||
12 | Of course, you can execute the <filename>bitbake</filename> | ||
13 | command with options that cause it to execute single tasks, | ||
14 | compile single recipe files, capture or clear data, or simply | ||
15 | return information about the execution environment. | ||
16 | </para> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <para> | ||
19 | This chapter describes BitBake's execution process from start | ||
20 | to finish when you use it to create an image. | ||
21 | The execution process is launched using the following command | ||
22 | form: | ||
23 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
24 | $ bitbake <replaceable>target</replaceable> | ||
25 | </literallayout> | ||
26 | For information on the BitBake command and its options, | ||
27 | see | ||
28 | "<link linkend='bitbake-user-manual-command'>The BitBake Command</link>" | ||
29 | section. | ||
30 | <note> | ||
31 | <para> | ||
32 | Prior to executing BitBake, you should take advantage of available | ||
33 | parallel thread execution on your build host by setting the | ||
34 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_NUMBER_THREADS'><filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename></link> | ||
35 | variable in your project's <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
36 | configuration file. | ||
37 | </para> | ||
38 | |||
39 | <para> | ||
40 | A common method to determine this value for your build host is to run | ||
41 | the following: | ||
42 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
43 | $ grep processor /proc/cpuinfo | ||
44 | </literallayout> | ||
45 | This command returns the number of processors, which takes into | ||
46 | account hyper-threading. | ||
47 | Thus, a quad-core build host with hyper-threading most likely | ||
48 | shows eight processors, which is the value you would then assign to | ||
49 | <filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename>. | ||
50 | </para> | ||
51 | |||
52 | <para> | ||
53 | A possibly simpler solution is that some Linux distributions | ||
54 | (e.g. Debian and Ubuntu) provide the <filename>ncpus</filename> command. | ||
55 | </para> | ||
56 | </note> | ||
57 | </para> | ||
58 | |||
59 | <section id='parsing-the-base-configuration-metadata'> | ||
60 | <title>Parsing the Base Configuration Metadata</title> | ||
61 | |||
62 | <para> | ||
63 | The first thing BitBake does is parse base configuration | ||
64 | metadata. | ||
65 | Base configuration metadata consists of your project's | ||
66 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file to determine what | ||
67 | layers BitBake needs to recognize, all necessary | ||
68 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> files (one from each layer), | ||
69 | and <filename>bitbake.conf</filename>. | ||
70 | The data itself is of various types: | ||
71 | <itemizedlist> | ||
72 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Recipes:</emphasis> | ||
73 | Details about particular pieces of software. | ||
74 | </para></listitem> | ||
75 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Class Data:</emphasis> | ||
76 | An abstraction of common build information | ||
77 | (e.g. how to build a Linux kernel). | ||
78 | </para></listitem> | ||
79 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Configuration Data:</emphasis> | ||
80 | Machine-specific settings, policy decisions, | ||
81 | and so forth. | ||
82 | Configuration data acts as the glue to bind everything | ||
83 | together.</para></listitem> | ||
84 | </itemizedlist> | ||
85 | </para> | ||
86 | |||
87 | <para> | ||
88 | The <filename>layer.conf</filename> files are used to | ||
89 | construct key variables such as | ||
90 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link> | ||
91 | and | ||
92 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILES'><filename>BBFILES</filename></link>. | ||
93 | <filename>BBPATH</filename> is used to search for | ||
94 | configuration and class files under the | ||
95 | <filename>conf</filename> and <filename>classes</filename> | ||
96 | directories, respectively. | ||
97 | <filename>BBFILES</filename> is used to locate both recipe | ||
98 | and recipe append files | ||
99 | (<filename>.bb</filename> and <filename>.bbappend</filename>). | ||
100 | If there is no <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> file, | ||
101 | it is assumed the user has set the <filename>BBPATH</filename> | ||
102 | and <filename>BBFILES</filename> directly in the environment. | ||
103 | </para> | ||
104 | |||
105 | <para> | ||
106 | Next, the <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file is located | ||
107 | using the <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable that was | ||
108 | just constructed. | ||
109 | The <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file may also include other | ||
110 | configuration files using the | ||
111 | <filename>include</filename> or | ||
112 | <filename>require</filename> directives. | ||
113 | </para> | ||
114 | |||
115 | <para> | ||
116 | Prior to parsing configuration files, BitBake looks | ||
117 | at certain variables, including: | ||
118 | <itemizedlist> | ||
119 | <listitem><para> | ||
120 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_ENV_WHITELIST</filename></link> | ||
121 | </para></listitem> | ||
122 | <listitem><para> | ||
123 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE'><filename>BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE</filename></link> | ||
124 | </para></listitem> | ||
125 | <listitem><para> | ||
126 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_PRESERVE_ENV'><filename>BB_PRESERVE_ENV</filename></link> | ||
127 | </para></listitem> | ||
128 | <listitem><para> | ||
129 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ORIGENV'><filename>BB_ORIGENV</filename></link> | ||
130 | </para></listitem> | ||
131 | <listitem><para> | ||
132 | <link linkend='var-bb-BITBAKE_UI'><filename>BITBAKE_UI</filename></link> | ||
133 | </para></listitem> | ||
134 | </itemizedlist> | ||
135 | The first four variables in this list relate to how BitBake treats shell | ||
136 | environment variables during task execution. | ||
137 | By default, BitBake cleans the environment variables and provides tight | ||
138 | control over the shell execution environment. | ||
139 | However, through the use of these first four variables, you can | ||
140 | apply your control regarding the | ||
141 | environment variables allowed to be used by BitBake in the shell | ||
142 | during execution of tasks. | ||
143 | See the | ||
144 | "<link linkend='passing-information-into-the-build-task-environment'>Passing Information Into the Build Task Environment</link>" | ||
145 | section and the information about these variables in the | ||
146 | variable glossary for more information on how they work and | ||
147 | on how to use them. | ||
148 | </para> | ||
149 | |||
150 | <para> | ||
151 | The base configuration metadata is global | ||
152 | and therefore affects all recipes and tasks that are executed. | ||
153 | </para> | ||
154 | |||
155 | <para> | ||
156 | BitBake first searches the current working directory for an | ||
157 | optional <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
158 | This file is expected to contain a | ||
159 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBLAYERS'><filename>BBLAYERS</filename></link> | ||
160 | variable that is a space-delimited list of 'layer' directories. | ||
161 | Recall that if BitBake cannot find a <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> | ||
162 | file, then it is assumed the user has set the <filename>BBPATH</filename> | ||
163 | and <filename>BBFILES</filename> variables directly in the environment. | ||
164 | </para> | ||
165 | |||
166 | <para> | ||
167 | For each directory (layer) in this list, a <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> | ||
168 | file is located and parsed with the | ||
169 | <link linkend='var-bb-LAYERDIR'><filename>LAYERDIR</filename></link> | ||
170 | variable being set to the directory where the layer was found. | ||
171 | The idea is these files automatically set up | ||
172 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link> | ||
173 | and other variables correctly for a given build directory. | ||
174 | </para> | ||
175 | |||
176 | <para> | ||
177 | BitBake then expects to find the <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename> | ||
178 | file somewhere in the user-specified <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
179 | That configuration file generally has include directives to pull | ||
180 | in any other metadata such as files specific to the architecture, | ||
181 | the machine, the local environment, and so forth. | ||
182 | </para> | ||
183 | |||
184 | <para> | ||
185 | Only variable definitions and include directives are allowed | ||
186 | in BitBake <filename>.conf</filename> files. | ||
187 | Some variables directly influence BitBake's behavior. | ||
188 | These variables might have been set from the environment | ||
189 | depending on the environment variables previously | ||
190 | mentioned or set in the configuration files. | ||
191 | The | ||
192 | "<link linkend='ref-bb-variables-glos'>Variables Glossary</link>" | ||
193 | chapter presents a full list of variables. | ||
194 | </para> | ||
195 | |||
196 | <para> | ||
197 | After parsing configuration files, BitBake uses its rudimentary | ||
198 | inheritance mechanism, which is through class files, to inherit | ||
199 | some standard classes. | ||
200 | BitBake parses a class when the inherit directive responsible | ||
201 | for getting that class is encountered. | ||
202 | </para> | ||
203 | |||
204 | <para> | ||
205 | The <filename>base.bbclass</filename> file is always included. | ||
206 | Other classes that are specified in the configuration using the | ||
207 | <link linkend='var-bb-INHERIT'><filename>INHERIT</filename></link> | ||
208 | variable are also included. | ||
209 | BitBake searches for class files in a | ||
210 | <filename>classes</filename> subdirectory under | ||
211 | the paths in <filename>BBPATH</filename> in the same way as | ||
212 | configuration files. | ||
213 | </para> | ||
214 | |||
215 | <para> | ||
216 | A good way to get an idea of the configuration files and | ||
217 | the class files used in your execution environment is to | ||
218 | run the following BitBake command: | ||
219 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
220 | $ bitbake -e > mybb.log | ||
221 | </literallayout> | ||
222 | Examining the top of the <filename>mybb.log</filename> | ||
223 | shows you the many configuration files and class files | ||
224 | used in your execution environment. | ||
225 | </para> | ||
226 | |||
227 | <note> | ||
228 | <para> | ||
229 | You need to be aware of how BitBake parses curly braces. | ||
230 | If a recipe uses a closing curly brace within the function and | ||
231 | the character has no leading spaces, BitBake produces a parsing | ||
232 | error. | ||
233 | If you use a pair of curly braces in a shell function, the | ||
234 | closing curly brace must not be located at the start of the line | ||
235 | without leading spaces. | ||
236 | </para> | ||
237 | |||
238 | <para> | ||
239 | Here is an example that causes BitBake to produce a parsing | ||
240 | error: | ||
241 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
242 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
243 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
244 | usage() | ||
245 | { | ||
246 | echo "test" | ||
247 | ###### The following "}" at the start of the line causes a parsing error ###### | ||
248 | } | ||
249 | EOF | ||
250 | } | ||
251 | </literallayout> | ||
252 | Writing the recipe this way avoids the error: | ||
253 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
254 | fakeroot create_shar() { | ||
255 | cat << "EOF" > ${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.sh | ||
256 | usage() | ||
257 | { | ||
258 | echo "test" | ||
259 | ######The following "}" with a leading space at the start of the line avoids the error ###### | ||
260 | } | ||
261 | EOF | ||
262 | } | ||
263 | </literallayout> | ||
264 | </para> | ||
265 | </note> | ||
266 | </section> | ||
267 | |||
268 | <section id='locating-and-parsing-recipes'> | ||
269 | <title>Locating and Parsing Recipes</title> | ||
270 | |||
271 | <para> | ||
272 | During the configuration phase, BitBake will have set | ||
273 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILES'><filename>BBFILES</filename></link>. | ||
274 | BitBake now uses it to construct a list of recipes to parse, | ||
275 | along with any append files (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) | ||
276 | to apply. | ||
277 | <filename>BBFILES</filename> is a space-separated list of | ||
278 | available files and supports wildcards. | ||
279 | An example would be: | ||
280 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
281 | BBFILES = "/path/to/bbfiles/*.bb /path/to/appends/*.bbappend" | ||
282 | </literallayout> | ||
283 | BitBake parses each recipe and append file located | ||
284 | with <filename>BBFILES</filename> and stores the values of | ||
285 | various variables into the datastore. | ||
286 | <note> | ||
287 | Append files are applied in the order they are encountered in | ||
288 | <filename>BBFILES</filename>. | ||
289 | </note> | ||
290 | For each file, a fresh copy of the base configuration is | ||
291 | made, then the recipe is parsed line by line. | ||
292 | Any inherit statements cause BitBake to find and | ||
293 | then parse class files (<filename>.bbclass</filename>) | ||
294 | using | ||
295 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link> | ||
296 | as the search path. | ||
297 | Finally, BitBake parses in order any append files found in | ||
298 | <filename>BBFILES</filename>. | ||
299 | </para> | ||
300 | |||
301 | <para> | ||
302 | One common convention is to use the recipe filename to define | ||
303 | pieces of metadata. | ||
304 | For example, in <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> the recipe | ||
305 | name and version are used to set the variables | ||
306 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> and | ||
307 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link>: | ||
308 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
309 | PN = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
310 | PV = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[1] or '1.0'}" | ||
311 | </literallayout> | ||
312 | In this example, a recipe called "something_1.2.3.bb" would set | ||
313 | <filename>PN</filename> to "something" and | ||
314 | <filename>PV</filename> to "1.2.3". | ||
315 | </para> | ||
316 | |||
317 | <para> | ||
318 | By the time parsing is complete for a recipe, BitBake | ||
319 | has a list of tasks that the recipe defines and a set of | ||
320 | data consisting of keys and values as well as | ||
321 | dependency information about the tasks. | ||
322 | </para> | ||
323 | |||
324 | <para> | ||
325 | BitBake does not need all of this information. | ||
326 | It only needs a small subset of the information to make | ||
327 | decisions about the recipe. | ||
328 | Consequently, BitBake caches the values in which it is | ||
329 | interested and does not store the rest of the information. | ||
330 | Experience has shown it is faster to re-parse the metadata than to | ||
331 | try and write it out to the disk and then reload it. | ||
332 | </para> | ||
333 | |||
334 | <para> | ||
335 | Where possible, subsequent BitBake commands reuse this cache of | ||
336 | recipe information. | ||
337 | The validity of this cache is determined by first computing a | ||
338 | checksum of the base configuration data (see | ||
339 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST</filename></link>) | ||
340 | and then checking if the checksum matches. | ||
341 | If that checksum matches what is in the cache and the recipe | ||
342 | and class files have not changed, BitBake is able to use | ||
343 | the cache. | ||
344 | BitBake then reloads the cached information about the recipe | ||
345 | instead of reparsing it from scratch. | ||
346 | </para> | ||
347 | |||
348 | <para> | ||
349 | Recipe file collections exist to allow the user to | ||
350 | have multiple repositories of | ||
351 | <filename>.bb</filename> files that contain the same | ||
352 | exact package. | ||
353 | For example, one could easily use them to make one's | ||
354 | own local copy of an upstream repository, but with | ||
355 | custom modifications that one does not want upstream. | ||
356 | Here is an example: | ||
357 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
358 | BBFILES = "/stuff/openembedded/*/*.bb /stuff/openembedded.modified/*/*.bb" | ||
359 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS = "upstream local" | ||
360 | BBFILE_PATTERN_upstream = "^/stuff/openembedded/" | ||
361 | BBFILE_PATTERN_local = "^/stuff/openembedded.modified/" | ||
362 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_upstream = "5" | ||
363 | BBFILE_PRIORITY_local = "10" | ||
364 | </literallayout> | ||
365 | <note> | ||
366 | The layers mechanism is now the preferred method of collecting | ||
367 | code. | ||
368 | While the collections code remains, its main use is to set layer | ||
369 | priorities and to deal with overlap (conflicts) between layers. | ||
370 | </note> | ||
371 | </para> | ||
372 | </section> | ||
373 | |||
374 | <section id='bb-bitbake-providers'> | ||
375 | <title>Providers</title> | ||
376 | |||
377 | <para> | ||
378 | Assuming BitBake has been instructed to execute a target | ||
379 | and that all the recipe files have been parsed, BitBake | ||
380 | starts to figure out how to build the target. | ||
381 | BitBake looks through the <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list | ||
382 | for each of the recipes. | ||
383 | A <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list is the list of names by which | ||
384 | the recipe can be known. | ||
385 | Each recipe's <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list is created | ||
386 | implicitly through the recipe's | ||
387 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> variable | ||
388 | and explicitly through the recipe's | ||
389 | <link linkend='var-bb-PROVIDES'><filename>PROVIDES</filename></link> | ||
390 | variable, which is optional. | ||
391 | </para> | ||
392 | |||
393 | <para> | ||
394 | When a recipe uses <filename>PROVIDES</filename>, that recipe's | ||
395 | functionality can be found under an alternative name or names other | ||
396 | than the implicit <filename>PN</filename> name. | ||
397 | As an example, suppose a recipe named <filename>keyboard_1.0.bb</filename> | ||
398 | contained the following: | ||
399 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
400 | PROVIDES += "fullkeyboard" | ||
401 | </literallayout> | ||
402 | The <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list for this recipe becomes | ||
403 | "keyboard", which is implicit, and "fullkeyboard", which is explicit. | ||
404 | Consequently, the functionality found in | ||
405 | <filename>keyboard_1.0.bb</filename> can be found under two | ||
406 | different names. | ||
407 | </para> | ||
408 | </section> | ||
409 | |||
410 | <section id='bb-bitbake-preferences'> | ||
411 | <title>Preferences</title> | ||
412 | |||
413 | <para> | ||
414 | The <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list is only part of the solution | ||
415 | for figuring out a target's recipes. | ||
416 | Because targets might have multiple providers, BitBake needs | ||
417 | to prioritize providers by determining provider preferences. | ||
418 | </para> | ||
419 | |||
420 | <para> | ||
421 | A common example in which a target has multiple providers | ||
422 | is "virtual/kernel", which is on the | ||
423 | <filename>PROVIDES</filename> list for each kernel recipe. | ||
424 | Each machine often selects the best kernel provider by using a | ||
425 | line similar to the following in the machine configuration file: | ||
426 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
427 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel = "linux-yocto" | ||
428 | </literallayout> | ||
429 | The default | ||
430 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'><filename>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</filename></link> | ||
431 | is the provider with the same name as the target. | ||
432 | BitBake iterates through each target it needs to build and | ||
433 | resolves them and their dependencies using this process. | ||
434 | </para> | ||
435 | |||
436 | <para> | ||
437 | Understanding how providers are chosen is made complicated by the fact | ||
438 | that multiple versions might exist for a given provider. | ||
439 | BitBake defaults to the highest version of a provider. | ||
440 | Version comparisons are made using the same method as Debian. | ||
441 | You can use the | ||
442 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREFERRED_VERSION'><filename>PREFERRED_VERSION</filename></link> | ||
443 | variable to specify a particular version. | ||
444 | You can influence the order by using the | ||
445 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEFAULT_PREFERENCE'><filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename></link> | ||
446 | variable. | ||
447 | </para> | ||
448 | |||
449 | <para> | ||
450 | By default, files have a preference of "0". | ||
451 | Setting <filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename> to "-1" makes the | ||
452 | recipe unlikely to be used unless it is explicitly referenced. | ||
453 | Setting <filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename> to "1" makes it | ||
454 | likely the recipe is used. | ||
455 | <filename>PREFERRED_VERSION</filename> overrides any | ||
456 | <filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename> setting. | ||
457 | <filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename> is often used to mark newer | ||
458 | and more experimental recipe versions until they have undergone | ||
459 | sufficient testing to be considered stable. | ||
460 | </para> | ||
461 | |||
462 | <para> | ||
463 | When there are multiple “versions†of a given recipe, | ||
464 | BitBake defaults to selecting the most recent | ||
465 | version, unless otherwise specified. | ||
466 | If the recipe in question has a | ||
467 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEFAULT_PREFERENCE'><filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename></link> | ||
468 | set lower than the other recipes (default is 0), then | ||
469 | it will not be selected. | ||
470 | This allows the person or persons maintaining | ||
471 | the repository of recipe files to specify | ||
472 | their preference for the default selected version. | ||
473 | Additionally, the user can specify their preferred version. | ||
474 | </para> | ||
475 | |||
476 | <para> | ||
477 | If the first recipe is named <filename>a_1.1.bb</filename>, then the | ||
478 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> variable | ||
479 | will be set to “aâ€, and the | ||
480 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link> | ||
481 | variable will be set to 1.1. | ||
482 | </para> | ||
483 | |||
484 | <para> | ||
485 | Thus, if a recipe named <filename>a_1.2.bb</filename> exists, BitBake | ||
486 | will choose 1.2 by default. | ||
487 | However, if you define the following variable in a | ||
488 | <filename>.conf</filename> file that BitBake parses, you | ||
489 | can change that preference: | ||
490 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
491 | PREFERRED_VERSION_a = "1.1" | ||
492 | </literallayout> | ||
493 | </para> | ||
494 | |||
495 | <note> | ||
496 | <para> | ||
497 | It is common for a recipe to provide two versions -- a stable, | ||
498 | numbered (and preferred) version, and a version that is | ||
499 | automatically checked out from a source code repository that | ||
500 | is considered more "bleeding edge" but can be selected only | ||
501 | explicitly. | ||
502 | </para> | ||
503 | |||
504 | <para> | ||
505 | For example, in the OpenEmbedded codebase, there is a standard, | ||
506 | versioned recipe file for BusyBox, | ||
507 | <filename>busybox_1.22.1.bb</filename>, | ||
508 | but there is also a Git-based version, | ||
509 | <filename>busybox_git.bb</filename>, which explicitly contains the line | ||
510 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
511 | DEFAULT_PREFERENCE = "-1" | ||
512 | </literallayout> | ||
513 | to ensure that the numbered, stable version is always preferred | ||
514 | unless the developer selects otherwise. | ||
515 | </para> | ||
516 | </note> | ||
517 | </section> | ||
518 | |||
519 | <section id='bb-bitbake-dependencies'> | ||
520 | <title>Dependencies</title> | ||
521 | |||
522 | <para> | ||
523 | Each target BitBake builds consists of multiple tasks such as | ||
524 | <filename>fetch</filename>, <filename>unpack</filename>, | ||
525 | <filename>patch</filename>, <filename>configure</filename>, | ||
526 | and <filename>compile</filename>. | ||
527 | For best performance on multi-core systems, BitBake considers each | ||
528 | task as an independent | ||
529 | entity with its own set of dependencies. | ||
530 | </para> | ||
531 | |||
532 | <para> | ||
533 | Dependencies are defined through several variables. | ||
534 | You can find information about variables BitBake uses in | ||
535 | the <link linkend='ref-bb-variables-glos'>Variables Glossary</link> | ||
536 | near the end of this manual. | ||
537 | At a basic level, it is sufficient to know that BitBake uses the | ||
538 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> and | ||
539 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link> variables when | ||
540 | calculating dependencies. | ||
541 | </para> | ||
542 | |||
543 | <para> | ||
544 | For more information on how BitBake handles dependencies, see the | ||
545 | "<link linkend='dependencies'>Dependencies</link>" section. | ||
546 | </para> | ||
547 | </section> | ||
548 | |||
549 | <section id='ref-bitbake-tasklist'> | ||
550 | <title>The Task List</title> | ||
551 | |||
552 | <para> | ||
553 | Based on the generated list of providers and the dependency information, | ||
554 | BitBake can now calculate exactly what tasks it needs to run and in what | ||
555 | order it needs to run them. | ||
556 | The | ||
557 | "<link linkend='executing-tasks'>Executing Tasks</link>" section has more | ||
558 | information on how BitBake chooses which task to execute next. | ||
559 | </para> | ||
560 | |||
561 | <para> | ||
562 | The build now starts with BitBake forking off threads up to the limit set in the | ||
563 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_NUMBER_THREADS'><filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename></link> | ||
564 | variable. | ||
565 | BitBake continues to fork threads as long as there are tasks ready to run, | ||
566 | those tasks have all their dependencies met, and the thread threshold has not been | ||
567 | exceeded. | ||
568 | </para> | ||
569 | |||
570 | <para> | ||
571 | It is worth noting that you can greatly speed up the build time by properly setting | ||
572 | the <filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename> variable. | ||
573 | </para> | ||
574 | |||
575 | <para> | ||
576 | As each task completes, a timestamp is written to the directory specified by the | ||
577 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMP'><filename>STAMP</filename></link> variable. | ||
578 | On subsequent runs, BitBake looks in the build directory within | ||
579 | <filename>tmp/stamps</filename> and does not rerun | ||
580 | tasks that are already completed unless a timestamp is found to be invalid. | ||
581 | Currently, invalid timestamps are only considered on a per | ||
582 | recipe file basis. | ||
583 | So, for example, if the configure stamp has a timestamp greater than the | ||
584 | compile timestamp for a given target, then the compile task would rerun. | ||
585 | Running the compile task again, however, has no effect on other providers | ||
586 | that depend on that target. | ||
587 | </para> | ||
588 | |||
589 | <para> | ||
590 | The exact format of the stamps is partly configurable. | ||
591 | In modern versions of BitBake, a hash is appended to the | ||
592 | stamp so that if the configuration changes, the stamp becomes | ||
593 | invalid and the task is automatically rerun. | ||
594 | This hash, or signature used, is governed by the signature policy | ||
595 | that is configured (see the | ||
596 | "<link linkend='checksums'>Checksums (Signatures)</link>" | ||
597 | section for information). | ||
598 | It is also possible to append extra metadata to the stamp using | ||
599 | the <filename>[stamp-extra-info]</filename> task flag. | ||
600 | For example, OpenEmbedded uses this flag to make some tasks machine-specific. | ||
601 | </para> | ||
602 | |||
603 | <note> | ||
604 | Some tasks are marked as "nostamp" tasks. | ||
605 | No timestamp file is created when these tasks are run. | ||
606 | Consequently, "nostamp" tasks are always rerun. | ||
607 | </note> | ||
608 | |||
609 | <para> | ||
610 | For more information on tasks, see the | ||
611 | "<link linkend='tasks'>Tasks</link>" section. | ||
612 | </para> | ||
613 | </section> | ||
614 | |||
615 | <section id='executing-tasks'> | ||
616 | <title>Executing Tasks</title> | ||
617 | |||
618 | <para> | ||
619 | Tasks can be either a shell task or a Python task. | ||
620 | For shell tasks, BitBake writes a shell script to | ||
621 | <filename>${</filename><link linkend='var-bb-T'><filename>T</filename></link><filename>}/run.do_taskname.<replaceable>pid</replaceable></filename> | ||
622 | and then executes the script. | ||
623 | The generated shell script contains all the exported variables, | ||
624 | and the shell functions with all variables expanded. | ||
625 | Output from the shell script goes to the file | ||
626 | <filename>${T}/log.do_taskname.<replaceable>pid</replaceable></filename>. | ||
627 | Looking at the expanded shell functions in the run file and | ||
628 | the output in the log files is a useful debugging technique. | ||
629 | </para> | ||
630 | |||
631 | <para> | ||
632 | For Python tasks, BitBake executes the task internally and logs | ||
633 | information to the controlling terminal. | ||
634 | Future versions of BitBake will write the functions to files | ||
635 | similar to the way shell tasks are handled. | ||
636 | Logging will be handled in a way similar to shell tasks as well. | ||
637 | </para> | ||
638 | |||
639 | <para> | ||
640 | The order in which BitBake runs the tasks is controlled by its | ||
641 | task scheduler. | ||
642 | It is possible to configure the scheduler and define custom | ||
643 | implementations for specific use cases. | ||
644 | For more information, see these variables that control the | ||
645 | behavior: | ||
646 | <itemizedlist> | ||
647 | <listitem><para> | ||
648 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SCHEDULER'><filename>BB_SCHEDULER</filename></link> | ||
649 | </para></listitem> | ||
650 | <listitem><para> | ||
651 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SCHEDULERS'><filename>BB_SCHEDULERS</filename></link> | ||
652 | </para></listitem> | ||
653 | </itemizedlist> | ||
654 | It is possible to have functions run before and after a task's main | ||
655 | function. | ||
656 | This is done using the <filename>[prefuncs]</filename> | ||
657 | and <filename>[postfuncs]</filename> flags of the task | ||
658 | that lists the functions to run. | ||
659 | </para> | ||
660 | </section> | ||
661 | |||
662 | <section id='checksums'> | ||
663 | <title>Checksums (Signatures)</title> | ||
664 | |||
665 | <para> | ||
666 | A checksum is a unique signature of a task's inputs. | ||
667 | The signature of a task can be used to determine if a task | ||
668 | needs to be run. | ||
669 | Because it is a change in a task's inputs that triggers running | ||
670 | the task, BitBake needs to detect all the inputs to a given task. | ||
671 | For shell tasks, this turns out to be fairly easy because | ||
672 | BitBake generates a "run" shell script for each task and | ||
673 | it is possible to create a checksum that gives you a good idea of when | ||
674 | the task's data changes. | ||
675 | </para> | ||
676 | |||
677 | <para> | ||
678 | To complicate the problem, some things should not be included in | ||
679 | the checksum. | ||
680 | First, there is the actual specific build path of a given task - | ||
681 | the working directory. | ||
682 | It does not matter if the working directory changes because it should not | ||
683 | affect the output for target packages. | ||
684 | The simplistic approach for excluding the working directory is to set | ||
685 | it to some fixed value and create the checksum for the "run" script. | ||
686 | BitBake goes one step better and uses the | ||
687 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST</filename></link> | ||
688 | variable to define a list of variables that should never be included | ||
689 | when generating the signatures. | ||
690 | </para> | ||
691 | |||
692 | <para> | ||
693 | Another problem results from the "run" scripts containing functions that | ||
694 | might or might not get called. | ||
695 | The incremental build solution contains code that figures out dependencies | ||
696 | between shell functions. | ||
697 | This code is used to prune the "run" scripts down to the minimum set, | ||
698 | thereby alleviating this problem and making the "run" scripts much more | ||
699 | readable as a bonus. | ||
700 | </para> | ||
701 | |||
702 | <para> | ||
703 | So far we have solutions for shell scripts. | ||
704 | What about Python tasks? | ||
705 | The same approach applies even though these tasks are more difficult. | ||
706 | The process needs to figure out what variables a Python function accesses | ||
707 | and what functions it calls. | ||
708 | Again, the incremental build solution contains code that first figures out | ||
709 | the variable and function dependencies, and then creates a checksum for the data | ||
710 | used as the input to the task. | ||
711 | </para> | ||
712 | |||
713 | <para> | ||
714 | Like the working directory case, situations exist where dependencies | ||
715 | should be ignored. | ||
716 | For these cases, you can instruct the build process to ignore a dependency | ||
717 | by using a line like the following: | ||
718 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
719 | PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardepsexclude] = "MACHINE" | ||
720 | </literallayout> | ||
721 | This example ensures that the <filename>PACKAGE_ARCHS</filename> variable does not | ||
722 | depend on the value of <filename>MACHINE</filename>, even if it does reference it. | ||
723 | </para> | ||
724 | |||
725 | <para> | ||
726 | Equally, there are cases where we need to add dependencies BitBake | ||
727 | is not able to find. | ||
728 | You can accomplish this by using a line like the following: | ||
729 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
730 | PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardeps] = "MACHINE" | ||
731 | </literallayout> | ||
732 | This example explicitly adds the <filename>MACHINE</filename> variable as a | ||
733 | dependency for <filename>PACKAGE_ARCHS</filename>. | ||
734 | </para> | ||
735 | |||
736 | <para> | ||
737 | Consider a case with in-line Python, for example, where BitBake is not | ||
738 | able to figure out dependencies. | ||
739 | When running in debug mode (i.e. using <filename>-DDD</filename>), BitBake | ||
740 | produces output when it discovers something for which it cannot figure out | ||
741 | dependencies. | ||
742 | </para> | ||
743 | |||
744 | <para> | ||
745 | Thus far, this section has limited discussion to the direct inputs into a task. | ||
746 | Information based on direct inputs is referred to as the "basehash" in the | ||
747 | code. | ||
748 | However, there is still the question of a task's indirect inputs - the | ||
749 | things that were already built and present in the build directory. | ||
750 | The checksum (or signature) for a particular task needs to add the hashes | ||
751 | of all the tasks on which the particular task depends. | ||
752 | Choosing which dependencies to add is a policy decision. | ||
753 | However, the effect is to generate a master checksum that combines the basehash | ||
754 | and the hashes of the task's dependencies. | ||
755 | </para> | ||
756 | |||
757 | <para> | ||
758 | At the code level, there are a variety of ways both the basehash and the | ||
759 | dependent task hashes can be influenced. | ||
760 | Within the BitBake configuration file, we can give BitBake some extra information | ||
761 | to help it construct the basehash. | ||
762 | The following statement effectively results in a list of global variable | ||
763 | dependency excludes - variables never included in any checksum. | ||
764 | This example uses variables from OpenEmbedded to help illustrate | ||
765 | the concept: | ||
766 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
767 | BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST ?= "TMPDIR FILE PATH PWD BB_TASKHASH BBPATH DL_DIR \ | ||
768 | SSTATE_DIR THISDIR FILESEXTRAPATHS FILE_DIRNAME HOME LOGNAME SHELL TERM \ | ||
769 | USER FILESPATH STAGING_DIR_HOST STAGING_DIR_TARGET COREBASE PRSERV_HOST \ | ||
770 | PRSERV_DUMPDIR PRSERV_DUMPFILE PRSERV_LOCKDOWN PARALLEL_MAKE \ | ||
771 | CCACHE_DIR EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN CCACHE CCACHE_DISABLE LICENSE_PATH SDKPKGSUFFIX" | ||
772 | </literallayout> | ||
773 | The previous example excludes the work directory, which is part of | ||
774 | <filename>TMPDIR</filename>. | ||
775 | </para> | ||
776 | |||
777 | <para> | ||
778 | The rules for deciding which hashes of dependent tasks to include through | ||
779 | dependency chains are more complex and are generally accomplished with a | ||
780 | Python function. | ||
781 | The code in <filename>meta/lib/oe/sstatesig.py</filename> shows two examples | ||
782 | of this and also illustrates how you can insert your own policy into the system | ||
783 | if so desired. | ||
784 | This file defines the two basic signature generators OpenEmbedded-Core | ||
785 | uses: "OEBasic" and "OEBasicHash". | ||
786 | By default, there is a dummy "noop" signature handler enabled in BitBake. | ||
787 | This means that behavior is unchanged from previous versions. | ||
788 | <filename>OE-Core</filename> uses the "OEBasicHash" signature handler by default | ||
789 | through this setting in the <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file: | ||
790 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
791 | BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER ?= "OEBasicHash" | ||
792 | </literallayout> | ||
793 | The "OEBasicHash" <filename>BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER</filename> is the same as the | ||
794 | "OEBasic" version but adds the task hash to the stamp files. | ||
795 | This results in any metadata change that changes the task hash, automatically | ||
796 | causing the task to be run again. | ||
797 | This removes the need to bump | ||
798 | <link linkend='var-bb-PR'><filename>PR</filename></link> | ||
799 | values, and changes to metadata automatically ripple across the build. | ||
800 | </para> | ||
801 | |||
802 | <para> | ||
803 | It is also worth noting that the end result of these signature generators is to | ||
804 | make some dependency and hash information available to the build. | ||
805 | This information includes: | ||
806 | <itemizedlist> | ||
807 | <listitem><para><filename>BB_BASEHASH_task-</filename><replaceable>taskname</replaceable>: | ||
808 | The base hashes for each task in the recipe. | ||
809 | </para></listitem> | ||
810 | <listitem><para><filename>BB_BASEHASH_</filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable><filename>:</filename><replaceable>taskname</replaceable>: | ||
811 | The base hashes for each dependent task. | ||
812 | </para></listitem> | ||
813 | <listitem><para><filename>BBHASHDEPS_</filename><replaceable>filename</replaceable><filename>:</filename><replaceable>taskname</replaceable>: | ||
814 | The task dependencies for each task. | ||
815 | </para></listitem> | ||
816 | <listitem><para><filename>BB_TASKHASH</filename>: | ||
817 | The hash of the currently running task. | ||
818 | </para></listitem> | ||
819 | </itemizedlist> | ||
820 | </para> | ||
821 | |||
822 | <para> | ||
823 | It is worth noting that BitBake's "-S" option lets you | ||
824 | debug BitBake's processing of signatures. | ||
825 | The options passed to -S allow different debugging modes | ||
826 | to be used, either using BitBake's own debug functions | ||
827 | or possibly those defined in the metadata/signature handler | ||
828 | itself. | ||
829 | The simplest parameter to pass is "none", which causes a | ||
830 | set of signature information to be written out into | ||
831 | <filename>STAMPS_DIR</filename> | ||
832 | corresponding to the targets specified. | ||
833 | The other currently available parameter is "printdiff", | ||
834 | which causes BitBake to try to establish the closest | ||
835 | signature match it can (e.g. in the sstate cache) and then | ||
836 | run <filename>bitbake-diffsigs</filename> over the matches | ||
837 | to determine the stamps and delta where these two | ||
838 | stamp trees diverge. | ||
839 | <note> | ||
840 | It is likely that future versions of BitBake will | ||
841 | provide other signature handlers triggered through | ||
842 | additional "-S" parameters. | ||
843 | </note> | ||
844 | </para> | ||
845 | |||
846 | <para> | ||
847 | You can find more information on checksum metadata in the | ||
848 | "<link linkend='task-checksums-and-setscene'>Task Checksums and Setscene</link>" | ||
849 | section. | ||
850 | </para> | ||
851 | </section> | ||
852 | |||
853 | <section id='setscene'> | ||
854 | <title>Setscene</title> | ||
855 | |||
856 | <para> | ||
857 | The setscene process enables BitBake to handle "pre-built" artifacts. | ||
858 | The ability to handle and reuse these artifacts allows BitBake | ||
859 | the luxury of not having to build something from scratch every time. | ||
860 | Instead, BitBake can use, when possible, existing build artifacts. | ||
861 | </para> | ||
862 | |||
863 | <para> | ||
864 | BitBake needs to have reliable data indicating whether or not an | ||
865 | artifact is compatible. | ||
866 | Signatures, described in the previous section, provide an ideal | ||
867 | way of representing whether an artifact is compatible. | ||
868 | If a signature is the same, an object can be reused. | ||
869 | </para> | ||
870 | |||
871 | <para> | ||
872 | If an object can be reused, the problem then becomes how to | ||
873 | replace a given task or set of tasks with the pre-built artifact. | ||
874 | BitBake solves the problem with the "setscene" process. | ||
875 | </para> | ||
876 | |||
877 | <para> | ||
878 | When BitBake is asked to build a given target, before building anything, | ||
879 | it first asks whether cached information is available for any of the | ||
880 | targets it's building, or any of the intermediate targets. | ||
881 | If cached information is available, BitBake uses this information instead of | ||
882 | running the main tasks. | ||
883 | </para> | ||
884 | |||
885 | <para> | ||
886 | BitBake first calls the function defined by the | ||
887 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION'><filename>BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION</filename></link> | ||
888 | variable with a list of tasks and corresponding | ||
889 | hashes it wants to build. | ||
890 | This function is designed to be fast and returns a list | ||
891 | of the tasks for which it believes in can obtain artifacts. | ||
892 | </para> | ||
893 | |||
894 | <para> | ||
895 | Next, for each of the tasks that were returned as possibilities, | ||
896 | BitBake executes a setscene version of the task that the possible | ||
897 | artifact covers. | ||
898 | Setscene versions of a task have the string "_setscene" appended to the | ||
899 | task name. | ||
900 | So, for example, the task with the name <filename>xxx</filename> has | ||
901 | a setscene task named <filename>xxx_setscene</filename>. | ||
902 | The setscene version of the task executes and provides the necessary | ||
903 | artifacts returning either success or failure. | ||
904 | </para> | ||
905 | |||
906 | <para> | ||
907 | As previously mentioned, an artifact can cover more than one task. | ||
908 | For example, it is pointless to obtain a compiler if you | ||
909 | already have the compiled binary. | ||
910 | To handle this, BitBake calls the | ||
911 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID'><filename>BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID</filename></link> | ||
912 | function for each successful setscene task to know whether or not it needs | ||
913 | to obtain the dependencies of that task. | ||
914 | </para> | ||
915 | |||
916 | <para> | ||
917 | Finally, after all the setscene tasks have executed, BitBake calls the | ||
918 | function listed in | ||
919 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2'><filename>BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2</filename></link> | ||
920 | with the list of tasks BitBake thinks has been "covered". | ||
921 | The metadata can then ensure that this list is correct and can | ||
922 | inform BitBake that it wants specific tasks to be run regardless | ||
923 | of the setscene result. | ||
924 | </para> | ||
925 | |||
926 | <para> | ||
927 | You can find more information on setscene metadata in the | ||
928 | "<link linkend='task-checksums-and-setscene'>Task Checksums and Setscene</link>" | ||
929 | section. | ||
930 | </para> | ||
931 | </section> | ||
932 | |||
933 | <section id="logging"> | ||
934 | <title>Logging</title> | ||
935 | <para> | ||
936 | In addition to the standard command line option to control how | ||
937 | verbose builds are when execute, bitbake also supports user defined | ||
938 | configuration of the | ||
939 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.html'>Python logging</ulink> | ||
940 | facilities through the | ||
941 | <link linkend="var-bb-BB_LOGCONFIG"><filename>BB_LOGCONFIG</filename></link> | ||
942 | variable. This variable defines a json or yaml | ||
943 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.config.html'>logging configuration</ulink> | ||
944 | that will be intelligently merged into the default configuration. | ||
945 | The logging configuration is merged using the following rules: | ||
946 | <itemizedlist> | ||
947 | <listitem><para> | ||
948 | The user defined configuration will completely replace the default | ||
949 | configuration if top level key | ||
950 | <filename>bitbake_merge</filename> is set to the value | ||
951 | <filename>False</filename>. In this case, all other rules | ||
952 | are ignored. | ||
953 | </para></listitem> | ||
954 | <listitem><para> | ||
955 | The user configuration must have a top level | ||
956 | <filename>version</filename> which must match the value of | ||
957 | the default configuration. | ||
958 | </para></listitem> | ||
959 | <listitem><para> | ||
960 | Any keys defined in the <filename>handlers</filename>, | ||
961 | <filename>formatters</filename>, or <filename>filters</filename>, | ||
962 | will be merged into the same section in the default | ||
963 | configuration, with the user specified keys taking | ||
964 | replacing a default one if there is a conflict. In | ||
965 | practice, this means that if both the default configuration | ||
966 | and user configuration specify a handler named | ||
967 | <filename>myhandler</filename>, the user defined one will | ||
968 | replace the default. To prevent the user from inadvertently | ||
969 | replacing a default handler, formatter, or filter, all of | ||
970 | the default ones are named with a prefix of | ||
971 | "<filename>BitBake.</filename>" | ||
972 | </para></listitem> | ||
973 | <listitem><para> | ||
974 | If a logger is defined by the user with the key | ||
975 | <filename>bitbake_merge</filename> set to | ||
976 | <filename>False</filename>, that logger will be completely | ||
977 | replaced by user configuration. In this case, no other | ||
978 | rules will apply to that logger. | ||
979 | </para></listitem> | ||
980 | <listitem><para> | ||
981 | All user defined <filename>filter</filename> and | ||
982 | <filename>handlers</filename> properties for a given logger | ||
983 | will be merged with corresponding properties from the | ||
984 | default logger. For example, if the user configuration adds | ||
985 | a filter called <filename>myFilter</filename> to the | ||
986 | <filename>BitBake.SigGen</filename>, and the default | ||
987 | configuration adds a filter called | ||
988 | <filename>BitBake.defaultFilter</filename>, both filters | ||
989 | will be applied to the logger | ||
990 | </para></listitem> | ||
991 | </itemizedlist> | ||
992 | </para> | ||
993 | |||
994 | <para> | ||
995 | As an example, consider the following user logging configuration | ||
996 | file which logs all Hash Equivalence related messages of VERBOSE or | ||
997 | higher to a file called <filename>hashequiv.log</filename> | ||
998 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
999 | { | ||
1000 | "version": 1, | ||
1001 | "handlers": { | ||
1002 | "autobuilderlog": { | ||
1003 | "class": "logging.FileHandler", | ||
1004 | "formatter": "logfileFormatter", | ||
1005 | "level": "DEBUG", | ||
1006 | "filename": "hashequiv.log", | ||
1007 | "mode": "w" | ||
1008 | } | ||
1009 | }, | ||
1010 | "formatters": { | ||
1011 | "logfileFormatter": { | ||
1012 | "format": "%(name)s: %(levelname)s: %(message)s" | ||
1013 | } | ||
1014 | }, | ||
1015 | "loggers": { | ||
1016 | "BitBake.SigGen.HashEquiv": { | ||
1017 | "level": "VERBOSE", | ||
1018 | "handlers": ["autobuilderlog"] | ||
1019 | }, | ||
1020 | "BitBake.RunQueue.HashEquiv": { | ||
1021 | "level": "VERBOSE", | ||
1022 | "handlers": ["autobuilderlog"] | ||
1023 | } | ||
1024 | } | ||
1025 | } | ||
1026 | </literallayout> | ||
1027 | </para> | ||
1028 | </section> | ||
1029 | </chapter> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6760b10828 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | ===================== | ||
4 | File Download Support | ||
5 | ===================== | ||
6 | |||
7 | | | ||
8 | |||
9 | BitBake's fetch module is a standalone piece of library code that deals | ||
10 | with the intricacies of downloading source code and files from remote | ||
11 | systems. Fetching source code is one of the cornerstones of building | ||
12 | software. As such, this module forms an important part of BitBake. | ||
13 | |||
14 | The current fetch module is called "fetch2" and refers to the fact that | ||
15 | it is the second major version of the API. The original version is | ||
16 | obsolete and has been removed from the codebase. Thus, in all cases, | ||
17 | "fetch" refers to "fetch2" in this manual. | ||
18 | |||
19 | The Download (Fetch) | ||
20 | ==================== | ||
21 | |||
22 | BitBake takes several steps when fetching source code or files. The | ||
23 | fetcher codebase deals with two distinct processes in order: obtaining | ||
24 | the files from somewhere (cached or otherwise) and then unpacking those | ||
25 | files into a specific location and perhaps in a specific way. Getting | ||
26 | and unpacking the files is often optionally followed by patching. | ||
27 | Patching, however, is not covered by this module. | ||
28 | |||
29 | The code to execute the first part of this process, a fetch, looks | ||
30 | something like the following: :: | ||
31 | |||
32 | src_uri = (d.getVar('SRC_URI') or "").split() | ||
33 | fetcher = bb.fetch2.Fetch(src_uri, d) | ||
34 | fetcher.download() | ||
35 | |||
36 | This code sets up an instance of the fetch class. The instance uses a | ||
37 | space-separated list of URLs from the :term:`SRC_URI` | ||
38 | variable and then calls the ``download`` method to download the files. | ||
39 | |||
40 | The instantiation of the fetch class is usually followed by: :: | ||
41 | |||
42 | rootdir = l.getVar('WORKDIR') | ||
43 | fetcher.unpack(rootdir) | ||
44 | |||
45 | This code unpacks the downloaded files to the specified by ``WORKDIR``. | ||
46 | |||
47 | .. note:: | ||
48 | |||
49 | For convenience, the naming in these examples matches the variables | ||
50 | used by OpenEmbedded. If you want to see the above code in action, | ||
51 | examine the OpenEmbedded class file ``base.bbclass`` | ||
52 | . | ||
53 | |||
54 | The ``SRC_URI`` and ``WORKDIR`` variables are not hardcoded into the | ||
55 | fetcher, since those fetcher methods can be (and are) called with | ||
56 | different variable names. In OpenEmbedded for example, the shared state | ||
57 | (sstate) code uses the fetch module to fetch the sstate files. | ||
58 | |||
59 | When the ``download()`` method is called, BitBake tries to resolve the | ||
60 | URLs by looking for source files in a specific search order: | ||
61 | |||
62 | - *Pre-mirror Sites:* BitBake first uses pre-mirrors to try and find | ||
63 | source files. These locations are defined using the | ||
64 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` variable. | ||
65 | |||
66 | - *Source URI:* If pre-mirrors fail, BitBake uses the original URL (e.g | ||
67 | from ``SRC_URI``). | ||
68 | |||
69 | - *Mirror Sites:* If fetch failures occur, BitBake next uses mirror | ||
70 | locations as defined by the :term:`MIRRORS` variable. | ||
71 | |||
72 | For each URL passed to the fetcher, the fetcher calls the submodule that | ||
73 | handles that particular URL type. This behavior can be the source of | ||
74 | some confusion when you are providing URLs for the ``SRC_URI`` variable. | ||
75 | Consider the following two URLs: :: | ||
76 | |||
77 | http://git.yoctoproject.org/git/poky;protocol=git | ||
78 | git://git.yoctoproject.org/git/poky;protocol=http | ||
79 | |||
80 | In the former case, the URL is passed to the ``wget`` fetcher, which does not | ||
81 | understand "git". Therefore, the latter case is the correct form since the Git | ||
82 | fetcher does know how to use HTTP as a transport. | ||
83 | |||
84 | Here are some examples that show commonly used mirror definitions: :: | ||
85 | |||
86 | PREMIRRORS ?= "\ | ||
87 | bzr://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
88 | cvs://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
89 | git://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
90 | hg://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
91 | osc://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
92 | p4://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
93 | svn://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n" | ||
94 | |||
95 | MIRRORS =+ "\ | ||
96 | ftp://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
97 | http://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n \ | ||
98 | https://.*/.\* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \\n" | ||
99 | |||
100 | It is useful to note that BitBake | ||
101 | supports cross-URLs. It is possible to mirror a Git repository on an | ||
102 | HTTP server as a tarball. This is what the ``git://`` mapping in the | ||
103 | previous example does. | ||
104 | |||
105 | Since network accesses are slow, BitBake maintains a cache of files | ||
106 | downloaded from the network. Any source files that are not local (i.e. | ||
107 | downloaded from the Internet) are placed into the download directory, | ||
108 | which is specified by the :term:`DL_DIR` variable. | ||
109 | |||
110 | File integrity is of key importance for reproducing builds. For | ||
111 | non-local archive downloads, the fetcher code can verify SHA-256 and MD5 | ||
112 | checksums to ensure the archives have been downloaded correctly. You can | ||
113 | specify these checksums by using the ``SRC_URI`` variable with the | ||
114 | appropriate varflags as follows: :: | ||
115 | |||
116 | SRC_URI[md5sum] = "value" | ||
117 | SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "value" | ||
118 | |||
119 | You can also specify the checksums as | ||
120 | parameters on the ``SRC_URI`` as shown below: :: | ||
121 | |||
122 | SRC_URI = "http://example.com/foobar.tar.bz2;md5sum=4a8e0f237e961fd7785d19d07fdb994d" | ||
123 | |||
124 | If multiple URIs exist, you can specify the checksums either directly as | ||
125 | in the previous example, or you can name the URLs. The following syntax | ||
126 | shows how you name the URIs: :: | ||
127 | |||
128 | SRC_URI = "http://example.com/foobar.tar.bz2;name=foo" | ||
129 | SRC_URI[foo.md5sum] = 4a8e0f237e961fd7785d19d07fdb994d | ||
130 | |||
131 | After a file has been downloaded and | ||
132 | has had its checksum checked, a ".done" stamp is placed in ``DL_DIR``. | ||
133 | BitBake uses this stamp during subsequent builds to avoid downloading or | ||
134 | comparing a checksum for the file again. | ||
135 | |||
136 | .. note:: | ||
137 | |||
138 | It is assumed that local storage is safe from data corruption. If | ||
139 | this were not the case, there would be bigger issues to worry about. | ||
140 | |||
141 | If :term:`BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM` is set, any | ||
142 | download without a checksum triggers an error message. The | ||
143 | :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` variable can be used to | ||
144 | make any attempted network access a fatal error, which is useful for | ||
145 | checking that mirrors are complete as well as other things. | ||
146 | |||
147 | .. _bb-the-unpack: | ||
148 | |||
149 | The Unpack | ||
150 | ========== | ||
151 | |||
152 | The unpack process usually immediately follows the download. For all | ||
153 | URLs except Git URLs, BitBake uses the common ``unpack`` method. | ||
154 | |||
155 | A number of parameters exist that you can specify within the URL to | ||
156 | govern the behavior of the unpack stage: | ||
157 | |||
158 | - *unpack:* Controls whether the URL components are unpacked. If set to | ||
159 | "1", which is the default, the components are unpacked. If set to | ||
160 | "0", the unpack stage leaves the file alone. This parameter is useful | ||
161 | when you want an archive to be copied in and not be unpacked. | ||
162 | |||
163 | - *dos:* Applies to ``.zip`` and ``.jar`` files and specifies whether | ||
164 | to use DOS line ending conversion on text files. | ||
165 | |||
166 | - *basepath:* Instructs the unpack stage to strip the specified | ||
167 | directories from the source path when unpacking. | ||
168 | |||
169 | - *subdir:* Unpacks the specific URL to the specified subdirectory | ||
170 | within the root directory. | ||
171 | |||
172 | The unpack call automatically decompresses and extracts files with ".Z", | ||
173 | ".z", ".gz", ".xz", ".zip", ".jar", ".ipk", ".rpm". ".srpm", ".deb" and | ||
174 | ".bz2" extensions as well as various combinations of tarball extensions. | ||
175 | |||
176 | As mentioned, the Git fetcher has its own unpack method that is | ||
177 | optimized to work with Git trees. Basically, this method works by | ||
178 | cloning the tree into the final directory. The process is completed | ||
179 | using references so that there is only one central copy of the Git | ||
180 | metadata needed. | ||
181 | |||
182 | .. _bb-fetchers: | ||
183 | |||
184 | Fetchers | ||
185 | ======== | ||
186 | |||
187 | As mentioned earlier, the URL prefix determines which fetcher submodule | ||
188 | BitBake uses. Each submodule can support different URL parameters, which | ||
189 | are described in the following sections. | ||
190 | |||
191 | .. _local-file-fetcher: | ||
192 | |||
193 | Local file fetcher (``file://``) | ||
194 | -------------------------------- | ||
195 | |||
196 | This submodule handles URLs that begin with ``file://``. The filename | ||
197 | you specify within the URL can be either an absolute or relative path to | ||
198 | a file. If the filename is relative, the contents of the | ||
199 | :term:`FILESPATH` variable is used in the same way | ||
200 | ``PATH`` is used to find executables. If the file cannot be found, it is | ||
201 | assumed that it is available in :term:`DL_DIR` by the | ||
202 | time the ``download()`` method is called. | ||
203 | |||
204 | If you specify a directory, the entire directory is unpacked. | ||
205 | |||
206 | Here are a couple of example URLs, the first relative and the second | ||
207 | absolute: :: | ||
208 | |||
209 | SRC_URI = "file://relativefile.patch" | ||
210 | SRC_URI = "file:///Users/ich/very_important_software" | ||
211 | |||
212 | .. _http-ftp-fetcher: | ||
213 | |||
214 | HTTP/FTP wget fetcher (``http://``, ``ftp://``, ``https://``) | ||
215 | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
216 | |||
217 | This fetcher obtains files from web and FTP servers. Internally, the | ||
218 | fetcher uses the wget utility. | ||
219 | |||
220 | The executable and parameters used are specified by the | ||
221 | ``FETCHCMD_wget`` variable, which defaults to sensible values. The | ||
222 | fetcher supports a parameter "downloadfilename" that allows the name of | ||
223 | the downloaded file to be specified. Specifying the name of the | ||
224 | downloaded file is useful for avoiding collisions in | ||
225 | :term:`DL_DIR` when dealing with multiple files that | ||
226 | have the same name. | ||
227 | |||
228 | Some example URLs are as follows: :: | ||
229 | |||
230 | SRC_URI = "http://oe.handhelds.org/not_there.aac" | ||
231 | SRC_URI = "ftp://oe.handhelds.org/not_there_as_well.aac" | ||
232 | SRC_URI = "ftp://you@oe.handhelds.org/home/you/secret.plan" | ||
233 | |||
234 | .. note:: | ||
235 | |||
236 | Because URL parameters are delimited by semi-colons, this can | ||
237 | introduce ambiguity when parsing URLs that also contain semi-colons, | ||
238 | for example: | ||
239 | :: | ||
240 | |||
241 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git;a=snapshot;h=a5dd47" | ||
242 | |||
243 | |||
244 | Such URLs should should be modified by replacing semi-colons with '&' | ||
245 | characters: | ||
246 | :: | ||
247 | |||
248 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git&a=snapshot&h=a5dd47" | ||
249 | |||
250 | |||
251 | In most cases this should work. Treating semi-colons and '&' in | ||
252 | queries identically is recommended by the World Wide Web Consortium | ||
253 | (W3C). Note that due to the nature of the URL, you may have to | ||
254 | specify the name of the downloaded file as well: | ||
255 | :: | ||
256 | |||
257 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git&a=snapshot&h=a5dd47;downloadfilename=myfile.bz2" | ||
258 | |||
259 | |||
260 | .. _cvs-fetcher: | ||
261 | |||
262 | CVS fetcher (``(cvs://``) | ||
263 | ------------------------- | ||
264 | |||
265 | This submodule handles checking out files from the CVS version control | ||
266 | system. You can configure it using a number of different variables: | ||
267 | |||
268 | - :term:`FETCHCMD_cvs <FETCHCMD>`: The name of the executable to use when running | ||
269 | the ``cvs`` command. This name is usually "cvs". | ||
270 | |||
271 | - :term:`SRCDATE`: The date to use when fetching the CVS source code. A | ||
272 | special value of "now" causes the checkout to be updated on every | ||
273 | build. | ||
274 | |||
275 | - :term:`CVSDIR`: Specifies where a temporary | ||
276 | checkout is saved. The location is often ``DL_DIR/cvs``. | ||
277 | |||
278 | - CVS_PROXY_HOST: The name to use as a "proxy=" parameter to the | ||
279 | ``cvs`` command. | ||
280 | |||
281 | - CVS_PROXY_PORT: The port number to use as a "proxyport=" | ||
282 | parameter to the ``cvs`` command. | ||
283 | |||
284 | As well as the standard username and password URL syntax, you can also | ||
285 | configure the fetcher with various URL parameters: | ||
286 | |||
287 | The supported parameters are as follows: | ||
288 | |||
289 | - *"method":* The protocol over which to communicate with the CVS | ||
290 | server. By default, this protocol is "pserver". If "method" is set to | ||
291 | "ext", BitBake examines the "rsh" parameter and sets ``CVS_RSH``. You | ||
292 | can use "dir" for local directories. | ||
293 | |||
294 | - *"module":* Specifies the module to check out. You must supply this | ||
295 | parameter. | ||
296 | |||
297 | - *"tag":* Describes which CVS TAG should be used for the checkout. By | ||
298 | default, the TAG is empty. | ||
299 | |||
300 | - *"date":* Specifies a date. If no "date" is specified, the | ||
301 | :term:`SRCDATE` of the configuration is used to | ||
302 | checkout a specific date. The special value of "now" causes the | ||
303 | checkout to be updated on every build. | ||
304 | |||
305 | - *"localdir":* Used to rename the module. Effectively, you are | ||
306 | renaming the output directory to which the module is unpacked. You | ||
307 | are forcing the module into a special directory relative to | ||
308 | :term:`CVSDIR`. | ||
309 | |||
310 | - *"rsh":* Used in conjunction with the "method" parameter. | ||
311 | |||
312 | - *"scmdata":* Causes the CVS metadata to be maintained in the tarball | ||
313 | the fetcher creates when set to "keep". The tarball is expanded into | ||
314 | the work directory. By default, the CVS metadata is removed. | ||
315 | |||
316 | - *"fullpath":* Controls whether the resulting checkout is at the | ||
317 | module level, which is the default, or is at deeper paths. | ||
318 | |||
319 | - *"norecurse":* Causes the fetcher to only checkout the specified | ||
320 | directory with no recurse into any subdirectories. | ||
321 | |||
322 | - *"port":* The port to which the CVS server connects. | ||
323 | |||
324 | Some example URLs are as follows: :: | ||
325 | |||
326 | SRC_URI = "cvs://CVSROOT;module=mymodule;tag=some-version;method=ext" | ||
327 | SRC_URI = "cvs://CVSROOT;module=mymodule;date=20060126;localdir=usethat" | ||
328 | |||
329 | .. _svn-fetcher: | ||
330 | |||
331 | Subversion (SVN) Fetcher (``svn://``) | ||
332 | ------------------------------------- | ||
333 | |||
334 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the Subversion source control | ||
335 | system. The executable used is specified by ``FETCHCMD_svn``, which | ||
336 | defaults to "svn". The fetcher's temporary working directory is set by | ||
337 | :term:`SVNDIR`, which is usually ``DL_DIR/svn``. | ||
338 | |||
339 | The supported parameters are as follows: | ||
340 | |||
341 | - *"module":* The name of the svn module to checkout. You must provide | ||
342 | this parameter. You can think of this parameter as the top-level | ||
343 | directory of the repository data you want. | ||
344 | |||
345 | - *"path_spec":* A specific directory in which to checkout the | ||
346 | specified svn module. | ||
347 | |||
348 | - *"protocol":* The protocol to use, which defaults to "svn". If | ||
349 | "protocol" is set to "svn+ssh", the "ssh" parameter is also used. | ||
350 | |||
351 | - *"rev":* The revision of the source code to checkout. | ||
352 | |||
353 | - *"scmdata":* Causes the ".svn" directories to be available during | ||
354 | compile-time when set to "keep". By default, these directories are | ||
355 | removed. | ||
356 | |||
357 | - *"ssh":* An optional parameter used when "protocol" is set to | ||
358 | "svn+ssh". You can use this parameter to specify the ssh program used | ||
359 | by svn. | ||
360 | |||
361 | - *"transportuser":* When required, sets the username for the | ||
362 | transport. By default, this parameter is empty. The transport | ||
363 | username is different than the username used in the main URL, which | ||
364 | is passed to the subversion command. | ||
365 | |||
366 | Following are three examples using svn: :: | ||
367 | |||
368 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=vip;protocol=http;rev=667" | ||
369 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=opie;protocol=svn+ssh" | ||
370 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=trunk;protocol=http;path_spec=${MY_DIR}/proj1" | ||
371 | |||
372 | .. _git-fetcher: | ||
373 | |||
374 | Git Fetcher (``git://``) | ||
375 | ------------------------ | ||
376 | |||
377 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the Git source control system. | ||
378 | The fetcher works by creating a bare clone of the remote into | ||
379 | :term:`GITDIR`, which is usually ``DL_DIR/git2``. This | ||
380 | bare clone is then cloned into the work directory during the unpack | ||
381 | stage when a specific tree is checked out. This is done using alternates | ||
382 | and by reference to minimize the amount of duplicate data on the disk | ||
383 | and make the unpack process fast. The executable used can be set with | ||
384 | ``FETCHCMD_git``. | ||
385 | |||
386 | This fetcher supports the following parameters: | ||
387 | |||
388 | - *"protocol":* The protocol used to fetch the files. The default is | ||
389 | "git" when a hostname is set. If a hostname is not set, the Git | ||
390 | protocol is "file". You can also use "http", "https", "ssh" and | ||
391 | "rsync". | ||
392 | |||
393 | - *"nocheckout":* Tells the fetcher to not checkout source code when | ||
394 | unpacking when set to "1". Set this option for the URL where there is | ||
395 | a custom routine to checkout code. The default is "0". | ||
396 | |||
397 | - *"rebaseable":* Indicates that the upstream Git repository can be | ||
398 | rebased. You should set this parameter to "1" if revisions can become | ||
399 | detached from branches. In this case, the source mirror tarball is | ||
400 | done per revision, which has a loss of efficiency. Rebasing the | ||
401 | upstream Git repository could cause the current revision to disappear | ||
402 | from the upstream repository. This option reminds the fetcher to | ||
403 | preserve the local cache carefully for future use. The default value | ||
404 | for this parameter is "0". | ||
405 | |||
406 | - *"nobranch":* Tells the fetcher to not check the SHA validation for | ||
407 | the branch when set to "1". The default is "0". Set this option for | ||
408 | the recipe that refers to the commit that is valid for a tag instead | ||
409 | of the branch. | ||
410 | |||
411 | - *"bareclone":* Tells the fetcher to clone a bare clone into the | ||
412 | destination directory without checking out a working tree. Only the | ||
413 | raw Git metadata is provided. This parameter implies the "nocheckout" | ||
414 | parameter as well. | ||
415 | |||
416 | - *"branch":* The branch(es) of the Git tree to clone. If unset, this | ||
417 | is assumed to be "master". The number of branch parameters much match | ||
418 | the number of name parameters. | ||
419 | |||
420 | - *"rev":* The revision to use for the checkout. The default is | ||
421 | "master". | ||
422 | |||
423 | - *"tag":* Specifies a tag to use for the checkout. To correctly | ||
424 | resolve tags, BitBake must access the network. For that reason, tags | ||
425 | are often not used. As far as Git is concerned, the "tag" parameter | ||
426 | behaves effectively the same as the "rev" parameter. | ||
427 | |||
428 | - *"subpath":* Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the tree. | ||
429 | By default, the whole tree is checked out. | ||
430 | |||
431 | - *"destsuffix":* The name of the path in which to place the checkout. | ||
432 | By default, the path is ``git/``. | ||
433 | |||
434 | - *"usehead":* Enables local ``git://`` URLs to use the current branch | ||
435 | HEAD as the revision for use with ``AUTOREV``. The "usehead" | ||
436 | parameter implies no branch and only works when the transfer protocol | ||
437 | is ``file://``. | ||
438 | |||
439 | Here are some example URLs: :: | ||
440 | |||
441 | SRC_URI = "git://git.oe.handhelds.org/git/vip.git;tag=version-1" | ||
442 | SRC_URI = "git://git.oe.handhelds.org/git/vip.git;protocol=http" | ||
443 | |||
444 | .. _gitsm-fetcher: | ||
445 | |||
446 | Git Submodule Fetcher (``gitsm://``) | ||
447 | ------------------------------------ | ||
448 | |||
449 | This fetcher submodule inherits from the :ref:`Git | ||
450 | fetcher<bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:git fetcher | ||
451 | (\`\`git://\`\`)>` and extends that fetcher's behavior by fetching a | ||
452 | repository's submodules. :term:`SRC_URI` is passed to the Git fetcher as | ||
453 | described in the :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:git | ||
454 | fetcher (\`\`git://\`\`)` section. | ||
455 | |||
456 | .. note:: | ||
457 | |||
458 | You must clean a recipe when switching between '``git://``' and | ||
459 | '``gitsm://``' URLs. | ||
460 | |||
461 | The Git Submodules fetcher is not a complete fetcher implementation. | ||
462 | The fetcher has known issues where it does not use the normal source | ||
463 | mirroring infrastructure properly. Further, the submodule sources it | ||
464 | fetches are not visible to the licensing and source archiving | ||
465 | infrastructures. | ||
466 | |||
467 | .. _clearcase-fetcher: | ||
468 | |||
469 | ClearCase Fetcher (``ccrc://``) | ||
470 | ------------------------------- | ||
471 | |||
472 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from a | ||
473 | `ClearCase <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rational_ClearCase>`__ | ||
474 | repository. | ||
475 | |||
476 | To use this fetcher, make sure your recipe has proper | ||
477 | :term:`SRC_URI`, :term:`SRCREV`, and | ||
478 | :term:`PV` settings. Here is an example: :: | ||
479 | |||
480 | SRC_URI = "ccrc://cc.example.org/ccrc;vob=/example_vob;module=/example_module" | ||
481 | SRCREV = "EXAMPLE_CLEARCASE_TAG" | ||
482 | PV = "${@d.getVar("SRCREV", False).replace("/", "+")}" | ||
483 | |||
484 | The fetcher uses the ``rcleartool`` or | ||
485 | ``cleartool`` remote client, depending on which one is available. | ||
486 | |||
487 | Following are options for the ``SRC_URI`` statement: | ||
488 | |||
489 | - *vob*: The name, which must include the prepending "/" character, | ||
490 | of the ClearCase VOB. This option is required. | ||
491 | |||
492 | - *module*: The module, which must include the prepending "/" | ||
493 | character, in the selected VOB. | ||
494 | |||
495 | .. note:: | ||
496 | |||
497 | The module and vob options are combined to create the load rule in the | ||
498 | view config spec. As an example, consider the vob and module values from | ||
499 | the SRC_URI statement at the start of this section. Combining those values | ||
500 | results in the following: :: | ||
501 | |||
502 | load /example_vob/example_module | ||
503 | |||
504 | - *proto*: The protocol, which can be either ``http`` or ``https``. | ||
505 | |||
506 | By default, the fetcher creates a configuration specification. If you | ||
507 | want this specification written to an area other than the default, use | ||
508 | the ``CCASE_CUSTOM_CONFIG_SPEC`` variable in your recipe to define where | ||
509 | the specification is written. | ||
510 | |||
511 | .. note:: | ||
512 | |||
513 | the SRCREV loses its functionality if you specify this variable. However, | ||
514 | SRCREV is still used to label the archive after a fetch even though it does | ||
515 | not define what is fetched. | ||
516 | |||
517 | Here are a couple of other behaviors worth mentioning: | ||
518 | |||
519 | - When using ``cleartool``, the login of ``cleartool`` is handled by | ||
520 | the system. The login require no special steps. | ||
521 | |||
522 | - In order to use ``rcleartool`` with authenticated users, an | ||
523 | "rcleartool login" is necessary before using the fetcher. | ||
524 | |||
525 | .. _perforce-fetcher: | ||
526 | |||
527 | Perforce Fetcher (``p4://``) | ||
528 | ---------------------------- | ||
529 | |||
530 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the | ||
531 | `Perforce <https://www.perforce.com/>`__ source control system. The | ||
532 | executable used is specified by ``FETCHCMD_p4``, which defaults to "p4". | ||
533 | The fetcher's temporary working directory is set by | ||
534 | :term:`P4DIR`, which defaults to "DL_DIR/p4". | ||
535 | The fetcher does not make use of a perforce client, instead it | ||
536 | relies on ``p4 files`` to retrieve a list of | ||
537 | files and ``p4 print`` to transfer the content | ||
538 | of those files locally. | ||
539 | |||
540 | To use this fetcher, make sure your recipe has proper | ||
541 | :term:`SRC_URI`, :term:`SRCREV`, and | ||
542 | :term:`PV` values. The p4 executable is able to use the | ||
543 | config file defined by your system's ``P4CONFIG`` environment variable | ||
544 | in order to define the Perforce server URL and port, username, and | ||
545 | password if you do not wish to keep those values in a recipe itself. If | ||
546 | you choose not to use ``P4CONFIG``, or to explicitly set variables that | ||
547 | ``P4CONFIG`` can contain, you can specify the ``P4PORT`` value, which is | ||
548 | the server's URL and port number, and you can specify a username and | ||
549 | password directly in your recipe within ``SRC_URI``. | ||
550 | |||
551 | Here is an example that relies on ``P4CONFIG`` to specify the server URL | ||
552 | and port, username, and password, and fetches the Head Revision: :: | ||
553 | |||
554 | SRC_URI = "p4://example-depot/main/source/..." | ||
555 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" | ||
556 | PV = "p4-${SRCPV}" | ||
557 | S = "${WORKDIR}/p4" | ||
558 | |||
559 | Here is an example that specifies the server URL and port, username, and | ||
560 | password, and fetches a Revision based on a Label: :: | ||
561 | |||
562 | P4PORT = "tcp:p4server.example.net:1666" | ||
563 | SRC_URI = "p4://user:passwd@example-depot/main/source/..." | ||
564 | SRCREV = "release-1.0" | ||
565 | PV = "p4-${SRCPV}" | ||
566 | S = "${WORKDIR}/p4" | ||
567 | |||
568 | .. note:: | ||
569 | |||
570 | You should always set S to "${WORKDIR}/p4" in your recipe. | ||
571 | |||
572 | By default, the fetcher strips the depot location from the local file paths. In | ||
573 | the above example, the content of ``example-depot/main/source/`` will be placed | ||
574 | in ``${WORKDIR}/p4``. For situations where preserving parts of the remote depot | ||
575 | paths locally is desirable, the fetcher supports two parameters: | ||
576 | |||
577 | - *"module":* | ||
578 | The top-level depot location or directory to fetch. The value of this | ||
579 | parameter can also point to a single file within the depot, in which case | ||
580 | the local file path will include the module path. | ||
581 | - *"remotepath":* | ||
582 | When used with the value "``keep``", the fetcher will mirror the full depot | ||
583 | paths locally for the specified location, even in combination with the | ||
584 | ``module`` parameter. | ||
585 | |||
586 | Here is an example use of the the ``module`` parameter: :: | ||
587 | |||
588 | SRC_URI = "p4://user:passwd@example-depot/main;module=source/..." | ||
589 | |||
590 | In this case, the content of the top-level directory ``source/`` will be fetched | ||
591 | to ``${P4DIR}``, including the directory itself. The top-level directory will | ||
592 | be accesible at ``${P4DIR}/source/``. | ||
593 | |||
594 | Here is an example use of the the ``remotepath`` parameter: :: | ||
595 | |||
596 | SRC_URI = "p4://user:passwd@example-depot/main;module=source/...;remotepath=keep" | ||
597 | |||
598 | In this case, the content of the top-level directory ``source/`` will be fetched | ||
599 | to ``${P4DIR}``, but the complete depot paths will be mirrored locally. The | ||
600 | top-level directory will be accessible at | ||
601 | ``${P4DIR}/example-depot/main/source/``. | ||
602 | |||
603 | .. _repo-fetcher: | ||
604 | |||
605 | Repo Fetcher (``repo://``) | ||
606 | -------------------------- | ||
607 | |||
608 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from ``google-repo`` source control | ||
609 | system. The fetcher works by initiating and syncing sources of the | ||
610 | repository into :term:`REPODIR`, which is usually | ||
611 | ``${DL_DIR}/repo``. | ||
612 | |||
613 | This fetcher supports the following parameters: | ||
614 | |||
615 | - *"protocol":* Protocol to fetch the repository manifest (default: | ||
616 | git). | ||
617 | |||
618 | - *"branch":* Branch or tag of repository to get (default: master). | ||
619 | |||
620 | - *"manifest":* Name of the manifest file (default: ``default.xml``). | ||
621 | |||
622 | Here are some example URLs: :: | ||
623 | |||
624 | SRC_URI = "repo://REPOROOT;protocol=git;branch=some_branch;manifest=my_manifest.xml" | ||
625 | SRC_URI = "repo://REPOROOT;protocol=file;branch=some_branch;manifest=my_manifest.xml" | ||
626 | |||
627 | Other Fetchers | ||
628 | -------------- | ||
629 | |||
630 | Fetch submodules also exist for the following: | ||
631 | |||
632 | - Bazaar (``bzr://``) | ||
633 | |||
634 | - Mercurial (``hg://``) | ||
635 | |||
636 | - npm (``npm://``) | ||
637 | |||
638 | - OSC (``osc://``) | ||
639 | |||
640 | - Secure FTP (``sftp://``) | ||
641 | |||
642 | - Secure Shell (``ssh://``) | ||
643 | |||
644 | - Trees using Git Annex (``gitannex://``) | ||
645 | |||
646 | No documentation currently exists for these lesser used fetcher | ||
647 | submodules. However, you might find the code helpful and readable. | ||
648 | |||
649 | Auto Revisions | ||
650 | ============== | ||
651 | |||
652 | We need to document ``AUTOREV`` and ``SRCREV_FORMAT`` here. | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d1bfc23362..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,868 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <chapter> | ||
5 | <title>File Download Support</title> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <para> | ||
8 | BitBake's fetch module is a standalone piece of library code | ||
9 | that deals with the intricacies of downloading source code | ||
10 | and files from remote systems. | ||
11 | Fetching source code is one of the cornerstones of building software. | ||
12 | As such, this module forms an important part of BitBake. | ||
13 | </para> | ||
14 | |||
15 | <para> | ||
16 | The current fetch module is called "fetch2" and refers to the | ||
17 | fact that it is the second major version of the API. | ||
18 | The original version is obsolete and has been removed from the codebase. | ||
19 | Thus, in all cases, "fetch" refers to "fetch2" in this | ||
20 | manual. | ||
21 | </para> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <section id='the-download-fetch'> | ||
24 | <title>The Download (Fetch)</title> | ||
25 | |||
26 | <para> | ||
27 | BitBake takes several steps when fetching source code or files. | ||
28 | The fetcher codebase deals with two distinct processes in order: | ||
29 | obtaining the files from somewhere (cached or otherwise) | ||
30 | and then unpacking those files into a specific location and | ||
31 | perhaps in a specific way. | ||
32 | Getting and unpacking the files is often optionally followed | ||
33 | by patching. | ||
34 | Patching, however, is not covered by this module. | ||
35 | </para> | ||
36 | |||
37 | <para> | ||
38 | The code to execute the first part of this process, a fetch, | ||
39 | looks something like the following: | ||
40 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
41 | src_uri = (d.getVar('SRC_URI') or "").split() | ||
42 | fetcher = bb.fetch2.Fetch(src_uri, d) | ||
43 | fetcher.download() | ||
44 | </literallayout> | ||
45 | This code sets up an instance of the fetch class. | ||
46 | The instance uses a space-separated list of URLs from the | ||
47 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link> | ||
48 | variable and then calls the <filename>download</filename> | ||
49 | method to download the files. | ||
50 | </para> | ||
51 | |||
52 | <para> | ||
53 | The instantiation of the fetch class is usually followed by: | ||
54 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
55 | rootdir = l.getVar('WORKDIR') | ||
56 | fetcher.unpack(rootdir) | ||
57 | </literallayout> | ||
58 | This code unpacks the downloaded files to the | ||
59 | specified by <filename>WORKDIR</filename>. | ||
60 | <note> | ||
61 | For convenience, the naming in these examples matches | ||
62 | the variables used by OpenEmbedded. | ||
63 | If you want to see the above code in action, examine | ||
64 | the OpenEmbedded class file <filename>base.bbclass</filename>. | ||
65 | </note> | ||
66 | The <filename>SRC_URI</filename> and <filename>WORKDIR</filename> | ||
67 | variables are not hardcoded into the fetcher, since those fetcher | ||
68 | methods can be (and are) called with different variable names. | ||
69 | In OpenEmbedded for example, the shared state (sstate) code uses | ||
70 | the fetch module to fetch the sstate files. | ||
71 | </para> | ||
72 | |||
73 | <para> | ||
74 | When the <filename>download()</filename> method is called, | ||
75 | BitBake tries to resolve the URLs by looking for source files | ||
76 | in a specific search order: | ||
77 | <itemizedlist> | ||
78 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Pre-mirror Sites:</emphasis> | ||
79 | BitBake first uses pre-mirrors to try and find source files. | ||
80 | These locations are defined using the | ||
81 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREMIRRORS'><filename>PREMIRRORS</filename></link> | ||
82 | variable. | ||
83 | </para></listitem> | ||
84 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Source URI:</emphasis> | ||
85 | If pre-mirrors fail, BitBake uses the original URL (e.g from | ||
86 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename>). | ||
87 | </para></listitem> | ||
88 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Mirror Sites:</emphasis> | ||
89 | If fetch failures occur, BitBake next uses mirror locations as | ||
90 | defined by the | ||
91 | <link linkend='var-bb-MIRRORS'><filename>MIRRORS</filename></link> | ||
92 | variable. | ||
93 | </para></listitem> | ||
94 | </itemizedlist> | ||
95 | </para> | ||
96 | |||
97 | <para> | ||
98 | For each URL passed to the fetcher, the fetcher | ||
99 | calls the submodule that handles that particular URL type. | ||
100 | This behavior can be the source of some confusion when you | ||
101 | are providing URLs for the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
102 | variable. | ||
103 | Consider the following two URLs: | ||
104 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
105 | http://git.yoctoproject.org/git/poky;protocol=git | ||
106 | git://git.yoctoproject.org/git/poky;protocol=http | ||
107 | </literallayout> | ||
108 | In the former case, the URL is passed to the | ||
109 | <filename>wget</filename> fetcher, which does not | ||
110 | understand "git". | ||
111 | Therefore, the latter case is the correct form since the | ||
112 | Git fetcher does know how to use HTTP as a transport. | ||
113 | </para> | ||
114 | |||
115 | <para> | ||
116 | Here are some examples that show commonly used mirror | ||
117 | definitions: | ||
118 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
119 | PREMIRRORS ?= "\ | ||
120 | bzr://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
121 | cvs://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
122 | git://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
123 | hg://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
124 | osc://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
125 | p4://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
126 | svn://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n" | ||
127 | |||
128 | MIRRORS =+ "\ | ||
129 | ftp://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
130 | http://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
131 | https://.*/.* http://somemirror.org/sources/ \n" | ||
132 | </literallayout> | ||
133 | It is useful to note that BitBake supports | ||
134 | cross-URLs. | ||
135 | It is possible to mirror a Git repository on an HTTP | ||
136 | server as a tarball. | ||
137 | This is what the <filename>git://</filename> mapping in | ||
138 | the previous example does. | ||
139 | </para> | ||
140 | |||
141 | <para> | ||
142 | Since network accesses are slow, BitBake maintains a | ||
143 | cache of files downloaded from the network. | ||
144 | Any source files that are not local (i.e. | ||
145 | downloaded from the Internet) are placed into the download | ||
146 | directory, which is specified by the | ||
147 | <link linkend='var-bb-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></link> | ||
148 | variable. | ||
149 | </para> | ||
150 | |||
151 | <para> | ||
152 | File integrity is of key importance for reproducing builds. | ||
153 | For non-local archive downloads, the fetcher code can verify | ||
154 | SHA-256 and MD5 checksums to ensure the archives have been | ||
155 | downloaded correctly. | ||
156 | You can specify these checksums by using the | ||
157 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable with the appropriate | ||
158 | varflags as follows: | ||
159 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
160 | SRC_URI[md5sum] = "<replaceable>value</replaceable>" | ||
161 | SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "<replaceable>value</replaceable>" | ||
162 | </literallayout> | ||
163 | You can also specify the checksums as parameters on the | ||
164 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> as shown below: | ||
165 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
166 | SRC_URI = "http://example.com/foobar.tar.bz2;md5sum=4a8e0f237e961fd7785d19d07fdb994d" | ||
167 | </literallayout> | ||
168 | If multiple URIs exist, you can specify the checksums either | ||
169 | directly as in the previous example, or you can name the URLs. | ||
170 | The following syntax shows how you name the URIs: | ||
171 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
172 | SRC_URI = "http://example.com/foobar.tar.bz2;name=foo" | ||
173 | SRC_URI[foo.md5sum] = 4a8e0f237e961fd7785d19d07fdb994d | ||
174 | </literallayout> | ||
175 | After a file has been downloaded and has had its checksum checked, | ||
176 | a ".done" stamp is placed in <filename>DL_DIR</filename>. | ||
177 | BitBake uses this stamp during subsequent builds to avoid | ||
178 | downloading or comparing a checksum for the file again. | ||
179 | <note> | ||
180 | It is assumed that local storage is safe from data corruption. | ||
181 | If this were not the case, there would be bigger issues to worry about. | ||
182 | </note> | ||
183 | </para> | ||
184 | |||
185 | <para> | ||
186 | If | ||
187 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM'><filename>BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM</filename></link> | ||
188 | is set, any download without a checksum triggers an | ||
189 | error message. | ||
190 | The | ||
191 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_NO_NETWORK'><filename>BB_NO_NETWORK</filename></link> | ||
192 | variable can be used to make any attempted network access a fatal | ||
193 | error, which is useful for checking that mirrors are complete | ||
194 | as well as other things. | ||
195 | </para> | ||
196 | </section> | ||
197 | |||
198 | <section id='bb-the-unpack'> | ||
199 | <title>The Unpack</title> | ||
200 | |||
201 | <para> | ||
202 | The unpack process usually immediately follows the download. | ||
203 | For all URLs except Git URLs, BitBake uses the common | ||
204 | <filename>unpack</filename> method. | ||
205 | </para> | ||
206 | |||
207 | <para> | ||
208 | A number of parameters exist that you can specify within the | ||
209 | URL to govern the behavior of the unpack stage: | ||
210 | <itemizedlist> | ||
211 | <listitem><para><emphasis>unpack:</emphasis> | ||
212 | Controls whether the URL components are unpacked. | ||
213 | If set to "1", which is the default, the components | ||
214 | are unpacked. | ||
215 | If set to "0", the unpack stage leaves the file alone. | ||
216 | This parameter is useful when you want an archive to be | ||
217 | copied in and not be unpacked. | ||
218 | </para></listitem> | ||
219 | <listitem><para><emphasis>dos:</emphasis> | ||
220 | Applies to <filename>.zip</filename> and | ||
221 | <filename>.jar</filename> files and specifies whether to | ||
222 | use DOS line ending conversion on text files. | ||
223 | </para></listitem> | ||
224 | <listitem><para><emphasis>basepath:</emphasis> | ||
225 | Instructs the unpack stage to strip the specified | ||
226 | directories from the source path when unpacking. | ||
227 | </para></listitem> | ||
228 | <listitem><para><emphasis>subdir:</emphasis> | ||
229 | Unpacks the specific URL to the specified subdirectory | ||
230 | within the root directory. | ||
231 | </para></listitem> | ||
232 | </itemizedlist> | ||
233 | The unpack call automatically decompresses and extracts files | ||
234 | with ".Z", ".z", ".gz", ".xz", ".zip", ".jar", ".ipk", ".rpm". | ||
235 | ".srpm", ".deb" and ".bz2" extensions as well as various combinations | ||
236 | of tarball extensions. | ||
237 | </para> | ||
238 | |||
239 | <para> | ||
240 | As mentioned, the Git fetcher has its own unpack method that | ||
241 | is optimized to work with Git trees. | ||
242 | Basically, this method works by cloning the tree into the final | ||
243 | directory. | ||
244 | The process is completed using references so that there is | ||
245 | only one central copy of the Git metadata needed. | ||
246 | </para> | ||
247 | </section> | ||
248 | |||
249 | <section id='bb-fetchers'> | ||
250 | <title>Fetchers</title> | ||
251 | |||
252 | <para> | ||
253 | As mentioned earlier, the URL prefix determines which | ||
254 | fetcher submodule BitBake uses. | ||
255 | Each submodule can support different URL parameters, | ||
256 | which are described in the following sections. | ||
257 | </para> | ||
258 | |||
259 | <section id='local-file-fetcher'> | ||
260 | <title>Local file fetcher (<filename>file://</filename>)</title> | ||
261 | |||
262 | <para> | ||
263 | This submodule handles URLs that begin with | ||
264 | <filename>file://</filename>. | ||
265 | The filename you specify within the URL can be | ||
266 | either an absolute or relative path to a file. | ||
267 | If the filename is relative, the contents of the | ||
268 | <link linkend='var-bb-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></link> | ||
269 | variable is used in the same way | ||
270 | <filename>PATH</filename> is used to find executables. | ||
271 | If the file cannot be found, it is assumed that it is available in | ||
272 | <link linkend='var-bb-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></link> | ||
273 | by the time the <filename>download()</filename> method is called. | ||
274 | </para> | ||
275 | |||
276 | <para> | ||
277 | If you specify a directory, the entire directory is | ||
278 | unpacked. | ||
279 | </para> | ||
280 | |||
281 | <para> | ||
282 | Here are a couple of example URLs, the first relative and | ||
283 | the second absolute: | ||
284 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
285 | SRC_URI = "file://relativefile.patch" | ||
286 | SRC_URI = "file:///Users/ich/very_important_software" | ||
287 | </literallayout> | ||
288 | </para> | ||
289 | </section> | ||
290 | |||
291 | <section id='http-ftp-fetcher'> | ||
292 | <title>HTTP/FTP wget fetcher (<filename>http://</filename>, <filename>ftp://</filename>, <filename>https://</filename>)</title> | ||
293 | |||
294 | <para> | ||
295 | This fetcher obtains files from web and FTP servers. | ||
296 | Internally, the fetcher uses the wget utility. | ||
297 | </para> | ||
298 | |||
299 | <para> | ||
300 | The executable and parameters used are specified by the | ||
301 | <filename>FETCHCMD_wget</filename> variable, which defaults | ||
302 | to sensible values. | ||
303 | The fetcher supports a parameter "downloadfilename" that | ||
304 | allows the name of the downloaded file to be specified. | ||
305 | Specifying the name of the downloaded file is useful | ||
306 | for avoiding collisions in | ||
307 | <link linkend='var-bb-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></link> | ||
308 | when dealing with multiple files that have the same name. | ||
309 | </para> | ||
310 | |||
311 | <para> | ||
312 | Some example URLs are as follows: | ||
313 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
314 | SRC_URI = "http://oe.handhelds.org/not_there.aac" | ||
315 | SRC_URI = "ftp://oe.handhelds.org/not_there_as_well.aac" | ||
316 | SRC_URI = "ftp://you@oe.handhelds.org/home/you/secret.plan" | ||
317 | </literallayout> | ||
318 | </para> | ||
319 | <note> | ||
320 | Because URL parameters are delimited by semi-colons, this can | ||
321 | introduce ambiguity when parsing URLs that also contain semi-colons, | ||
322 | for example: | ||
323 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
324 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git;a=snapshot;h=a5dd47" | ||
325 | </literallayout> | ||
326 | Such URLs should should be modified by replacing semi-colons with '&' characters: | ||
327 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
328 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git&a=snapshot&h=a5dd47" | ||
329 | </literallayout> | ||
330 | In most cases this should work. Treating semi-colons and '&' in queries | ||
331 | identically is recommended by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). | ||
332 | Note that due to the nature of the URL, you may have to specify the name | ||
333 | of the downloaded file as well: | ||
334 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
335 | SRC_URI = "http://abc123.org/git/?p=gcc/gcc.git&a=snapshot&h=a5dd47;downloadfilename=myfile.bz2" | ||
336 | </literallayout> | ||
337 | </note> | ||
338 | </section> | ||
339 | |||
340 | <section id='cvs-fetcher'> | ||
341 | <title>CVS fetcher (<filename>(cvs://</filename>)</title> | ||
342 | |||
343 | <para> | ||
344 | This submodule handles checking out files from the | ||
345 | CVS version control system. | ||
346 | You can configure it using a number of different variables: | ||
347 | <itemizedlist> | ||
348 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>FETCHCMD_cvs</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
349 | The name of the executable to use when running | ||
350 | the <filename>cvs</filename> command. | ||
351 | This name is usually "cvs". | ||
352 | </para></listitem> | ||
353 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>SRCDATE</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
354 | The date to use when fetching the CVS source code. | ||
355 | A special value of "now" causes the checkout to | ||
356 | be updated on every build. | ||
357 | </para></listitem> | ||
358 | <listitem><para><emphasis><link linkend='var-bb-CVSDIR'><filename>CVSDIR</filename></link>:</emphasis> | ||
359 | Specifies where a temporary checkout is saved. | ||
360 | The location is often <filename>DL_DIR/cvs</filename>. | ||
361 | </para></listitem> | ||
362 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>CVS_PROXY_HOST</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
363 | The name to use as a "proxy=" parameter to the | ||
364 | <filename>cvs</filename> command. | ||
365 | </para></listitem> | ||
366 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>CVS_PROXY_PORT</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
367 | The port number to use as a "proxyport=" parameter to | ||
368 | the <filename>cvs</filename> command. | ||
369 | </para></listitem> | ||
370 | </itemizedlist> | ||
371 | As well as the standard username and password URL syntax, | ||
372 | you can also configure the fetcher with various URL parameters: | ||
373 | </para> | ||
374 | |||
375 | <para> | ||
376 | The supported parameters are as follows: | ||
377 | <itemizedlist> | ||
378 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"method":</emphasis> | ||
379 | The protocol over which to communicate with the CVS | ||
380 | server. | ||
381 | By default, this protocol is "pserver". | ||
382 | If "method" is set to "ext", BitBake examines the | ||
383 | "rsh" parameter and sets <filename>CVS_RSH</filename>. | ||
384 | You can use "dir" for local directories. | ||
385 | </para></listitem> | ||
386 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"module":</emphasis> | ||
387 | Specifies the module to check out. | ||
388 | You must supply this parameter. | ||
389 | </para></listitem> | ||
390 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"tag":</emphasis> | ||
391 | Describes which CVS TAG should be used for | ||
392 | the checkout. | ||
393 | By default, the TAG is empty. | ||
394 | </para></listitem> | ||
395 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"date":</emphasis> | ||
396 | Specifies a date. | ||
397 | If no "date" is specified, the | ||
398 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRCDATE'><filename>SRCDATE</filename></link> | ||
399 | of the configuration is used to checkout a specific date. | ||
400 | The special value of "now" causes the checkout to be | ||
401 | updated on every build. | ||
402 | </para></listitem> | ||
403 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"localdir":</emphasis> | ||
404 | Used to rename the module. | ||
405 | Effectively, you are renaming the output directory | ||
406 | to which the module is unpacked. | ||
407 | You are forcing the module into a special | ||
408 | directory relative to | ||
409 | <link linkend='var-bb-CVSDIR'><filename>CVSDIR</filename></link>. | ||
410 | </para></listitem> | ||
411 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"rsh"</emphasis> | ||
412 | Used in conjunction with the "method" parameter. | ||
413 | </para></listitem> | ||
414 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"scmdata":</emphasis> | ||
415 | Causes the CVS metadata to be maintained in the tarball | ||
416 | the fetcher creates when set to "keep". | ||
417 | The tarball is expanded into the work directory. | ||
418 | By default, the CVS metadata is removed. | ||
419 | </para></listitem> | ||
420 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"fullpath":</emphasis> | ||
421 | Controls whether the resulting checkout is at the | ||
422 | module level, which is the default, or is at deeper | ||
423 | paths. | ||
424 | </para></listitem> | ||
425 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"norecurse":</emphasis> | ||
426 | Causes the fetcher to only checkout the specified | ||
427 | directory with no recurse into any subdirectories. | ||
428 | </para></listitem> | ||
429 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"port":</emphasis> | ||
430 | The port to which the CVS server connects. | ||
431 | </para></listitem> | ||
432 | </itemizedlist> | ||
433 | Some example URLs are as follows: | ||
434 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
435 | SRC_URI = "cvs://CVSROOT;module=mymodule;tag=some-version;method=ext" | ||
436 | SRC_URI = "cvs://CVSROOT;module=mymodule;date=20060126;localdir=usethat" | ||
437 | </literallayout> | ||
438 | </para> | ||
439 | </section> | ||
440 | |||
441 | <section id='svn-fetcher'> | ||
442 | <title>Subversion (SVN) Fetcher (<filename>svn://</filename>)</title> | ||
443 | |||
444 | <para> | ||
445 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the | ||
446 | Subversion source control system. | ||
447 | The executable used is specified by | ||
448 | <filename>FETCHCMD_svn</filename>, which defaults | ||
449 | to "svn". | ||
450 | The fetcher's temporary working directory is set by | ||
451 | <link linkend='var-bb-SVNDIR'><filename>SVNDIR</filename></link>, | ||
452 | which is usually <filename>DL_DIR/svn</filename>. | ||
453 | </para> | ||
454 | |||
455 | <para> | ||
456 | The supported parameters are as follows: | ||
457 | <itemizedlist> | ||
458 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"module":</emphasis> | ||
459 | The name of the svn module to checkout. | ||
460 | You must provide this parameter. | ||
461 | You can think of this parameter as the top-level | ||
462 | directory of the repository data you want. | ||
463 | </para></listitem> | ||
464 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"path_spec":</emphasis> | ||
465 | A specific directory in which to checkout the | ||
466 | specified svn module. | ||
467 | </para></listitem> | ||
468 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"protocol":</emphasis> | ||
469 | The protocol to use, which defaults to "svn". | ||
470 | If "protocol" is set to "svn+ssh", the "ssh" | ||
471 | parameter is also used. | ||
472 | </para></listitem> | ||
473 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"rev":</emphasis> | ||
474 | The revision of the source code to checkout. | ||
475 | </para></listitem> | ||
476 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"scmdata":</emphasis> | ||
477 | Causes the “.svn†directories to be available during | ||
478 | compile-time when set to "keep". | ||
479 | By default, these directories are removed. | ||
480 | </para></listitem> | ||
481 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"ssh":</emphasis> | ||
482 | An optional parameter used when "protocol" is set | ||
483 | to "svn+ssh". | ||
484 | You can use this parameter to specify the ssh | ||
485 | program used by svn. | ||
486 | </para></listitem> | ||
487 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"transportuser":</emphasis> | ||
488 | When required, sets the username for the transport. | ||
489 | By default, this parameter is empty. | ||
490 | The transport username is different than the username | ||
491 | used in the main URL, which is passed to the subversion | ||
492 | command. | ||
493 | </para></listitem> | ||
494 | </itemizedlist> | ||
495 | Following are three examples using svn: | ||
496 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
497 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=vip;protocol=http;rev=667" | ||
498 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=opie;protocol=svn+ssh" | ||
499 | SRC_URI = "svn://myrepos/proj1;module=trunk;protocol=http;path_spec=${MY_DIR}/proj1" | ||
500 | </literallayout> | ||
501 | </para> | ||
502 | </section> | ||
503 | |||
504 | <section id='git-fetcher'> | ||
505 | <title>Git Fetcher (<filename>git://</filename>)</title> | ||
506 | |||
507 | <para> | ||
508 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the Git | ||
509 | source control system. | ||
510 | The fetcher works by creating a bare clone of the | ||
511 | remote into | ||
512 | <link linkend='var-bb-GITDIR'><filename>GITDIR</filename></link>, | ||
513 | which is usually <filename>DL_DIR/git2</filename>. | ||
514 | This bare clone is then cloned into the work directory during the | ||
515 | unpack stage when a specific tree is checked out. | ||
516 | This is done using alternates and by reference to | ||
517 | minimize the amount of duplicate data on the disk and | ||
518 | make the unpack process fast. | ||
519 | The executable used can be set with | ||
520 | <filename>FETCHCMD_git</filename>. | ||
521 | </para> | ||
522 | |||
523 | <para> | ||
524 | This fetcher supports the following parameters: | ||
525 | <itemizedlist> | ||
526 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"protocol":</emphasis> | ||
527 | The protocol used to fetch the files. | ||
528 | The default is "git" when a hostname is set. | ||
529 | If a hostname is not set, the Git protocol is "file". | ||
530 | You can also use "http", "https", "ssh" and "rsync". | ||
531 | </para></listitem> | ||
532 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"nocheckout":</emphasis> | ||
533 | Tells the fetcher to not checkout source code when | ||
534 | unpacking when set to "1". | ||
535 | Set this option for the URL where there is a custom | ||
536 | routine to checkout code. | ||
537 | The default is "0". | ||
538 | </para></listitem> | ||
539 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"rebaseable":</emphasis> | ||
540 | Indicates that the upstream Git repository can be rebased. | ||
541 | You should set this parameter to "1" if | ||
542 | revisions can become detached from branches. | ||
543 | In this case, the source mirror tarball is done per | ||
544 | revision, which has a loss of efficiency. | ||
545 | Rebasing the upstream Git repository could cause the | ||
546 | current revision to disappear from the upstream repository. | ||
547 | This option reminds the fetcher to preserve the local cache | ||
548 | carefully for future use. | ||
549 | The default value for this parameter is "0". | ||
550 | </para></listitem> | ||
551 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"nobranch":</emphasis> | ||
552 | Tells the fetcher to not check the SHA validation | ||
553 | for the branch when set to "1". | ||
554 | The default is "0". | ||
555 | Set this option for the recipe that refers to | ||
556 | the commit that is valid for a tag instead of | ||
557 | the branch. | ||
558 | </para></listitem> | ||
559 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"bareclone":</emphasis> | ||
560 | Tells the fetcher to clone a bare clone into the | ||
561 | destination directory without checking out a working tree. | ||
562 | Only the raw Git metadata is provided. | ||
563 | This parameter implies the "nocheckout" parameter as well. | ||
564 | </para></listitem> | ||
565 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"branch":</emphasis> | ||
566 | The branch(es) of the Git tree to clone. | ||
567 | If unset, this is assumed to be "master". | ||
568 | The number of branch parameters much match the number of | ||
569 | name parameters. | ||
570 | </para></listitem> | ||
571 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"rev":</emphasis> | ||
572 | The revision to use for the checkout. | ||
573 | The default is "master". | ||
574 | </para></listitem> | ||
575 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"tag":</emphasis> | ||
576 | Specifies a tag to use for the checkout. | ||
577 | To correctly resolve tags, BitBake must access the | ||
578 | network. | ||
579 | For that reason, tags are often not used. | ||
580 | As far as Git is concerned, the "tag" parameter behaves | ||
581 | effectively the same as the "rev" parameter. | ||
582 | </para></listitem> | ||
583 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"subpath":</emphasis> | ||
584 | Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the tree. | ||
585 | By default, the whole tree is checked out. | ||
586 | </para></listitem> | ||
587 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"destsuffix":</emphasis> | ||
588 | The name of the path in which to place the checkout. | ||
589 | By default, the path is <filename>git/</filename>. | ||
590 | </para></listitem> | ||
591 | <listitem><para><emphasis>"usehead":</emphasis> | ||
592 | Enables local <filename>git://</filename> URLs to use the | ||
593 | current branch HEAD as the revision for use with | ||
594 | <filename>AUTOREV</filename>. | ||
595 | The "usehead" parameter implies no branch and only works | ||
596 | when the transfer protocol is | ||
597 | <filename>file://</filename>. | ||
598 | </para></listitem> | ||
599 | </itemizedlist> | ||
600 | Here are some example URLs: | ||
601 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
602 | SRC_URI = "git://git.oe.handhelds.org/git/vip.git;tag=version-1" | ||
603 | SRC_URI = "git://git.oe.handhelds.org/git/vip.git;protocol=http" | ||
604 | </literallayout> | ||
605 | </para> | ||
606 | </section> | ||
607 | |||
608 | <section id='gitsm-fetcher'> | ||
609 | <title>Git Submodule Fetcher (<filename>gitsm://</filename>)</title> | ||
610 | |||
611 | <para> | ||
612 | This fetcher submodule inherits from the | ||
613 | <link linkend='git-fetcher'>Git fetcher</link> and extends | ||
614 | that fetcher's behavior by fetching a repository's submodules. | ||
615 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link> | ||
616 | is passed to the Git fetcher as described in the | ||
617 | "<link linkend='git-fetcher'>Git Fetcher (<filename>git://</filename>)</link>" | ||
618 | section. | ||
619 | <note> | ||
620 | <title>Notes and Warnings</title> | ||
621 | <para> | ||
622 | You must clean a recipe when switching between | ||
623 | '<filename>git://</filename>' and | ||
624 | '<filename>gitsm://</filename>' URLs. | ||
625 | </para> | ||
626 | |||
627 | <para> | ||
628 | The Git Submodules fetcher is not a complete fetcher | ||
629 | implementation. | ||
630 | The fetcher has known issues where it does not use the | ||
631 | normal source mirroring infrastructure properly. Further, | ||
632 | the submodule sources it fetches are not visible to the | ||
633 | licensing and source archiving infrastructures. | ||
634 | </para> | ||
635 | </note> | ||
636 | </para> | ||
637 | </section> | ||
638 | |||
639 | <section id='clearcase-fetcher'> | ||
640 | <title>ClearCase Fetcher (<filename>ccrc://</filename>)</title> | ||
641 | |||
642 | <para> | ||
643 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from a | ||
644 | <ulink url='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rational_ClearCase'>ClearCase</ulink> | ||
645 | repository. | ||
646 | </para> | ||
647 | |||
648 | <para> | ||
649 | To use this fetcher, make sure your recipe has proper | ||
650 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link>, | ||
651 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRCREV'><filename>SRCREV</filename></link>, and | ||
652 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link> settings. | ||
653 | Here is an example: | ||
654 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
655 | SRC_URI = "ccrc://cc.example.org/ccrc;vob=/example_vob;module=/example_module" | ||
656 | SRCREV = "EXAMPLE_CLEARCASE_TAG" | ||
657 | PV = "${@d.getVar("SRCREV", False).replace("/", "+")}" | ||
658 | </literallayout> | ||
659 | The fetcher uses the <filename>rcleartool</filename> or | ||
660 | <filename>cleartool</filename> remote client, depending on | ||
661 | which one is available. | ||
662 | </para> | ||
663 | |||
664 | <para> | ||
665 | Following are options for the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
666 | statement: | ||
667 | <itemizedlist> | ||
668 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>vob</filename></emphasis>: | ||
669 | The name, which must include the | ||
670 | prepending "/" character, of the ClearCase VOB. | ||
671 | This option is required. | ||
672 | </para></listitem> | ||
673 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>module</filename></emphasis>: | ||
674 | The module, which must include the | ||
675 | prepending "/" character, in the selected VOB. | ||
676 | <note> | ||
677 | The <filename>module</filename> and <filename>vob</filename> | ||
678 | options are combined to create the <filename>load</filename> rule in | ||
679 | the view config spec. | ||
680 | As an example, consider the <filename>vob</filename> and | ||
681 | <filename>module</filename> values from the | ||
682 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename> statement at the start of this section. | ||
683 | Combining those values results in the following: | ||
684 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
685 | load /example_vob/example_module | ||
686 | </literallayout> | ||
687 | </note> | ||
688 | </para></listitem> | ||
689 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>proto</filename></emphasis>: | ||
690 | The protocol, which can be either <filename>http</filename> or | ||
691 | <filename>https</filename>. | ||
692 | </para></listitem> | ||
693 | </itemizedlist> | ||
694 | </para> | ||
695 | |||
696 | <para> | ||
697 | By default, the fetcher creates a configuration specification. | ||
698 | If you want this specification written to an area other than the default, | ||
699 | use the <filename>CCASE_CUSTOM_CONFIG_SPEC</filename> variable | ||
700 | in your recipe to define where the specification is written. | ||
701 | <note> | ||
702 | the <filename>SRCREV</filename> loses its functionality if you | ||
703 | specify this variable. | ||
704 | However, <filename>SRCREV</filename> is still used to label the | ||
705 | archive after a fetch even though it does not define what is | ||
706 | fetched. | ||
707 | </note> | ||
708 | </para> | ||
709 | |||
710 | <para> | ||
711 | Here are a couple of other behaviors worth mentioning: | ||
712 | <itemizedlist> | ||
713 | <listitem><para> | ||
714 | When using <filename>cleartool</filename>, the login of | ||
715 | <filename>cleartool</filename> is handled by the system. | ||
716 | The login require no special steps. | ||
717 | </para></listitem> | ||
718 | <listitem><para> | ||
719 | In order to use <filename>rcleartool</filename> with authenticated | ||
720 | users, an "rcleartool login" is necessary before using the fetcher. | ||
721 | </para></listitem> | ||
722 | </itemizedlist> | ||
723 | </para> | ||
724 | </section> | ||
725 | |||
726 | <section id='perforce-fetcher'> | ||
727 | <title>Perforce Fetcher (<filename>p4://</filename>)</title> | ||
728 | |||
729 | <para> | ||
730 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from the | ||
731 | <ulink url='https://www.perforce.com/'>Perforce</ulink> | ||
732 | source control system. | ||
733 | The executable used is specified by | ||
734 | <filename>FETCHCMD_p4</filename>, which defaults | ||
735 | to "p4". | ||
736 | The fetcher's temporary working directory is set by | ||
737 | <link linkend='var-bb-P4DIR'><filename>P4DIR</filename></link>, | ||
738 | which defaults to "DL_DIR/p4". | ||
739 | </para> | ||
740 | |||
741 | <para> | ||
742 | To use this fetcher, make sure your recipe has proper | ||
743 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link>, | ||
744 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRCREV'><filename>SRCREV</filename></link>, and | ||
745 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link> values. | ||
746 | The p4 executable is able to use the config file defined by your | ||
747 | system's <filename>P4CONFIG</filename> environment variable in | ||
748 | order to define the Perforce server URL and port, username, and | ||
749 | password if you do not wish to keep those values in a recipe | ||
750 | itself. | ||
751 | If you choose not to use <filename>P4CONFIG</filename>, | ||
752 | or to explicitly set variables that <filename>P4CONFIG</filename> | ||
753 | can contain, you can specify the <filename>P4PORT</filename> value, | ||
754 | which is the server's URL and port number, and you can | ||
755 | specify a username and password directly in your recipe within | ||
756 | <filename>SRC_URI</filename>. | ||
757 | </para> | ||
758 | |||
759 | <para> | ||
760 | Here is an example that relies on <filename>P4CONFIG</filename> | ||
761 | to specify the server URL and port, username, and password, and | ||
762 | fetches the Head Revision: | ||
763 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
764 | SRC_URI = "p4://example-depot/main/source/..." | ||
765 | SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" | ||
766 | PV = "p4-${SRCPV}" | ||
767 | S = "${WORKDIR}/p4" | ||
768 | </literallayout> | ||
769 | </para> | ||
770 | |||
771 | <para> | ||
772 | Here is an example that specifies the server URL and port, | ||
773 | username, and password, and fetches a Revision based on a Label: | ||
774 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
775 | P4PORT = "tcp:p4server.example.net:1666" | ||
776 | SRC_URI = "p4://user:passwd@example-depot/main/source/..." | ||
777 | SRCREV = "release-1.0" | ||
778 | PV = "p4-${SRCPV}" | ||
779 | S = "${WORKDIR}/p4" | ||
780 | </literallayout> | ||
781 | <note> | ||
782 | You should always set <filename>S</filename> | ||
783 | to <filename>"${WORKDIR}/p4"</filename> in your recipe. | ||
784 | </note> | ||
785 | </para> | ||
786 | </section> | ||
787 | |||
788 | <section id='repo-fetcher'> | ||
789 | <title>Repo Fetcher (<filename>repo://</filename>)</title> | ||
790 | |||
791 | <para> | ||
792 | This fetcher submodule fetches code from | ||
793 | <filename>google-repo</filename> source control system. | ||
794 | The fetcher works by initiating and syncing sources of the | ||
795 | repository into | ||
796 | <link linkend='var-bb-REPODIR'><filename>REPODIR</filename></link>, | ||
797 | which is usually | ||
798 | <link linkend='var-bb-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></link><filename>/repo</filename>. | ||
799 | </para> | ||
800 | |||
801 | <para> | ||
802 | This fetcher supports the following parameters: | ||
803 | <itemizedlist> | ||
804 | <listitem><para> | ||
805 | <emphasis>"protocol":</emphasis> | ||
806 | Protocol to fetch the repository manifest (default: git). | ||
807 | </para></listitem> | ||
808 | <listitem><para> | ||
809 | <emphasis>"branch":</emphasis> | ||
810 | Branch or tag of repository to get (default: master). | ||
811 | </para></listitem> | ||
812 | <listitem><para> | ||
813 | <emphasis>"manifest":</emphasis> | ||
814 | Name of the manifest file (default: <filename>default.xml</filename>). | ||
815 | </para></listitem> | ||
816 | </itemizedlist> | ||
817 | Here are some example URLs: | ||
818 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
819 | SRC_URI = "repo://REPOROOT;protocol=git;branch=some_branch;manifest=my_manifest.xml" | ||
820 | SRC_URI = "repo://REPOROOT;protocol=file;branch=some_branch;manifest=my_manifest.xml" | ||
821 | </literallayout> | ||
822 | </para> | ||
823 | </section> | ||
824 | |||
825 | <section id='other-fetchers'> | ||
826 | <title>Other Fetchers</title> | ||
827 | |||
828 | <para> | ||
829 | Fetch submodules also exist for the following: | ||
830 | <itemizedlist> | ||
831 | <listitem><para> | ||
832 | Bazaar (<filename>bzr://</filename>) | ||
833 | </para></listitem> | ||
834 | <listitem><para> | ||
835 | Mercurial (<filename>hg://</filename>) | ||
836 | </para></listitem> | ||
837 | <listitem><para> | ||
838 | npm (<filename>npm://</filename>) | ||
839 | </para></listitem> | ||
840 | <listitem><para> | ||
841 | OSC (<filename>osc://</filename>) | ||
842 | </para></listitem> | ||
843 | <listitem><para> | ||
844 | Secure FTP (<filename>sftp://</filename>) | ||
845 | </para></listitem> | ||
846 | <listitem><para> | ||
847 | Secure Shell (<filename>ssh://</filename>) | ||
848 | </para></listitem> | ||
849 | <listitem><para> | ||
850 | Trees using Git Annex (<filename>gitannex://</filename>) | ||
851 | </para></listitem> | ||
852 | </itemizedlist> | ||
853 | No documentation currently exists for these lesser used | ||
854 | fetcher submodules. | ||
855 | However, you might find the code helpful and readable. | ||
856 | </para> | ||
857 | </section> | ||
858 | </section> | ||
859 | |||
860 | <section id='auto-revisions'> | ||
861 | <title>Auto Revisions</title> | ||
862 | |||
863 | <para> | ||
864 | We need to document <filename>AUTOREV</filename> and | ||
865 | <filename>SRCREV_FORMAT</filename> here. | ||
866 | </para> | ||
867 | </section> | ||
868 | </chapter> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3fd321588 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | =================== | ||
4 | Hello World Example | ||
5 | =================== | ||
6 | |||
7 | BitBake Hello World | ||
8 | =================== | ||
9 | |||
10 | The simplest example commonly used to demonstrate any new programming | ||
11 | language or tool is the "`Hello | ||
12 | World <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hello_world_program>`__" example. | ||
13 | This appendix demonstrates, in tutorial form, Hello World within the | ||
14 | context of BitBake. The tutorial describes how to create a new project | ||
15 | and the applicable metadata files necessary to allow BitBake to build | ||
16 | it. | ||
17 | |||
18 | Obtaining BitBake | ||
19 | ================= | ||
20 | |||
21 | See the :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello:obtaining bitbake` section for | ||
22 | information on how to obtain BitBake. Once you have the source code on | ||
23 | your machine, the BitBake directory appears as follows: :: | ||
24 | |||
25 | $ ls -al | ||
26 | total 100 | ||
27 | drwxrwxr-x. 9 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 . | ||
28 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Feb 4 10:45 .. | ||
29 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 365 Nov 26 04:55 AUTHORS | ||
30 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 bin | ||
31 | drwxrwxr-x. 4 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 build | ||
32 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 16501 Nov 26 04:55 ChangeLog | ||
33 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 classes | ||
34 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 conf | ||
35 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 contrib | ||
36 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 17987 Nov 26 04:55 COPYING | ||
37 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 doc | ||
38 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 69 Nov 26 04:55 .gitignore | ||
39 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 849 Nov 26 04:55 HEADER | ||
40 | drwxrwxr-x. 5 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 lib | ||
41 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 195 Nov 26 04:55 MANIFEST.in | ||
42 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 2887 Nov 26 04:55 TODO | ||
43 | |||
44 | At this point, you should have BitBake cloned to a directory that | ||
45 | matches the previous listing except for dates and user names. | ||
46 | |||
47 | Setting Up the BitBake Environment | ||
48 | ================================== | ||
49 | |||
50 | First, you need to be sure that you can run BitBake. Set your working | ||
51 | directory to where your local BitBake files are and run the following | ||
52 | command: :: | ||
53 | |||
54 | $ ./bin/bitbake --version | ||
55 | BitBake Build Tool Core version 1.23.0, bitbake version 1.23.0 | ||
56 | |||
57 | The console output tells you what version | ||
58 | you are running. | ||
59 | |||
60 | The recommended method to run BitBake is from a directory of your | ||
61 | choice. To be able to run BitBake from any directory, you need to add | ||
62 | the executable binary to your binary to your shell's environment | ||
63 | ``PATH`` variable. First, look at your current ``PATH`` variable by | ||
64 | entering the following: :: | ||
65 | |||
66 | $ echo $PATH | ||
67 | |||
68 | Next, add the directory location | ||
69 | for the BitBake binary to the ``PATH``. Here is an example that adds the | ||
70 | ``/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/bin`` directory to the front of the | ||
71 | ``PATH`` variable: :: | ||
72 | |||
73 | $ export PATH=/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/bin:$PATH | ||
74 | |||
75 | You should now be able to enter the ``bitbake`` command from the command | ||
76 | line while working from any directory. | ||
77 | |||
78 | The Hello World Example | ||
79 | ======================= | ||
80 | |||
81 | The overall goal of this exercise is to build a complete "Hello World" | ||
82 | example utilizing task and layer concepts. Because this is how modern | ||
83 | projects such as OpenEmbedded and the Yocto Project utilize BitBake, the | ||
84 | example provides an excellent starting point for understanding BitBake. | ||
85 | |||
86 | To help you understand how to use BitBake to build targets, the example | ||
87 | starts with nothing but the ``bitbake`` command, which causes BitBake to | ||
88 | fail and report problems. The example progresses by adding pieces to the | ||
89 | build to eventually conclude with a working, minimal "Hello World" | ||
90 | example. | ||
91 | |||
92 | While every attempt is made to explain what is happening during the | ||
93 | example, the descriptions cannot cover everything. You can find further | ||
94 | information throughout this manual. Also, you can actively participate | ||
95 | in the :oe_lists:`/g/bitbake-devel` | ||
96 | discussion mailing list about the BitBake build tool. | ||
97 | |||
98 | .. note:: | ||
99 | |||
100 | This example was inspired by and drew heavily from | ||
101 | `Mailing List post - The BitBake equivalent of "Hello, World!" | ||
102 | <http://www.mail-archive.com/yocto@yoctoproject.org/msg09379.html>`_. | ||
103 | |||
104 | As stated earlier, the goal of this example is to eventually compile | ||
105 | "Hello World". However, it is unknown what BitBake needs and what you | ||
106 | have to provide in order to achieve that goal. Recall that BitBake | ||
107 | utilizes three types of metadata files: | ||
108 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:configuration files`, | ||
109 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:classes`, and | ||
110 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:recipes`. | ||
111 | But where do they go? How does BitBake find | ||
112 | them? BitBake's error messaging helps you answer these types of | ||
113 | questions and helps you better understand exactly what is going on. | ||
114 | |||
115 | Following is the complete "Hello World" example. | ||
116 | |||
117 | #. **Create a Project Directory:** First, set up a directory for the | ||
118 | "Hello World" project. Here is how you can do so in your home | ||
119 | directory: :: | ||
120 | |||
121 | $ mkdir ~/hello | ||
122 | $ cd ~/hello | ||
123 | |||
124 | This is the directory that | ||
125 | BitBake will use to do all of its work. You can use this directory | ||
126 | to keep all the metafiles needed by BitBake. Having a project | ||
127 | directory is a good way to isolate your project. | ||
128 | |||
129 | #. **Run BitBake:** At this point, you have nothing but a project | ||
130 | directory. Run the ``bitbake`` command and see what it does: :: | ||
131 | |||
132 | $ bitbake | ||
133 | The BBPATH variable is not set and bitbake did not | ||
134 | find a conf/bblayers.conf file in the expected location. | ||
135 | Maybe you accidentally invoked bitbake from the wrong directory? | ||
136 | DEBUG: Removed the following variables from the environment: | ||
137 | GNOME_DESKTOP_SESSION_ID, XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP, | ||
138 | GNOME_KEYRING_CONTROL, DISPLAY, SSH_AGENT_PID, LANG, no_proxy, | ||
139 | XDG_SESSION_PATH, XAUTHORITY, SESSION_MANAGER, SHLVL, | ||
140 | MANDATORY_PATH, COMPIZ_CONFIG_PROFILE, WINDOWID, EDITOR, | ||
141 | GPG_AGENT_INFO, SSH_AUTH_SOCK, GDMSESSION, GNOME_KEYRING_PID, | ||
142 | XDG_SEAT_PATH, XDG_CONFIG_DIRS, LESSOPEN, DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS, | ||
143 | _, XDG_SESSION_COOKIE, DESKTOP_SESSION, LESSCLOSE, DEFAULTS_PATH, | ||
144 | UBUNTU_MENUPROXY, OLDPWD, XDG_DATA_DIRS, COLORTERM, LS_COLORS | ||
145 | |||
146 | The majority of this output is specific to environment variables that | ||
147 | are not directly relevant to BitBake. However, the very first | ||
148 | message regarding the ``BBPATH`` variable and the | ||
149 | ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file is relevant. | ||
150 | |||
151 | When you run BitBake, it begins looking for metadata files. The | ||
152 | :term:`BBPATH` variable is what tells BitBake where | ||
153 | to look for those files. ``BBPATH`` is not set and you need to set | ||
154 | it. Without ``BBPATH``, BitBake cannot find any configuration files | ||
155 | (``.conf``) or recipe files (``.bb``) at all. BitBake also cannot | ||
156 | find the ``bitbake.conf`` file. | ||
157 | |||
158 | #. **Setting BBPATH:** For this example, you can set ``BBPATH`` in | ||
159 | the same manner that you set ``PATH`` earlier in the appendix. You | ||
160 | should realize, though, that it is much more flexible to set the | ||
161 | ``BBPATH`` variable up in a configuration file for each project. | ||
162 | |||
163 | From your shell, enter the following commands to set and export the | ||
164 | ``BBPATH`` variable: :: | ||
165 | |||
166 | $ BBPATH="projectdirectory" | ||
167 | $ export BBPATH | ||
168 | |||
169 | Use your actual project directory in the command. BitBake uses that | ||
170 | directory to find the metadata it needs for your project. | ||
171 | |||
172 | .. note:: | ||
173 | |||
174 | When specifying your project directory, do not use the tilde | ||
175 | ("~") character as BitBake does not expand that character as the | ||
176 | shell would. | ||
177 | |||
178 | #. **Run BitBake:** Now that you have ``BBPATH`` defined, run the | ||
179 | ``bitbake`` command again: :: | ||
180 | |||
181 | $ bitbake | ||
182 | ERROR: Traceback (most recent call last): | ||
183 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 163, in wrapped | ||
184 | return func(fn, *args) | ||
185 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 173, in parse_config_file | ||
186 | return bb.parse.handle(fn, data, include) | ||
187 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/__init__.py", line 99, in handle | ||
188 | return h['handle'](fn, data, include) | ||
189 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/ConfHandler.py", line 120, in handle | ||
190 | abs_fn = resolve_file(fn, data) | ||
191 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/__init__.py", line 117, in resolve_file | ||
192 | raise IOError("file %s not found in %s" % (fn, bbpath)) | ||
193 | IOError: file conf/bitbake.conf not found in /home/scott-lenovo/hello | ||
194 | |||
195 | ERROR: Unable to parse conf/bitbake.conf: file conf/bitbake.conf not found in /home/scott-lenovo/hello | ||
196 | |||
197 | This sample output shows that BitBake could not find the | ||
198 | ``conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the project directory. This file is | ||
199 | the first thing BitBake must find in order to build a target. And, | ||
200 | since the project directory for this example is empty, you need to | ||
201 | provide a ``conf/bitbake.conf`` file. | ||
202 | |||
203 | #. **Creating conf/bitbake.conf:** The ``conf/bitbake.conf`` includes | ||
204 | a number of configuration variables BitBake uses for metadata and | ||
205 | recipe files. For this example, you need to create the file in your | ||
206 | project directory and define some key BitBake variables. For more | ||
207 | information on the ``bitbake.conf`` file, see | ||
208 | http://git.openembedded.org/bitbake/tree/conf/bitbake.conf. | ||
209 | |||
210 | Use the following commands to create the ``conf`` directory in the | ||
211 | project directory: :: | ||
212 | |||
213 | $ mkdir conf | ||
214 | |||
215 | From within the ``conf`` directory, | ||
216 | use some editor to create the ``bitbake.conf`` so that it contains | ||
217 | the following: :: | ||
218 | |||
219 | PN = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
220 | |||
221 | TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" | ||
222 | CACHE = "${TMPDIR}/cache" | ||
223 | STAMP = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}/stamps" | ||
224 | T = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}/work" | ||
225 | B = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}" | ||
226 | |||
227 | .. note:: | ||
228 | |||
229 | Without a value for PN , the variables STAMP , T , and B , prevent more | ||
230 | than one recipe from working. You can fix this by either setting PN to | ||
231 | have a value similar to what OpenEmbedded and BitBake use in the default | ||
232 | bitbake.conf file (see previous example). Or, by manually updating each | ||
233 | recipe to set PN . You will also need to include PN as part of the STAMP | ||
234 | , T , and B variable definitions in the local.conf file. | ||
235 | |||
236 | The ``TMPDIR`` variable establishes a directory that BitBake uses | ||
237 | for build output and intermediate files other than the cached | ||
238 | information used by the | ||
239 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:setscene` | ||
240 | process. Here, the ``TMPDIR`` directory is set to ``hello/tmp``. | ||
241 | |||
242 | .. tip:: | ||
243 | |||
244 | You can always safely delete the tmp directory in order to rebuild a | ||
245 | BitBake target. The build process creates the directory for you when you | ||
246 | run BitBake. | ||
247 | |||
248 | For information about each of the other variables defined in this | ||
249 | example, check :term:`PN`, :term:`TOPDIR`, :term:`CACHE`, :term:`STAMP`, | ||
250 | :term:`T` or :term:`B` to take you to the definitions in the | ||
251 | glossary. | ||
252 | |||
253 | #. **Run BitBake:** After making sure that the ``conf/bitbake.conf`` file | ||
254 | exists, you can run the ``bitbake`` command again: :: | ||
255 | |||
256 | $ bitbake | ||
257 | ERROR: Traceback (most recent call last): | ||
258 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 163, in wrapped | ||
259 | return func(fn, *args) | ||
260 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 177, in _inherit | ||
261 | bb.parse.BBHandler.inherit(bbclass, "configuration INHERITs", 0, data) | ||
262 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/BBHandler.py", line 92, in inherit | ||
263 | include(fn, file, lineno, d, "inherit") | ||
264 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/ConfHandler.py", line 100, in include | ||
265 | raise ParseError("Could not %(error_out)s file %(fn)s" % vars(), oldfn, lineno) | ||
266 | ParseError: ParseError in configuration INHERITs: Could not inherit file classes/base.bbclass | ||
267 | |||
268 | ERROR: Unable to parse base: ParseError in configuration INHERITs: Could not inherit file classes/base.bbclass | ||
269 | |||
270 | In the sample output, | ||
271 | BitBake could not find the ``classes/base.bbclass`` file. You need | ||
272 | to create that file next. | ||
273 | |||
274 | #. **Creating classes/base.bbclass:** BitBake uses class files to | ||
275 | provide common code and functionality. The minimally required class | ||
276 | for BitBake is the ``classes/base.bbclass`` file. The ``base`` class | ||
277 | is implicitly inherited by every recipe. BitBake looks for the class | ||
278 | in the ``classes`` directory of the project (i.e ``hello/classes`` | ||
279 | in this example). | ||
280 | |||
281 | Create the ``classes`` directory as follows: :: | ||
282 | |||
283 | $ cd $HOME/hello | ||
284 | $ mkdir classes | ||
285 | |||
286 | Move to the ``classes`` directory and then create the | ||
287 | ``base.bbclass`` file by inserting this single line: addtask build | ||
288 | The minimal task that BitBake runs is the ``do_build`` task. This is | ||
289 | all the example needs in order to build the project. Of course, the | ||
290 | ``base.bbclass`` can have much more depending on which build | ||
291 | environments BitBake is supporting. | ||
292 | |||
293 | #. **Run BitBake:** After making sure that the ``classes/base.bbclass`` | ||
294 | file exists, you can run the ``bitbake`` command again: :: | ||
295 | |||
296 | $ bitbake | ||
297 | Nothing to do. Use 'bitbake world' to build everything, or run 'bitbake --help' for usage information. | ||
298 | |||
299 | BitBake is finally reporting | ||
300 | no errors. However, you can see that it really does not have | ||
301 | anything to do. You need to create a recipe that gives BitBake | ||
302 | something to do. | ||
303 | |||
304 | #. **Creating a Layer:** While it is not really necessary for such a | ||
305 | small example, it is good practice to create a layer in which to | ||
306 | keep your code separate from the general metadata used by BitBake. | ||
307 | Thus, this example creates and uses a layer called "mylayer". | ||
308 | |||
309 | .. note:: | ||
310 | |||
311 | You can find additional information on layers in the | ||
312 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:Layers`" section. | ||
313 | |||
314 | Minimally, you need a recipe file and a layer configuration file in | ||
315 | your layer. The configuration file needs to be in the ``conf`` | ||
316 | directory inside the layer. Use these commands to set up the layer | ||
317 | and the ``conf`` directory: :: | ||
318 | |||
319 | $ cd $HOME | ||
320 | $ mkdir mylayer | ||
321 | $ cd mylayer | ||
322 | $ mkdir conf | ||
323 | |||
324 | Move to the ``conf`` directory and create a ``layer.conf`` file that has the | ||
325 | following: :: | ||
326 | |||
327 | BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}" | ||
328 | BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/\*.bb" | ||
329 | BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "mylayer" | ||
330 | `BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer := "^${LAYERDIR_RE}/" | ||
331 | |||
332 | For information on these variables, click on :term:`BBFILES`, | ||
333 | :term:`LAYERDIR`, :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` or :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer <BBFILE_PATTERN>` | ||
334 | to go to the definitions in the glossary. | ||
335 | |||
336 | You need to create the recipe file next. Inside your layer at the | ||
337 | top-level, use an editor and create a recipe file named | ||
338 | ``printhello.bb`` that has the following: :: | ||
339 | |||
340 | DESCRIPTION = "Prints Hello World" | ||
341 | PN = 'printhello' | ||
342 | PV = '1' | ||
343 | |||
344 | python do_build() { | ||
345 | bb.plain("********************"); | ||
346 | bb.plain("* *"); | ||
347 | bb.plain("* Hello, World! *"); | ||
348 | bb.plain("* *"); | ||
349 | bb.plain("********************"); | ||
350 | } | ||
351 | |||
352 | The recipe file simply provides | ||
353 | a description of the recipe, the name, version, and the ``do_build`` | ||
354 | task, which prints out "Hello World" to the console. For more | ||
355 | information on :term:`DESCRIPTION`, :term:`PN` or :term:`PV` | ||
356 | follow the links to the glossary. | ||
357 | |||
358 | #. **Run BitBake With a Target:** Now that a BitBake target exists, run | ||
359 | the command and provide that target: :: | ||
360 | |||
361 | $ cd $HOME/hello | ||
362 | $ bitbake printhello | ||
363 | ERROR: no recipe files to build, check your BBPATH and BBFILES? | ||
364 | |||
365 | Summary: There was 1 ERROR message shown, returning a non-zero exit code. | ||
366 | |||
367 | We have created the layer with the recipe and | ||
368 | the layer configuration file but it still seems that BitBake cannot | ||
369 | find the recipe. BitBake needs a ``conf/bblayers.conf`` that lists | ||
370 | the layers for the project. Without this file, BitBake cannot find | ||
371 | the recipe. | ||
372 | |||
373 | #. **Creating conf/bblayers.conf:** BitBake uses the | ||
374 | ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file to locate layers needed for the project. | ||
375 | This file must reside in the ``conf`` directory of the project (i.e. | ||
376 | ``hello/conf`` for this example). | ||
377 | |||
378 | Set your working directory to the ``hello/conf`` directory and then | ||
379 | create the ``bblayers.conf`` file so that it contains the following: :: | ||
380 | |||
381 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
382 | /home/<you>/mylayer \ | ||
383 | " | ||
384 | |||
385 | You need to provide your own information for ``you`` in the file. | ||
386 | |||
387 | #. **Run BitBake With a Target:** Now that you have supplied the | ||
388 | ``bblayers.conf`` file, run the ``bitbake`` command and provide the | ||
389 | target: :: | ||
390 | |||
391 | $ bitbake printhello | ||
392 | Parsing recipes: 100% |##################################################################################| | ||
393 | Time: 00:00:00 | ||
394 | Parsing of 1 .bb files complete (0 cached, 1 parsed). 1 targets, 0 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors. | ||
395 | NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies | ||
396 | NOTE: Preparing RunQueue | ||
397 | NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks | ||
398 | ******************** | ||
399 | * * | ||
400 | * Hello, World! * | ||
401 | * * | ||
402 | ******************** | ||
403 | NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 1 tasks of which 0 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded. | ||
404 | |||
405 | .. note:: | ||
406 | |||
407 | After the first execution, re-running bitbake printhello again will not | ||
408 | result in a BitBake run that prints the same console output. The reason | ||
409 | for this is that the first time the printhello.bb recipe's do_build task | ||
410 | executes successfully, BitBake writes a stamp file for the task. Thus, | ||
411 | the next time you attempt to run the task using that same bitbake | ||
412 | command, BitBake notices the stamp and therefore determines that the task | ||
413 | does not need to be re-run. If you delete the tmp directory or run | ||
414 | bitbake -c clean printhello and then re-run the build, the "Hello, | ||
415 | World!" message will be printed again. | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 11eb36aaf8..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-hello.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,513 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <appendix id='hello-world-example'> | ||
5 | <title>Hello World Example</title> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <section id='bitbake-hello-world'> | ||
8 | <title>BitBake Hello World</title> | ||
9 | |||
10 | <para> | ||
11 | The simplest example commonly used to demonstrate any new | ||
12 | programming language or tool is the | ||
13 | "<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hello_world_program">Hello World</ulink>" | ||
14 | example. | ||
15 | This appendix demonstrates, in tutorial form, Hello | ||
16 | World within the context of BitBake. | ||
17 | The tutorial describes how to create a new project | ||
18 | and the applicable metadata files necessary to allow | ||
19 | BitBake to build it. | ||
20 | </para> | ||
21 | </section> | ||
22 | |||
23 | <section id='example-obtaining-bitbake'> | ||
24 | <title>Obtaining BitBake</title> | ||
25 | |||
26 | <para> | ||
27 | See the | ||
28 | "<link linkend='obtaining-bitbake'>Obtaining BitBake</link>" | ||
29 | section for information on how to obtain BitBake. | ||
30 | Once you have the source code on your machine, the BitBake directory | ||
31 | appears as follows: | ||
32 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
33 | $ ls -al | ||
34 | total 100 | ||
35 | drwxrwxr-x. 9 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 . | ||
36 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Feb 4 10:45 .. | ||
37 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 365 Nov 26 04:55 AUTHORS | ||
38 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 bin | ||
39 | drwxrwxr-x. 4 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 build | ||
40 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 16501 Nov 26 04:55 ChangeLog | ||
41 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 classes | ||
42 | drwxrwxr-x. 2 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 conf | ||
43 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 contrib | ||
44 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 17987 Nov 26 04:55 COPYING | ||
45 | drwxrwxr-x. 3 wmat wmat 4096 Nov 26 04:55 doc | ||
46 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 69 Nov 26 04:55 .gitignore | ||
47 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 849 Nov 26 04:55 HEADER | ||
48 | drwxrwxr-x. 5 wmat wmat 4096 Jan 31 13:44 lib | ||
49 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 195 Nov 26 04:55 MANIFEST.in | ||
50 | -rw-rw-r--. 1 wmat wmat 2887 Nov 26 04:55 TODO | ||
51 | </literallayout> | ||
52 | </para> | ||
53 | |||
54 | <para> | ||
55 | At this point, you should have BitBake cloned to | ||
56 | a directory that matches the previous listing except for | ||
57 | dates and user names. | ||
58 | </para> | ||
59 | </section> | ||
60 | |||
61 | <section id='setting-up-the-bitbake-environment'> | ||
62 | <title>Setting Up the BitBake Environment</title> | ||
63 | |||
64 | <para> | ||
65 | First, you need to be sure that you can run BitBake. | ||
66 | Set your working directory to where your local BitBake | ||
67 | files are and run the following command: | ||
68 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
69 | $ ./bin/bitbake --version | ||
70 | BitBake Build Tool Core version 1.23.0, bitbake version 1.23.0 | ||
71 | </literallayout> | ||
72 | The console output tells you what version you are running. | ||
73 | </para> | ||
74 | |||
75 | <para> | ||
76 | The recommended method to run BitBake is from a directory of your | ||
77 | choice. | ||
78 | To be able to run BitBake from any directory, you need to add the | ||
79 | executable binary to your binary to your shell's environment | ||
80 | <filename>PATH</filename> variable. | ||
81 | First, look at your current <filename>PATH</filename> variable | ||
82 | by entering the following: | ||
83 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
84 | $ echo $PATH | ||
85 | </literallayout> | ||
86 | Next, add the directory location for the BitBake binary to the | ||
87 | <filename>PATH</filename>. | ||
88 | Here is an example that adds the | ||
89 | <filename>/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/bin</filename> directory | ||
90 | to the front of the <filename>PATH</filename> variable: | ||
91 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
92 | $ export PATH=/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/bin:$PATH | ||
93 | </literallayout> | ||
94 | You should now be able to enter the <filename>bitbake</filename> | ||
95 | command from the command line while working from any directory. | ||
96 | </para> | ||
97 | </section> | ||
98 | |||
99 | <section id='the-hello-world-example'> | ||
100 | <title>The Hello World Example</title> | ||
101 | |||
102 | <para> | ||
103 | The overall goal of this exercise is to build a | ||
104 | complete "Hello World" example utilizing task and layer | ||
105 | concepts. | ||
106 | Because this is how modern projects such as OpenEmbedded and | ||
107 | the Yocto Project utilize BitBake, the example | ||
108 | provides an excellent starting point for understanding | ||
109 | BitBake. | ||
110 | </para> | ||
111 | |||
112 | <para> | ||
113 | To help you understand how to use BitBake to build targets, | ||
114 | the example starts with nothing but the <filename>bitbake</filename> | ||
115 | command, which causes BitBake to fail and report problems. | ||
116 | The example progresses by adding pieces to the build to | ||
117 | eventually conclude with a working, minimal "Hello World" | ||
118 | example. | ||
119 | </para> | ||
120 | |||
121 | <para> | ||
122 | While every attempt is made to explain what is happening during | ||
123 | the example, the descriptions cannot cover everything. | ||
124 | You can find further information throughout this manual. | ||
125 | Also, you can actively participate in the | ||
126 | <ulink url='http://lists.openembedded.org/mailman/listinfo/bitbake-devel'></ulink> | ||
127 | discussion mailing list about the BitBake build tool. | ||
128 | </para> | ||
129 | |||
130 | <note> | ||
131 | This example was inspired by and drew heavily from | ||
132 | <ulink url="http://www.mail-archive.com/yocto@yoctoproject.org/msg09379.html">Mailing List post - The BitBake equivalent of "Hello, World!"</ulink>. | ||
133 | </note> | ||
134 | |||
135 | <para> | ||
136 | As stated earlier, the goal of this example | ||
137 | is to eventually compile "Hello World". | ||
138 | However, it is unknown what BitBake needs and what you have | ||
139 | to provide in order to achieve that goal. | ||
140 | Recall that BitBake utilizes three types of metadata files: | ||
141 | <link linkend='configuration-files'>Configuration Files</link>, | ||
142 | <link linkend='classes'>Classes</link>, and | ||
143 | <link linkend='recipes'>Recipes</link>. | ||
144 | But where do they go? | ||
145 | How does BitBake find them? | ||
146 | BitBake's error messaging helps you answer these types of questions | ||
147 | and helps you better understand exactly what is going on. | ||
148 | </para> | ||
149 | |||
150 | <para> | ||
151 | Following is the complete "Hello World" example. | ||
152 | </para> | ||
153 | |||
154 | <orderedlist> | ||
155 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Create a Project Directory:</emphasis> | ||
156 | First, set up a directory for the "Hello World" project. | ||
157 | Here is how you can do so in your home directory: | ||
158 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
159 | $ mkdir ~/hello | ||
160 | $ cd ~/hello | ||
161 | </literallayout> | ||
162 | This is the directory that BitBake will use to do all of | ||
163 | its work. | ||
164 | You can use this directory to keep all the metafiles needed | ||
165 | by BitBake. | ||
166 | Having a project directory is a good way to isolate your | ||
167 | project. | ||
168 | </para></listitem> | ||
169 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
170 | At this point, you have nothing but a project directory. | ||
171 | Run the <filename>bitbake</filename> command and see what | ||
172 | it does: | ||
173 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
174 | $ bitbake | ||
175 | The BBPATH variable is not set and bitbake did not | ||
176 | find a conf/bblayers.conf file in the expected location. | ||
177 | Maybe you accidentally invoked bitbake from the wrong directory? | ||
178 | DEBUG: Removed the following variables from the environment: | ||
179 | GNOME_DESKTOP_SESSION_ID, XDG_CURRENT_DESKTOP, | ||
180 | GNOME_KEYRING_CONTROL, DISPLAY, SSH_AGENT_PID, LANG, no_proxy, | ||
181 | XDG_SESSION_PATH, XAUTHORITY, SESSION_MANAGER, SHLVL, | ||
182 | MANDATORY_PATH, COMPIZ_CONFIG_PROFILE, WINDOWID, EDITOR, | ||
183 | GPG_AGENT_INFO, SSH_AUTH_SOCK, GDMSESSION, GNOME_KEYRING_PID, | ||
184 | XDG_SEAT_PATH, XDG_CONFIG_DIRS, LESSOPEN, DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS, | ||
185 | _, XDG_SESSION_COOKIE, DESKTOP_SESSION, LESSCLOSE, DEFAULTS_PATH, | ||
186 | UBUNTU_MENUPROXY, OLDPWD, XDG_DATA_DIRS, COLORTERM, LS_COLORS | ||
187 | </literallayout> | ||
188 | The majority of this output is specific to environment variables | ||
189 | that are not directly relevant to BitBake. | ||
190 | However, the very first message regarding the | ||
191 | <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable and the | ||
192 | <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file | ||
193 | is relevant.</para> | ||
194 | <para> | ||
195 | When you run BitBake, it begins looking for metadata files. | ||
196 | The | ||
197 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link> | ||
198 | variable is what tells BitBake where to look for those files. | ||
199 | <filename>BBPATH</filename> is not set and you need to set it. | ||
200 | Without <filename>BBPATH</filename>, BitBake cannot | ||
201 | find any configuration files (<filename>.conf</filename>) | ||
202 | or recipe files (<filename>.bb</filename>) at all. | ||
203 | BitBake also cannot find the <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> | ||
204 | file. | ||
205 | </para></listitem> | ||
206 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Setting <filename>BBPATH</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
207 | For this example, you can set <filename>BBPATH</filename> | ||
208 | in the same manner that you set <filename>PATH</filename> | ||
209 | earlier in the appendix. | ||
210 | You should realize, though, that it is much more flexible to set the | ||
211 | <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable up in a configuration | ||
212 | file for each project.</para> | ||
213 | <para>From your shell, enter the following commands to set and | ||
214 | export the <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable: | ||
215 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
216 | $ BBPATH="<replaceable>projectdirectory</replaceable>" | ||
217 | $ export BBPATH | ||
218 | </literallayout> | ||
219 | Use your actual project directory in the command. | ||
220 | BitBake uses that directory to find the metadata it needs for | ||
221 | your project. | ||
222 | <note> | ||
223 | When specifying your project directory, do not use the | ||
224 | tilde ("~") character as BitBake does not expand that character | ||
225 | as the shell would. | ||
226 | </note> | ||
227 | </para></listitem> | ||
228 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
229 | Now that you have <filename>BBPATH</filename> defined, run | ||
230 | the <filename>bitbake</filename> command again: | ||
231 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
232 | $ bitbake | ||
233 | ERROR: Traceback (most recent call last): | ||
234 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 163, in wrapped | ||
235 | return func(fn, *args) | ||
236 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 173, in parse_config_file | ||
237 | return bb.parse.handle(fn, data, include) | ||
238 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/__init__.py", line 99, in handle | ||
239 | return h['handle'](fn, data, include) | ||
240 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/ConfHandler.py", line 120, in handle | ||
241 | abs_fn = resolve_file(fn, data) | ||
242 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/__init__.py", line 117, in resolve_file | ||
243 | raise IOError("file %s not found in %s" % (fn, bbpath)) | ||
244 | IOError: file conf/bitbake.conf not found in /home/scott-lenovo/hello | ||
245 | |||
246 | ERROR: Unable to parse conf/bitbake.conf: file conf/bitbake.conf not found in /home/scott-lenovo/hello | ||
247 | </literallayout> | ||
248 | This sample output shows that BitBake could not find the | ||
249 | <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename> file in the project | ||
250 | directory. | ||
251 | This file is the first thing BitBake must find in order | ||
252 | to build a target. | ||
253 | And, since the project directory for this example is | ||
254 | empty, you need to provide a <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename> | ||
255 | file. | ||
256 | </para></listitem> | ||
257 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Creating <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
258 | The <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename> includes a number of | ||
259 | configuration variables BitBake uses for metadata and recipe | ||
260 | files. | ||
261 | For this example, you need to create the file in your project directory | ||
262 | and define some key BitBake variables. | ||
263 | For more information on the <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file, | ||
264 | see | ||
265 | <ulink url='http://git.openembedded.org/bitbake/tree/conf/bitbake.conf'></ulink>. | ||
266 | </para> | ||
267 | <para>Use the following commands to create the <filename>conf</filename> | ||
268 | directory in the project directory: | ||
269 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
270 | $ mkdir conf | ||
271 | </literallayout> | ||
272 | From within the <filename>conf</filename> directory, use | ||
273 | some editor to create the <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> | ||
274 | so that it contains the following: | ||
275 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
276 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'>PN</link> = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
277 | </literallayout> | ||
278 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
279 | TMPDIR = "${<link linkend='var-bb-TOPDIR'>TOPDIR</link>}/tmp" | ||
280 | <link linkend='var-bb-CACHE'>CACHE</link> = "${TMPDIR}/cache" | ||
281 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMP'>STAMP</link> = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}/stamps" | ||
282 | <link linkend='var-bb-T'>T</link> = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}/work" | ||
283 | <link linkend='var-bb-B'>B</link> = "${TMPDIR}/${PN}" | ||
284 | </literallayout> | ||
285 | <note> | ||
286 | Without a value for <filename>PN</filename>, the | ||
287 | variables <filename>STAMP</filename>, | ||
288 | <filename>T</filename>, and <filename>B</filename>, | ||
289 | prevent more than one recipe from working. You can fix | ||
290 | this by either setting <filename>PN</filename> to have | ||
291 | a value similar to what OpenEmbedded and BitBake use | ||
292 | in the default <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file | ||
293 | (see previous example). Or, by manually updating each | ||
294 | recipe to set <filename>PN</filename>. You will also | ||
295 | need to include <filename>PN</filename> as part of the | ||
296 | <filename>STAMP</filename>, <filename>T</filename>, and | ||
297 | <filename>B</filename> variable definitions in the | ||
298 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
299 | </note> | ||
300 | The <filename>TMPDIR</filename> variable establishes a directory | ||
301 | that BitBake uses for build output and intermediate files other | ||
302 | than the cached information used by the | ||
303 | <link linkend='setscene'>Setscene</link> process. | ||
304 | Here, the <filename>TMPDIR</filename> directory is set to | ||
305 | <filename>hello/tmp</filename>. | ||
306 | <note><title>Tip</title> | ||
307 | You can always safely delete the <filename>tmp</filename> | ||
308 | directory in order to rebuild a BitBake target. | ||
309 | The build process creates the directory for you | ||
310 | when you run BitBake. | ||
311 | </note></para> | ||
312 | <para>For information about each of the other variables defined in this | ||
313 | example, click on the links to take you to the definitions in | ||
314 | the glossary. | ||
315 | </para></listitem> | ||
316 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
317 | After making sure that the <filename>conf/bitbake.conf</filename> | ||
318 | file exists, you can run the <filename>bitbake</filename> | ||
319 | command again: | ||
320 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
321 | $ bitbake | ||
322 | ERROR: Traceback (most recent call last): | ||
323 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 163, in wrapped | ||
324 | return func(fn, *args) | ||
325 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/cookerdata.py", line 177, in _inherit | ||
326 | bb.parse.BBHandler.inherit(bbclass, "configuration INHERITs", 0, data) | ||
327 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/BBHandler.py", line 92, in inherit | ||
328 | include(fn, file, lineno, d, "inherit") | ||
329 | File "/home/scott-lenovo/bitbake/lib/bb/parse/parse_py/ConfHandler.py", line 100, in include | ||
330 | raise ParseError("Could not %(error_out)s file %(fn)s" % vars(), oldfn, lineno) | ||
331 | ParseError: ParseError in configuration INHERITs: Could not inherit file classes/base.bbclass | ||
332 | |||
333 | ERROR: Unable to parse base: ParseError in configuration INHERITs: Could not inherit file classes/base.bbclass | ||
334 | </literallayout> | ||
335 | In the sample output, BitBake could not find the | ||
336 | <filename>classes/base.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
337 | You need to create that file next. | ||
338 | </para></listitem> | ||
339 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Creating <filename>classes/base.bbclass</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
340 | BitBake uses class files to provide common code and functionality. | ||
341 | The minimally required class for BitBake is the | ||
342 | <filename>classes/base.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
343 | The <filename>base</filename> class is implicitly inherited by | ||
344 | every recipe. | ||
345 | BitBake looks for the class in the <filename>classes</filename> | ||
346 | directory of the project (i.e <filename>hello/classes</filename> | ||
347 | in this example). | ||
348 | </para> | ||
349 | <para>Create the <filename>classes</filename> directory as follows: | ||
350 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
351 | $ cd $HOME/hello | ||
352 | $ mkdir classes | ||
353 | </literallayout> | ||
354 | Move to the <filename>classes</filename> directory and then | ||
355 | create the <filename>base.bbclass</filename> file by inserting | ||
356 | this single line: | ||
357 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
358 | addtask build | ||
359 | </literallayout> | ||
360 | The minimal task that BitBake runs is the | ||
361 | <filename>do_build</filename> task. | ||
362 | This is all the example needs in order to build the project. | ||
363 | Of course, the <filename>base.bbclass</filename> can have much | ||
364 | more depending on which build environments BitBake is | ||
365 | supporting. | ||
366 | </para></listitem> | ||
367 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
368 | After making sure that the <filename>classes/base.bbclass</filename> | ||
369 | file exists, you can run the <filename>bitbake</filename> | ||
370 | command again: | ||
371 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
372 | $ bitbake | ||
373 | Nothing to do. Use 'bitbake world' to build everything, or run 'bitbake --help' for usage information. | ||
374 | </literallayout> | ||
375 | BitBake is finally reporting no errors. | ||
376 | However, you can see that it really does not have anything | ||
377 | to do. | ||
378 | You need to create a recipe that gives BitBake something to do. | ||
379 | </para></listitem> | ||
380 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Creating a Layer:</emphasis> | ||
381 | While it is not really necessary for such a small example, | ||
382 | it is good practice to create a layer in which to keep your | ||
383 | code separate from the general metadata used by BitBake. | ||
384 | Thus, this example creates and uses a layer called "mylayer". | ||
385 | <note> | ||
386 | You can find additional information on layers in the | ||
387 | "<link linkend='layers'>Layers</link>" section. | ||
388 | </note></para> | ||
389 | |||
390 | <para>Minimally, you need a recipe file and a layer configuration | ||
391 | file in your layer. | ||
392 | The configuration file needs to be in the <filename>conf</filename> | ||
393 | directory inside the layer. | ||
394 | Use these commands to set up the layer and the <filename>conf</filename> | ||
395 | directory: | ||
396 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
397 | $ cd $HOME | ||
398 | $ mkdir mylayer | ||
399 | $ cd mylayer | ||
400 | $ mkdir conf | ||
401 | </literallayout> | ||
402 | Move to the <filename>conf</filename> directory and create a | ||
403 | <filename>layer.conf</filename> file that has the following: | ||
404 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
405 | BBPATH .= ":${<link linkend='var-bb-LAYERDIR'>LAYERDIR</link>}" | ||
406 | |||
407 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILES'>BBFILES</link> += "${LAYERDIR}/*.bb" | ||
408 | |||
409 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILE_COLLECTIONS'>BBFILE_COLLECTIONS</link> += "mylayer" | ||
410 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILE_PATTERN'>BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer</link> := "^${LAYERDIR_RE}/" | ||
411 | </literallayout> | ||
412 | For information on these variables, click the links | ||
413 | to go to the definitions in the glossary.</para> | ||
414 | <para>You need to create the recipe file next. | ||
415 | Inside your layer at the top-level, use an editor and create | ||
416 | a recipe file named <filename>printhello.bb</filename> that | ||
417 | has the following: | ||
418 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
419 | <link linkend='var-bb-DESCRIPTION'>DESCRIPTION</link> = "Prints Hello World" | ||
420 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'>PN</link> = 'printhello' | ||
421 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'>PV</link> = '1' | ||
422 | |||
423 | python do_build() { | ||
424 | bb.plain("********************"); | ||
425 | bb.plain("* *"); | ||
426 | bb.plain("* Hello, World! *"); | ||
427 | bb.plain("* *"); | ||
428 | bb.plain("********************"); | ||
429 | } | ||
430 | </literallayout> | ||
431 | The recipe file simply provides a description of the | ||
432 | recipe, the name, version, and the <filename>do_build</filename> | ||
433 | task, which prints out "Hello World" to the console. | ||
434 | For more information on these variables, follow the links | ||
435 | to the glossary. | ||
436 | </para></listitem> | ||
437 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake With a Target:</emphasis> | ||
438 | Now that a BitBake target exists, run the command and provide | ||
439 | that target: | ||
440 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
441 | $ cd $HOME/hello | ||
442 | $ bitbake printhello | ||
443 | ERROR: no recipe files to build, check your BBPATH and BBFILES? | ||
444 | |||
445 | Summary: There was 1 ERROR message shown, returning a non-zero exit code. | ||
446 | </literallayout> | ||
447 | We have created the layer with the recipe and the layer | ||
448 | configuration file but it still seems that BitBake cannot | ||
449 | find the recipe. | ||
450 | BitBake needs a <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> that | ||
451 | lists the layers for the project. | ||
452 | Without this file, BitBake cannot find the recipe. | ||
453 | </para></listitem> | ||
454 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Creating <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
455 | BitBake uses the <filename>conf/bblayers.conf</filename> file | ||
456 | to locate layers needed for the project. | ||
457 | This file must reside in the <filename>conf</filename> directory | ||
458 | of the project (i.e. <filename>hello/conf</filename> for this | ||
459 | example).</para> | ||
460 | <para>Set your working directory to the <filename>hello/conf</filename> | ||
461 | directory and then create the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> | ||
462 | file so that it contains the following: | ||
463 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
464 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
465 | /home/<you>/mylayer \ | ||
466 | " | ||
467 | </literallayout> | ||
468 | You need to provide your own information for | ||
469 | <filename>you</filename> in the file. | ||
470 | </para></listitem> | ||
471 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Run BitBake With a Target:</emphasis> | ||
472 | Now that you have supplied the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> | ||
473 | file, run the <filename>bitbake</filename> command and provide | ||
474 | the target: | ||
475 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
476 | $ bitbake printhello | ||
477 | Parsing recipes: 100% |##################################################################################| | ||
478 | Time: 00:00:00 | ||
479 | Parsing of 1 .bb files complete (0 cached, 1 parsed). 1 targets, 0 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors. | ||
480 | NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies | ||
481 | NOTE: Preparing RunQueue | ||
482 | NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks | ||
483 | ******************** | ||
484 | * * | ||
485 | * Hello, World! * | ||
486 | * * | ||
487 | ******************** | ||
488 | NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 1 tasks of which 0 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded. | ||
489 | </literallayout> | ||
490 | BitBake finds the <filename>printhello</filename> recipe and | ||
491 | successfully runs the task. | ||
492 | <note> | ||
493 | After the first execution, re-running | ||
494 | <filename>bitbake printhello</filename> again will not | ||
495 | result in a BitBake run that prints the same console | ||
496 | output. | ||
497 | The reason for this is that the first time the | ||
498 | <filename>printhello.bb</filename> recipe's | ||
499 | <filename>do_build</filename> task executes | ||
500 | successfully, BitBake writes a stamp file for the task. | ||
501 | Thus, the next time you attempt to run the task | ||
502 | using that same <filename>bitbake</filename> command, | ||
503 | BitBake notices the stamp and therefore determines | ||
504 | that the task does not need to be re-run. | ||
505 | If you delete the <filename>tmp</filename> directory | ||
506 | or run <filename>bitbake -c clean printhello</filename> | ||
507 | and then re-run the build, the "Hello, World!" message will | ||
508 | be printed again. | ||
509 | </note> | ||
510 | </para></listitem> | ||
511 | </orderedlist> | ||
512 | </section> | ||
513 | </appendix> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f9d392935 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | ======== | ||
4 | Overview | ||
5 | ======== | ||
6 | |||
7 | | | ||
8 | |||
9 | Welcome to the BitBake User Manual. This manual provides information on | ||
10 | the BitBake tool. The information attempts to be as independent as | ||
11 | possible regarding systems that use BitBake, such as OpenEmbedded and | ||
12 | the Yocto Project. In some cases, scenarios or examples within the | ||
13 | context of a build system are used in the manual to help with | ||
14 | understanding. For these cases, the manual clearly states the context. | ||
15 | |||
16 | .. _intro: | ||
17 | |||
18 | Introduction | ||
19 | ============ | ||
20 | |||
21 | Fundamentally, BitBake is a generic task execution engine that allows | ||
22 | shell and Python tasks to be run efficiently and in parallel while | ||
23 | working within complex inter-task dependency constraints. One of | ||
24 | BitBake's main users, OpenEmbedded, takes this core and builds embedded | ||
25 | Linux software stacks using a task-oriented approach. | ||
26 | |||
27 | Conceptually, BitBake is similar to GNU Make in some regards but has | ||
28 | significant differences: | ||
29 | |||
30 | - BitBake executes tasks according to provided metadata that builds up | ||
31 | the tasks. Metadata is stored in recipe (``.bb``) and related recipe | ||
32 | "append" (``.bbappend``) files, configuration (``.conf``) and | ||
33 | underlying include (``.inc``) files, and in class (``.bbclass``) | ||
34 | files. The metadata provides BitBake with instructions on what tasks | ||
35 | to run and the dependencies between those tasks. | ||
36 | |||
37 | - BitBake includes a fetcher library for obtaining source code from | ||
38 | various places such as local files, source control systems, or | ||
39 | websites. | ||
40 | |||
41 | - The instructions for each unit to be built (e.g. a piece of software) | ||
42 | are known as "recipe" files and contain all the information about the | ||
43 | unit (dependencies, source file locations, checksums, description and | ||
44 | so on). | ||
45 | |||
46 | - BitBake includes a client/server abstraction and can be used from a | ||
47 | command line or used as a service over XML-RPC and has several | ||
48 | different user interfaces. | ||
49 | |||
50 | History and Goals | ||
51 | ================= | ||
52 | |||
53 | BitBake was originally a part of the OpenEmbedded project. It was | ||
54 | inspired by the Portage package management system used by the Gentoo | ||
55 | Linux distribution. On December 7, 2004, OpenEmbedded project team | ||
56 | member Chris Larson split the project into two distinct pieces: | ||
57 | |||
58 | - BitBake, a generic task executor | ||
59 | |||
60 | - OpenEmbedded, a metadata set utilized by BitBake | ||
61 | |||
62 | Today, BitBake is the primary basis of the | ||
63 | `OpenEmbedded <http://www.openembedded.org/>`__ project, which is being | ||
64 | used to build and maintain Linux distributions such as the `Angstrom | ||
65 | Distribution <http://www.angstrom-distribution.org/>`__, and which is | ||
66 | also being used as the build tool for Linux projects such as the `Yocto | ||
67 | Project <http://www.yoctoproject.org>`__. | ||
68 | |||
69 | Prior to BitBake, no other build tool adequately met the needs of an | ||
70 | aspiring embedded Linux distribution. All of the build systems used by | ||
71 | traditional desktop Linux distributions lacked important functionality, | ||
72 | and none of the ad hoc Buildroot-based systems, prevalent in the | ||
73 | embedded space, were scalable or maintainable. | ||
74 | |||
75 | Some important original goals for BitBake were: | ||
76 | |||
77 | - Handle cross-compilation. | ||
78 | |||
79 | - Handle inter-package dependencies (build time on target architecture, | ||
80 | build time on native architecture, and runtime). | ||
81 | |||
82 | - Support running any number of tasks within a given package, | ||
83 | including, but not limited to, fetching upstream sources, unpacking | ||
84 | them, patching them, configuring them, and so forth. | ||
85 | |||
86 | - Be Linux distribution agnostic for both build and target systems. | ||
87 | |||
88 | - Be architecture agnostic. | ||
89 | |||
90 | - Support multiple build and target operating systems (e.g. Cygwin, the | ||
91 | BSDs, and so forth). | ||
92 | |||
93 | - Be self-contained, rather than tightly integrated into the build | ||
94 | machine's root filesystem. | ||
95 | |||
96 | - Handle conditional metadata on the target architecture, operating | ||
97 | system, distribution, and machine. | ||
98 | |||
99 | - Be easy to use the tools to supply local metadata and packages | ||
100 | against which to operate. | ||
101 | |||
102 | - Be easy to use BitBake to collaborate between multiple projects for | ||
103 | their builds. | ||
104 | |||
105 | - Provide an inheritance mechanism to share common metadata between | ||
106 | many packages. | ||
107 | |||
108 | Over time it became apparent that some further requirements were | ||
109 | necessary: | ||
110 | |||
111 | - Handle variants of a base recipe (e.g. native, sdk, and multilib). | ||
112 | |||
113 | - Split metadata into layers and allow layers to enhance or override | ||
114 | other layers. | ||
115 | |||
116 | - Allow representation of a given set of input variables to a task as a | ||
117 | checksum. Based on that checksum, allow acceleration of builds with | ||
118 | prebuilt components. | ||
119 | |||
120 | BitBake satisfies all the original requirements and many more with | ||
121 | extensions being made to the basic functionality to reflect the | ||
122 | additional requirements. Flexibility and power have always been the | ||
123 | priorities. BitBake is highly extensible and supports embedded Python | ||
124 | code and execution of any arbitrary tasks. | ||
125 | |||
126 | .. _Concepts: | ||
127 | |||
128 | Concepts | ||
129 | ======== | ||
130 | |||
131 | BitBake is a program written in the Python language. At the highest | ||
132 | level, BitBake interprets metadata, decides what tasks are required to | ||
133 | run, and executes those tasks. Similar to GNU Make, BitBake controls how | ||
134 | software is built. GNU Make achieves its control through "makefiles", | ||
135 | while BitBake uses "recipes". | ||
136 | |||
137 | BitBake extends the capabilities of a simple tool like GNU Make by | ||
138 | allowing for the definition of much more complex tasks, such as | ||
139 | assembling entire embedded Linux distributions. | ||
140 | |||
141 | The remainder of this section introduces several concepts that should be | ||
142 | understood in order to better leverage the power of BitBake. | ||
143 | |||
144 | Recipes | ||
145 | ------- | ||
146 | |||
147 | BitBake Recipes, which are denoted by the file extension ``.bb``, are | ||
148 | the most basic metadata files. These recipe files provide BitBake with | ||
149 | the following: | ||
150 | |||
151 | - Descriptive information about the package (author, homepage, license, | ||
152 | and so on) | ||
153 | |||
154 | - The version of the recipe | ||
155 | |||
156 | - Existing dependencies (both build and runtime dependencies) | ||
157 | |||
158 | - Where the source code resides and how to fetch it | ||
159 | |||
160 | - Whether the source code requires any patches, where to find them, and | ||
161 | how to apply them | ||
162 | |||
163 | - How to configure and compile the source code | ||
164 | |||
165 | - How to assemble the generated artifacts into one or more installable | ||
166 | packages | ||
167 | |||
168 | - Where on the target machine to install the package or packages | ||
169 | created | ||
170 | |||
171 | Within the context of BitBake, or any project utilizing BitBake as its | ||
172 | build system, files with the ``.bb`` extension are referred to as | ||
173 | recipes. | ||
174 | |||
175 | .. note:: | ||
176 | |||
177 | The term "package" is also commonly used to describe recipes. | ||
178 | However, since the same word is used to describe packaged output from | ||
179 | a project, it is best to maintain a single descriptive term - | ||
180 | "recipes". Put another way, a single "recipe" file is quite capable | ||
181 | of generating a number of related but separately installable | ||
182 | "packages". In fact, that ability is fairly common. | ||
183 | |||
184 | Configuration Files | ||
185 | ------------------- | ||
186 | |||
187 | Configuration files, which are denoted by the ``.conf`` extension, | ||
188 | define various configuration variables that govern the project's build | ||
189 | process. These files fall into several areas that define machine | ||
190 | configuration, distribution configuration, possible compiler tuning, | ||
191 | general common configuration, and user configuration. The main | ||
192 | configuration file is the sample ``bitbake.conf`` file, which is located | ||
193 | within the BitBake source tree ``conf`` directory. | ||
194 | |||
195 | Classes | ||
196 | ------- | ||
197 | |||
198 | Class files, which are denoted by the ``.bbclass`` extension, contain | ||
199 | information that is useful to share between metadata files. The BitBake | ||
200 | source tree currently comes with one class metadata file called | ||
201 | ``base.bbclass``. You can find this file in the ``classes`` directory. | ||
202 | The ``base.bbclass`` class files is special since it is always included | ||
203 | automatically for all recipes and classes. This class contains | ||
204 | definitions for standard basic tasks such as fetching, unpacking, | ||
205 | configuring (empty by default), compiling (runs any Makefile present), | ||
206 | installing (empty by default) and packaging (empty by default). These | ||
207 | tasks are often overridden or extended by other classes added during the | ||
208 | project development process. | ||
209 | |||
210 | Layers | ||
211 | ------ | ||
212 | |||
213 | Layers allow you to isolate different types of customizations from each | ||
214 | other. While you might find it tempting to keep everything in one layer | ||
215 | when working on a single project, the more modular your metadata, the | ||
216 | easier it is to cope with future changes. | ||
217 | |||
218 | To illustrate how you can use layers to keep things modular, consider | ||
219 | customizations you might make to support a specific target machine. | ||
220 | These types of customizations typically reside in a special layer, | ||
221 | rather than a general layer, called a Board Support Package (BSP) layer. | ||
222 | Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from recipes | ||
223 | and metadata that support a new GUI environment, for example. This | ||
224 | situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine | ||
225 | configurations and one for the GUI environment. It is important to | ||
226 | understand, however, that the BSP layer can still make machine-specific | ||
227 | additions to recipes within the GUI environment layer without polluting | ||
228 | the GUI layer itself with those machine-specific changes. You can | ||
229 | accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append | ||
230 | (``.bbappend``) file. | ||
231 | |||
232 | .. _append-bbappend-files: | ||
233 | |||
234 | Append Files | ||
235 | ------------ | ||
236 | |||
237 | Append files, which are files that have the ``.bbappend`` file | ||
238 | extension, extend or override information in an existing recipe file. | ||
239 | |||
240 | BitBake expects every append file to have a corresponding recipe file. | ||
241 | Furthermore, the append file and corresponding recipe file must use the | ||
242 | same root filename. The filenames can differ only in the file type | ||
243 | suffix used (e.g. ``formfactor_0.0.bb`` and | ||
244 | ``formfactor_0.0.bbappend``). | ||
245 | |||
246 | Information in append files extends or overrides the information in the | ||
247 | underlying, similarly-named recipe files. | ||
248 | |||
249 | When you name an append file, you can use the "``%``" wildcard character | ||
250 | to allow for matching recipe names. For example, suppose you have an | ||
251 | append file named as follows: :: | ||
252 | |||
253 | busybox_1.21.%.bbappend | ||
254 | |||
255 | That append file | ||
256 | would match any ``busybox_1.21.``\ x\ ``.bb`` version of the recipe. So, | ||
257 | the append file would match the following recipe names: :: | ||
258 | |||
259 | busybox_1.21.1.bb | ||
260 | busybox_1.21.2.bb | ||
261 | busybox_1.21.3.bb | ||
262 | |||
263 | .. note:: | ||
264 | |||
265 | The use of the " % " character is limited in that it only works directly in | ||
266 | front of the .bbappend portion of the append file's name. You cannot use the | ||
267 | wildcard character in any other location of the name. | ||
268 | |||
269 | If the ``busybox`` recipe was updated to ``busybox_1.3.0.bb``, the | ||
270 | append name would not match. However, if you named the append file | ||
271 | ``busybox_1.%.bbappend``, then you would have a match. | ||
272 | |||
273 | In the most general case, you could name the append file something as | ||
274 | simple as ``busybox_%.bbappend`` to be entirely version independent. | ||
275 | |||
276 | Obtaining BitBake | ||
277 | ================= | ||
278 | |||
279 | You can obtain BitBake several different ways: | ||
280 | |||
281 | - **Cloning BitBake:** Using Git to clone the BitBake source code | ||
282 | repository is the recommended method for obtaining BitBake. Cloning | ||
283 | the repository makes it easy to get bug fixes and have access to | ||
284 | stable branches and the master branch. Once you have cloned BitBake, | ||
285 | you should use the latest stable branch for development since the | ||
286 | master branch is for BitBake development and might contain less | ||
287 | stable changes. | ||
288 | |||
289 | You usually need a version of BitBake that matches the metadata you | ||
290 | are using. The metadata is generally backwards compatible but not | ||
291 | forward compatible. | ||
292 | |||
293 | Here is an example that clones the BitBake repository: :: | ||
294 | |||
295 | $ git clone git://git.openembedded.org/bitbake | ||
296 | |||
297 | This command clones the BitBake | ||
298 | Git repository into a directory called ``bitbake``. Alternatively, | ||
299 | you can designate a directory after the ``git clone`` command if you | ||
300 | want to call the new directory something other than ``bitbake``. Here | ||
301 | is an example that names the directory ``bbdev``: :: | ||
302 | |||
303 | $ git clone git://git.openembedded.org/bitbake bbdev | ||
304 | |||
305 | - **Installation using your Distribution Package Management System:** | ||
306 | This method is not recommended because the BitBake version that is | ||
307 | provided by your distribution, in most cases, is several releases | ||
308 | behind a snapshot of the BitBake repository. | ||
309 | |||
310 | - **Taking a snapshot of BitBake:** Downloading a snapshot of BitBake | ||
311 | from the source code repository gives you access to a known branch or | ||
312 | release of BitBake. | ||
313 | |||
314 | .. note:: | ||
315 | |||
316 | Cloning the Git repository, as described earlier, is the preferred | ||
317 | method for getting BitBake. Cloning the repository makes it easier | ||
318 | to update as patches are added to the stable branches. | ||
319 | |||
320 | The following example downloads a snapshot of BitBake version 1.17.0: :: | ||
321 | |||
322 | $ wget http://git.openembedded.org/bitbake/snapshot/bitbake-1.17.0.tar.gz | ||
323 | $ tar zxpvf bitbake-1.17.0.tar.gz | ||
324 | |||
325 | After extraction of the tarball using | ||
326 | the tar utility, you have a directory entitled ``bitbake-1.17.0``. | ||
327 | |||
328 | - **Using the BitBake that Comes With Your Build Checkout:** A final | ||
329 | possibility for getting a copy of BitBake is that it already comes | ||
330 | with your checkout of a larger BitBake-based build system, such as | ||
331 | Poky. Rather than manually checking out individual layers and gluing | ||
332 | them together yourself, you can check out an entire build system. The | ||
333 | checkout will already include a version of BitBake that has been | ||
334 | thoroughly tested for compatibility with the other components. For | ||
335 | information on how to check out a particular BitBake-based build | ||
336 | system, consult that build system's supporting documentation. | ||
337 | |||
338 | .. _bitbake-user-manual-command: | ||
339 | |||
340 | The BitBake Command | ||
341 | =================== | ||
342 | |||
343 | The ``bitbake`` command is the primary interface to the BitBake tool. | ||
344 | This section presents the BitBake command syntax and provides several | ||
345 | execution examples. | ||
346 | |||
347 | Usage and syntax | ||
348 | ---------------- | ||
349 | |||
350 | Following is the usage and syntax for BitBake: :: | ||
351 | |||
352 | $ bitbake -h | ||
353 | Usage: bitbake [options] [recipename/target recipe:do_task ...] | ||
354 | |||
355 | Executes the specified task (default is 'build') for a given set of target recipes (.bb files). | ||
356 | It is assumed there is a conf/bblayers.conf available in cwd or in BBPATH which | ||
357 | will provide the layer, BBFILES and other configuration information. | ||
358 | |||
359 | Options: | ||
360 | --version show program's version number and exit | ||
361 | -h, --help show this help message and exit | ||
362 | -b BUILDFILE, --buildfile=BUILDFILE | ||
363 | Execute tasks from a specific .bb recipe directly. | ||
364 | WARNING: Does not handle any dependencies from other | ||
365 | recipes. | ||
366 | -k, --continue Continue as much as possible after an error. While the | ||
367 | target that failed and anything depending on it cannot | ||
368 | be built, as much as possible will be built before | ||
369 | stopping. | ||
370 | -f, --force Force the specified targets/task to run (invalidating | ||
371 | any existing stamp file). | ||
372 | -c CMD, --cmd=CMD Specify the task to execute. The exact options | ||
373 | available depend on the metadata. Some examples might | ||
374 | be 'compile' or 'populate_sysroot' or 'listtasks' may | ||
375 | give a list of the tasks available. | ||
376 | -C INVALIDATE_STAMP, --clear-stamp=INVALIDATE_STAMP | ||
377 | Invalidate the stamp for the specified task such as | ||
378 | 'compile' and then run the default task for the | ||
379 | specified target(s). | ||
380 | -r PREFILE, --read=PREFILE | ||
381 | Read the specified file before bitbake.conf. | ||
382 | -R POSTFILE, --postread=POSTFILE | ||
383 | Read the specified file after bitbake.conf. | ||
384 | -v, --verbose Enable tracing of shell tasks (with 'set -x'). Also | ||
385 | print bb.note(...) messages to stdout (in addition to | ||
386 | writing them to ${T}/log.do_<task>). | ||
387 | -D, --debug Increase the debug level. You can specify this more | ||
388 | than once. -D sets the debug level to 1, where only | ||
389 | bb.debug(1, ...) messages are printed to stdout; -DD | ||
390 | sets the debug level to 2, where both bb.debug(1, ...) | ||
391 | and bb.debug(2, ...) messages are printed; etc. | ||
392 | Without -D, no debug messages are printed. Note that | ||
393 | -D only affects output to stdout. All debug messages | ||
394 | are written to ${T}/log.do_taskname, regardless of the | ||
395 | debug level. | ||
396 | -q, --quiet Output less log message data to the terminal. You can | ||
397 | specify this more than once. | ||
398 | -n, --dry-run Don't execute, just go through the motions. | ||
399 | -S SIGNATURE_HANDLER, --dump-signatures=SIGNATURE_HANDLER | ||
400 | Dump out the signature construction information, with | ||
401 | no task execution. The SIGNATURE_HANDLER parameter is | ||
402 | passed to the handler. Two common values are none and | ||
403 | printdiff but the handler may define more/less. none | ||
404 | means only dump the signature, printdiff means compare | ||
405 | the dumped signature with the cached one. | ||
406 | -p, --parse-only Quit after parsing the BB recipes. | ||
407 | -s, --show-versions Show current and preferred versions of all recipes. | ||
408 | -e, --environment Show the global or per-recipe environment complete | ||
409 | with information about where variables were | ||
410 | set/changed. | ||
411 | -g, --graphviz Save dependency tree information for the specified | ||
412 | targets in the dot syntax. | ||
413 | -I EXTRA_ASSUME_PROVIDED, --ignore-deps=EXTRA_ASSUME_PROVIDED | ||
414 | Assume these dependencies don't exist and are already | ||
415 | provided (equivalent to ASSUME_PROVIDED). Useful to | ||
416 | make dependency graphs more appealing | ||
417 | -l DEBUG_DOMAINS, --log-domains=DEBUG_DOMAINS | ||
418 | Show debug logging for the specified logging domains | ||
419 | -P, --profile Profile the command and save reports. | ||
420 | -u UI, --ui=UI The user interface to use (knotty, ncurses or taskexp | ||
421 | - default knotty). | ||
422 | --token=XMLRPCTOKEN Specify the connection token to be used when | ||
423 | connecting to a remote server. | ||
424 | --revisions-changed Set the exit code depending on whether upstream | ||
425 | floating revisions have changed or not. | ||
426 | --server-only Run bitbake without a UI, only starting a server | ||
427 | (cooker) process. | ||
428 | -B BIND, --bind=BIND The name/address for the bitbake xmlrpc server to bind | ||
429 | to. | ||
430 | -T SERVER_TIMEOUT, --idle-timeout=SERVER_TIMEOUT | ||
431 | Set timeout to unload bitbake server due to | ||
432 | inactivity, set to -1 means no unload, default: | ||
433 | Environment variable BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT. | ||
434 | --no-setscene Do not run any setscene tasks. sstate will be ignored | ||
435 | and everything needed, built. | ||
436 | --setscene-only Only run setscene tasks, don't run any real tasks. | ||
437 | --remote-server=REMOTE_SERVER | ||
438 | Connect to the specified server. | ||
439 | -m, --kill-server Terminate any running bitbake server. | ||
440 | --observe-only Connect to a server as an observing-only client. | ||
441 | --status-only Check the status of the remote bitbake server. | ||
442 | -w WRITEEVENTLOG, --write-log=WRITEEVENTLOG | ||
443 | Writes the event log of the build to a bitbake event | ||
444 | json file. Use '' (empty string) to assign the name | ||
445 | automatically. | ||
446 | --runall=RUNALL Run the specified task for any recipe in the taskgraph | ||
447 | of the specified target (even if it wouldn't otherwise | ||
448 | have run). | ||
449 | --runonly=RUNONLY Run only the specified task within the taskgraph of | ||
450 | the specified targets (and any task dependencies those | ||
451 | tasks may have). | ||
452 | |||
453 | .. _bitbake-examples: | ||
454 | |||
455 | Examples | ||
456 | -------- | ||
457 | |||
458 | This section presents some examples showing how to use BitBake. | ||
459 | |||
460 | .. _example-executing-a-task-against-a-single-recipe: | ||
461 | |||
462 | Executing a Task Against a Single Recipe | ||
463 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
464 | |||
465 | Executing tasks for a single recipe file is relatively simple. You | ||
466 | specify the file in question, and BitBake parses it and executes the | ||
467 | specified task. If you do not specify a task, BitBake executes the | ||
468 | default task, which is "build". BitBake obeys inter-task dependencies | ||
469 | when doing so. | ||
470 | |||
471 | The following command runs the build task, which is the default task, on | ||
472 | the ``foo_1.0.bb`` recipe file: :: | ||
473 | |||
474 | $ bitbake -b foo_1.0.bb | ||
475 | |||
476 | The following command runs the clean task on the ``foo.bb`` recipe file: :: | ||
477 | |||
478 | $ bitbake -b foo.bb -c clean | ||
479 | |||
480 | .. note:: | ||
481 | |||
482 | The "-b" option explicitly does not handle recipe dependencies. Other | ||
483 | than for debugging purposes, it is instead recommended that you use | ||
484 | the syntax presented in the next section. | ||
485 | |||
486 | Executing Tasks Against a Set of Recipe Files | ||
487 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
488 | |||
489 | There are a number of additional complexities introduced when one wants | ||
490 | to manage multiple ``.bb`` files. Clearly there needs to be a way to | ||
491 | tell BitBake what files are available and, of those, which you want to | ||
492 | execute. There also needs to be a way for each recipe to express its | ||
493 | dependencies, both for build-time and runtime. There must be a way for | ||
494 | you to express recipe preferences when multiple recipes provide the same | ||
495 | functionality, or when there are multiple versions of a recipe. | ||
496 | |||
497 | The ``bitbake`` command, when not using "--buildfile" or "-b" only | ||
498 | accepts a "PROVIDES". You cannot provide anything else. By default, a | ||
499 | recipe file generally "PROVIDES" its "packagename" as shown in the | ||
500 | following example: :: | ||
501 | |||
502 | $ bitbake foo | ||
503 | |||
504 | This next example "PROVIDES" the | ||
505 | package name and also uses the "-c" option to tell BitBake to just | ||
506 | execute the ``do_clean`` task: :: | ||
507 | |||
508 | $ bitbake -c clean foo | ||
509 | |||
510 | Executing a List of Task and Recipe Combinations | ||
511 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
512 | |||
513 | The BitBake command line supports specifying different tasks for | ||
514 | individual targets when you specify multiple targets. For example, | ||
515 | suppose you had two targets (or recipes) ``myfirstrecipe`` and | ||
516 | ``mysecondrecipe`` and you needed BitBake to run ``taskA`` for the first | ||
517 | recipe and ``taskB`` for the second recipe: :: | ||
518 | |||
519 | $ bitbake myfirstrecipe:do_taskA mysecondrecipe:do_taskB | ||
520 | |||
521 | Generating Dependency Graphs | ||
522 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
523 | |||
524 | BitBake is able to generate dependency graphs using the ``dot`` syntax. | ||
525 | You can convert these graphs into images using the ``dot`` tool from | ||
526 | `Graphviz <http://www.graphviz.org>`__. | ||
527 | |||
528 | When you generate a dependency graph, BitBake writes two files to the | ||
529 | current working directory: | ||
530 | |||
531 | - ``task-depends.dot``: Shows dependencies between tasks. These | ||
532 | dependencies match BitBake's internal task execution list. | ||
533 | |||
534 | - ``pn-buildlist``: Shows a simple list of targets that are to be | ||
535 | built. | ||
536 | |||
537 | To stop depending on common depends, use the "-I" depend option and | ||
538 | BitBake omits them from the graph. Leaving this information out can | ||
539 | produce more readable graphs. This way, you can remove from the graph | ||
540 | ``DEPENDS`` from inherited classes such as ``base.bbclass``. | ||
541 | |||
542 | Here are two examples that create dependency graphs. The second example | ||
543 | omits depends common in OpenEmbedded from the graph: :: | ||
544 | |||
545 | $ bitbake -g foo | ||
546 | |||
547 | $ bitbake -g -I virtual/kernel -I eglibc foo | ||
548 | |||
549 | Executing a Multiple Configuration Build | ||
550 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
551 | |||
552 | BitBake is able to build multiple images or packages using a single | ||
553 | command where the different targets require different configurations | ||
554 | (multiple configuration builds). Each target, in this scenario, is | ||
555 | referred to as a "multiconfig". | ||
556 | |||
557 | To accomplish a multiple configuration build, you must define each | ||
558 | target's configuration separately using a parallel configuration file in | ||
559 | the build directory. The location for these multiconfig configuration | ||
560 | files is specific. They must reside in the current build directory in a | ||
561 | sub-directory of ``conf`` named ``multiconfig``. Following is an example | ||
562 | for two separate targets: | ||
563 | |||
564 | .. image:: figures/bb_multiconfig_files.png | ||
565 | :align: center | ||
566 | |||
567 | The reason for this required file hierarchy is because the ``BBPATH`` | ||
568 | variable is not constructed until the layers are parsed. Consequently, | ||
569 | using the configuration file as a pre-configuration file is not possible | ||
570 | unless it is located in the current working directory. | ||
571 | |||
572 | Minimally, each configuration file must define the machine and the | ||
573 | temporary directory BitBake uses for the build. Suggested practice | ||
574 | dictates that you do not overlap the temporary directories used during | ||
575 | the builds. | ||
576 | |||
577 | Aside from separate configuration files for each target, you must also | ||
578 | enable BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds. Enabling is | ||
579 | accomplished by setting the | ||
580 | :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` variable in the | ||
581 | ``local.conf`` configuration file. As an example, suppose you had | ||
582 | configuration files for ``target1`` and ``target2`` defined in the build | ||
583 | directory. The following statement in the ``local.conf`` file both | ||
584 | enables BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds and specifies | ||
585 | the two extra multiconfigs: :: | ||
586 | |||
587 | BBMULTICONFIG = "target1 target2" | ||
588 | |||
589 | Once the target configuration files are in place and BitBake has been | ||
590 | enabled to perform multiple configuration builds, use the following | ||
591 | command form to start the builds: :: | ||
592 | |||
593 | $ bitbake [mc:multiconfigname:]target [[[mc:multiconfigname:]target] ... ] | ||
594 | |||
595 | Here is an example for two extra multiconfigs: ``target1`` and ``target2``: :: | ||
596 | |||
597 | $ bitbake mc::target mc:target1:target mc:target2:target | ||
598 | |||
599 | .. _bb-enabling-multiple-configuration-build-dependencies: | ||
600 | |||
601 | Enabling Multiple Configuration Build Dependencies | ||
602 | ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ | ||
603 | |||
604 | Sometimes dependencies can exist between targets (multiconfigs) in a | ||
605 | multiple configuration build. For example, suppose that in order to | ||
606 | build an image for a particular architecture, the root filesystem of | ||
607 | another build for a different architecture needs to exist. In other | ||
608 | words, the image for the first multiconfig depends on the root | ||
609 | filesystem of the second multiconfig. This dependency is essentially | ||
610 | that the task in the recipe that builds one multiconfig is dependent on | ||
611 | the completion of the task in the recipe that builds another | ||
612 | multiconfig. | ||
613 | |||
614 | To enable dependencies in a multiple configuration build, you must | ||
615 | declare the dependencies in the recipe using the following statement | ||
616 | form: :: | ||
617 | |||
618 | task_or_package[mcdepends] = "mc:from_multiconfig:to_multiconfig:recipe_name:task_on_which_to_depend" | ||
619 | |||
620 | To better show how to use this statement, consider an example with two | ||
621 | multiconfigs: ``target1`` and ``target2``: :: | ||
622 | |||
623 | image_task[mcdepends] = "mc:target1:target2:image2:rootfs_task" | ||
624 | |||
625 | In this example, the | ||
626 | ``from_multiconfig`` is "target1" and the ``to_multiconfig`` is "target2". The | ||
627 | task on which the image whose recipe contains image_task depends on the | ||
628 | completion of the rootfs_task used to build out image2, which is | ||
629 | associated with the "target2" multiconfig. | ||
630 | |||
631 | Once you set up this dependency, you can build the "target1" multiconfig | ||
632 | using a BitBake command as follows: :: | ||
633 | |||
634 | $ bitbake mc:target1:image1 | ||
635 | |||
636 | This command executes all the tasks needed to create ``image1`` for the "target1" | ||
637 | multiconfig. Because of the dependency, BitBake also executes through | ||
638 | the ``rootfs_task`` for the "target2" multiconfig build. | ||
639 | |||
640 | Having a recipe depend on the root filesystem of another build might not | ||
641 | seem that useful. Consider this change to the statement in the image1 | ||
642 | recipe: :: | ||
643 | |||
644 | image_task[mcdepends] = "mc:target1:target2:image2:image_task" | ||
645 | |||
646 | In this case, BitBake must create ``image2`` for the "target2" build since | ||
647 | the "target1" build depends on it. | ||
648 | |||
649 | Because "target1" and "target2" are enabled for multiple configuration | ||
650 | builds and have separate configuration files, BitBake places the | ||
651 | artifacts for each build in the respective temporary build directories. | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 995c2fa7bf..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,891 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <chapter id="bitbake-user-manual-intro"> | ||
5 | <title>Overview</title> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <para> | ||
8 | Welcome to the BitBake User Manual. | ||
9 | This manual provides information on the BitBake tool. | ||
10 | The information attempts to be as independent as possible regarding | ||
11 | systems that use BitBake, such as OpenEmbedded and the | ||
12 | Yocto Project. | ||
13 | In some cases, scenarios or examples within the context of | ||
14 | a build system are used in the manual to help with understanding. | ||
15 | For these cases, the manual clearly states the context. | ||
16 | </para> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <section id="intro"> | ||
19 | <title>Introduction</title> | ||
20 | |||
21 | <para> | ||
22 | Fundamentally, BitBake is a generic task execution | ||
23 | engine that allows shell and Python tasks to be run | ||
24 | efficiently and in parallel while working within | ||
25 | complex inter-task dependency constraints. | ||
26 | One of BitBake's main users, OpenEmbedded, takes this core | ||
27 | and builds embedded Linux software stacks using | ||
28 | a task-oriented approach. | ||
29 | </para> | ||
30 | |||
31 | <para> | ||
32 | Conceptually, BitBake is similar to GNU Make in | ||
33 | some regards but has significant differences: | ||
34 | <itemizedlist> | ||
35 | <listitem><para> | ||
36 | BitBake executes tasks according to provided | ||
37 | metadata that builds up the tasks. | ||
38 | Metadata is stored in recipe (<filename>.bb</filename>) | ||
39 | and related recipe "append" (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) | ||
40 | files, configuration (<filename>.conf</filename>) and | ||
41 | underlying include (<filename>.inc</filename>) files, and | ||
42 | in class (<filename>.bbclass</filename>) files. | ||
43 | The metadata provides | ||
44 | BitBake with instructions on what tasks to run and | ||
45 | the dependencies between those tasks. | ||
46 | </para></listitem> | ||
47 | <listitem><para> | ||
48 | BitBake includes a fetcher library for obtaining source | ||
49 | code from various places such as local files, source control | ||
50 | systems, or websites. | ||
51 | </para></listitem> | ||
52 | <listitem><para> | ||
53 | The instructions for each unit to be built (e.g. a piece | ||
54 | of software) are known as "recipe" files and | ||
55 | contain all the information about the unit | ||
56 | (dependencies, source file locations, checksums, description | ||
57 | and so on). | ||
58 | </para></listitem> | ||
59 | <listitem><para> | ||
60 | BitBake includes a client/server abstraction and can | ||
61 | be used from a command line or used as a service over | ||
62 | XML-RPC and has several different user interfaces. | ||
63 | </para></listitem> | ||
64 | </itemizedlist> | ||
65 | </para> | ||
66 | </section> | ||
67 | |||
68 | <section id="history-and-goals"> | ||
69 | <title>History and Goals</title> | ||
70 | |||
71 | <para> | ||
72 | BitBake was originally a part of the OpenEmbedded project. | ||
73 | It was inspired by the Portage package management system | ||
74 | used by the Gentoo Linux distribution. | ||
75 | On December 7, 2004, OpenEmbedded project team member | ||
76 | Chris Larson split the project into two distinct pieces: | ||
77 | <itemizedlist> | ||
78 | <listitem><para>BitBake, a generic task executor</para></listitem> | ||
79 | <listitem><para>OpenEmbedded, a metadata set utilized by | ||
80 | BitBake</para></listitem> | ||
81 | </itemizedlist> | ||
82 | Today, BitBake is the primary basis of the | ||
83 | <ulink url="http://www.openembedded.org/">OpenEmbedded</ulink> | ||
84 | project, which is being used to build and maintain Linux | ||
85 | distributions such as the | ||
86 | <ulink url='http://www.angstrom-distribution.org/'>Angstrom Distribution</ulink>, | ||
87 | and which is also being used as the build tool for Linux projects | ||
88 | such as the | ||
89 | <ulink url='http://www.yoctoproject.org'>Yocto Project</ulink>. | ||
90 | </para> | ||
91 | |||
92 | <para> | ||
93 | Prior to BitBake, no other build tool adequately met the needs of | ||
94 | an aspiring embedded Linux distribution. | ||
95 | All of the build systems used by traditional desktop Linux | ||
96 | distributions lacked important functionality, and none of the | ||
97 | ad hoc Buildroot-based systems, prevalent in the | ||
98 | embedded space, were scalable or maintainable. | ||
99 | </para> | ||
100 | |||
101 | <para> | ||
102 | Some important original goals for BitBake were: | ||
103 | <itemizedlist> | ||
104 | <listitem><para> | ||
105 | Handle cross-compilation. | ||
106 | </para></listitem> | ||
107 | <listitem><para> | ||
108 | Handle inter-package dependencies (build time on | ||
109 | target architecture, build time on native | ||
110 | architecture, and runtime). | ||
111 | </para></listitem> | ||
112 | <listitem><para> | ||
113 | Support running any number of tasks within a given | ||
114 | package, including, but not limited to, fetching | ||
115 | upstream sources, unpacking them, patching them, | ||
116 | configuring them, and so forth. | ||
117 | </para></listitem> | ||
118 | <listitem><para> | ||
119 | Be Linux distribution agnostic for both build and | ||
120 | target systems. | ||
121 | </para></listitem> | ||
122 | <listitem><para> | ||
123 | Be architecture agnostic. | ||
124 | </para></listitem> | ||
125 | <listitem><para> | ||
126 | Support multiple build and target operating systems | ||
127 | (e.g. Cygwin, the BSDs, and so forth). | ||
128 | </para></listitem> | ||
129 | <listitem><para> | ||
130 | Be self-contained, rather than tightly | ||
131 | integrated into the build machine's root | ||
132 | filesystem. | ||
133 | </para></listitem> | ||
134 | <listitem><para> | ||
135 | Handle conditional metadata on the target architecture, | ||
136 | operating system, distribution, and machine. | ||
137 | </para></listitem> | ||
138 | <listitem><para> | ||
139 | Be easy to use the tools to supply local metadata and packages | ||
140 | against which to operate. | ||
141 | </para></listitem> | ||
142 | <listitem><para> | ||
143 | Be easy to use BitBake to collaborate between multiple | ||
144 | projects for their builds. | ||
145 | </para></listitem> | ||
146 | <listitem><para> | ||
147 | Provide an inheritance mechanism to share | ||
148 | common metadata between many packages. | ||
149 | </para></listitem> | ||
150 | </itemizedlist> | ||
151 | Over time it became apparent that some further requirements | ||
152 | were necessary: | ||
153 | <itemizedlist> | ||
154 | <listitem><para> | ||
155 | Handle variants of a base recipe (e.g. native, sdk, | ||
156 | and multilib). | ||
157 | </para></listitem> | ||
158 | <listitem><para> | ||
159 | Split metadata into layers and allow layers | ||
160 | to enhance or override other layers. | ||
161 | </para></listitem> | ||
162 | <listitem><para> | ||
163 | Allow representation of a given set of input variables | ||
164 | to a task as a checksum. | ||
165 | Based on that checksum, allow acceleration of builds | ||
166 | with prebuilt components. | ||
167 | </para></listitem> | ||
168 | </itemizedlist> | ||
169 | BitBake satisfies all the original requirements and many more | ||
170 | with extensions being made to the basic functionality to | ||
171 | reflect the additional requirements. | ||
172 | Flexibility and power have always been the priorities. | ||
173 | BitBake is highly extensible and supports embedded Python code and | ||
174 | execution of any arbitrary tasks. | ||
175 | </para> | ||
176 | </section> | ||
177 | |||
178 | <section id="Concepts"> | ||
179 | <title>Concepts</title> | ||
180 | |||
181 | <para> | ||
182 | BitBake is a program written in the Python language. | ||
183 | At the highest level, BitBake interprets metadata, decides | ||
184 | what tasks are required to run, and executes those tasks. | ||
185 | Similar to GNU Make, BitBake controls how software is | ||
186 | built. | ||
187 | GNU Make achieves its control through "makefiles", while | ||
188 | BitBake uses "recipes". | ||
189 | </para> | ||
190 | |||
191 | <para> | ||
192 | BitBake extends the capabilities of a simple | ||
193 | tool like GNU Make by allowing for the definition of much more | ||
194 | complex tasks, such as assembling entire embedded Linux | ||
195 | distributions. | ||
196 | </para> | ||
197 | |||
198 | <para> | ||
199 | The remainder of this section introduces several concepts | ||
200 | that should be understood in order to better leverage | ||
201 | the power of BitBake. | ||
202 | </para> | ||
203 | |||
204 | <section id='recipes'> | ||
205 | <title>Recipes</title> | ||
206 | |||
207 | <para> | ||
208 | BitBake Recipes, which are denoted by the file extension | ||
209 | <filename>.bb</filename>, are the most basic metadata files. | ||
210 | These recipe files provide BitBake with the following: | ||
211 | <itemizedlist> | ||
212 | <listitem><para>Descriptive information about the | ||
213 | package (author, homepage, license, and so on)</para></listitem> | ||
214 | <listitem><para>The version of the recipe</para></listitem> | ||
215 | <listitem><para>Existing dependencies (both build | ||
216 | and runtime dependencies)</para></listitem> | ||
217 | <listitem><para>Where the source code resides and | ||
218 | how to fetch it</para></listitem> | ||
219 | <listitem><para>Whether the source code requires | ||
220 | any patches, where to find them, and how to apply | ||
221 | them</para></listitem> | ||
222 | <listitem><para>How to configure and compile the | ||
223 | source code</para></listitem> | ||
224 | <listitem><para>How to assemble the generated artifacts into | ||
225 | one or more installable packages</para></listitem> | ||
226 | <listitem><para>Where on the target machine to install the | ||
227 | package or packages created</para></listitem> | ||
228 | </itemizedlist> | ||
229 | </para> | ||
230 | |||
231 | <para> | ||
232 | Within the context of BitBake, or any project utilizing BitBake | ||
233 | as its build system, files with the <filename>.bb</filename> | ||
234 | extension are referred to as <firstterm>recipes</firstterm>. | ||
235 | <note> | ||
236 | The term "package" is also commonly used to describe recipes. | ||
237 | However, since the same word is used to describe packaged | ||
238 | output from a project, it is best to maintain a single | ||
239 | descriptive term - "recipes". | ||
240 | Put another way, a single "recipe" file is quite capable | ||
241 | of generating a number of related but separately installable | ||
242 | "packages". | ||
243 | In fact, that ability is fairly common. | ||
244 | </note> | ||
245 | </para> | ||
246 | </section> | ||
247 | |||
248 | <section id='configuration-files'> | ||
249 | <title>Configuration Files</title> | ||
250 | |||
251 | <para> | ||
252 | Configuration files, which are denoted by the | ||
253 | <filename>.conf</filename> extension, define | ||
254 | various configuration variables that govern the project's build | ||
255 | process. | ||
256 | These files fall into several areas that define | ||
257 | machine configuration, distribution configuration, | ||
258 | possible compiler tuning, general common | ||
259 | configuration, and user configuration. | ||
260 | The main configuration file is the sample | ||
261 | <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> file, which is | ||
262 | located within the BitBake source tree | ||
263 | <filename>conf</filename> directory. | ||
264 | </para> | ||
265 | </section> | ||
266 | |||
267 | <section id='classes'> | ||
268 | <title>Classes</title> | ||
269 | |||
270 | <para> | ||
271 | Class files, which are denoted by the | ||
272 | <filename>.bbclass</filename> extension, contain | ||
273 | information that is useful to share between metadata files. | ||
274 | The BitBake source tree currently comes with one class metadata file | ||
275 | called <filename>base.bbclass</filename>. | ||
276 | You can find this file in the | ||
277 | <filename>classes</filename> directory. | ||
278 | The <filename>base.bbclass</filename> class files is special since it | ||
279 | is always included automatically for all recipes | ||
280 | and classes. | ||
281 | This class contains definitions for standard basic tasks such | ||
282 | as fetching, unpacking, configuring (empty by default), | ||
283 | compiling (runs any Makefile present), installing (empty by | ||
284 | default) and packaging (empty by default). | ||
285 | These tasks are often overridden or extended by other classes | ||
286 | added during the project development process. | ||
287 | </para> | ||
288 | </section> | ||
289 | |||
290 | <section id='layers'> | ||
291 | <title>Layers</title> | ||
292 | |||
293 | <para> | ||
294 | Layers allow you to isolate different types of | ||
295 | customizations from each other. | ||
296 | While you might find it tempting to keep everything in one layer | ||
297 | when working on a single project, the more modular | ||
298 | your metadata, the easier it is to cope with future changes. | ||
299 | </para> | ||
300 | |||
301 | <para> | ||
302 | To illustrate how you can use layers to keep things modular, | ||
303 | consider customizations you might make to support a specific target machine. | ||
304 | These types of customizations typically reside in a special layer, | ||
305 | rather than a general layer, called a <firstterm>Board Support Package</firstterm> (BSP) | ||
306 | layer. | ||
307 | Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from | ||
308 | recipes and metadata that support a new GUI environment, for | ||
309 | example. | ||
310 | This situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine | ||
311 | configurations and one for the GUI environment. | ||
312 | It is important to understand, however, that the BSP layer can still | ||
313 | make machine-specific additions to recipes within | ||
314 | the GUI environment layer without polluting the GUI layer itself | ||
315 | with those machine-specific changes. | ||
316 | You can accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append | ||
317 | (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) file. | ||
318 | </para> | ||
319 | </section> | ||
320 | |||
321 | <section id='append-bbappend-files'> | ||
322 | <title>Append Files</title> | ||
323 | |||
324 | <para> | ||
325 | Append files, which are files that have the | ||
326 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> file extension, extend or | ||
327 | override information in an existing recipe file. | ||
328 | </para> | ||
329 | |||
330 | <para> | ||
331 | BitBake expects every append file to have a corresponding recipe file. | ||
332 | Furthermore, the append file and corresponding recipe file | ||
333 | must use the same root filename. | ||
334 | The filenames can differ only in the file type suffix used | ||
335 | (e.g. <filename>formfactor_0.0.bb</filename> and | ||
336 | <filename>formfactor_0.0.bbappend</filename>). | ||
337 | </para> | ||
338 | |||
339 | <para> | ||
340 | Information in append files extends or | ||
341 | overrides the information in the underlying, | ||
342 | similarly-named recipe files. | ||
343 | </para> | ||
344 | |||
345 | <para> | ||
346 | When you name an append file, you can use the | ||
347 | "<filename>%</filename>" wildcard character to allow for matching | ||
348 | recipe names. | ||
349 | For example, suppose you have an append file named | ||
350 | as follows: | ||
351 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
352 | busybox_1.21.%.bbappend | ||
353 | </literallayout> | ||
354 | That append file would match any <filename>busybox_1.21.</filename><replaceable>x</replaceable><filename>.bb</filename> | ||
355 | version of the recipe. | ||
356 | So, the append file would match the following recipe names: | ||
357 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
358 | busybox_1.21.1.bb | ||
359 | busybox_1.21.2.bb | ||
360 | busybox_1.21.3.bb | ||
361 | </literallayout> | ||
362 | <note><title>Important</title> | ||
363 | The use of the "<filename>%</filename>" character | ||
364 | is limited in that it only works directly in front of the | ||
365 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> portion of the append file's | ||
366 | name. | ||
367 | You cannot use the wildcard character in any other | ||
368 | location of the name. | ||
369 | </note> | ||
370 | If the <filename>busybox</filename> recipe was updated to | ||
371 | <filename>busybox_1.3.0.bb</filename>, the append name would not | ||
372 | match. | ||
373 | However, if you named the append file | ||
374 | <filename>busybox_1.%.bbappend</filename>, then you would have a match. | ||
375 | </para> | ||
376 | |||
377 | <para> | ||
378 | In the most general case, you could name the append file something as | ||
379 | simple as <filename>busybox_%.bbappend</filename> to be entirely | ||
380 | version independent. | ||
381 | </para> | ||
382 | </section> | ||
383 | </section> | ||
384 | |||
385 | <section id='obtaining-bitbake'> | ||
386 | <title>Obtaining BitBake</title> | ||
387 | |||
388 | <para> | ||
389 | You can obtain BitBake several different ways: | ||
390 | <itemizedlist> | ||
391 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Cloning BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
392 | Using Git to clone the BitBake source code repository | ||
393 | is the recommended method for obtaining BitBake. | ||
394 | Cloning the repository makes it easy to get bug fixes | ||
395 | and have access to stable branches and the master | ||
396 | branch. | ||
397 | Once you have cloned BitBake, you should use | ||
398 | the latest stable | ||
399 | branch for development since the master branch is for | ||
400 | BitBake development and might contain less stable changes. | ||
401 | </para> | ||
402 | <para>You usually need a version of BitBake | ||
403 | that matches the metadata you are using. | ||
404 | The metadata is generally backwards compatible but | ||
405 | not forward compatible.</para> | ||
406 | <para>Here is an example that clones the BitBake repository: | ||
407 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
408 | $ git clone git://git.openembedded.org/bitbake | ||
409 | </literallayout> | ||
410 | This command clones the BitBake Git repository into a | ||
411 | directory called <filename>bitbake</filename>. | ||
412 | Alternatively, you can | ||
413 | designate a directory after the | ||
414 | <filename>git clone</filename> command | ||
415 | if you want to call the new directory something | ||
416 | other than <filename>bitbake</filename>. | ||
417 | Here is an example that names the directory | ||
418 | <filename>bbdev</filename>: | ||
419 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
420 | $ git clone git://git.openembedded.org/bitbake bbdev | ||
421 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
422 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Installation using your Distribution | ||
423 | Package Management System:</emphasis> | ||
424 | This method is not | ||
425 | recommended because the BitBake version that is | ||
426 | provided by your distribution, in most cases, | ||
427 | is several | ||
428 | releases behind a snapshot of the BitBake repository. | ||
429 | </para></listitem> | ||
430 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Taking a snapshot of BitBake:</emphasis> | ||
431 | Downloading a snapshot of BitBake from the | ||
432 | source code repository gives you access to a known | ||
433 | branch or release of BitBake. | ||
434 | <note> | ||
435 | Cloning the Git repository, as described earlier, | ||
436 | is the preferred method for getting BitBake. | ||
437 | Cloning the repository makes it easier to update as | ||
438 | patches are added to the stable branches. | ||
439 | </note></para> | ||
440 | <para>The following example downloads a snapshot of | ||
441 | BitBake version 1.17.0: | ||
442 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
443 | $ wget http://git.openembedded.org/bitbake/snapshot/bitbake-1.17.0.tar.gz | ||
444 | $ tar zxpvf bitbake-1.17.0.tar.gz | ||
445 | </literallayout> | ||
446 | After extraction of the tarball using the tar utility, | ||
447 | you have a directory entitled | ||
448 | <filename>bitbake-1.17.0</filename>. | ||
449 | </para></listitem> | ||
450 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Using the BitBake that Comes With Your | ||
451 | Build Checkout:</emphasis> | ||
452 | A final possibility for getting a copy of BitBake is that it | ||
453 | already comes with your checkout of a larger BitBake-based build | ||
454 | system, such as Poky. | ||
455 | Rather than manually checking out individual layers and | ||
456 | gluing them together yourself, you can check | ||
457 | out an entire build system. | ||
458 | The checkout will already include a version of BitBake that | ||
459 | has been thoroughly tested for compatibility with the other | ||
460 | components. | ||
461 | For information on how to check out a particular BitBake-based | ||
462 | build system, consult that build system's supporting documentation. | ||
463 | </para></listitem> | ||
464 | </itemizedlist> | ||
465 | </para> | ||
466 | </section> | ||
467 | |||
468 | <section id="bitbake-user-manual-command"> | ||
469 | <title>The BitBake Command</title> | ||
470 | |||
471 | <para> | ||
472 | The <filename>bitbake</filename> command is the primary interface | ||
473 | to the BitBake tool. | ||
474 | This section presents the BitBake command syntax and provides | ||
475 | several execution examples. | ||
476 | </para> | ||
477 | |||
478 | <section id='usage-and-syntax'> | ||
479 | <title>Usage and syntax</title> | ||
480 | |||
481 | <para> | ||
482 | Following is the usage and syntax for BitBake: | ||
483 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
484 | $ bitbake -h | ||
485 | Usage: bitbake [options] [recipename/target recipe:do_task ...] | ||
486 | |||
487 | Executes the specified task (default is 'build') for a given set of target recipes (.bb files). | ||
488 | It is assumed there is a conf/bblayers.conf available in cwd or in BBPATH which | ||
489 | will provide the layer, BBFILES and other configuration information. | ||
490 | |||
491 | Options: | ||
492 | --version show program's version number and exit | ||
493 | -h, --help show this help message and exit | ||
494 | -b BUILDFILE, --buildfile=BUILDFILE | ||
495 | Execute tasks from a specific .bb recipe directly. | ||
496 | WARNING: Does not handle any dependencies from other | ||
497 | recipes. | ||
498 | -k, --continue Continue as much as possible after an error. While the | ||
499 | target that failed and anything depending on it cannot | ||
500 | be built, as much as possible will be built before | ||
501 | stopping. | ||
502 | -f, --force Force the specified targets/task to run (invalidating | ||
503 | any existing stamp file). | ||
504 | -c CMD, --cmd=CMD Specify the task to execute. The exact options | ||
505 | available depend on the metadata. Some examples might | ||
506 | be 'compile' or 'populate_sysroot' or 'listtasks' may | ||
507 | give a list of the tasks available. | ||
508 | -C INVALIDATE_STAMP, --clear-stamp=INVALIDATE_STAMP | ||
509 | Invalidate the stamp for the specified task such as | ||
510 | 'compile' and then run the default task for the | ||
511 | specified target(s). | ||
512 | -r PREFILE, --read=PREFILE | ||
513 | Read the specified file before bitbake.conf. | ||
514 | -R POSTFILE, --postread=POSTFILE | ||
515 | Read the specified file after bitbake.conf. | ||
516 | -v, --verbose Enable tracing of shell tasks (with 'set -x'). Also | ||
517 | print bb.note(...) messages to stdout (in addition to | ||
518 | writing them to ${T}/log.do_<task>). | ||
519 | -D, --debug Increase the debug level. You can specify this more | ||
520 | than once. -D sets the debug level to 1, where only | ||
521 | bb.debug(1, ...) messages are printed to stdout; -DD | ||
522 | sets the debug level to 2, where both bb.debug(1, ...) | ||
523 | and bb.debug(2, ...) messages are printed; etc. | ||
524 | Without -D, no debug messages are printed. Note that | ||
525 | -D only affects output to stdout. All debug messages | ||
526 | are written to ${T}/log.do_taskname, regardless of the | ||
527 | debug level. | ||
528 | -q, --quiet Output less log message data to the terminal. You can | ||
529 | specify this more than once. | ||
530 | -n, --dry-run Don't execute, just go through the motions. | ||
531 | -S SIGNATURE_HANDLER, --dump-signatures=SIGNATURE_HANDLER | ||
532 | Dump out the signature construction information, with | ||
533 | no task execution. The SIGNATURE_HANDLER parameter is | ||
534 | passed to the handler. Two common values are none and | ||
535 | printdiff but the handler may define more/less. none | ||
536 | means only dump the signature, printdiff means compare | ||
537 | the dumped signature with the cached one. | ||
538 | -p, --parse-only Quit after parsing the BB recipes. | ||
539 | -s, --show-versions Show current and preferred versions of all recipes. | ||
540 | -e, --environment Show the global or per-recipe environment complete | ||
541 | with information about where variables were | ||
542 | set/changed. | ||
543 | -g, --graphviz Save dependency tree information for the specified | ||
544 | targets in the dot syntax. | ||
545 | -I EXTRA_ASSUME_PROVIDED, --ignore-deps=EXTRA_ASSUME_PROVIDED | ||
546 | Assume these dependencies don't exist and are already | ||
547 | provided (equivalent to ASSUME_PROVIDED). Useful to | ||
548 | make dependency graphs more appealing | ||
549 | -l DEBUG_DOMAINS, --log-domains=DEBUG_DOMAINS | ||
550 | Show debug logging for the specified logging domains | ||
551 | -P, --profile Profile the command and save reports. | ||
552 | -u UI, --ui=UI The user interface to use (knotty, ncurses or taskexp | ||
553 | - default knotty). | ||
554 | --token=XMLRPCTOKEN Specify the connection token to be used when | ||
555 | connecting to a remote server. | ||
556 | --revisions-changed Set the exit code depending on whether upstream | ||
557 | floating revisions have changed or not. | ||
558 | --server-only Run bitbake without a UI, only starting a server | ||
559 | (cooker) process. | ||
560 | -B BIND, --bind=BIND The name/address for the bitbake xmlrpc server to bind | ||
561 | to. | ||
562 | -T SERVER_TIMEOUT, --idle-timeout=SERVER_TIMEOUT | ||
563 | Set timeout to unload bitbake server due to | ||
564 | inactivity, set to -1 means no unload, default: | ||
565 | Environment variable BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT. | ||
566 | --no-setscene Do not run any setscene tasks. sstate will be ignored | ||
567 | and everything needed, built. | ||
568 | --setscene-only Only run setscene tasks, don't run any real tasks. | ||
569 | --remote-server=REMOTE_SERVER | ||
570 | Connect to the specified server. | ||
571 | -m, --kill-server Terminate any running bitbake server. | ||
572 | --observe-only Connect to a server as an observing-only client. | ||
573 | --status-only Check the status of the remote bitbake server. | ||
574 | -w WRITEEVENTLOG, --write-log=WRITEEVENTLOG | ||
575 | Writes the event log of the build to a bitbake event | ||
576 | json file. Use '' (empty string) to assign the name | ||
577 | automatically. | ||
578 | --runall=RUNALL Run the specified task for any recipe in the taskgraph | ||
579 | of the specified target (even if it wouldn't otherwise | ||
580 | have run). | ||
581 | --runonly=RUNONLY Run only the specified task within the taskgraph of | ||
582 | the specified targets (and any task dependencies those | ||
583 | tasks may have). | ||
584 | </literallayout> | ||
585 | </para> | ||
586 | </section> | ||
587 | |||
588 | <section id='bitbake-examples'> | ||
589 | <title>Examples</title> | ||
590 | |||
591 | <para> | ||
592 | This section presents some examples showing how to use BitBake. | ||
593 | </para> | ||
594 | |||
595 | <section id='example-executing-a-task-against-a-single-recipe'> | ||
596 | <title>Executing a Task Against a Single Recipe</title> | ||
597 | |||
598 | <para> | ||
599 | Executing tasks for a single recipe file is relatively simple. | ||
600 | You specify the file in question, and BitBake parses | ||
601 | it and executes the specified task. | ||
602 | If you do not specify a task, BitBake executes the default | ||
603 | task, which is "buildâ€. | ||
604 | BitBake obeys inter-task dependencies when doing | ||
605 | so. | ||
606 | </para> | ||
607 | |||
608 | <para> | ||
609 | The following command runs the build task, which is | ||
610 | the default task, on the <filename>foo_1.0.bb</filename> | ||
611 | recipe file: | ||
612 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
613 | $ bitbake -b foo_1.0.bb | ||
614 | </literallayout> | ||
615 | The following command runs the clean task on the | ||
616 | <filename>foo.bb</filename> recipe file: | ||
617 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
618 | $ bitbake -b foo.bb -c clean | ||
619 | </literallayout> | ||
620 | <note> | ||
621 | The "-b" option explicitly does not handle recipe | ||
622 | dependencies. | ||
623 | Other than for debugging purposes, it is instead | ||
624 | recommended that you use the syntax presented in the | ||
625 | next section. | ||
626 | </note> | ||
627 | </para> | ||
628 | </section> | ||
629 | |||
630 | <section id='executing-tasks-against-a-set-of-recipe-files'> | ||
631 | <title>Executing Tasks Against a Set of Recipe Files</title> | ||
632 | |||
633 | <para> | ||
634 | There are a number of additional complexities introduced | ||
635 | when one wants to manage multiple <filename>.bb</filename> | ||
636 | files. | ||
637 | Clearly there needs to be a way to tell BitBake what | ||
638 | files are available and, of those, which you | ||
639 | want to execute. | ||
640 | There also needs to be a way for each recipe | ||
641 | to express its dependencies, both for build-time and | ||
642 | runtime. | ||
643 | There must be a way for you to express recipe preferences | ||
644 | when multiple recipes provide the same functionality, or when | ||
645 | there are multiple versions of a recipe. | ||
646 | </para> | ||
647 | |||
648 | <para> | ||
649 | The <filename>bitbake</filename> command, when not using | ||
650 | "--buildfile" or "-b" only accepts a "PROVIDES". | ||
651 | You cannot provide anything else. | ||
652 | By default, a recipe file generally "PROVIDES" its | ||
653 | "packagename" as shown in the following example: | ||
654 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
655 | $ bitbake foo | ||
656 | </literallayout> | ||
657 | This next example "PROVIDES" the package name and also uses | ||
658 | the "-c" option to tell BitBake to just execute the | ||
659 | <filename>do_clean</filename> task: | ||
660 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
661 | $ bitbake -c clean foo | ||
662 | </literallayout> | ||
663 | </para> | ||
664 | </section> | ||
665 | |||
666 | <section id='executing-a-list-of-task-and-recipe-combinations'> | ||
667 | <title>Executing a List of Task and Recipe Combinations</title> | ||
668 | |||
669 | <para> | ||
670 | The BitBake command line supports specifying different | ||
671 | tasks for individual targets when you specify multiple | ||
672 | targets. | ||
673 | For example, suppose you had two targets (or recipes) | ||
674 | <filename>myfirstrecipe</filename> and | ||
675 | <filename>mysecondrecipe</filename> and you needed | ||
676 | BitBake to run <filename>taskA</filename> for the first | ||
677 | recipe and <filename>taskB</filename> for the second | ||
678 | recipe: | ||
679 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
680 | $ bitbake myfirstrecipe:do_taskA mysecondrecipe:do_taskB | ||
681 | </literallayout> | ||
682 | </para> | ||
683 | </section> | ||
684 | |||
685 | <section id='generating-dependency-graphs'> | ||
686 | <title>Generating Dependency Graphs</title> | ||
687 | |||
688 | <para> | ||
689 | BitBake is able to generate dependency graphs using | ||
690 | the <filename>dot</filename> syntax. | ||
691 | You can convert these graphs into images using the | ||
692 | <filename>dot</filename> tool from | ||
693 | <ulink url='http://www.graphviz.org'>Graphviz</ulink>. | ||
694 | </para> | ||
695 | |||
696 | <para> | ||
697 | When you generate a dependency graph, BitBake writes two files | ||
698 | to the current working directory: | ||
699 | <itemizedlist> | ||
700 | <listitem><para> | ||
701 | <emphasis><filename>task-depends.dot</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
702 | Shows dependencies between tasks. | ||
703 | These dependencies match BitBake's internal task execution list. | ||
704 | </para></listitem> | ||
705 | <listitem><para> | ||
706 | <emphasis><filename>pn-buildlist</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
707 | Shows a simple list of targets that are to be built. | ||
708 | </para></listitem> | ||
709 | </itemizedlist> | ||
710 | </para> | ||
711 | |||
712 | <para> | ||
713 | To stop depending on common depends, use the "-I" depend | ||
714 | option and BitBake omits them from the graph. | ||
715 | Leaving this information out can produce more readable graphs. | ||
716 | This way, you can remove from the graph | ||
717 | <filename>DEPENDS</filename> from inherited classes | ||
718 | such as <filename>base.bbclass</filename>. | ||
719 | </para> | ||
720 | |||
721 | <para> | ||
722 | Here are two examples that create dependency graphs. | ||
723 | The second example omits depends common in OpenEmbedded from | ||
724 | the graph: | ||
725 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
726 | $ bitbake -g foo | ||
727 | |||
728 | $ bitbake -g -I virtual/kernel -I eglibc foo | ||
729 | </literallayout> | ||
730 | </para> | ||
731 | </section> | ||
732 | |||
733 | <section id='executing-a-multiple-configuration-build'> | ||
734 | <title>Executing a Multiple Configuration Build</title> | ||
735 | |||
736 | <para> | ||
737 | BitBake is able to build multiple images or packages | ||
738 | using a single command where the different targets | ||
739 | require different configurations (multiple configuration | ||
740 | builds). | ||
741 | Each target, in this scenario, is referred to as a | ||
742 | "multiconfig". | ||
743 | </para> | ||
744 | |||
745 | <para> | ||
746 | To accomplish a multiple configuration build, you must | ||
747 | define each target's configuration separately using | ||
748 | a parallel configuration file in the build directory. | ||
749 | The location for these multiconfig configuration files | ||
750 | is specific. | ||
751 | They must reside in the current build directory in | ||
752 | a sub-directory of <filename>conf</filename> named | ||
753 | <filename>multiconfig</filename>. | ||
754 | Following is an example for two separate targets: | ||
755 | <imagedata fileref="figures/bb_multiconfig_files.png" align="center" width="4in" depth="3in" /> | ||
756 | </para> | ||
757 | |||
758 | <para> | ||
759 | The reason for this required file hierarchy | ||
760 | is because the <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable | ||
761 | is not constructed until the layers are parsed. | ||
762 | Consequently, using the configuration file as a | ||
763 | pre-configuration file is not possible unless it is | ||
764 | located in the current working directory. | ||
765 | </para> | ||
766 | |||
767 | <para> | ||
768 | Minimally, each configuration file must define the | ||
769 | machine and the temporary directory BitBake uses | ||
770 | for the build. | ||
771 | Suggested practice dictates that you do not | ||
772 | overlap the temporary directories used during the | ||
773 | builds. | ||
774 | </para> | ||
775 | |||
776 | <para> | ||
777 | Aside from separate configuration files for each | ||
778 | target, you must also enable BitBake to perform multiple | ||
779 | configuration builds. | ||
780 | Enabling is accomplished by setting the | ||
781 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBMULTICONFIG'><filename>BBMULTICONFIG</filename></link> | ||
782 | variable in the <filename>local.conf</filename> | ||
783 | configuration file. | ||
784 | As an example, suppose you had configuration files | ||
785 | for <filename>target1</filename> and | ||
786 | <filename>target2</filename> defined in the build | ||
787 | directory. | ||
788 | The following statement in the | ||
789 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file both enables | ||
790 | BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds and | ||
791 | specifies the two extra multiconfigs: | ||
792 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
793 | BBMULTICONFIG = "target1 target2" | ||
794 | </literallayout> | ||
795 | </para> | ||
796 | |||
797 | <para> | ||
798 | Once the target configuration files are in place and | ||
799 | BitBake has been enabled to perform multiple configuration | ||
800 | builds, use the following command form to start the | ||
801 | builds: | ||
802 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
803 | $ bitbake [mc:<replaceable>multiconfigname</replaceable>:]<replaceable>target</replaceable> [[[mc:<replaceable>multiconfigname</replaceable>:]<replaceable>target</replaceable>] ... ] | ||
804 | </literallayout> | ||
805 | Here is an example for two extra multiconfigs: | ||
806 | <filename>target1</filename> and | ||
807 | <filename>target2</filename>: | ||
808 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
809 | $ bitbake mc::<replaceable>target</replaceable> mc:target1:<replaceable>target</replaceable> mc:target2:<replaceable>target</replaceable> | ||
810 | </literallayout> | ||
811 | </para> | ||
812 | </section> | ||
813 | |||
814 | <section id='bb-enabling-multiple-configuration-build-dependencies'> | ||
815 | <title>Enabling Multiple Configuration Build Dependencies</title> | ||
816 | |||
817 | <para> | ||
818 | Sometimes dependencies can exist between targets | ||
819 | (multiconfigs) in a multiple configuration build. | ||
820 | For example, suppose that in order to build an image | ||
821 | for a particular architecture, the root filesystem of | ||
822 | another build for a different architecture needs to | ||
823 | exist. | ||
824 | In other words, the image for the first multiconfig depends | ||
825 | on the root filesystem of the second multiconfig. | ||
826 | This dependency is essentially that the task in the recipe | ||
827 | that builds one multiconfig is dependent on the | ||
828 | completion of the task in the recipe that builds | ||
829 | another multiconfig. | ||
830 | </para> | ||
831 | |||
832 | <para> | ||
833 | To enable dependencies in a multiple configuration | ||
834 | build, you must declare the dependencies in the recipe | ||
835 | using the following statement form: | ||
836 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
837 | <replaceable>task_or_package</replaceable>[mcdepends] = "mc:<replaceable>from_multiconfig</replaceable>:<replaceable>to_multiconfig</replaceable>:<replaceable>recipe_name</replaceable>:<replaceable>task_on_which_to_depend</replaceable>" | ||
838 | </literallayout> | ||
839 | To better show how to use this statement, consider an | ||
840 | example with two multiconfigs: <filename>target1</filename> | ||
841 | and <filename>target2</filename>: | ||
842 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
843 | <replaceable>image_task</replaceable>[mcdepends] = "mc:target1:target2:<replaceable>image2</replaceable>:<replaceable>rootfs_task</replaceable>" | ||
844 | </literallayout> | ||
845 | In this example, the | ||
846 | <replaceable>from_multiconfig</replaceable> is "target1" and | ||
847 | the <replaceable>to_multiconfig</replaceable> is "target2". | ||
848 | The task on which the image whose recipe contains | ||
849 | <replaceable>image_task</replaceable> depends on the | ||
850 | completion of the <replaceable>rootfs_task</replaceable> | ||
851 | used to build out <replaceable>image2</replaceable>, which | ||
852 | is associated with the "target2" multiconfig. | ||
853 | </para> | ||
854 | |||
855 | <para> | ||
856 | Once you set up this dependency, you can build the | ||
857 | "target1" multiconfig using a BitBake command as follows: | ||
858 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
859 | $ bitbake mc:target1:<replaceable>image1</replaceable> | ||
860 | </literallayout> | ||
861 | This command executes all the tasks needed to create | ||
862 | <replaceable>image1</replaceable> for the "target1" | ||
863 | multiconfig. | ||
864 | Because of the dependency, BitBake also executes through | ||
865 | the <replaceable>rootfs_task</replaceable> for the "target2" | ||
866 | multiconfig build. | ||
867 | </para> | ||
868 | |||
869 | <para> | ||
870 | Having a recipe depend on the root filesystem of another | ||
871 | build might not seem that useful. | ||
872 | Consider this change to the statement in the | ||
873 | <replaceable>image1</replaceable> recipe: | ||
874 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
875 | <replaceable>image_task</replaceable>[mcdepends] = "mc:target1:target2:<replaceable>image2</replaceable>:<replaceable>image_task</replaceable>" | ||
876 | </literallayout> | ||
877 | In this case, BitBake must create | ||
878 | <replaceable>image2</replaceable> for the "target2" | ||
879 | build since the "target1" build depends on it. | ||
880 | </para> | ||
881 | |||
882 | <para> | ||
883 | Because "target1" and "target2" are enabled for multiple | ||
884 | configuration builds and have separate configuration | ||
885 | files, BitBake places the artifacts for each build in the | ||
886 | respective temporary build directories. | ||
887 | </para> | ||
888 | </section> | ||
889 | </section> | ||
890 | </section> | ||
891 | </chapter> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ea68ade72 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,1969 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | ==================== | ||
4 | Syntax and Operators | ||
5 | ==================== | ||
6 | |||
7 | | | ||
8 | |||
9 | BitBake files have their own syntax. The syntax has similarities to | ||
10 | several other languages but also has some unique features. This section | ||
11 | describes the available syntax and operators as well as provides | ||
12 | examples. | ||
13 | |||
14 | Basic Syntax | ||
15 | ============ | ||
16 | |||
17 | This section provides some basic syntax examples. | ||
18 | |||
19 | Basic Variable Setting | ||
20 | ---------------------- | ||
21 | |||
22 | The following example sets ``VARIABLE`` to "value". This assignment | ||
23 | occurs immediately as the statement is parsed. It is a "hard" | ||
24 | assignment. :: | ||
25 | |||
26 | VARIABLE = "value" | ||
27 | |||
28 | As expected, if you include leading or | ||
29 | trailing spaces as part of an assignment, the spaces are retained: :: | ||
30 | |||
31 | VARIABLE = " value" | ||
32 | VARIABLE = "value " | ||
33 | |||
34 | Setting ``VARIABLE`` to "" sets | ||
35 | it to an empty string, while setting the variable to " " sets it to a | ||
36 | blank space (i.e. these are not the same values). :: | ||
37 | |||
38 | VARIABLE = "" | ||
39 | VARIABLE = " " | ||
40 | |||
41 | You can use single quotes instead of double quotes when setting a | ||
42 | variable's value. Doing so allows you to use values that contain the | ||
43 | double quote character: :: | ||
44 | |||
45 | VARIABLE = 'I have a " in my value' | ||
46 | |||
47 | .. note:: | ||
48 | |||
49 | Unlike in Bourne shells, single quotes work identically to double | ||
50 | quotes in all other ways. They do not suppress variable expansions. | ||
51 | |||
52 | Modifying Existing Variables | ||
53 | ---------------------------- | ||
54 | |||
55 | Sometimes you need to modify existing variables. Following are some | ||
56 | cases where you might find you want to modify an existing variable: | ||
57 | |||
58 | - Customize a recipe that uses the variable. | ||
59 | |||
60 | - Change a variable's default value used in a ``*.bbclass`` file. | ||
61 | |||
62 | - Change the variable in a ``*.bbappend`` file to override the variable | ||
63 | in the original recipe. | ||
64 | |||
65 | - Change the variable in a configuration file so that the value | ||
66 | overrides an existing configuration. | ||
67 | |||
68 | Changing a variable value can sometimes depend on how the value was | ||
69 | originally assigned and also on the desired intent of the change. In | ||
70 | particular, when you append a value to a variable that has a default | ||
71 | value, the resulting value might not be what you expect. In this case, | ||
72 | the value you provide might replace the value rather than append to the | ||
73 | default value. | ||
74 | |||
75 | If after you have changed a variable's value and something unexplained | ||
76 | occurs, you can use BitBake to check the actual value of the suspect | ||
77 | variable. You can make these checks for both configuration and recipe | ||
78 | level changes: | ||
79 | |||
80 | - For configuration changes, use the following: :: | ||
81 | |||
82 | $ bitbake -e | ||
83 | |||
84 | This | ||
85 | command displays variable values after the configuration files (i.e. | ||
86 | ``local.conf``, ``bblayers.conf``, ``bitbake.conf`` and so forth) | ||
87 | have been parsed. | ||
88 | |||
89 | .. note:: | ||
90 | |||
91 | Variables that are exported to the environment are preceded by the | ||
92 | string "export" in the command's output. | ||
93 | |||
94 | - For recipe changes, use the following: :: | ||
95 | |||
96 | $ bitbake recipe -e \| grep VARIABLE=" | ||
97 | |||
98 | This command checks to see if the variable actually makes | ||
99 | it into a specific recipe. | ||
100 | |||
101 | Line Joining | ||
102 | ------------ | ||
103 | |||
104 | Outside of :ref:`functions <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:functions>`, | ||
105 | BitBake joins any line ending in | ||
106 | a backslash character ("\") with the following line before parsing | ||
107 | statements. The most common use for the "\" character is to split | ||
108 | variable assignments over multiple lines, as in the following example: :: | ||
109 | |||
110 | FOO = "bar \ | ||
111 | baz \ | ||
112 | qaz" | ||
113 | |||
114 | Both the "\" character and the newline | ||
115 | character that follow it are removed when joining lines. Thus, no | ||
116 | newline characters end up in the value of ``FOO``. | ||
117 | |||
118 | Consider this additional example where the two assignments both assign | ||
119 | "barbaz" to ``FOO``: :: | ||
120 | |||
121 | FOO = "barbaz" | ||
122 | FOO = "bar\ | ||
123 | baz" | ||
124 | |||
125 | .. note:: | ||
126 | |||
127 | BitBake does not interpret escape sequences like "\n" in variable | ||
128 | values. For these to have an effect, the value must be passed to some | ||
129 | utility that interprets escape sequences, such as | ||
130 | ``printf`` or ``echo -n``. | ||
131 | |||
132 | Variable Expansion | ||
133 | ------------------ | ||
134 | |||
135 | Variables can reference the contents of other variables using a syntax | ||
136 | that is similar to variable expansion in Bourne shells. The following | ||
137 | assignments result in A containing "aval" and B evaluating to | ||
138 | "preavalpost". :: | ||
139 | |||
140 | A = "aval" | ||
141 | B = "pre${A}post" | ||
142 | |||
143 | .. note:: | ||
144 | |||
145 | Unlike in Bourne shells, the curly braces are mandatory: Only ``${FOO}`` and not | ||
146 | ``$FOO`` is recognized as an expansion of ``FOO``. | ||
147 | |||
148 | The "=" operator does not immediately expand variable references in the | ||
149 | right-hand side. Instead, expansion is deferred until the variable | ||
150 | assigned to is actually used. The result depends on the current values | ||
151 | of the referenced variables. The following example should clarify this | ||
152 | behavior: :: | ||
153 | |||
154 | A = "${B} baz" | ||
155 | B = "${C} bar" | ||
156 | C = "foo" | ||
157 | *At this point, ${A} equals "foo bar baz"* | ||
158 | C = "qux" | ||
159 | *At this point, ${A} equals "qux bar baz"* | ||
160 | B = "norf" | ||
161 | *At this point, ${A} equals "norf baz"\* | ||
162 | |||
163 | Contrast this behavior with the | ||
164 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:immediate variable | ||
165 | expansion (:=)` operator. | ||
166 | |||
167 | If the variable expansion syntax is used on a variable that does not | ||
168 | exist, the string is kept as is. For example, given the following | ||
169 | assignment, ``BAR`` expands to the literal string "${FOO}" as long as | ||
170 | ``FOO`` does not exist. :: | ||
171 | |||
172 | BAR = "${FOO}" | ||
173 | |||
174 | Setting a default value (?=) | ||
175 | ---------------------------- | ||
176 | |||
177 | You can use the "?=" operator to achieve a "softer" assignment for a | ||
178 | variable. This type of assignment allows you to define a variable if it | ||
179 | is undefined when the statement is parsed, but to leave the value alone | ||
180 | if the variable has a value. Here is an example: :: | ||
181 | |||
182 | A ?= "aval" | ||
183 | |||
184 | If ``A`` is | ||
185 | set at the time this statement is parsed, the variable retains its | ||
186 | value. However, if ``A`` is not set, the variable is set to "aval". | ||
187 | |||
188 | .. note:: | ||
189 | |||
190 | This assignment is immediate. Consequently, if multiple "?=" | ||
191 | assignments to a single variable exist, the first of those ends up | ||
192 | getting used. | ||
193 | |||
194 | Setting a weak default value (??=) | ||
195 | ---------------------------------- | ||
196 | |||
197 | It is possible to use a "weaker" assignment than in the previous section | ||
198 | by using the "??=" operator. This assignment behaves identical to "?=" | ||
199 | except that the assignment is made at the end of the parsing process | ||
200 | rather than immediately. Consequently, when multiple "??=" assignments | ||
201 | exist, the last one is used. Also, any "=" or "?=" assignment will | ||
202 | override the value set with "??=". Here is an example: :: | ||
203 | |||
204 | A ??= "somevalue" | ||
205 | A ??= "someothervalue" | ||
206 | |||
207 | If ``A`` is set before the above statements are | ||
208 | parsed, the variable retains its value. If ``A`` is not set, the | ||
209 | variable is set to "someothervalue". | ||
210 | |||
211 | Again, this assignment is a "lazy" or "weak" assignment because it does | ||
212 | not occur until the end of the parsing process. | ||
213 | |||
214 | Immediate variable expansion (:=) | ||
215 | --------------------------------- | ||
216 | |||
217 | The ":=" operator results in a variable's contents being expanded | ||
218 | immediately, rather than when the variable is actually used: :: | ||
219 | |||
220 | T = "123" | ||
221 | A := "test ${T}" | ||
222 | T = "456" | ||
223 | B := "${T} ${C}" | ||
224 | C = "cval" | ||
225 | C := "${C}append" | ||
226 | |||
227 | In this example, ``A`` contains "test 123", even though the final value | ||
228 | of ``T`` is "456". The variable ``B`` will end up containing "456 | ||
229 | cvalappend". This is because references to undefined variables are | ||
230 | preserved as is during (immediate)expansion. This is in contrast to GNU | ||
231 | Make, where undefined variables expand to nothing. The variable ``C`` | ||
232 | contains "cvalappend" since ``${C}`` immediately expands to "cval". | ||
233 | |||
234 | .. _appending-and-prepending: | ||
235 | |||
236 | Appending (+=) and prepending (=+) With Spaces | ||
237 | ---------------------------------------------- | ||
238 | |||
239 | Appending and prepending values is common and can be accomplished using | ||
240 | the "+=" and "=+" operators. These operators insert a space between the | ||
241 | current value and prepended or appended value. | ||
242 | |||
243 | These operators take immediate effect during parsing. Here are some | ||
244 | examples: :: | ||
245 | |||
246 | B = "bval" | ||
247 | B += "additionaldata" | ||
248 | C = "cval" | ||
249 | C =+ "test" | ||
250 | |||
251 | The variable ``B`` contains "bval additionaldata" and ``C`` contains "test | ||
252 | cval". | ||
253 | |||
254 | .. _appending-and-prepending-without-spaces: | ||
255 | |||
256 | Appending (.=) and Prepending (=.) Without Spaces | ||
257 | ------------------------------------------------- | ||
258 | |||
259 | If you want to append or prepend values without an inserted space, use | ||
260 | the ".=" and "=." operators. | ||
261 | |||
262 | These operators take immediate effect during parsing. Here are some | ||
263 | examples: :: | ||
264 | |||
265 | B = "bval" | ||
266 | B .= "additionaldata" | ||
267 | C = "cval" | ||
268 | C =. "test" | ||
269 | |||
270 | The variable ``B`` contains "bvaladditionaldata" and ``C`` contains | ||
271 | "testcval". | ||
272 | |||
273 | Appending and Prepending (Override Style Syntax) | ||
274 | ------------------------------------------------ | ||
275 | |||
276 | You can also append and prepend a variable's value using an override | ||
277 | style syntax. When you use this syntax, no spaces are inserted. | ||
278 | |||
279 | These operators differ from the ":=", ".=", "=.", "+=", and "=+" | ||
280 | operators in that their effects are applied at variable expansion time | ||
281 | rather than being immediately applied. Here are some examples: :: | ||
282 | |||
283 | B = "bval" | ||
284 | B_append = " additional data" | ||
285 | C = "cval" | ||
286 | C_prepend = "additional data " | ||
287 | D = "dval" | ||
288 | D_append = "additional data" | ||
289 | |||
290 | The variable ``B`` | ||
291 | becomes "bval additional data" and ``C`` becomes "additional data cval". | ||
292 | The variable ``D`` becomes "dvaladditional data". | ||
293 | |||
294 | .. note:: | ||
295 | |||
296 | You must control all spacing when you use the override syntax. | ||
297 | |||
298 | It is also possible to append and prepend to shell functions and | ||
299 | BitBake-style Python functions. See the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:shell functions`" and ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:bitbake-style python functions`" | ||
300 | sections for examples. | ||
301 | |||
302 | .. _removing-override-style-syntax: | ||
303 | |||
304 | Removal (Override Style Syntax) | ||
305 | ------------------------------- | ||
306 | |||
307 | You can remove values from lists using the removal override style | ||
308 | syntax. Specifying a value for removal causes all occurrences of that | ||
309 | value to be removed from the variable. | ||
310 | |||
311 | When you use this syntax, BitBake expects one or more strings. | ||
312 | Surrounding spaces and spacing are preserved. Here is an example: :: | ||
313 | |||
314 | FOO = "123 456 789 123456 123 456 123 456" | ||
315 | FOO_remove = "123" | ||
316 | FOO_remove = "456" | ||
317 | FOO2 = " abc def ghi abcdef abc def abc def def" | ||
318 | FOO2_remove = "\ | ||
319 | def \ | ||
320 | abc \ | ||
321 | ghi \ | ||
322 | " | ||
323 | |||
324 | The variable ``FOO`` becomes | ||
325 | " 789 123456 " and ``FOO2`` becomes " abcdef ". | ||
326 | |||
327 | Like "_append" and "_prepend", "_remove" is applied at variable | ||
328 | expansion time. | ||
329 | |||
330 | Override Style Operation Advantages | ||
331 | ----------------------------------- | ||
332 | |||
333 | An advantage of the override style operations "_append", "_prepend", and | ||
334 | "_remove" as compared to the "+=" and "=+" operators is that the | ||
335 | override style operators provide guaranteed operations. For example, | ||
336 | consider a class ``foo.bbclass`` that needs to add the value "val" to | ||
337 | the variable ``FOO``, and a recipe that uses ``foo.bbclass`` as follows: :: | ||
338 | |||
339 | inherit foo | ||
340 | FOO = "initial" | ||
341 | |||
342 | If ``foo.bbclass`` uses the "+=" operator, | ||
343 | as follows, then the final value of ``FOO`` will be "initial", which is | ||
344 | not what is desired: :: | ||
345 | |||
346 | FOO += "val" | ||
347 | |||
348 | If, on the other hand, ``foo.bbclass`` | ||
349 | uses the "_append" operator, then the final value of ``FOO`` will be | ||
350 | "initial val", as intended: :: | ||
351 | |||
352 | FOO_append = " val" | ||
353 | |||
354 | .. note:: | ||
355 | |||
356 | It is never necessary to use "+=" together with "_append". The following | ||
357 | sequence of assignments appends "barbaz" to FOO: :: | ||
358 | |||
359 | FOO_append = "bar" | ||
360 | FOO_append = "baz" | ||
361 | |||
362 | |||
363 | The only effect of changing the second assignment in the previous | ||
364 | example to use "+=" would be to add a space before "baz" in the | ||
365 | appended value (due to how the "+=" operator works). | ||
366 | |||
367 | Another advantage of the override style operations is that you can | ||
368 | combine them with other overrides as described in the | ||
369 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" section. | ||
370 | |||
371 | Variable Flag Syntax | ||
372 | -------------------- | ||
373 | |||
374 | Variable flags are BitBake's implementation of variable properties or | ||
375 | attributes. It is a way of tagging extra information onto a variable. | ||
376 | You can find more out about variable flags in general in the | ||
377 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags`" section. | ||
378 | |||
379 | You can define, append, and prepend values to variable flags. All the | ||
380 | standard syntax operations previously mentioned work for variable flags | ||
381 | except for override style syntax (i.e. "_prepend", "_append", and | ||
382 | "_remove"). | ||
383 | |||
384 | Here are some examples showing how to set variable flags: :: | ||
385 | |||
386 | FOO[a] = "abc" | ||
387 | FOO[b] = "123" | ||
388 | FOO[a] += "456" | ||
389 | |||
390 | The variable ``FOO`` has two flags: | ||
391 | ``[a]`` and ``[b]``. The flags are immediately set to "abc" and "123", | ||
392 | respectively. The ``[a]`` flag becomes "abc 456". | ||
393 | |||
394 | No need exists to pre-define variable flags. You can simply start using | ||
395 | them. One extremely common application is to attach some brief | ||
396 | documentation to a BitBake variable as follows: :: | ||
397 | |||
398 | CACHE[doc] = "The directory holding the cache of the metadata." | ||
399 | |||
400 | Inline Python Variable Expansion | ||
401 | -------------------------------- | ||
402 | |||
403 | You can use inline Python variable expansion to set variables. Here is | ||
404 | an example: :: | ||
405 | |||
406 | DATE = "${@time.strftime('%Y%m%d',time.gmtime())}" | ||
407 | |||
408 | This example results in the ``DATE`` variable being set to the current date. | ||
409 | |||
410 | Probably the most common use of this feature is to extract the value of | ||
411 | variables from BitBake's internal data dictionary, ``d``. The following | ||
412 | lines select the values of a package name and its version number, | ||
413 | respectively: :: | ||
414 | |||
415 | PN = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
416 | PV = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[1] or '1.0'}" | ||
417 | |||
418 | .. note:: | ||
419 | |||
420 | Inline Python expressions work just like variable expansions insofar as the | ||
421 | "=" and ":=" operators are concerned. Given the following assignment, foo() | ||
422 | is called each time FOO is expanded: :: | ||
423 | |||
424 | FOO = "${@foo()}" | ||
425 | |||
426 | Contrast this with the following immediate assignment, where foo() is only | ||
427 | called once, while the assignment is parsed: :: | ||
428 | |||
429 | FOO := "${@foo()}" | ||
430 | |||
431 | For a different way to set variables with Python code during parsing, | ||
432 | see the | ||
433 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:anonymous python functions`" section. | ||
434 | |||
435 | Unsetting variables | ||
436 | ------------------- | ||
437 | |||
438 | It is possible to completely remove a variable or a variable flag from | ||
439 | BitBake's internal data dictionary by using the "unset" keyword. Here is | ||
440 | an example: :: | ||
441 | |||
442 | unset DATE | ||
443 | unset do_fetch[noexec] | ||
444 | |||
445 | These two statements remove the ``DATE`` and the ``do_fetch[noexec]`` flag. | ||
446 | |||
447 | Providing Pathnames | ||
448 | ------------------- | ||
449 | |||
450 | When specifying pathnames for use with BitBake, do not use the tilde | ||
451 | ("~") character as a shortcut for your home directory. Doing so might | ||
452 | cause BitBake to not recognize the path since BitBake does not expand | ||
453 | this character in the same way a shell would. | ||
454 | |||
455 | Instead, provide a fuller path as the following example illustrates: :: | ||
456 | |||
457 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
458 | /home/scott-lenovo/LayerA \ | ||
459 | " | ||
460 | |||
461 | Exporting Variables to the Environment | ||
462 | ====================================== | ||
463 | |||
464 | You can export variables to the environment of running tasks by using | ||
465 | the ``export`` keyword. For example, in the following example, the | ||
466 | ``do_foo`` task prints "value from the environment" when run: :: | ||
467 | |||
468 | export ENV_VARIABLE | ||
469 | ENV_VARIABLE = "value from the environment" | ||
470 | |||
471 | do_foo() { | ||
472 | bbplain "$ENV_VARIABLE" | ||
473 | } | ||
474 | |||
475 | .. note:: | ||
476 | |||
477 | BitBake does not expand ``$ENV_VARIABLE`` in this case because it lacks the | ||
478 | obligatory ``{}`` . Rather, ``$ENV_VARIABLE`` is expanded by the shell. | ||
479 | |||
480 | It does not matter whether ``export ENV_VARIABLE`` appears before or | ||
481 | after assignments to ``ENV_VARIABLE``. | ||
482 | |||
483 | It is also possible to combine ``export`` with setting a value for the | ||
484 | variable. Here is an example: :: | ||
485 | |||
486 | export ENV_VARIABLE = "variable-value" | ||
487 | |||
488 | In the output of ``bitbake -e``, variables that are exported to the | ||
489 | environment are preceded by "export". | ||
490 | |||
491 | Among the variables commonly exported to the environment are ``CC`` and | ||
492 | ``CFLAGS``, which are picked up by many build systems. | ||
493 | |||
494 | Conditional Syntax (Overrides) | ||
495 | ============================== | ||
496 | |||
497 | BitBake uses :term:`OVERRIDES` to control what | ||
498 | variables are overridden after BitBake parses recipes and configuration | ||
499 | files. This section describes how you can use ``OVERRIDES`` as | ||
500 | conditional metadata, talks about key expansion in relationship to | ||
501 | ``OVERRIDES``, and provides some examples to help with understanding. | ||
502 | |||
503 | Conditional Metadata | ||
504 | -------------------- | ||
505 | |||
506 | You can use ``OVERRIDES`` to conditionally select a specific version of | ||
507 | a variable and to conditionally append or prepend the value of a | ||
508 | variable. | ||
509 | |||
510 | .. note:: | ||
511 | |||
512 | Overrides can only use lower-case characters. Additionally, | ||
513 | underscores are not permitted in override names as they are used to | ||
514 | separate overrides from each other and from the variable name. | ||
515 | |||
516 | - *Selecting a Variable:* The ``OVERRIDES`` variable is a | ||
517 | colon-character-separated list that contains items for which you want | ||
518 | to satisfy conditions. Thus, if you have a variable that is | ||
519 | conditional on "arm", and "arm" is in ``OVERRIDES``, then the | ||
520 | "arm"-specific version of the variable is used rather than the | ||
521 | non-conditional version. Here is an example: :: | ||
522 | |||
523 | OVERRIDES = "architecture:os:machine" | ||
524 | TEST = "default" | ||
525 | TEST_os = "osspecific" | ||
526 | TEST_nooverride = "othercondvalue" | ||
527 | |||
528 | In this example, the ``OVERRIDES`` | ||
529 | variable lists three overrides: "architecture", "os", and "machine". | ||
530 | The variable ``TEST`` by itself has a default value of "default". You | ||
531 | select the os-specific version of the ``TEST`` variable by appending | ||
532 | the "os" override to the variable (i.e. ``TEST_os``). | ||
533 | |||
534 | To better understand this, consider a practical example that assumes | ||
535 | an OpenEmbedded metadata-based Linux kernel recipe file. The | ||
536 | following lines from the recipe file first set the kernel branch | ||
537 | variable ``KBRANCH`` to a default value, then conditionally override | ||
538 | that value based on the architecture of the build: :: | ||
539 | |||
540 | KBRANCH = "standard/base" | ||
541 | KBRANCH_qemuarm = "standard/arm-versatile-926ejs" | ||
542 | KBRANCH_qemumips = "standard/mti-malta32" | ||
543 | KBRANCH_qemuppc = "standard/qemuppc" | ||
544 | KBRANCH_qemux86 = "standard/common-pc/base" | ||
545 | KBRANCH_qemux86-64 = "standard/common-pc-64/base" | ||
546 | KBRANCH_qemumips64 = "standard/mti-malta64" | ||
547 | |||
548 | - *Appending and Prepending:* BitBake also supports append and prepend | ||
549 | operations to variable values based on whether a specific item is | ||
550 | listed in ``OVERRIDES``. Here is an example: :: | ||
551 | |||
552 | DEPENDS = "glibc ncurses" | ||
553 | OVERRIDES = "machine:local" | ||
554 | DEPENDS_append_machine = "libmad" | ||
555 | |||
556 | In this example, ``DEPENDS`` becomes "glibc ncurses libmad". | ||
557 | |||
558 | Again, using an OpenEmbedded metadata-based kernel recipe file as an | ||
559 | example, the following lines will conditionally append to the | ||
560 | ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable based on the architecture: :: | ||
561 | |||
562 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append = " ${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" | ||
563 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86=" cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" | ||
564 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64=" cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" | ||
565 | |||
566 | - *Setting a Variable for a Single Task:* BitBake supports setting a | ||
567 | variable just for the duration of a single task. Here is an example: :: | ||
568 | |||
569 | FOO_task-configure = "val 1" | ||
570 | FOO_task-compile = "val 2" | ||
571 | |||
572 | In the | ||
573 | previous example, ``FOO`` has the value "val 1" while the | ||
574 | ``do_configure`` task is executed, and the value "val 2" while the | ||
575 | ``do_compile`` task is executed. | ||
576 | |||
577 | Internally, this is implemented by prepending the task (e.g. | ||
578 | "task-compile:") to the value of | ||
579 | :term:`OVERRIDES` for the local datastore of the | ||
580 | ``do_compile`` task. | ||
581 | |||
582 | You can also use this syntax with other combinations (e.g. | ||
583 | "``_prepend``") as shown in the following example: :: | ||
584 | |||
585 | EXTRA_OEMAKE_prepend_task-compile = "${PARALLEL_MAKE} " | ||
586 | |||
587 | Key Expansion | ||
588 | ------------- | ||
589 | |||
590 | Key expansion happens when the BitBake datastore is finalized. To better | ||
591 | understand this, consider the following example: :: | ||
592 | |||
593 | A${B} = "X" | ||
594 | B = "2" | ||
595 | A2 = "Y" | ||
596 | |||
597 | In this case, after all the parsing is complete, BitBake expands | ||
598 | ``${B}`` into "2". This expansion causes ``A2``, which was set to "Y" | ||
599 | before the expansion, to become "X". | ||
600 | |||
601 | .. _variable-interaction-worked-examples: | ||
602 | |||
603 | Examples | ||
604 | -------- | ||
605 | |||
606 | Despite the previous explanations that show the different forms of | ||
607 | variable definitions, it can be hard to work out exactly what happens | ||
608 | when variable operators, conditional overrides, and unconditional | ||
609 | overrides are combined. This section presents some common scenarios | ||
610 | along with explanations for variable interactions that typically confuse | ||
611 | users. | ||
612 | |||
613 | There is often confusion concerning the order in which overrides and | ||
614 | various "append" operators take effect. Recall that an append or prepend | ||
615 | operation using "_append" and "_prepend" does not result in an immediate | ||
616 | assignment as would "+=", ".=", "=+", or "=.". Consider the following | ||
617 | example: :: | ||
618 | |||
619 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
620 | A = "Z" | ||
621 | A_foo_append = "X" | ||
622 | |||
623 | For this case, | ||
624 | ``A`` is unconditionally set to "Z" and "X" is unconditionally and | ||
625 | immediately appended to the variable ``A_foo``. Because overrides have | ||
626 | not been applied yet, ``A_foo`` is set to "X" due to the append and | ||
627 | ``A`` simply equals "Z". | ||
628 | |||
629 | Applying overrides, however, changes things. Since "foo" is listed in | ||
630 | ``OVERRIDES``, the conditional variable ``A`` is replaced with the "foo" | ||
631 | version, which is equal to "X". So effectively, ``A_foo`` replaces | ||
632 | ``A``. | ||
633 | |||
634 | This next example changes the order of the override and the append: :: | ||
635 | |||
636 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
637 | A = "Z" | ||
638 | A_append_foo = "X" | ||
639 | |||
640 | For this case, before | ||
641 | overrides are handled, ``A`` is set to "Z" and ``A_append_foo`` is set | ||
642 | to "X". Once the override for "foo" is applied, however, ``A`` gets | ||
643 | appended with "X". Consequently, ``A`` becomes "ZX". Notice that spaces | ||
644 | are not appended. | ||
645 | |||
646 | This next example has the order of the appends and overrides reversed | ||
647 | back as in the first example: :: | ||
648 | |||
649 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
650 | A = "Y" | ||
651 | A_foo_append = "Z" | ||
652 | A_foo_append = "X" | ||
653 | |||
654 | For this case, before any overrides are resolved, | ||
655 | ``A`` is set to "Y" using an immediate assignment. After this immediate | ||
656 | assignment, ``A_foo`` is set to "Z", and then further appended with "X" | ||
657 | leaving the variable set to "ZX". Finally, applying the override for | ||
658 | "foo" results in the conditional variable ``A`` becoming "ZX" (i.e. | ||
659 | ``A`` is replaced with ``A_foo``). | ||
660 | |||
661 | This final example mixes in some varying operators: :: | ||
662 | |||
663 | A = "1" | ||
664 | A_append = "2" | ||
665 | A_append = "3" | ||
666 | A += "4" | ||
667 | A .= "5" | ||
668 | |||
669 | For this case, the type of append | ||
670 | operators are affecting the order of assignments as BitBake passes | ||
671 | through the code multiple times. Initially, ``A`` is set to "1 45" | ||
672 | because of the three statements that use immediate operators. After | ||
673 | these assignments are made, BitBake applies the "_append" operations. | ||
674 | Those operations result in ``A`` becoming "1 4523". | ||
675 | |||
676 | Sharing Functionality | ||
677 | ===================== | ||
678 | |||
679 | BitBake allows for metadata sharing through include files (``.inc``) and | ||
680 | class files (``.bbclass``). For example, suppose you have a piece of | ||
681 | common functionality such as a task definition that you want to share | ||
682 | between more than one recipe. In this case, creating a ``.bbclass`` file | ||
683 | that contains the common functionality and then using the ``inherit`` | ||
684 | directive in your recipes to inherit the class would be a common way to | ||
685 | share the task. | ||
686 | |||
687 | This section presents the mechanisms BitBake provides to allow you to | ||
688 | share functionality between recipes. Specifically, the mechanisms | ||
689 | include ``include``, ``inherit``, ``INHERIT``, and ``require`` | ||
690 | directives. | ||
691 | |||
692 | Locating Include and Class Files | ||
693 | -------------------------------- | ||
694 | |||
695 | BitBake uses the :term:`BBPATH` variable to locate | ||
696 | needed include and class files. Additionally, BitBake searches the | ||
697 | current directory for ``include`` and ``require`` directives. | ||
698 | |||
699 | .. note:: | ||
700 | |||
701 | The BBPATH variable is analogous to the environment variable PATH . | ||
702 | |||
703 | In order for include and class files to be found by BitBake, they need | ||
704 | to be located in a "classes" subdirectory that can be found in | ||
705 | ``BBPATH``. | ||
706 | |||
707 | ``inherit`` Directive | ||
708 | --------------------- | ||
709 | |||
710 | When writing a recipe or class file, you can use the ``inherit`` | ||
711 | directive to inherit the functionality of a class (``.bbclass``). | ||
712 | BitBake only supports this directive when used within recipe and class | ||
713 | files (i.e. ``.bb`` and ``.bbclass``). | ||
714 | |||
715 | The ``inherit`` directive is a rudimentary means of specifying | ||
716 | functionality contained in class files that your recipes require. For | ||
717 | example, you can easily abstract out the tasks involved in building a | ||
718 | package that uses Autoconf and Automake and put those tasks into a class | ||
719 | file and then have your recipe inherit that class file. | ||
720 | |||
721 | As an example, your recipes could use the following directive to inherit | ||
722 | an ``autotools.bbclass`` file. The class file would contain common | ||
723 | functionality for using Autotools that could be shared across recipes: :: | ||
724 | |||
725 | inherit autotools | ||
726 | |||
727 | In this case, BitBake would search for the directory | ||
728 | ``classes/autotools.bbclass`` in ``BBPATH``. | ||
729 | |||
730 | .. note:: | ||
731 | |||
732 | You can override any values and functions of the inherited class | ||
733 | within your recipe by doing so after the "inherit" statement. | ||
734 | |||
735 | If you want to use the directive to inherit multiple classes, separate | ||
736 | them with spaces. The following example shows how to inherit both the | ||
737 | ``buildhistory`` and ``rm_work`` classes: :: | ||
738 | |||
739 | inherit buildhistory rm_work | ||
740 | |||
741 | An advantage with the inherit directive as compared to both the | ||
742 | :ref:`include <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`include\`\` directive>` and :ref:`require <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`require\`\` directive>` | ||
743 | directives is that you can inherit class files conditionally. You can | ||
744 | accomplish this by using a variable expression after the ``inherit`` | ||
745 | statement. Here is an example: :: | ||
746 | |||
747 | inherit ${VARNAME} | ||
748 | |||
749 | If ``VARNAME`` is | ||
750 | going to be set, it needs to be set before the ``inherit`` statement is | ||
751 | parsed. One way to achieve a conditional inherit in this case is to use | ||
752 | overrides: :: | ||
753 | |||
754 | VARIABLE = "" | ||
755 | VARIABLE_someoverride = "myclass" | ||
756 | |||
757 | Another method is by using anonymous Python. Here is an example: :: | ||
758 | |||
759 | python () { | ||
760 | if condition == value: | ||
761 | d.setVar('VARIABLE', 'myclass') | ||
762 | else: | ||
763 | d.setVar('VARIABLE', '') | ||
764 | } | ||
765 | |||
766 | Alternatively, you could use an in-line Python expression in the | ||
767 | following form: :: | ||
768 | |||
769 | inherit ${@'classname' if condition else ''} | ||
770 | inherit ${@functionname(params)} | ||
771 | |||
772 | In all cases, if the expression evaluates to an | ||
773 | empty string, the statement does not trigger a syntax error because it | ||
774 | becomes a no-op. | ||
775 | |||
776 | ``include`` Directive | ||
777 | --------------------- | ||
778 | |||
779 | BitBake understands the ``include`` directive. This directive causes | ||
780 | BitBake to parse whatever file you specify, and to insert that file at | ||
781 | that location. The directive is much like its equivalent in Make except | ||
782 | that if the path specified on the include line is a relative path, | ||
783 | BitBake locates the first file it can find within ``BBPATH``. | ||
784 | |||
785 | The include directive is a more generic method of including | ||
786 | functionality as compared to the :ref:`inherit <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` directive>` | ||
787 | directive, which is restricted to class (i.e. ``.bbclass``) files. The | ||
788 | include directive is applicable for any other kind of shared or | ||
789 | encapsulated functionality or configuration that does not suit a | ||
790 | ``.bbclass`` file. | ||
791 | |||
792 | As an example, suppose you needed a recipe to include some self-test | ||
793 | definitions: :: | ||
794 | |||
795 | include test_defs.inc | ||
796 | |||
797 | .. note:: | ||
798 | |||
799 | The include directive does not produce an error when the file cannot be | ||
800 | found. Consequently, it is recommended that if the file you are including is | ||
801 | expected to exist, you should use :ref:`require <require-inclusion>` instead | ||
802 | of include . Doing so makes sure that an error is produced if the file cannot | ||
803 | be found. | ||
804 | |||
805 | .. _require-inclusion: | ||
806 | |||
807 | ``require`` Directive | ||
808 | --------------------- | ||
809 | |||
810 | BitBake understands the ``require`` directive. This directive behaves | ||
811 | just like the ``include`` directive with the exception that BitBake | ||
812 | raises a parsing error if the file to be included cannot be found. Thus, | ||
813 | any file you require is inserted into the file that is being parsed at | ||
814 | the location of the directive. | ||
815 | |||
816 | The require directive, like the include directive previously described, | ||
817 | is a more generic method of including functionality as compared to the | ||
818 | :ref:`inherit <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` directive>` directive, which is restricted to class | ||
819 | (i.e. ``.bbclass``) files. The require directive is applicable for any | ||
820 | other kind of shared or encapsulated functionality or configuration that | ||
821 | does not suit a ``.bbclass`` file. | ||
822 | |||
823 | Similar to how BitBake handles :ref:`include <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`include\`\` directive>`, if | ||
824 | the path specified on the require line is a relative path, BitBake | ||
825 | locates the first file it can find within ``BBPATH``. | ||
826 | |||
827 | As an example, suppose you have two versions of a recipe (e.g. | ||
828 | ``foo_1.2.2.bb`` and ``foo_2.0.0.bb``) where each version contains some | ||
829 | identical functionality that could be shared. You could create an | ||
830 | include file named ``foo.inc`` that contains the common definitions | ||
831 | needed to build "foo". You need to be sure ``foo.inc`` is located in the | ||
832 | same directory as your two recipe files as well. Once these conditions | ||
833 | are set up, you can share the functionality using a ``require`` | ||
834 | directive from within each recipe: :: | ||
835 | |||
836 | require foo.inc | ||
837 | |||
838 | ``INHERIT`` Configuration Directive | ||
839 | ----------------------------------- | ||
840 | |||
841 | When creating a configuration file (``.conf``), you can use the | ||
842 | :term:`INHERIT` configuration directive to inherit a | ||
843 | class. BitBake only supports this directive when used within a | ||
844 | configuration file. | ||
845 | |||
846 | As an example, suppose you needed to inherit a class file called | ||
847 | ``abc.bbclass`` from a configuration file as follows: :: | ||
848 | |||
849 | INHERIT += "abc" | ||
850 | |||
851 | This configuration directive causes the named class to be inherited at | ||
852 | the point of the directive during parsing. As with the ``inherit`` | ||
853 | directive, the ``.bbclass`` file must be located in a "classes" | ||
854 | subdirectory in one of the directories specified in ``BBPATH``. | ||
855 | |||
856 | .. note:: | ||
857 | |||
858 | Because .conf files are parsed first during BitBake's execution, using | ||
859 | INHERIT to inherit a class effectively inherits the class globally (i.e. for | ||
860 | all recipes). | ||
861 | |||
862 | If you want to use the directive to inherit multiple classes, you can | ||
863 | provide them on the same line in the ``local.conf`` file. Use spaces to | ||
864 | separate the classes. The following example shows how to inherit both | ||
865 | the ``autotools`` and ``pkgconfig`` classes: :: | ||
866 | |||
867 | INHERIT += "autotools pkgconfig" | ||
868 | |||
869 | Functions | ||
870 | ========= | ||
871 | |||
872 | As with most languages, functions are the building blocks that are used | ||
873 | to build up operations into tasks. BitBake supports these types of | ||
874 | functions: | ||
875 | |||
876 | - *Shell Functions:* Functions written in shell script and executed | ||
877 | either directly as functions, tasks, or both. They can also be called | ||
878 | by other shell functions. | ||
879 | |||
880 | - *BitBake-Style Python Functions:* Functions written in Python and | ||
881 | executed by BitBake or other Python functions using | ||
882 | ``bb.build.exec_func()``. | ||
883 | |||
884 | - *Python Functions:* Functions written in Python and executed by | ||
885 | Python. | ||
886 | |||
887 | - *Anonymous Python Functions:* Python functions executed automatically | ||
888 | during parsing. | ||
889 | |||
890 | Regardless of the type of function, you can only define them in class | ||
891 | (``.bbclass``) and recipe (``.bb`` or ``.inc``) files. | ||
892 | |||
893 | Shell Functions | ||
894 | --------------- | ||
895 | |||
896 | Functions written in shell script and executed either directly as | ||
897 | functions, tasks, or both. They can also be called by other shell | ||
898 | functions. Here is an example shell function definition: :: | ||
899 | |||
900 | some_function () { | ||
901 | echo "Hello World" | ||
902 | } | ||
903 | |||
904 | When you create these types of functions in | ||
905 | your recipe or class files, you need to follow the shell programming | ||
906 | rules. The scripts are executed by ``/bin/sh``, which may not be a bash | ||
907 | shell but might be something such as ``dash``. You should not use | ||
908 | Bash-specific script (bashisms). | ||
909 | |||
910 | Overrides and override-style operators like ``_append`` and ``_prepend`` | ||
911 | can also be applied to shell functions. Most commonly, this application | ||
912 | would be used in a ``.bbappend`` file to modify functions in the main | ||
913 | recipe. It can also be used to modify functions inherited from classes. | ||
914 | |||
915 | As an example, consider the following: :: | ||
916 | |||
917 | do_foo() { | ||
918 | bbplain first | ||
919 | fn | ||
920 | } | ||
921 | |||
922 | fn_prepend() { | ||
923 | bbplain second | ||
924 | } | ||
925 | |||
926 | fn() { | ||
927 | bbplain third | ||
928 | } | ||
929 | |||
930 | do_foo_append() { | ||
931 | bbplain fourth | ||
932 | } | ||
933 | |||
934 | Running ``do_foo`` prints the following: :: | ||
935 | |||
936 | recipename do_foo: first | ||
937 | recipename do_foo: second | ||
938 | recipename do_foo: third | ||
939 | recipename do_foo: fourth | ||
940 | |||
941 | .. note:: | ||
942 | |||
943 | Overrides and override-style operators can be applied to any shell | ||
944 | function, not just :ref:`tasks <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`. | ||
945 | |||
946 | You can use the ``bitbake -e``Â recipename command to view the final | ||
947 | assembled function after all overrides have been applied. | ||
948 | |||
949 | BitBake-Style Python Functions | ||
950 | ------------------------------ | ||
951 | |||
952 | These functions are written in Python and executed by BitBake or other | ||
953 | Python functions using ``bb.build.exec_func()``. | ||
954 | |||
955 | An example BitBake function is: :: | ||
956 | |||
957 | python some_python_function () { | ||
958 | d.setVar("TEXT", "Hello World") | ||
959 | print d.getVar("TEXT") | ||
960 | } | ||
961 | |||
962 | Because the | ||
963 | Python "bb" and "os" modules are already imported, you do not need to | ||
964 | import these modules. Also in these types of functions, the datastore | ||
965 | ("d") is a global variable and is always automatically available. | ||
966 | |||
967 | .. note:: | ||
968 | |||
969 | Variable expressions (e.g. ``${X}`` ) are no longer expanded within Python | ||
970 | functions. This behavior is intentional in order to allow you to freely set | ||
971 | variable values to expandable expressions without having them expanded | ||
972 | prematurely. If you do wish to expand a variable within a Python function, | ||
973 | use ``d.getVar("X")`` . Or, for more complicated expressions, use ``d.expand()``. | ||
974 | |||
975 | Similar to shell functions, you can also apply overrides and | ||
976 | override-style operators to BitBake-style Python functions. | ||
977 | |||
978 | As an example, consider the following: :: | ||
979 | |||
980 | python do_foo_prepend() { | ||
981 | bb.plain("first") | ||
982 | } | ||
983 | |||
984 | python do_foo() { | ||
985 | bb.plain("second") | ||
986 | } | ||
987 | |||
988 | python do_foo_append() { | ||
989 | bb.plain("third") | ||
990 | } | ||
991 | |||
992 | Running ``do_foo`` prints the following: :: | ||
993 | |||
994 | recipename do_foo: first | ||
995 | recipename do_foo: second | ||
996 | recipename do_foo: third | ||
997 | |||
998 | You can use the ``bitbake -e``Â recipename command to view | ||
999 | the final assembled function after all overrides have been applied. | ||
1000 | |||
1001 | Python Functions | ||
1002 | ---------------- | ||
1003 | |||
1004 | These functions are written in Python and are executed by other Python | ||
1005 | code. Examples of Python functions are utility functions that you intend | ||
1006 | to call from in-line Python or from within other Python functions. Here | ||
1007 | is an example: :: | ||
1008 | |||
1009 | def get_depends(d): | ||
1010 | if d.getVar('SOMECONDITION'): | ||
1011 | return "dependencywithcond" | ||
1012 | else: | ||
1013 | return "dependency" | ||
1014 | |||
1015 | SOMECONDITION = "1" | ||
1016 | DEPENDS = "${@get_depends(d)}" | ||
1017 | |||
1018 | This would result in ``DEPENDS`` containing ``dependencywithcond``. | ||
1019 | |||
1020 | Here are some things to know about Python functions: | ||
1021 | |||
1022 | - Python functions can take parameters. | ||
1023 | |||
1024 | - The BitBake datastore is not automatically available. Consequently, | ||
1025 | you must pass it in as a parameter to the function. | ||
1026 | |||
1027 | - The "bb" and "os" Python modules are automatically available. You do | ||
1028 | not need to import them. | ||
1029 | |||
1030 | BitBake-Style Python Functions Versus Python Functions | ||
1031 | ------------------------------------------------------ | ||
1032 | |||
1033 | Following are some important differences between BitBake-style Python | ||
1034 | functions and regular Python functions defined with "def": | ||
1035 | |||
1036 | - Only BitBake-style Python functions can be :ref:`tasks <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`. | ||
1037 | |||
1038 | - Overrides and override-style operators can only be applied to | ||
1039 | BitBake-style Python functions. | ||
1040 | |||
1041 | - Only regular Python functions can take arguments and return values. | ||
1042 | |||
1043 | - :ref:`Variable flags <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>` such as | ||
1044 | ``[dirs]``, ``[cleandirs]``, and ``[lockfiles]`` can be used on BitBake-style | ||
1045 | Python functions, but not on regular Python functions. | ||
1046 | |||
1047 | - BitBake-style Python functions generate a separate | ||
1048 | ``${``\ :term:`T`\ ``}/run.``\ function-name\ ``.``\ pid | ||
1049 | script that is executed to run the function, and also generate a log | ||
1050 | file in ``${T}/log.``\ function-name\ ``.``\ pid if they are executed | ||
1051 | as tasks. | ||
1052 | |||
1053 | Regular Python functions execute "inline" and do not generate any | ||
1054 | files in ``${T}``. | ||
1055 | |||
1056 | - Regular Python functions are called with the usual Python syntax. | ||
1057 | BitBake-style Python functions are usually tasks and are called | ||
1058 | directly by BitBake, but can also be called manually from Python code | ||
1059 | by using the ``bb.build.exec_func()`` function. Here is an example: :: | ||
1060 | |||
1061 | bb.build.exec_func("my_bitbake_style_function", d) | ||
1062 | |||
1063 | .. note:: | ||
1064 | |||
1065 | ``bb.build.exec_func()`` can also be used to run shell functions from Python | ||
1066 | code. If you want to run a shell function before a Python function within | ||
1067 | the same task, then you can use a parent helper Python function that | ||
1068 | starts by running the shell function with ``bb.build.exec_func()`` and then | ||
1069 | runs the Python code. | ||
1070 | |||
1071 | To detect errors from functions executed with | ||
1072 | ``bb.build.exec_func()``, you can catch the ``bb.build.FuncFailed`` | ||
1073 | exception. | ||
1074 | |||
1075 | .. note:: | ||
1076 | |||
1077 | Functions in metadata (recipes and classes) should not themselves raise | ||
1078 | ``bb.build.FuncFailed``. Rather, ``bb.build.FuncFailed`` should be viewed as a | ||
1079 | general indicator that the called function failed by raising an | ||
1080 | exception. For example, an exception raised by ``bb.fatal()`` will be caught | ||
1081 | inside ``bb.build.exec_func()``, and a ``bb.build.FuncFailed`` will be raised in | ||
1082 | response. | ||
1083 | |||
1084 | Due to their simplicity, you should prefer regular Python functions over | ||
1085 | BitBake-style Python functions unless you need a feature specific to | ||
1086 | BitBake-style Python functions. Regular Python functions in metadata are | ||
1087 | a more recent invention than BitBake-style Python functions, and older | ||
1088 | code tends to use ``bb.build.exec_func()`` more often. | ||
1089 | |||
1090 | Anonymous Python Functions | ||
1091 | -------------------------- | ||
1092 | |||
1093 | Sometimes it is useful to set variables or perform other operations | ||
1094 | programmatically during parsing. To do this, you can define special | ||
1095 | Python functions, called anonymous Python functions, that run at the end | ||
1096 | of parsing. For example, the following conditionally sets a variable | ||
1097 | based on the value of another variable: :: | ||
1098 | |||
1099 | python () { | ||
1100 | if d.getVar('SOMEVAR') == 'value': | ||
1101 | d.setVar('ANOTHERVAR', 'value2') | ||
1102 | } | ||
1103 | |||
1104 | An equivalent way to mark a function as an anonymous function is to give it | ||
1105 | the name "__anonymous", rather than no name. | ||
1106 | |||
1107 | Anonymous Python functions always run at the end of parsing, regardless | ||
1108 | of where they are defined. If a recipe contains many anonymous | ||
1109 | functions, they run in the same order as they are defined within the | ||
1110 | recipe. As an example, consider the following snippet: :: | ||
1111 | |||
1112 | python () { | ||
1113 | d.setVar('FOO', 'foo 2') | ||
1114 | } | ||
1115 | |||
1116 | FOO = "foo 1" | ||
1117 | |||
1118 | python () { | ||
1119 | d.appendVar('BAR',' bar 2') | ||
1120 | } | ||
1121 | |||
1122 | BAR = "bar 1" | ||
1123 | |||
1124 | The previous example is conceptually | ||
1125 | equivalent to the following snippet: :: | ||
1126 | |||
1127 | FOO = "foo 1" | ||
1128 | BAR = "bar 1" | ||
1129 | FOO = "foo 2" | ||
1130 | BAR += "bar 2" | ||
1131 | |||
1132 | ``FOO`` ends up with the value "foo 2", and | ||
1133 | ``BAR`` with the value "bar 1 bar 2". Just as in the second snippet, the | ||
1134 | values set for the variables within the anonymous functions become | ||
1135 | available to tasks, which always run after parsing. | ||
1136 | |||
1137 | Overrides and override-style operators such as "``_append``" are applied | ||
1138 | before anonymous functions run. In the following example, ``FOO`` ends | ||
1139 | up with the value "foo from anonymous": :: | ||
1140 | |||
1141 | FOO = "foo" | ||
1142 | FOO_append = " from outside" | ||
1143 | |||
1144 | python () { | ||
1145 | d.setVar("FOO", "foo from anonymous") | ||
1146 | } | ||
1147 | |||
1148 | For methods | ||
1149 | you can use with anonymous Python functions, see the | ||
1150 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:functions you can call from within python`" | ||
1151 | section. For a different method to run Python code during parsing, see | ||
1152 | the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:inline python variable expansion`" section. | ||
1153 | |||
1154 | Flexible Inheritance for Class Functions | ||
1155 | ---------------------------------------- | ||
1156 | |||
1157 | Through coding techniques and the use of ``EXPORT_FUNCTIONS``, BitBake | ||
1158 | supports exporting a function from a class such that the class function | ||
1159 | appears as the default implementation of the function, but can still be | ||
1160 | called if a recipe inheriting the class needs to define its own version | ||
1161 | of the function. | ||
1162 | |||
1163 | To understand the benefits of this feature, consider the basic scenario | ||
1164 | where a class defines a task function and your recipe inherits the | ||
1165 | class. In this basic scenario, your recipe inherits the task function as | ||
1166 | defined in the class. If desired, your recipe can add to the start and | ||
1167 | end of the function by using the "_prepend" or "_append" operations | ||
1168 | respectively, or it can redefine the function completely. However, if it | ||
1169 | redefines the function, there is no means for it to call the class | ||
1170 | version of the function. ``EXPORT_FUNCTIONS`` provides a mechanism that | ||
1171 | enables the recipe's version of the function to call the original | ||
1172 | version of the function. | ||
1173 | |||
1174 | To make use of this technique, you need the following things in place: | ||
1175 | |||
1176 | - The class needs to define the function as follows: :: | ||
1177 | |||
1178 | classname_functionname | ||
1179 | |||
1180 | For example, if you have a class file | ||
1181 | ``bar.bbclass`` and a function named ``do_foo``, the class must | ||
1182 | define the function as follows: :: | ||
1183 | |||
1184 | bar_do_foo | ||
1185 | |||
1186 | - The class needs to contain the ``EXPORT_FUNCTIONS`` statement as | ||
1187 | follows: :: | ||
1188 | |||
1189 | EXPORT_FUNCTIONS functionname | ||
1190 | |||
1191 | For example, continuing with | ||
1192 | the same example, the statement in the ``bar.bbclass`` would be as | ||
1193 | follows: :: | ||
1194 | |||
1195 | EXPORT_FUNCTIONS do_foo | ||
1196 | |||
1197 | - You need to call the function appropriately from within your recipe. | ||
1198 | Continuing with the same example, if your recipe needs to call the | ||
1199 | class version of the function, it should call ``bar_do_foo``. | ||
1200 | Assuming ``do_foo`` was a shell function and ``EXPORT_FUNCTIONS`` was | ||
1201 | used as above, the recipe's function could conditionally call the | ||
1202 | class version of the function as follows: :: | ||
1203 | |||
1204 | do_foo() { | ||
1205 | if [ somecondition ] ; then | ||
1206 | bar_do_foo | ||
1207 | else | ||
1208 | # Do something else | ||
1209 | fi | ||
1210 | } | ||
1211 | |||
1212 | To call your modified version of the function as defined in your recipe, | ||
1213 | call it as ``do_foo``. | ||
1214 | |||
1215 | With these conditions met, your single recipe can freely choose between | ||
1216 | the original function as defined in the class file and the modified | ||
1217 | function in your recipe. If you do not set up these conditions, you are | ||
1218 | limited to using one function or the other. | ||
1219 | |||
1220 | Tasks | ||
1221 | ===== | ||
1222 | |||
1223 | Tasks are BitBake execution units that make up the steps that BitBake | ||
1224 | can run for a given recipe. Tasks are only supported in recipes and | ||
1225 | classes (i.e. in ``.bb`` files and files included or inherited from | ||
1226 | ``.bb`` files). By convention, tasks have names that start with "do\_". | ||
1227 | |||
1228 | Promoting a Function to a Task | ||
1229 | ------------------------------ | ||
1230 | |||
1231 | Tasks are either :ref:`shell functions <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:shell functions>` or | ||
1232 | :ref:`BitBake-style Python functions <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:bitbake-style python functions>` | ||
1233 | that have been promoted to tasks by using the ``addtask`` command. The | ||
1234 | ``addtask`` command can also optionally describe dependencies between | ||
1235 | the task and other tasks. Here is an example that shows how to define a | ||
1236 | task and declare some dependencies: :: | ||
1237 | |||
1238 | python do_printdate () { | ||
1239 | import time | ||
1240 | print time.strftime('%Y%m%d', time.gmtime()) | ||
1241 | } | ||
1242 | addtask printdate after do_fetch before do_build | ||
1243 | |||
1244 | The first argument to ``addtask`` is the name | ||
1245 | of the function to promote to a task. If the name does not start with | ||
1246 | "do\_", "do\_" is implicitly added, which enforces the convention that all | ||
1247 | task names start with "do\_". | ||
1248 | |||
1249 | In the previous example, the ``do_printdate`` task becomes a dependency | ||
1250 | of the ``do_build`` task, which is the default task (i.e. the task run | ||
1251 | by the ``bitbake`` command unless another task is specified explicitly). | ||
1252 | Additionally, the ``do_printdate`` task becomes dependent upon the | ||
1253 | ``do_fetch`` task. Running the ``do_build`` task results in the | ||
1254 | ``do_printdate`` task running first. | ||
1255 | |||
1256 | .. note:: | ||
1257 | |||
1258 | If you try out the previous example, you might see that the | ||
1259 | ``do_printdate`` | ||
1260 | task is only run the first time you build the recipe with the | ||
1261 | ``bitbake`` | ||
1262 | command. This is because BitBake considers the task "up-to-date" | ||
1263 | after that initial run. If you want to force the task to always be | ||
1264 | rerun for experimentation purposes, you can make BitBake always | ||
1265 | consider the task "out-of-date" by using the | ||
1266 | :ref:`[nostamp] <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:Variable Flags>` | ||
1267 | variable flag, as follows: :: | ||
1268 | |||
1269 | do_printdate[nostamp] = "1" | ||
1270 | |||
1271 | You can also explicitly run the task and provide the | ||
1272 | -f option as follows: :: | ||
1273 | |||
1274 | $ bitbake recipe -c printdate -f | ||
1275 | |||
1276 | When manually selecting a task to run with the bitbake ``recipe | ||
1277 | -c task`` command, you can omit the "do\_" prefix as part of the task | ||
1278 | name. | ||
1279 | |||
1280 | You might wonder about the practical effects of using ``addtask`` | ||
1281 | without specifying any dependencies as is done in the following example: :: | ||
1282 | |||
1283 | addtask printdate | ||
1284 | |||
1285 | In this example, assuming dependencies have not been | ||
1286 | added through some other means, the only way to run the task is by | ||
1287 | explicitly selecting it with ``bitbake`` recipe ``-c printdate``. You | ||
1288 | can use the ``do_listtasks`` task to list all tasks defined in a recipe | ||
1289 | as shown in the following example: :: | ||
1290 | |||
1291 | $ bitbake recipe -c listtasks | ||
1292 | |||
1293 | For more information on task dependencies, see the | ||
1294 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" section. | ||
1295 | |||
1296 | See the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags`" section for information | ||
1297 | on variable flags you can use with tasks. | ||
1298 | |||
1299 | Deleting a Task | ||
1300 | --------------- | ||
1301 | |||
1302 | As well as being able to add tasks, you can delete them. Simply use the | ||
1303 | ``deltask`` command to delete a task. For example, to delete the example | ||
1304 | task used in the previous sections, you would use: :: | ||
1305 | |||
1306 | deltask printdate | ||
1307 | |||
1308 | If you delete a task using the ``deltask`` command and the task has | ||
1309 | dependencies, the dependencies are not reconnected. For example, suppose | ||
1310 | you have three tasks named ``do_a``, ``do_b``, and ``do_c``. | ||
1311 | Furthermore, ``do_c`` is dependent on ``do_b``, which in turn is | ||
1312 | dependent on ``do_a``. Given this scenario, if you use ``deltask`` to | ||
1313 | delete ``do_b``, the implicit dependency relationship between ``do_c`` | ||
1314 | and ``do_a`` through ``do_b`` no longer exists, and ``do_c`` | ||
1315 | dependencies are not updated to include ``do_a``. Thus, ``do_c`` is free | ||
1316 | to run before ``do_a``. | ||
1317 | |||
1318 | If you want dependencies such as these to remain intact, use the | ||
1319 | ``[noexec]`` varflag to disable the task instead of using the | ||
1320 | ``deltask`` command to delete it: :: | ||
1321 | |||
1322 | do_b[noexec] = "1" | ||
1323 | |||
1324 | Passing Information Into the Build Task Environment | ||
1325 | --------------------------------------------------- | ||
1326 | |||
1327 | When running a task, BitBake tightly controls the shell execution | ||
1328 | environment of the build tasks to make sure unwanted contamination from | ||
1329 | the build machine cannot influence the build. | ||
1330 | |||
1331 | .. note:: | ||
1332 | |||
1333 | By default, BitBake cleans the environment to include only those | ||
1334 | things exported or listed in its whitelist to ensure that the build | ||
1335 | environment is reproducible and consistent. You can prevent this | ||
1336 | "cleaning" by setting the :term:`BB_PRESERVE_ENV` variable. | ||
1337 | |||
1338 | Consequently, if you do want something to get passed into the build task | ||
1339 | environment, you must take these two steps: | ||
1340 | |||
1341 | #. Tell BitBake to load what you want from the environment into the | ||
1342 | datastore. You can do so through the | ||
1343 | :term:`BB_ENV_WHITELIST` and | ||
1344 | :term:`BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE` variables. For | ||
1345 | example, assume you want to prevent the build system from accessing | ||
1346 | your ``$HOME/.ccache`` directory. The following command "whitelists" | ||
1347 | the environment variable ``CCACHE_DIR`` causing BitBake to allow that | ||
1348 | variable into the datastore: :: | ||
1349 | |||
1350 | export BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE="$BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE CCACHE_DIR" | ||
1351 | |||
1352 | #. Tell BitBake to export what you have loaded into the datastore to the | ||
1353 | task environment of every running task. Loading something from the | ||
1354 | environment into the datastore (previous step) only makes it | ||
1355 | available in the datastore. To export it to the task environment of | ||
1356 | every running task, use a command similar to the following in your | ||
1357 | local configuration file ``local.conf`` or your distribution | ||
1358 | configuration file: :: | ||
1359 | |||
1360 | export CCACHE_DIR | ||
1361 | |||
1362 | .. note:: | ||
1363 | |||
1364 | A side effect of the previous steps is that BitBake records the | ||
1365 | variable as a dependency of the build process in things like the | ||
1366 | setscene checksums. If doing so results in unnecessary rebuilds of | ||
1367 | tasks, you can whitelist the variable so that the setscene code | ||
1368 | ignores the dependency when it creates checksums. | ||
1369 | |||
1370 | Sometimes, it is useful to be able to obtain information from the | ||
1371 | original execution environment. BitBake saves a copy of the original | ||
1372 | environment into a special variable named :term:`BB_ORIGENV`. | ||
1373 | |||
1374 | The ``BB_ORIGENV`` variable returns a datastore object that can be | ||
1375 | queried using the standard datastore operators such as | ||
1376 | ``getVar(, False)``. The datastore object is useful, for example, to | ||
1377 | find the original ``DISPLAY`` variable. Here is an example: :: | ||
1378 | |||
1379 | origenv = d.getVar("BB_ORIGENV", False) | ||
1380 | bar = origenv.getVar("BAR", False) | ||
1381 | |||
1382 | The previous example returns ``BAR`` from the original execution | ||
1383 | environment. | ||
1384 | |||
1385 | Variable Flags | ||
1386 | ============== | ||
1387 | |||
1388 | Variable flags (varflags) help control a task's functionality and | ||
1389 | dependencies. BitBake reads and writes varflags to the datastore using | ||
1390 | the following command forms: :: | ||
1391 | |||
1392 | variable = d.getVarFlags("variable") | ||
1393 | self.d.setVarFlags("FOO", {"func": True}) | ||
1394 | |||
1395 | When working with varflags, the same syntax, with the exception of | ||
1396 | overrides, applies. In other words, you can set, append, and prepend | ||
1397 | varflags just like variables. See the | ||
1398 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flag syntax`" section for details. | ||
1399 | |||
1400 | BitBake has a defined set of varflags available for recipes and classes. | ||
1401 | Tasks support a number of these flags which control various | ||
1402 | functionality of the task: | ||
1403 | |||
1404 | - ``[cleandirs]``: Empty directories that should be created before | ||
1405 | the task runs. Directories that already exist are removed and | ||
1406 | recreated to empty them. | ||
1407 | |||
1408 | - ``[depends]``: Controls inter-task dependencies. See the | ||
1409 | :term:`DEPENDS` variable and the | ||
1410 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:inter-task | ||
1411 | dependencies`" section for more information. | ||
1412 | |||
1413 | - ``[deptask]``: Controls task build-time dependencies. See the | ||
1414 | :term:`DEPENDS` variable and the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:build dependencies`" section for more information. | ||
1415 | |||
1416 | - ``[dirs]``: Directories that should be created before the task | ||
1417 | runs. Directories that already exist are left as is. The last | ||
1418 | directory listed is used as the current working directory for the | ||
1419 | task. | ||
1420 | |||
1421 | - ``[lockfiles]``: Specifies one or more lockfiles to lock while the | ||
1422 | task executes. Only one task may hold a lockfile, and any task that | ||
1423 | attempts to lock an already locked file will block until the lock is | ||
1424 | released. You can use this variable flag to accomplish mutual | ||
1425 | exclusion. | ||
1426 | |||
1427 | - ``[noexec]``: When set to "1", marks the task as being empty, with | ||
1428 | no execution required. You can use the ``[noexec]`` flag to set up | ||
1429 | tasks as dependency placeholders, or to disable tasks defined | ||
1430 | elsewhere that are not needed in a particular recipe. | ||
1431 | |||
1432 | - ``[nostamp]``: When set to "1", tells BitBake to not generate a | ||
1433 | stamp file for a task, which implies the task should always be | ||
1434 | executed. | ||
1435 | |||
1436 | .. caution:: | ||
1437 | |||
1438 | Any task that depends (possibly indirectly) on a ``[nostamp]`` task will | ||
1439 | always be executed as well. This can cause unnecessary rebuilding if you | ||
1440 | are not careful. | ||
1441 | |||
1442 | - ``[number_threads]``: Limits tasks to a specific number of | ||
1443 | simultaneous threads during execution. This varflag is useful when | ||
1444 | your build host has a large number of cores but certain tasks need to | ||
1445 | be rate-limited due to various kinds of resource constraints (e.g. to | ||
1446 | avoid network throttling). ``number_threads`` works similarly to the | ||
1447 | :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable but is task-specific. | ||
1448 | |||
1449 | Set the value globally. For example, the following makes sure the | ||
1450 | ``do_fetch`` task uses no more than two simultaneous execution | ||
1451 | threads: do_fetch[number_threads] = "2" | ||
1452 | |||
1453 | .. warning:: | ||
1454 | |||
1455 | - Setting the varflag in individual recipes rather than globally | ||
1456 | can result in unpredictable behavior. | ||
1457 | |||
1458 | - Setting the varflag to a value greater than the value used in | ||
1459 | the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable causes ``number_threads`` to | ||
1460 | have no effect. | ||
1461 | |||
1462 | - ``[postfuncs]``: List of functions to call after the completion of | ||
1463 | the task. | ||
1464 | |||
1465 | - ``[prefuncs]``: List of functions to call before the task executes. | ||
1466 | |||
1467 | - ``[rdepends]``: Controls inter-task runtime dependencies. See the | ||
1468 | :term:`RDEPENDS` variable, the | ||
1469 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable, and the | ||
1470 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:inter-task dependencies`" section for | ||
1471 | more information. | ||
1472 | |||
1473 | - ``[rdeptask]``: Controls task runtime dependencies. See the | ||
1474 | :term:`RDEPENDS` variable, the | ||
1475 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable, and the | ||
1476 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:runtime dependencies`" section for more | ||
1477 | information. | ||
1478 | |||
1479 | - ``[recideptask]``: When set in conjunction with ``recrdeptask``, | ||
1480 | specifies a task that should be inspected for additional | ||
1481 | dependencies. | ||
1482 | |||
1483 | - ``[recrdeptask]``: Controls task recursive runtime dependencies. | ||
1484 | See the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable, the | ||
1485 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable, and the | ||
1486 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:recursive dependencies`" section for | ||
1487 | more information. | ||
1488 | |||
1489 | - ``[stamp-extra-info]``: Extra stamp information to append to the | ||
1490 | task's stamp. As an example, OpenEmbedded uses this flag to allow | ||
1491 | machine-specific tasks. | ||
1492 | |||
1493 | - ``[umask]``: The umask to run the task under. | ||
1494 | |||
1495 | Several varflags are useful for controlling how signatures are | ||
1496 | calculated for variables. For more information on this process, see the | ||
1497 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:checksums (signatures)`" section. | ||
1498 | |||
1499 | - ``[vardeps]``: Specifies a space-separated list of additional | ||
1500 | variables to add to a variable's dependencies for the purposes of | ||
1501 | calculating its signature. Adding variables to this list is useful, | ||
1502 | for example, when a function refers to a variable in a manner that | ||
1503 | does not allow BitBake to automatically determine that the variable | ||
1504 | is referred to. | ||
1505 | |||
1506 | - ``[vardepsexclude]``: Specifies a space-separated list of variables | ||
1507 | that should be excluded from a variable's dependencies for the | ||
1508 | purposes of calculating its signature. | ||
1509 | |||
1510 | - ``[vardepvalue]``: If set, instructs BitBake to ignore the actual | ||
1511 | value of the variable and instead use the specified value when | ||
1512 | calculating the variable's signature. | ||
1513 | |||
1514 | - ``[vardepvalueexclude]``: Specifies a pipe-separated list of | ||
1515 | strings to exclude from the variable's value when calculating the | ||
1516 | variable's signature. | ||
1517 | |||
1518 | Events | ||
1519 | ====== | ||
1520 | |||
1521 | BitBake allows installation of event handlers within recipe and class | ||
1522 | files. Events are triggered at certain points during operation, such as | ||
1523 | the beginning of operation against a given recipe (i.e. ``*.bb``), the | ||
1524 | start of a given task, a task failure, a task success, and so forth. The | ||
1525 | intent is to make it easy to do things like email notification on build | ||
1526 | failures. | ||
1527 | |||
1528 | Following is an example event handler that prints the name of the event | ||
1529 | and the content of the ``FILE`` variable: :: | ||
1530 | |||
1531 | addhandler myclass_eventhandler | ||
1532 | python myclass_eventhandler() { | ||
1533 | from bb.event import getName | ||
1534 | print("The name of the Event is %s" % getName(e)) | ||
1535 | print("The file we run for is %s" % d.getVar('FILE')) | ||
1536 | } | ||
1537 | myclass_eventhandler[eventmask] = "bb.event.BuildStarted | ||
1538 | bb.event.BuildCompleted" | ||
1539 | |||
1540 | In the previous example, an eventmask has been | ||
1541 | set so that the handler only sees the "BuildStarted" and | ||
1542 | "BuildCompleted" events. This event handler gets called every time an | ||
1543 | event matching the eventmask is triggered. A global variable "e" is | ||
1544 | defined, which represents the current event. With the ``getName(e)`` | ||
1545 | method, you can get the name of the triggered event. The global | ||
1546 | datastore is available as "d". In legacy code, you might see "e.data" | ||
1547 | used to get the datastore. However, realize that "e.data" is deprecated | ||
1548 | and you should use "d" going forward. | ||
1549 | |||
1550 | The context of the datastore is appropriate to the event in question. | ||
1551 | For example, "BuildStarted" and "BuildCompleted" events run before any | ||
1552 | tasks are executed so would be in the global configuration datastore | ||
1553 | namespace. No recipe-specific metadata exists in that namespace. The | ||
1554 | "BuildStarted" and "BuildCompleted" events also run in the main | ||
1555 | cooker/server process rather than any worker context. Thus, any changes | ||
1556 | made to the datastore would be seen by other cooker/server events within | ||
1557 | the current build but not seen outside of that build or in any worker | ||
1558 | context. Task events run in the actual tasks in question consequently | ||
1559 | have recipe-specific and task-specific contents. These events run in the | ||
1560 | worker context and are discarded at the end of task execution. | ||
1561 | |||
1562 | During a standard build, the following common events might occur. The | ||
1563 | following events are the most common kinds of events that most metadata | ||
1564 | might have an interest in viewing: | ||
1565 | |||
1566 | - ``bb.event.ConfigParsed()``: Fired when the base configuration; which | ||
1567 | consists of ``bitbake.conf``, ``base.bbclass`` and any global | ||
1568 | ``INHERIT`` statements; has been parsed. You can see multiple such | ||
1569 | events when each of the workers parse the base configuration or if | ||
1570 | the server changes configuration and reparses. Any given datastore | ||
1571 | only has one such event executed against it, however. If | ||
1572 | ```BB_INVALIDCONF`` <#>`__ is set in the datastore by the event | ||
1573 | handler, the configuration is reparsed and a new event triggered, | ||
1574 | allowing the metadata to update configuration. | ||
1575 | |||
1576 | - ``bb.event.HeartbeatEvent()``: Fires at regular time intervals of one | ||
1577 | second. You can configure the interval time using the | ||
1578 | ``BB_HEARTBEAT_EVENT`` variable. The event's "time" attribute is the | ||
1579 | ``time.time()`` value when the event is triggered. This event is | ||
1580 | useful for activities such as system state monitoring. | ||
1581 | |||
1582 | - ``bb.event.ParseStarted()``: Fired when BitBake is about to start | ||
1583 | parsing recipes. This event's "total" attribute represents the number | ||
1584 | of recipes BitBake plans to parse. | ||
1585 | |||
1586 | - ``bb.event.ParseProgress()``: Fired as parsing progresses. This | ||
1587 | event's "current" attribute is the number of recipes parsed as well | ||
1588 | as the "total" attribute. | ||
1589 | |||
1590 | - ``bb.event.ParseCompleted()``: Fired when parsing is complete. This | ||
1591 | event's "cached", "parsed", "skipped", "virtuals", "masked", and | ||
1592 | "errors" attributes provide statistics for the parsing results. | ||
1593 | |||
1594 | - ``bb.event.BuildStarted()``: Fired when a new build starts. BitBake | ||
1595 | fires multiple "BuildStarted" events (one per configuration) when | ||
1596 | multiple configuration (multiconfig) is enabled. | ||
1597 | |||
1598 | - ``bb.build.TaskStarted()``: Fired when a task starts. This event's | ||
1599 | "taskfile" attribute points to the recipe from which the task | ||
1600 | originates. The "taskname" attribute, which is the task's name, | ||
1601 | includes the ``do_`` prefix, and the "logfile" attribute point to | ||
1602 | where the task's output is stored. Finally, the "time" attribute is | ||
1603 | the task's execution start time. | ||
1604 | |||
1605 | - ``bb.build.TaskInvalid()``: Fired if BitBake tries to execute a task | ||
1606 | that does not exist. | ||
1607 | |||
1608 | - ``bb.build.TaskFailedSilent()``: Fired for setscene tasks that fail | ||
1609 | and should not be presented to the user verbosely. | ||
1610 | |||
1611 | - ``bb.build.TaskFailed()``: Fired for normal tasks that fail. | ||
1612 | |||
1613 | - ``bb.build.TaskSucceeded()``: Fired when a task successfully | ||
1614 | completes. | ||
1615 | |||
1616 | - ``bb.event.BuildCompleted()``: Fired when a build finishes. | ||
1617 | |||
1618 | - ``bb.cooker.CookerExit()``: Fired when the BitBake server/cooker | ||
1619 | shuts down. This event is usually only seen by the UIs as a sign they | ||
1620 | should also shutdown. | ||
1621 | |||
1622 | This next list of example events occur based on specific requests to the | ||
1623 | server. These events are often used to communicate larger pieces of | ||
1624 | information from the BitBake server to other parts of BitBake such as | ||
1625 | user interfaces: | ||
1626 | |||
1627 | - ``bb.event.TreeDataPreparationStarted()`` | ||
1628 | - ``bb.event.TreeDataPreparationProgress()`` | ||
1629 | - ``bb.event.TreeDataPreparationCompleted()`` | ||
1630 | - ``bb.event.DepTreeGenerated()`` | ||
1631 | - ``bb.event.CoreBaseFilesFound()`` | ||
1632 | - ``bb.event.ConfigFilePathFound()`` | ||
1633 | - ``bb.event.FilesMatchingFound()`` | ||
1634 | - ``bb.event.ConfigFilesFound()`` | ||
1635 | - ``bb.event.TargetsTreeGenerated()`` | ||
1636 | |||
1637 | .. _variants-class-extension-mechanism: | ||
1638 | |||
1639 | Variants - Class Extension Mechanism | ||
1640 | ==================================== | ||
1641 | |||
1642 | BitBake supports two features that facilitate creating from a single | ||
1643 | recipe file multiple incarnations of that recipe file where all | ||
1644 | incarnations are buildable. These features are enabled through the | ||
1645 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` and :term:`BBVERSIONS` variables. | ||
1646 | |||
1647 | .. note:: | ||
1648 | |||
1649 | The mechanism for this class extension is extremely specific to the | ||
1650 | implementation. Usually, the recipe's :term:`PROVIDES` , :term:`PN` , and | ||
1651 | :term:`DEPENDS` variables would need to be modified by the extension | ||
1652 | class. For specific examples, see the OE-Core native , nativesdk , and | ||
1653 | multilib classes. | ||
1654 | |||
1655 | - ``BBCLASSEXTEND``: This variable is a space separated list of | ||
1656 | classes used to "extend" the recipe for each variant. Here is an | ||
1657 | example that results in a second incarnation of the current recipe | ||
1658 | being available. This second incarnation will have the "native" class | ||
1659 | inherited. :: | ||
1660 | |||
1661 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" | ||
1662 | |||
1663 | - ``BBVERSIONS``: This variable allows a single recipe to build | ||
1664 | multiple versions of a project from a single recipe file. You can | ||
1665 | also specify conditional metadata (using the | ||
1666 | :term:`OVERRIDES` mechanism) for a single | ||
1667 | version, or an optionally named range of versions. Here is an | ||
1668 | example: :: | ||
1669 | |||
1670 | BBVERSIONS = "1.0 2.0 git" | ||
1671 | SRC_URI_git = "git://someurl/somepath.git" | ||
1672 | |||
1673 | BBVERSIONS = "1.0.[0-6]:1.0.0+ 1.0.[7-9]:1.0.7+" | ||
1674 | SRC_URI_append_1.0.7+ = "file://some_patch_which_the_new_versions_need.patch;patch=1" | ||
1675 | |||
1676 | The name of the range defaults to the original version of the recipe. For | ||
1677 | example, in OpenEmbedded, the recipe file ``foo_1.0.0+.bb`` creates a default | ||
1678 | name range of ``1.0.0+``. This is useful because the range name is not only | ||
1679 | placed into overrides, but it is also made available for the metadata to use | ||
1680 | in the variable that defines the base recipe versions for use in ``file://`` | ||
1681 | search paths (:term:`FILESPATH`). | ||
1682 | |||
1683 | Dependencies | ||
1684 | ============ | ||
1685 | |||
1686 | To allow for efficient parallel processing, BitBake handles dependencies | ||
1687 | at the task level. Dependencies can exist both between tasks within a | ||
1688 | single recipe and between tasks in different recipes. Following are | ||
1689 | examples of each: | ||
1690 | |||
1691 | - For tasks within a single recipe, a recipe's ``do_configure`` task | ||
1692 | might need to complete before its ``do_compile`` task can run. | ||
1693 | |||
1694 | - For tasks in different recipes, one recipe's ``do_configure`` task | ||
1695 | might require another recipe's ``do_populate_sysroot`` task to finish | ||
1696 | first such that the libraries and headers provided by the other | ||
1697 | recipe are available. | ||
1698 | |||
1699 | This section describes several ways to declare dependencies. Remember, | ||
1700 | even though dependencies are declared in different ways, they are all | ||
1701 | simply dependencies between tasks. | ||
1702 | |||
1703 | .. _dependencies-internal-to-the-bb-file: | ||
1704 | |||
1705 | Dependencies Internal to the ``.bb`` File | ||
1706 | ----------------------------------------- | ||
1707 | |||
1708 | BitBake uses the ``addtask`` directive to manage dependencies that are | ||
1709 | internal to a given recipe file. You can use the ``addtask`` directive | ||
1710 | to indicate when a task is dependent on other tasks or when other tasks | ||
1711 | depend on that recipe. Here is an example: :: | ||
1712 | |||
1713 | addtask printdate after do_fetch before do_build | ||
1714 | |||
1715 | In this example, the ``do_printdate`` task | ||
1716 | depends on the completion of the ``do_fetch`` task, and the ``do_build`` | ||
1717 | task depends on the completion of the ``do_printdate`` task. | ||
1718 | |||
1719 | .. note:: | ||
1720 | |||
1721 | For a task to run, it must be a direct or indirect dependency of some | ||
1722 | other task that is scheduled to run. | ||
1723 | |||
1724 | For illustration, here are some examples: | ||
1725 | |||
1726 | - The directive ``addtask mytask before do_configure`` causes | ||
1727 | ``do_mytask`` to run before ``do_configure`` runs. Be aware that | ||
1728 | ``do_mytask`` still only runs if its :ref:`input | ||
1729 | checksum <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:checksums (signatures)>` has changed since the last time it was | ||
1730 | run. Changes to the input checksum of ``do_mytask`` also | ||
1731 | indirectly cause ``do_configure`` to run. | ||
1732 | |||
1733 | - The directive ``addtask mytask after do_configure`` by itself | ||
1734 | never causes ``do_mytask`` to run. ``do_mytask`` can still be run | ||
1735 | manually as follows: :: | ||
1736 | |||
1737 | $ bitbake recipe -c mytask | ||
1738 | |||
1739 | Declaring ``do_mytask`` as a dependency of some other task that is | ||
1740 | scheduled to run also causes it to run. Regardless, the task runs after | ||
1741 | ``do_configure``. | ||
1742 | |||
1743 | Build Dependencies | ||
1744 | ------------------ | ||
1745 | |||
1746 | BitBake uses the :term:`DEPENDS` variable to manage | ||
1747 | build time dependencies. The ``[deptask]`` varflag for tasks signifies | ||
1748 | the task of each item listed in ``DEPENDS`` that must complete before | ||
1749 | that task can be executed. Here is an example: :: | ||
1750 | |||
1751 | do_configure[deptask] = "do_populate_sysroot" | ||
1752 | |||
1753 | In this example, the ``do_populate_sysroot`` task | ||
1754 | of each item in ``DEPENDS`` must complete before ``do_configure`` can | ||
1755 | execute. | ||
1756 | |||
1757 | Runtime Dependencies | ||
1758 | -------------------- | ||
1759 | |||
1760 | BitBake uses the :term:`PACKAGES`, :term:`RDEPENDS`, and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` | ||
1761 | variables to manage runtime dependencies. | ||
1762 | |||
1763 | The ``PACKAGES`` variable lists runtime packages. Each of those packages | ||
1764 | can have ``RDEPENDS`` and ``RRECOMMENDS`` runtime dependencies. The | ||
1765 | ``[rdeptask]`` flag for tasks is used to signify the task of each item | ||
1766 | runtime dependency which must have completed before that task can be | ||
1767 | executed. :: | ||
1768 | |||
1769 | do_package_qa[rdeptask] = "do_packagedata" | ||
1770 | |||
1771 | In the previous | ||
1772 | example, the ``do_packagedata`` task of each item in ``RDEPENDS`` must | ||
1773 | have completed before ``do_package_qa`` can execute. | ||
1774 | Although ``RDEPENDS`` contains entries from the | ||
1775 | runtime dependency namespace, BitBake knows how to map them back | ||
1776 | to the build-time dependency namespace, in which the tasks are defined. | ||
1777 | |||
1778 | Recursive Dependencies | ||
1779 | ---------------------- | ||
1780 | |||
1781 | BitBake uses the ``[recrdeptask]`` flag to manage recursive task | ||
1782 | dependencies. BitBake looks through the build-time and runtime | ||
1783 | dependencies of the current recipe, looks through the task's inter-task | ||
1784 | dependencies, and then adds dependencies for the listed task. Once | ||
1785 | BitBake has accomplished this, it recursively works through the | ||
1786 | dependencies of those tasks. Iterative passes continue until all | ||
1787 | dependencies are discovered and added. | ||
1788 | |||
1789 | The ``[recrdeptask]`` flag is most commonly used in high-level recipes | ||
1790 | that need to wait for some task to finish "globally". For example, | ||
1791 | ``image.bbclass`` has the following: :: | ||
1792 | |||
1793 | do_rootfs[recrdeptask] += "do_packagedata" | ||
1794 | |||
1795 | This statement says that the ``do_packagedata`` task of | ||
1796 | the current recipe and all recipes reachable (by way of dependencies) | ||
1797 | from the image recipe must run before the ``do_rootfs`` task can run. | ||
1798 | |||
1799 | BitBake allows a task to recursively depend on itself by | ||
1800 | referencing itself in the task list: :: | ||
1801 | |||
1802 | do_a[recrdeptask] = "do_a do_b" | ||
1803 | |||
1804 | In the same way as before, this means that the ``do_a`` | ||
1805 | and ``do_b`` tasks of the current recipe and all | ||
1806 | recipes reachable (by way of dependencies) from the recipe | ||
1807 | must run before the ``do_a`` task can run. In this | ||
1808 | case BitBake will ignore the current recipe's ``do_a`` | ||
1809 | task circular dependency on itself. | ||
1810 | |||
1811 | Inter-Task Dependencies | ||
1812 | ----------------------- | ||
1813 | |||
1814 | BitBake uses the ``[depends]`` flag in a more generic form to manage | ||
1815 | inter-task dependencies. This more generic form allows for | ||
1816 | inter-dependency checks for specific tasks rather than checks for the | ||
1817 | data in ``DEPENDS``. Here is an example: :: | ||
1818 | |||
1819 | do_patch[depends] = "quilt-native:do_populate_sysroot" | ||
1820 | |||
1821 | In this example, the ``do_populate_sysroot`` task of the target ``quilt-native`` | ||
1822 | must have completed before the ``do_patch`` task can execute. | ||
1823 | |||
1824 | The ``[rdepends]`` flag works in a similar way but takes targets in the | ||
1825 | runtime namespace instead of the build-time dependency namespace. | ||
1826 | |||
1827 | Functions You Can Call From Within Python | ||
1828 | ========================================= | ||
1829 | |||
1830 | BitBake provides many functions you can call from within Python | ||
1831 | functions. This section lists the most commonly used functions, and | ||
1832 | mentions where to find others. | ||
1833 | |||
1834 | Functions for Accessing Datastore Variables | ||
1835 | ------------------------------------------- | ||
1836 | |||
1837 | It is often necessary to access variables in the BitBake datastore using | ||
1838 | Python functions. The BitBake datastore has an API that allows you this | ||
1839 | access. Here is a list of available operations: | ||
1840 | |||
1841 | .. list-table:: | ||
1842 | :widths: auto | ||
1843 | :header-rows: 1 | ||
1844 | |||
1845 | * - *Operation* | ||
1846 | - *Description* | ||
1847 | * - ``d.getVar("X", expand)`` | ||
1848 | - Returns the value of variable "X". Using "expand=True" expands the | ||
1849 | value. Returns "None" if the variable "X" does not exist. | ||
1850 | * - ``d.setVar("X", "value")`` | ||
1851 | - Sets the variable "X" to "value" | ||
1852 | * - ``d.appendVar("X", "value")`` | ||
1853 | - Adds "value" to the end of the variable "X". Acts like ``d.setVar("X", | ||
1854 | "value")`` if the variable "X" does not exist. | ||
1855 | * - ``d.prependVar("X", "value")`` | ||
1856 | - Adds "value" to the start of the variable "X". Acts like | ||
1857 | ``d.setVar("X","value")`` if the variable "X" does not exist. | ||
1858 | * - ``d.delVar("X")`` | ||
1859 | - Deletes the variable "X" from the datastore. Does nothing if the variable | ||
1860 | "X" does not exist. | ||
1861 | * - ``d.renameVar("X", "Y")`` | ||
1862 | - Renames the variable "X" to "Y". Does nothing if the variable "X" does | ||
1863 | not exist. | ||
1864 | * - ``d.getVarFlag("X", flag, expand)`` | ||
1865 | - Returns the value of variable "X". Using "expand=True" expands the | ||
1866 | value. Returns "None" if either the variable "X" or the named flag does | ||
1867 | not exist. | ||
1868 | * - ``d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")`` | ||
1869 | - Sets the named flag for variable "X" to "value". | ||
1870 | * - ``d.appendVarFlag("X", flag, "value")`` | ||
1871 | - Appends "value" to the named flag on the variable "X". Acts like | ||
1872 | ``d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")`` if the named flag does not exist. | ||
1873 | * - ``d.prependVarFlag("X", flag, "value")`` | ||
1874 | - Prepends "value" to the named flag on the variable "X". Acts like | ||
1875 | ``d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")`` if the named flag does not exist. | ||
1876 | * - ``d.delVarFlag("X", flag)`` | ||
1877 | - Deletes the named flag on the variable "X" from the datastore. | ||
1878 | * - ``d.setVarFlags("X", flagsdict)`` | ||
1879 | - Sets the flags specified in the ``flagsdict()`` | ||
1880 | parameter. ``setVarFlags`` does not clear previous flags. Think of this | ||
1881 | operation as ``addVarFlags``. | ||
1882 | * - ``d.getVarFlags("X")`` | ||
1883 | - Returns a ``flagsdict`` of the flags for the variable "X". Returns "None" | ||
1884 | if the variable "X" does not exist. | ||
1885 | * - ``d.delVarFlags("X")`` | ||
1886 | - Deletes all the flags for the variable "X". Does nothing if the variable | ||
1887 | "X" does not exist. | ||
1888 | * - ``d.expand(expression)`` | ||
1889 | - Expands variable references in the specified string | ||
1890 | expression. References to variables that do not exist are left as is. For | ||
1891 | example, ``d.expand("foo ${X}")`` expands to the literal string "foo | ||
1892 | ${X}" if the variable "X" does not exist. | ||
1893 | |||
1894 | Other Functions | ||
1895 | --------------- | ||
1896 | |||
1897 | You can find many other functions that can be called from Python by | ||
1898 | looking at the source code of the ``bb`` module, which is in | ||
1899 | ``bitbake/lib/bb``. For example, ``bitbake/lib/bb/utils.py`` includes | ||
1900 | the commonly used functions ``bb.utils.contains()`` and | ||
1901 | ``bb.utils.mkdirhier()``, which come with docstrings. | ||
1902 | |||
1903 | Task Checksums and Setscene | ||
1904 | =========================== | ||
1905 | |||
1906 | BitBake uses checksums (or signatures) along with the setscene to | ||
1907 | determine if a task needs to be run. This section describes the process. | ||
1908 | To help understand how BitBake does this, the section assumes an | ||
1909 | OpenEmbedded metadata-based example. | ||
1910 | |||
1911 | These checksums are stored in :term:`STAMP`. You can | ||
1912 | examine the checksums using the following BitBake command: :: | ||
1913 | |||
1914 | $ bitbake-dumpsigs | ||
1915 | |||
1916 | This command returns the signature data in a readable | ||
1917 | format that allows you to examine the inputs used when the OpenEmbedded | ||
1918 | build system generates signatures. For example, using | ||
1919 | ``bitbake-dumpsigs`` allows you to examine the ``do_compile`` task's | ||
1920 | "sigdata" for a C application (e.g. ``bash``). Running the command also | ||
1921 | reveals that the "CC" variable is part of the inputs that are hashed. | ||
1922 | Any changes to this variable would invalidate the stamp and cause the | ||
1923 | ``do_compile`` task to run. | ||
1924 | |||
1925 | The following list describes related variables: | ||
1926 | |||
1927 | - :term:`BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION`: | ||
1928 | Specifies the name of the function to call during the "setscene" part | ||
1929 | of the task's execution in order to validate the list of task hashes. | ||
1930 | |||
1931 | - :term:`BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID`: | ||
1932 | Specifies a function BitBake calls that determines whether BitBake | ||
1933 | requires a setscene dependency to be met. | ||
1934 | |||
1935 | - :term:`BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2`: | ||
1936 | Specifies a function to call that verifies the list of planned task | ||
1937 | execution before the main task execution happens. | ||
1938 | |||
1939 | - :term:`BB_STAMP_POLICY`: Defines the mode | ||
1940 | for comparing timestamps of stamp files. | ||
1941 | |||
1942 | - :term:`BB_STAMP_WHITELIST`: Lists stamp | ||
1943 | files that are looked at when the stamp policy is "whitelist". | ||
1944 | |||
1945 | - :term:`BB_TASKHASH`: Within an executing task, | ||
1946 | this variable holds the hash of the task as returned by the currently | ||
1947 | enabled signature generator. | ||
1948 | |||
1949 | - :term:`STAMP`: The base path to create stamp files. | ||
1950 | |||
1951 | - :term:`STAMPCLEAN`: Again, the base path to | ||
1952 | create stamp files but can use wildcards for matching a range of | ||
1953 | files for clean operations. | ||
1954 | |||
1955 | Wildcard Support in Variables | ||
1956 | ============================= | ||
1957 | |||
1958 | Support for wildcard use in variables varies depending on the context in | ||
1959 | which it is used. For example, some variables and file names allow | ||
1960 | limited use of wildcards through the "``%``" and "``*``" characters. | ||
1961 | Other variables or names support Python's | ||
1962 | `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax, | ||
1963 | `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`_ | ||
1964 | syntax, or | ||
1965 | `Regular Expression (re) <https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html>`_ | ||
1966 | syntax. | ||
1967 | |||
1968 | For variables that have wildcard suport, the documentation describes | ||
1969 | which form of wildcard, its use, and its limitations. | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0ca5321618..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,2862 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <chapter id="bitbake-user-manual-metadata"> | ||
5 | <title>Syntax and Operators</title> | ||
6 | |||
7 | <para> | ||
8 | BitBake files have their own syntax. | ||
9 | The syntax has similarities to several | ||
10 | other languages but also has some unique features. | ||
11 | This section describes the available syntax and operators | ||
12 | as well as provides examples. | ||
13 | </para> | ||
14 | |||
15 | <section id='basic-syntax'> | ||
16 | <title>Basic Syntax</title> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <para> | ||
19 | This section provides some basic syntax examples. | ||
20 | </para> | ||
21 | |||
22 | <section id='basic-variable-setting'> | ||
23 | <title>Basic Variable Setting</title> | ||
24 | |||
25 | <para> | ||
26 | The following example sets <filename>VARIABLE</filename> to | ||
27 | "value". | ||
28 | This assignment occurs immediately as the statement is parsed. | ||
29 | It is a "hard" assignment. | ||
30 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
31 | VARIABLE = "value" | ||
32 | </literallayout> | ||
33 | As expected, if you include leading or trailing spaces as part of | ||
34 | an assignment, the spaces are retained: | ||
35 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
36 | VARIABLE = " value" | ||
37 | VARIABLE = "value " | ||
38 | </literallayout> | ||
39 | Setting <filename>VARIABLE</filename> to "" sets it to an empty string, | ||
40 | while setting the variable to " " sets it to a blank space | ||
41 | (i.e. these are not the same values). | ||
42 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
43 | VARIABLE = "" | ||
44 | VARIABLE = " " | ||
45 | </literallayout> | ||
46 | </para> | ||
47 | |||
48 | <para> | ||
49 | You can use single quotes instead of double quotes | ||
50 | when setting a variable's value. | ||
51 | Doing so allows you to use values that contain the double | ||
52 | quote character: | ||
53 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
54 | VARIABLE = 'I have a " in my value' | ||
55 | </literallayout> | ||
56 | <note> | ||
57 | Unlike in Bourne shells, single quotes work identically | ||
58 | to double quotes in all other ways. | ||
59 | They do not suppress variable expansions. | ||
60 | </note> | ||
61 | </para> | ||
62 | </section> | ||
63 | |||
64 | <section id='modifying-existing-variables'> | ||
65 | <title>Modifying Existing Variables</title> | ||
66 | |||
67 | <para> | ||
68 | Sometimes you need to modify existing variables. | ||
69 | Following are some cases where you might find you want to | ||
70 | modify an existing variable: | ||
71 | <itemizedlist> | ||
72 | <listitem><para> | ||
73 | Customize a recipe that uses the variable. | ||
74 | </para></listitem> | ||
75 | <listitem><para> | ||
76 | Change a variable's default value used in a | ||
77 | <filename>*.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
78 | </para></listitem> | ||
79 | <listitem><para> | ||
80 | Change the variable in a <filename>*.bbappend</filename> | ||
81 | file to override the variable in the original recipe. | ||
82 | </para></listitem> | ||
83 | <listitem><para> | ||
84 | Change the variable in a configuration file so that the | ||
85 | value overrides an existing configuration. | ||
86 | </para></listitem> | ||
87 | </itemizedlist> | ||
88 | </para> | ||
89 | |||
90 | <para> | ||
91 | Changing a variable value can sometimes depend on how the | ||
92 | value was originally assigned and also on the desired | ||
93 | intent of the change. | ||
94 | In particular, when you append a value to a variable that | ||
95 | has a default value, the resulting value might not be what | ||
96 | you expect. | ||
97 | In this case, the value you provide might replace the value | ||
98 | rather than append to the default value. | ||
99 | </para> | ||
100 | |||
101 | <para> | ||
102 | If after you have changed a variable's value and something | ||
103 | unexplained occurs, you can use BitBake to check the actual | ||
104 | value of the suspect variable. | ||
105 | You can make these checks for both configuration and recipe | ||
106 | level changes: | ||
107 | <itemizedlist> | ||
108 | <listitem><para> | ||
109 | For configuration changes, use the following: | ||
110 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
111 | $ bitbake -e | ||
112 | </literallayout> | ||
113 | This command displays variable values after the | ||
114 | configuration files (i.e. <filename>local.conf</filename>, | ||
115 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename>, | ||
116 | <filename>bitbake.conf</filename> and so forth) have | ||
117 | been parsed. | ||
118 | <note> | ||
119 | Variables that are exported to the environment are | ||
120 | preceded by the string "export" in the command's | ||
121 | output. | ||
122 | </note> | ||
123 | </para></listitem> | ||
124 | <listitem><para> | ||
125 | For recipe changes, use the following: | ||
126 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
127 | $ bitbake <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> -e | grep VARIABLE=" | ||
128 | </literallayout> | ||
129 | This command checks to see if the variable actually | ||
130 | makes it into a specific recipe. | ||
131 | </para></listitem> | ||
132 | </itemizedlist> | ||
133 | </para> | ||
134 | </section> | ||
135 | |||
136 | <section id='line-joining'> | ||
137 | <title>Line Joining</title> | ||
138 | |||
139 | <para> | ||
140 | Outside of | ||
141 | <link linkend='functions'>functions</link>, BitBake joins | ||
142 | any line ending in a backslash character ("\") | ||
143 | with the following line before parsing statements. | ||
144 | The most common use for the "\" character is to split variable | ||
145 | assignments over multiple lines, as in the following example: | ||
146 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
147 | FOO = "bar \ | ||
148 | baz \ | ||
149 | qaz" | ||
150 | </literallayout> | ||
151 | Both the "\" character and the newline character | ||
152 | that follow it are removed when joining lines. | ||
153 | Thus, no newline characters end up in the value of | ||
154 | <filename>FOO</filename>. | ||
155 | </para> | ||
156 | |||
157 | <para> | ||
158 | Consider this additional example where the two | ||
159 | assignments both assign "barbaz" to | ||
160 | <filename>FOO</filename>: | ||
161 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
162 | FOO = "barbaz" | ||
163 | |||
164 | FOO = "bar\ | ||
165 | baz" | ||
166 | </literallayout> | ||
167 | <note> | ||
168 | BitBake does not interpret escape sequences like | ||
169 | "\n" in variable values. | ||
170 | For these to have an effect, the value must be passed | ||
171 | to some utility that interprets escape sequences, | ||
172 | such as <filename>printf</filename> or | ||
173 | <filename>echo -n</filename>. | ||
174 | </note> | ||
175 | </para> | ||
176 | </section> | ||
177 | |||
178 | <section id='variable-expansion'> | ||
179 | <title>Variable Expansion</title> | ||
180 | |||
181 | <para> | ||
182 | Variables can reference the contents of other variables | ||
183 | using a syntax that is similar to variable expansion in | ||
184 | Bourne shells. | ||
185 | The following assignments | ||
186 | result in A containing "aval" and B evaluating to "preavalpost". | ||
187 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
188 | A = "aval" | ||
189 | B = "pre${A}post" | ||
190 | </literallayout> | ||
191 | <note> | ||
192 | Unlike in Bourne shells, the curly braces are mandatory: | ||
193 | Only <filename>${FOO}</filename> and not | ||
194 | <filename>$FOO</filename> is recognized as an expansion of | ||
195 | <filename>FOO</filename>. | ||
196 | </note> | ||
197 | The "=" operator does not immediately expand variable | ||
198 | references in the right-hand side. | ||
199 | Instead, expansion is deferred until the variable assigned to | ||
200 | is actually used. | ||
201 | The result depends on the current values of the referenced | ||
202 | variables. | ||
203 | The following example should clarify this behavior: | ||
204 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
205 | A = "${B} baz" | ||
206 | B = "${C} bar" | ||
207 | C = "foo" | ||
208 | *At this point, ${A} equals "foo bar baz"* | ||
209 | C = "qux" | ||
210 | *At this point, ${A} equals "qux bar baz"* | ||
211 | B = "norf" | ||
212 | *At this point, ${A} equals "norf baz"* | ||
213 | </literallayout> | ||
214 | Contrast this behavior with the | ||
215 | <link linkend='immediate-variable-expansion'>immediate variable expansion</link> | ||
216 | operator (i.e. ":="). | ||
217 | </para> | ||
218 | |||
219 | <para> | ||
220 | If the variable expansion syntax is used on a variable that | ||
221 | does not exist, the string is kept as is. | ||
222 | For example, given the following assignment, | ||
223 | <filename>BAR</filename> expands to the literal string | ||
224 | "${FOO}" as long as <filename>FOO</filename> does not exist. | ||
225 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
226 | BAR = "${FOO}" | ||
227 | </literallayout> | ||
228 | </para> | ||
229 | </section> | ||
230 | |||
231 | <section id='setting-a-default-value'> | ||
232 | <title>Setting a default value (?=)</title> | ||
233 | |||
234 | <para> | ||
235 | You can use the "?=" operator to achieve a "softer" assignment | ||
236 | for a variable. | ||
237 | This type of assignment allows you to define a variable if it | ||
238 | is undefined when the statement is parsed, but to leave the | ||
239 | value alone if the variable has a value. | ||
240 | Here is an example: | ||
241 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
242 | A ?= "aval" | ||
243 | </literallayout> | ||
244 | If <filename>A</filename> is set at the time this statement is parsed, | ||
245 | the variable retains its value. | ||
246 | However, if <filename>A</filename> is not set, | ||
247 | the variable is set to "aval". | ||
248 | <note> | ||
249 | This assignment is immediate. | ||
250 | Consequently, if multiple "?=" assignments | ||
251 | to a single variable exist, the first of those ends up getting | ||
252 | used. | ||
253 | </note> | ||
254 | </para> | ||
255 | </section> | ||
256 | |||
257 | <section id='setting-a-weak-default-value'> | ||
258 | <title>Setting a weak default value (??=)</title> | ||
259 | |||
260 | <para> | ||
261 | It is possible to use a "weaker" assignment than in the | ||
262 | previous section by using the "??=" operator. | ||
263 | This assignment behaves identical to "?=" except that the | ||
264 | assignment is made at the end of the parsing process rather | ||
265 | than immediately. | ||
266 | Consequently, when multiple "??=" assignments exist, the last | ||
267 | one is used. | ||
268 | Also, any "=" or "?=" assignment will override the value set with | ||
269 | "??=". | ||
270 | Here is an example: | ||
271 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
272 | A ??= "somevalue" | ||
273 | A ??= "someothervalue" | ||
274 | </literallayout> | ||
275 | If <filename>A</filename> is set before the above statements are parsed, | ||
276 | the variable retains its value. | ||
277 | If <filename>A</filename> is not set, | ||
278 | the variable is set to "someothervalue". | ||
279 | </para> | ||
280 | |||
281 | <para> | ||
282 | Again, this assignment is a "lazy" or "weak" assignment | ||
283 | because it does not occur until the end | ||
284 | of the parsing process. | ||
285 | </para> | ||
286 | </section> | ||
287 | |||
288 | <section id='immediate-variable-expansion'> | ||
289 | <title>Immediate variable expansion (:=)</title> | ||
290 | |||
291 | <para> | ||
292 | The ":=" operator results in a variable's | ||
293 | contents being expanded immediately, | ||
294 | rather than when the variable is actually used: | ||
295 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
296 | T = "123" | ||
297 | A := "test ${T}" | ||
298 | T = "456" | ||
299 | B := "${T} ${C}" | ||
300 | C = "cval" | ||
301 | C := "${C}append" | ||
302 | </literallayout> | ||
303 | In this example, <filename>A</filename> contains | ||
304 | "test 123", even though the final value of <filename>T</filename> | ||
305 | is "456". | ||
306 | The variable <filename>B</filename> will end up containing "456 cvalappend". | ||
307 | This is because references to undefined variables are preserved as is | ||
308 | during (immediate)expansion. This is in contrast to GNU Make, where undefined | ||
309 | variables expand to nothing. | ||
310 | The variable <filename>C</filename> | ||
311 | contains "cvalappend" since <filename>${C}</filename> immediately | ||
312 | expands to "cval". | ||
313 | </para> | ||
314 | </section> | ||
315 | |||
316 | <section id='appending-and-prepending'> | ||
317 | <title>Appending (+=) and prepending (=+) With Spaces</title> | ||
318 | |||
319 | <para> | ||
320 | Appending and prepending values is common and can be accomplished | ||
321 | using the "+=" and "=+" operators. | ||
322 | These operators insert a space between the current | ||
323 | value and prepended or appended value. | ||
324 | </para> | ||
325 | |||
326 | <para> | ||
327 | These operators take immediate effect during parsing. | ||
328 | Here are some examples: | ||
329 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
330 | B = "bval" | ||
331 | B += "additionaldata" | ||
332 | C = "cval" | ||
333 | C =+ "test" | ||
334 | </literallayout> | ||
335 | The variable <filename>B</filename> contains | ||
336 | "bval additionaldata" and <filename>C</filename> | ||
337 | contains "test cval". | ||
338 | </para> | ||
339 | </section> | ||
340 | |||
341 | <section id='appending-and-prepending-without-spaces'> | ||
342 | <title>Appending (.=) and Prepending (=.) Without Spaces</title> | ||
343 | |||
344 | <para> | ||
345 | If you want to append or prepend values without an | ||
346 | inserted space, use the ".=" and "=." operators. | ||
347 | </para> | ||
348 | |||
349 | <para> | ||
350 | These operators take immediate effect during parsing. | ||
351 | Here are some examples: | ||
352 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
353 | B = "bval" | ||
354 | B .= "additionaldata" | ||
355 | C = "cval" | ||
356 | C =. "test" | ||
357 | </literallayout> | ||
358 | The variable <filename>B</filename> contains | ||
359 | "bvaladditionaldata" and | ||
360 | <filename>C</filename> contains "testcval". | ||
361 | </para> | ||
362 | </section> | ||
363 | |||
364 | <section id='appending-and-prepending-override-style-syntax'> | ||
365 | <title>Appending and Prepending (Override Style Syntax)</title> | ||
366 | |||
367 | <para> | ||
368 | You can also append and prepend a variable's value | ||
369 | using an override style syntax. | ||
370 | When you use this syntax, no spaces are inserted. | ||
371 | </para> | ||
372 | |||
373 | <para> | ||
374 | These operators differ from the ":=", ".=", "=.", "+=", and "=+" | ||
375 | operators in that their effects are applied at variable | ||
376 | expansion time rather than being immediately applied. | ||
377 | Here are some examples: | ||
378 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
379 | B = "bval" | ||
380 | B_append = " additional data" | ||
381 | C = "cval" | ||
382 | C_prepend = "additional data " | ||
383 | D = "dval" | ||
384 | D_append = "additional data" | ||
385 | </literallayout> | ||
386 | The variable <filename>B</filename> becomes | ||
387 | "bval additional data" and <filename>C</filename> becomes | ||
388 | "additional data cval". | ||
389 | The variable <filename>D</filename> becomes | ||
390 | "dvaladditional data". | ||
391 | <note> | ||
392 | You must control all spacing when you use the | ||
393 | override syntax. | ||
394 | </note> | ||
395 | </para> | ||
396 | |||
397 | <para> | ||
398 | It is also possible to append and prepend to shell | ||
399 | functions and BitBake-style Python functions. | ||
400 | See the | ||
401 | "<link linkend='shell-functions'>Shell Functions</link>" and | ||
402 | "<link linkend='bitbake-style-python-functions'>BitBake-Style Python Functions</link> | ||
403 | sections for examples. | ||
404 | </para> | ||
405 | </section> | ||
406 | |||
407 | <section id='removing-override-style-syntax'> | ||
408 | <title>Removal (Override Style Syntax)</title> | ||
409 | |||
410 | <para> | ||
411 | You can remove values from lists using the removal | ||
412 | override style syntax. | ||
413 | Specifying a value for removal causes all occurrences of that | ||
414 | value to be removed from the variable. | ||
415 | </para> | ||
416 | |||
417 | <para> | ||
418 | When you use this syntax, BitBake expects one or more strings. | ||
419 | Surrounding spaces and spacing are preserved. | ||
420 | Here is an example: | ||
421 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
422 | FOO = "123 456 789 123456 123 456 123 456" | ||
423 | FOO_remove = "123" | ||
424 | FOO_remove = "456" | ||
425 | FOO2 = " abc def ghi abcdef abc def abc def def" | ||
426 | FOO2_remove = " \ | ||
427 | def \ | ||
428 | abc \ | ||
429 | ghi \ | ||
430 | " | ||
431 | </literallayout> | ||
432 | The variable <filename>FOO</filename> becomes | ||
433 | " 789 123456 " | ||
434 | and <filename>FOO2</filename> becomes | ||
435 | " abcdef ". | ||
436 | </para> | ||
437 | |||
438 | <para> | ||
439 | Like "_append" and "_prepend", "_remove" | ||
440 | is applied at variable expansion time. | ||
441 | </para> | ||
442 | </section> | ||
443 | |||
444 | <section id='override-style-operation-advantages'> | ||
445 | <title>Override Style Operation Advantages</title> | ||
446 | |||
447 | <para> | ||
448 | An advantage of the override style operations | ||
449 | "_append", "_prepend", and "_remove" as compared to the | ||
450 | "+=" and "=+" operators is that the override style | ||
451 | operators provide guaranteed operations. | ||
452 | For example, consider a class <filename>foo.bbclass</filename> | ||
453 | that needs to add the value "val" to the variable | ||
454 | <filename>FOO</filename>, and a recipe that uses | ||
455 | <filename>foo.bbclass</filename> as follows: | ||
456 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
457 | inherit foo | ||
458 | |||
459 | FOO = "initial" | ||
460 | </literallayout> | ||
461 | If <filename>foo.bbclass</filename> uses the "+=" operator, | ||
462 | as follows, then the final value of <filename>FOO</filename> | ||
463 | will be "initial", which is not what is desired: | ||
464 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
465 | FOO += "val" | ||
466 | </literallayout> | ||
467 | If, on the other hand, <filename>foo.bbclass</filename> | ||
468 | uses the "_append" operator, then the final value of | ||
469 | <filename>FOO</filename> will be "initial val", as intended: | ||
470 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
471 | FOO_append = " val" | ||
472 | </literallayout> | ||
473 | <note> | ||
474 | It is never necessary to use "+=" together with "_append". | ||
475 | The following sequence of assignments appends "barbaz" to | ||
476 | <filename>FOO</filename>: | ||
477 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
478 | FOO_append = "bar" | ||
479 | FOO_append = "baz" | ||
480 | </literallayout> | ||
481 | The only effect of changing the second assignment in the | ||
482 | previous example to use "+=" would be to add a space before | ||
483 | "baz" in the appended value (due to how the "+=" operator | ||
484 | works). | ||
485 | </note> | ||
486 | Another advantage of the override style operations is that | ||
487 | you can combine them with other overrides as described in the | ||
488 | "<link linkend='conditional-syntax-overrides'>Conditional Syntax (Overrides)</link>" | ||
489 | section. | ||
490 | </para> | ||
491 | </section> | ||
492 | |||
493 | <section id='variable-flag-syntax'> | ||
494 | <title>Variable Flag Syntax</title> | ||
495 | |||
496 | <para> | ||
497 | Variable flags are BitBake's implementation of variable properties | ||
498 | or attributes. | ||
499 | It is a way of tagging extra information onto a variable. | ||
500 | You can find more out about variable flags in general in the | ||
501 | "<link linkend='variable-flags'>Variable Flags</link>" | ||
502 | section. | ||
503 | </para> | ||
504 | |||
505 | <para> | ||
506 | You can define, append, and prepend values to variable flags. | ||
507 | All the standard syntax operations previously mentioned work | ||
508 | for variable flags except for override style syntax | ||
509 | (i.e. "_prepend", "_append", and "_remove"). | ||
510 | </para> | ||
511 | |||
512 | <para> | ||
513 | Here are some examples showing how to set variable flags: | ||
514 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
515 | FOO[a] = "abc" | ||
516 | FOO[b] = "123" | ||
517 | FOO[a] += "456" | ||
518 | </literallayout> | ||
519 | The variable <filename>FOO</filename> has two flags: | ||
520 | <filename>[a]</filename> and <filename>[b]</filename>. | ||
521 | The flags are immediately set to "abc" and "123", respectively. | ||
522 | The <filename>[a]</filename> flag becomes "abc 456". | ||
523 | </para> | ||
524 | |||
525 | <para> | ||
526 | No need exists to pre-define variable flags. | ||
527 | You can simply start using them. | ||
528 | One extremely common application | ||
529 | is to attach some brief documentation to a BitBake variable as | ||
530 | follows: | ||
531 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
532 | CACHE[doc] = "The directory holding the cache of the metadata." | ||
533 | </literallayout> | ||
534 | </para> | ||
535 | </section> | ||
536 | |||
537 | <section id='inline-python-variable-expansion'> | ||
538 | <title>Inline Python Variable Expansion</title> | ||
539 | |||
540 | <para> | ||
541 | You can use inline Python variable expansion to | ||
542 | set variables. | ||
543 | Here is an example: | ||
544 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
545 | DATE = "${@time.strftime('%Y%m%d',time.gmtime())}" | ||
546 | </literallayout> | ||
547 | This example results in the <filename>DATE</filename> | ||
548 | variable being set to the current date. | ||
549 | </para> | ||
550 | |||
551 | <para> | ||
552 | Probably the most common use of this feature is to extract | ||
553 | the value of variables from BitBake's internal data dictionary, | ||
554 | <filename>d</filename>. | ||
555 | The following lines select the values of a package name | ||
556 | and its version number, respectively: | ||
557 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
558 | PN = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[0] or 'defaultpkgname'}" | ||
559 | PV = "${@bb.parse.BBHandler.vars_from_file(d.getVar('FILE', False),d)[1] or '1.0'}" | ||
560 | </literallayout> | ||
561 | <note> | ||
562 | Inline Python expressions work just like variable expansions | ||
563 | insofar as the "=" and ":=" operators are concerned. | ||
564 | Given the following assignment, <filename>foo()</filename> | ||
565 | is called each time <filename>FOO</filename> is expanded: | ||
566 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
567 | FOO = "${@foo()}" | ||
568 | </literallayout> | ||
569 | Contrast this with the following immediate assignment, where | ||
570 | <filename>foo()</filename> is only called once, while the | ||
571 | assignment is parsed: | ||
572 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
573 | FOO := "${@foo()}" | ||
574 | </literallayout> | ||
575 | </note> | ||
576 | For a different way to set variables with Python code during | ||
577 | parsing, see the | ||
578 | "<link linkend='anonymous-python-functions'>Anonymous Python Functions</link>" | ||
579 | section. | ||
580 | </para> | ||
581 | </section> | ||
582 | |||
583 | <section id='unsetting-variables'> | ||
584 | <title>Unsetting variables</title> | ||
585 | |||
586 | <para> | ||
587 | It is possible to completely remove a variable or a variable flag | ||
588 | from BitBake's internal data dictionary by using the "unset" keyword. | ||
589 | Here is an example: | ||
590 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
591 | unset DATE | ||
592 | unset do_fetch[noexec] | ||
593 | </literallayout> | ||
594 | These two statements remove the <filename>DATE</filename> and the | ||
595 | <filename>do_fetch[noexec]</filename> flag. | ||
596 | </para> | ||
597 | |||
598 | </section> | ||
599 | |||
600 | <section id='providing-pathnames'> | ||
601 | <title>Providing Pathnames</title> | ||
602 | |||
603 | <para> | ||
604 | When specifying pathnames for use with BitBake, | ||
605 | do not use the tilde ("~") character as a shortcut | ||
606 | for your home directory. | ||
607 | Doing so might cause BitBake to not recognize the | ||
608 | path since BitBake does not expand this character in | ||
609 | the same way a shell would. | ||
610 | </para> | ||
611 | |||
612 | <para> | ||
613 | Instead, provide a fuller path as the following | ||
614 | example illustrates: | ||
615 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
616 | BBLAYERS ?= " \ | ||
617 | /home/scott-lenovo/LayerA \ | ||
618 | " | ||
619 | </literallayout> | ||
620 | </para> | ||
621 | </section> | ||
622 | </section> | ||
623 | |||
624 | <section id='exporting-variables-to-the-environment'> | ||
625 | <title>Exporting Variables to the Environment</title> | ||
626 | |||
627 | <para> | ||
628 | You can export variables to the environment of running | ||
629 | tasks by using the <filename>export</filename> keyword. | ||
630 | For example, in the following example, the | ||
631 | <filename>do_foo</filename> task prints "value from | ||
632 | the environment" when run: | ||
633 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
634 | export ENV_VARIABLE | ||
635 | ENV_VARIABLE = "value from the environment" | ||
636 | |||
637 | do_foo() { | ||
638 | bbplain "$ENV_VARIABLE" | ||
639 | } | ||
640 | </literallayout> | ||
641 | <note> | ||
642 | BitBake does not expand <filename>$ENV_VARIABLE</filename> | ||
643 | in this case because it lacks the obligatory | ||
644 | <filename>{}</filename>. | ||
645 | Rather, <filename>$ENV_VARIABLE</filename> is expanded | ||
646 | by the shell. | ||
647 | </note> | ||
648 | It does not matter whether | ||
649 | <filename>export ENV_VARIABLE</filename> appears before or | ||
650 | after assignments to <filename>ENV_VARIABLE</filename>. | ||
651 | </para> | ||
652 | |||
653 | <para> | ||
654 | It is also possible to combine <filename>export</filename> | ||
655 | with setting a value for the variable. | ||
656 | Here is an example: | ||
657 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
658 | export ENV_VARIABLE = "<replaceable>variable-value</replaceable>" | ||
659 | </literallayout> | ||
660 | In the output of <filename>bitbake -e</filename>, variables | ||
661 | that are exported to the environment are preceded by "export". | ||
662 | </para> | ||
663 | |||
664 | <para> | ||
665 | Among the variables commonly exported to the environment | ||
666 | are <filename>CC</filename> and <filename>CFLAGS</filename>, | ||
667 | which are picked up by many build systems. | ||
668 | </para> | ||
669 | </section> | ||
670 | |||
671 | <section id='conditional-syntax-overrides'> | ||
672 | <title>Conditional Syntax (Overrides)</title> | ||
673 | |||
674 | <para> | ||
675 | BitBake uses | ||
676 | <link linkend='var-bb-OVERRIDES'><filename>OVERRIDES</filename></link> | ||
677 | to control what variables are overridden after BitBake | ||
678 | parses recipes and configuration files. | ||
679 | This section describes how you can use | ||
680 | <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> as conditional metadata, | ||
681 | talks about key expansion in relationship to | ||
682 | <filename>OVERRIDES</filename>, and provides some examples | ||
683 | to help with understanding. | ||
684 | </para> | ||
685 | |||
686 | <section id='conditional-metadata'> | ||
687 | <title>Conditional Metadata</title> | ||
688 | |||
689 | <para> | ||
690 | You can use <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> to conditionally select | ||
691 | a specific version of a variable and to conditionally | ||
692 | append or prepend the value of a variable. | ||
693 | <note> | ||
694 | Overrides can only use lower-case characters. | ||
695 | Additionally, underscores are not permitted in override names | ||
696 | as they are used to separate overrides from each other and | ||
697 | from the variable name. | ||
698 | </note> | ||
699 | <itemizedlist> | ||
700 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Selecting a Variable:</emphasis> | ||
701 | The <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> variable is | ||
702 | a colon-character-separated list that contains items | ||
703 | for which you want to satisfy conditions. | ||
704 | Thus, if you have a variable that is conditional on “armâ€, and “arm†| ||
705 | is in <filename>OVERRIDES</filename>, then the “armâ€-specific | ||
706 | version of the variable is used rather than the non-conditional | ||
707 | version. | ||
708 | Here is an example: | ||
709 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
710 | OVERRIDES = "architecture:os:machine" | ||
711 | TEST = "default" | ||
712 | TEST_os = "osspecific" | ||
713 | TEST_nooverride = "othercondvalue" | ||
714 | </literallayout> | ||
715 | In this example, the <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> | ||
716 | variable lists three overrides: | ||
717 | "architecture", "os", and "machine". | ||
718 | The variable <filename>TEST</filename> by itself has a default | ||
719 | value of "default". | ||
720 | You select the os-specific version of the <filename>TEST</filename> | ||
721 | variable by appending the "os" override to the variable | ||
722 | (i.e.<filename>TEST_os</filename>). | ||
723 | </para> | ||
724 | |||
725 | <para> | ||
726 | To better understand this, consider a practical example | ||
727 | that assumes an OpenEmbedded metadata-based Linux | ||
728 | kernel recipe file. | ||
729 | The following lines from the recipe file first set | ||
730 | the kernel branch variable <filename>KBRANCH</filename> | ||
731 | to a default value, then conditionally override that | ||
732 | value based on the architecture of the build: | ||
733 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
734 | KBRANCH = "standard/base" | ||
735 | KBRANCH_qemuarm = "standard/arm-versatile-926ejs" | ||
736 | KBRANCH_qemumips = "standard/mti-malta32" | ||
737 | KBRANCH_qemuppc = "standard/qemuppc" | ||
738 | KBRANCH_qemux86 = "standard/common-pc/base" | ||
739 | KBRANCH_qemux86-64 = "standard/common-pc-64/base" | ||
740 | KBRANCH_qemumips64 = "standard/mti-malta64" | ||
741 | </literallayout> | ||
742 | </para></listitem> | ||
743 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Appending and Prepending:</emphasis> | ||
744 | BitBake also supports append and prepend operations to | ||
745 | variable values based on whether a specific item is | ||
746 | listed in <filename>OVERRIDES</filename>. | ||
747 | Here is an example: | ||
748 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
749 | DEPENDS = "glibc ncurses" | ||
750 | OVERRIDES = "machine:local" | ||
751 | DEPENDS_append_machine = " libmad" | ||
752 | </literallayout> | ||
753 | In this example, <filename>DEPENDS</filename> becomes | ||
754 | "glibc ncurses libmad". | ||
755 | </para> | ||
756 | |||
757 | <para> | ||
758 | Again, using an OpenEmbedded metadata-based | ||
759 | kernel recipe file as an example, the | ||
760 | following lines will conditionally append to the | ||
761 | <filename>KERNEL_FEATURES</filename> variable based | ||
762 | on the architecture: | ||
763 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
764 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append = " ${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" | ||
765 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86=" cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" | ||
766 | KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64=" cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" | ||
767 | </literallayout> | ||
768 | </para></listitem> | ||
769 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Setting a Variable for a Single Task:</emphasis> | ||
770 | BitBake supports setting a variable just for the | ||
771 | duration of a single task. | ||
772 | Here is an example: | ||
773 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
774 | FOO_task-configure = "val 1" | ||
775 | FOO_task-compile = "val 2" | ||
776 | </literallayout> | ||
777 | In the previous example, <filename>FOO</filename> | ||
778 | has the value "val 1" while the | ||
779 | <filename>do_configure</filename> task is executed, | ||
780 | and the value "val 2" while the | ||
781 | <filename>do_compile</filename> task is executed. | ||
782 | </para> | ||
783 | |||
784 | <para>Internally, this is implemented by prepending | ||
785 | the task (e.g. "task-compile:") to the value of | ||
786 | <link linkend='var-bb-OVERRIDES'><filename>OVERRIDES</filename></link> | ||
787 | for the local datastore of the <filename>do_compile</filename> | ||
788 | task.</para> | ||
789 | |||
790 | <para>You can also use this syntax with other combinations | ||
791 | (e.g. "<filename>_prepend</filename>") as shown in the | ||
792 | following example: | ||
793 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
794 | EXTRA_OEMAKE_prepend_task-compile = "${PARALLEL_MAKE} " | ||
795 | </literallayout> | ||
796 | </para></listitem> | ||
797 | </itemizedlist> | ||
798 | </para> | ||
799 | </section> | ||
800 | |||
801 | <section id='key-expansion'> | ||
802 | <title>Key Expansion</title> | ||
803 | |||
804 | <para> | ||
805 | Key expansion happens when the BitBake datastore is finalized. | ||
806 | To better understand this, consider the following example: | ||
807 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
808 | A${B} = "X" | ||
809 | B = "2" | ||
810 | A2 = "Y" | ||
811 | </literallayout> | ||
812 | In this case, after all the parsing is complete, | ||
813 | BitBake expands <filename>${B}</filename> into "2". | ||
814 | This expansion causes <filename>A2</filename>, which was | ||
815 | set to "Y" before the expansion, to become "X". | ||
816 | </para> | ||
817 | </section> | ||
818 | |||
819 | <section id='variable-interaction-worked-examples'> | ||
820 | <title>Examples</title> | ||
821 | |||
822 | <para> | ||
823 | Despite the previous explanations that show the different forms of | ||
824 | variable definitions, it can be hard to work | ||
825 | out exactly what happens when variable operators, conditional | ||
826 | overrides, and unconditional overrides are combined. | ||
827 | This section presents some common scenarios along | ||
828 | with explanations for variable interactions that | ||
829 | typically confuse users. | ||
830 | </para> | ||
831 | |||
832 | <para> | ||
833 | There is often confusion concerning the order in which | ||
834 | overrides and various "append" operators take effect. | ||
835 | Recall that an append or prepend operation using "_append" | ||
836 | and "_prepend" does not result in an immediate assignment | ||
837 | as would "+=", ".=", "=+", or "=.". | ||
838 | Consider the following example: | ||
839 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
840 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
841 | A = "Z" | ||
842 | A_foo_append = "X" | ||
843 | </literallayout> | ||
844 | For this case, <filename>A</filename> is | ||
845 | unconditionally set to "Z" and "X" is | ||
846 | unconditionally and immediately appended to the variable | ||
847 | <filename>A_foo</filename>. | ||
848 | Because overrides have not been applied yet, | ||
849 | <filename>A_foo</filename> is set to "X" due to the append | ||
850 | and <filename>A</filename> simply equals "Z". | ||
851 | </para> | ||
852 | |||
853 | <para> | ||
854 | Applying overrides, however, changes things. | ||
855 | Since "foo" is listed in <filename>OVERRIDES</filename>, | ||
856 | the conditional variable <filename>A</filename> is replaced | ||
857 | with the "foo" version, which is equal to "X". | ||
858 | So effectively, <filename>A_foo</filename> replaces <filename>A</filename>. | ||
859 | </para> | ||
860 | |||
861 | <para> | ||
862 | This next example changes the order of the override and | ||
863 | the append: | ||
864 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
865 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
866 | A = "Z" | ||
867 | A_append_foo = "X" | ||
868 | </literallayout> | ||
869 | For this case, before overrides are handled, | ||
870 | <filename>A</filename> is set to "Z" and <filename>A_append_foo</filename> | ||
871 | is set to "X". | ||
872 | Once the override for "foo" is applied, however, | ||
873 | <filename>A</filename> gets appended with "X". | ||
874 | Consequently, <filename>A</filename> becomes "ZX". | ||
875 | Notice that spaces are not appended. | ||
876 | </para> | ||
877 | |||
878 | <para> | ||
879 | This next example has the order of the appends and overrides reversed | ||
880 | back as in the first example: | ||
881 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
882 | OVERRIDES = "foo" | ||
883 | A = "Y" | ||
884 | A_foo_append = "Z" | ||
885 | A_foo_append = "X" | ||
886 | </literallayout> | ||
887 | For this case, before any overrides are resolved, | ||
888 | <filename>A</filename> is set to "Y" using an immediate assignment. | ||
889 | After this immediate assignment, <filename>A_foo</filename> is set | ||
890 | to "Z", and then further appended with | ||
891 | "X" leaving the variable set to "ZX". | ||
892 | Finally, applying the override for "foo" results in the conditional | ||
893 | variable <filename>A</filename> becoming "ZX" (i.e. | ||
894 | <filename>A</filename> is replaced with <filename>A_foo</filename>). | ||
895 | </para> | ||
896 | |||
897 | <para> | ||
898 | This final example mixes in some varying operators: | ||
899 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
900 | A = "1" | ||
901 | A_append = "2" | ||
902 | A_append = "3" | ||
903 | A += "4" | ||
904 | A .= "5" | ||
905 | </literallayout> | ||
906 | For this case, the type of append operators are affecting the | ||
907 | order of assignments as BitBake passes through the code | ||
908 | multiple times. | ||
909 | Initially, <filename>A</filename> is set to "1 45" because | ||
910 | of the three statements that use immediate operators. | ||
911 | After these assignments are made, BitBake applies the | ||
912 | "_append" operations. | ||
913 | Those operations result in <filename>A</filename> becoming "1 4523". | ||
914 | </para> | ||
915 | </section> | ||
916 | </section> | ||
917 | |||
918 | <section id='sharing-functionality'> | ||
919 | <title>Sharing Functionality</title> | ||
920 | |||
921 | <para> | ||
922 | BitBake allows for metadata sharing through include files | ||
923 | (<filename>.inc</filename>) and class files | ||
924 | (<filename>.bbclass</filename>). | ||
925 | For example, suppose you have a piece of common functionality | ||
926 | such as a task definition that you want to share between | ||
927 | more than one recipe. | ||
928 | In this case, creating a <filename>.bbclass</filename> | ||
929 | file that contains the common functionality and then using | ||
930 | the <filename>inherit</filename> directive in your recipes to | ||
931 | inherit the class would be a common way to share the task. | ||
932 | </para> | ||
933 | |||
934 | <para> | ||
935 | This section presents the mechanisms BitBake provides to | ||
936 | allow you to share functionality between recipes. | ||
937 | Specifically, the mechanisms include <filename>include</filename>, | ||
938 | <filename>inherit</filename>, <filename>INHERIT</filename>, and | ||
939 | <filename>require</filename> directives. | ||
940 | </para> | ||
941 | |||
942 | <section id='locating-include-and-class-files'> | ||
943 | <title>Locating Include and Class Files</title> | ||
944 | |||
945 | <para> | ||
946 | BitBake uses the | ||
947 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link> | ||
948 | variable to locate needed include and class files. | ||
949 | Additionally, BitBake searches the current directory for | ||
950 | <filename>include</filename> and <filename>require</filename> | ||
951 | directives. | ||
952 | <note> | ||
953 | The <filename>BBPATH</filename> variable is analogous to | ||
954 | the environment variable <filename>PATH</filename>. | ||
955 | </note> | ||
956 | </para> | ||
957 | |||
958 | <para> | ||
959 | In order for include and class files to be found by BitBake, | ||
960 | they need to be located in a "classes" subdirectory that can | ||
961 | be found in <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
962 | </para> | ||
963 | </section> | ||
964 | |||
965 | <section id='inherit-directive'> | ||
966 | <title><filename>inherit</filename> Directive</title> | ||
967 | |||
968 | <para> | ||
969 | When writing a recipe or class file, you can use the | ||
970 | <filename>inherit</filename> directive to inherit the | ||
971 | functionality of a class (<filename>.bbclass</filename>). | ||
972 | BitBake only supports this directive when used within recipe | ||
973 | and class files (i.e. <filename>.bb</filename> and | ||
974 | <filename>.bbclass</filename>). | ||
975 | </para> | ||
976 | |||
977 | <para> | ||
978 | The <filename>inherit</filename> directive is a rudimentary | ||
979 | means of specifying functionality contained in class files | ||
980 | that your recipes require. | ||
981 | For example, you can easily abstract out the tasks involved in | ||
982 | building a package that uses Autoconf and Automake and put | ||
983 | those tasks into a class file and then have your recipe | ||
984 | inherit that class file. | ||
985 | </para> | ||
986 | |||
987 | <para> | ||
988 | As an example, your recipes could use the following directive | ||
989 | to inherit an <filename>autotools.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
990 | The class file would contain common functionality for using | ||
991 | Autotools that could be shared across recipes: | ||
992 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
993 | inherit autotools | ||
994 | </literallayout> | ||
995 | In this case, BitBake would search for the directory | ||
996 | <filename>classes/autotools.bbclass</filename> | ||
997 | in <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
998 | <note> | ||
999 | You can override any values and functions of the | ||
1000 | inherited class within your recipe by doing so | ||
1001 | after the "inherit" statement. | ||
1002 | </note> | ||
1003 | If you want to use the directive to inherit | ||
1004 | multiple classes, separate them with spaces. | ||
1005 | The following example shows how to inherit both the | ||
1006 | <filename>buildhistory</filename> and <filename>rm_work</filename> | ||
1007 | classes: | ||
1008 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1009 | inherit buildhistory rm_work | ||
1010 | </literallayout> | ||
1011 | </para> | ||
1012 | |||
1013 | <para> | ||
1014 | An advantage with the inherit directive as compared to both | ||
1015 | the | ||
1016 | <link linkend='include-directive'>include</link> and | ||
1017 | <link linkend='require-inclusion'>require</link> directives | ||
1018 | is that you can inherit class files conditionally. | ||
1019 | You can accomplish this by using a variable expression | ||
1020 | after the <filename>inherit</filename> statement. | ||
1021 | Here is an example: | ||
1022 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1023 | inherit ${VARNAME} | ||
1024 | </literallayout> | ||
1025 | If <filename>VARNAME</filename> is going to be set, it needs | ||
1026 | to be set before the <filename>inherit</filename> statement | ||
1027 | is parsed. | ||
1028 | One way to achieve a conditional inherit in this case is to use | ||
1029 | overrides: | ||
1030 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1031 | VARIABLE = "" | ||
1032 | VARIABLE_someoverride = "myclass" | ||
1033 | </literallayout> | ||
1034 | </para> | ||
1035 | |||
1036 | <para> | ||
1037 | Another method is by using anonymous Python. | ||
1038 | Here is an example: | ||
1039 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1040 | python () { | ||
1041 | if condition == value: | ||
1042 | d.setVar('VARIABLE', 'myclass') | ||
1043 | else: | ||
1044 | d.setVar('VARIABLE', '') | ||
1045 | } | ||
1046 | </literallayout> | ||
1047 | </para> | ||
1048 | |||
1049 | <para> | ||
1050 | Alternatively, you could use an in-line Python expression | ||
1051 | in the following form: | ||
1052 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1053 | inherit ${@'classname' if condition else ''} | ||
1054 | inherit ${@functionname(params)} | ||
1055 | </literallayout> | ||
1056 | In all cases, if the expression evaluates to an empty | ||
1057 | string, the statement does not trigger a syntax error | ||
1058 | because it becomes a no-op. | ||
1059 | </para> | ||
1060 | </section> | ||
1061 | |||
1062 | <section id='include-directive'> | ||
1063 | <title><filename>include</filename> Directive</title> | ||
1064 | |||
1065 | <para> | ||
1066 | BitBake understands the <filename>include</filename> | ||
1067 | directive. | ||
1068 | This directive causes BitBake to parse whatever file you specify, | ||
1069 | and to insert that file at that location. | ||
1070 | The directive is much like its equivalent in Make except | ||
1071 | that if the path specified on the include line is a relative | ||
1072 | path, BitBake locates the first file it can find | ||
1073 | within <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
1074 | </para> | ||
1075 | |||
1076 | <para> | ||
1077 | The include directive is a more generic method of including | ||
1078 | functionality as compared to the | ||
1079 | <link linkend='inherit-directive'>inherit</link> directive, | ||
1080 | which is restricted to class (i.e. <filename>.bbclass</filename>) | ||
1081 | files. | ||
1082 | The include directive is applicable for any other kind of | ||
1083 | shared or encapsulated functionality or configuration that | ||
1084 | does not suit a <filename>.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
1085 | </para> | ||
1086 | |||
1087 | <para> | ||
1088 | As an example, suppose you needed a recipe to include some | ||
1089 | self-test definitions: | ||
1090 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1091 | include test_defs.inc | ||
1092 | </literallayout> | ||
1093 | <note> | ||
1094 | The <filename>include</filename> directive does not | ||
1095 | produce an error when the file cannot be found. | ||
1096 | Consequently, it is recommended that if the file you | ||
1097 | are including is expected to exist, you should use | ||
1098 | <link linkend='require-inclusion'><filename>require</filename></link> | ||
1099 | instead of <filename>include</filename>. | ||
1100 | Doing so makes sure that an error is produced if the | ||
1101 | file cannot be found. | ||
1102 | </note> | ||
1103 | </para> | ||
1104 | </section> | ||
1105 | |||
1106 | <section id='require-inclusion'> | ||
1107 | <title><filename>require</filename> Directive</title> | ||
1108 | |||
1109 | <para> | ||
1110 | BitBake understands the <filename>require</filename> | ||
1111 | directive. | ||
1112 | This directive behaves just like the | ||
1113 | <filename>include</filename> directive with the exception that | ||
1114 | BitBake raises a parsing error if the file to be included cannot | ||
1115 | be found. | ||
1116 | Thus, any file you require is inserted into the file that is | ||
1117 | being parsed at the location of the directive. | ||
1118 | </para> | ||
1119 | |||
1120 | <para> | ||
1121 | The require directive, like the include directive previously | ||
1122 | described, is a more generic method of including | ||
1123 | functionality as compared to the | ||
1124 | <link linkend='inherit-directive'>inherit</link> directive, | ||
1125 | which is restricted to class (i.e. <filename>.bbclass</filename>) | ||
1126 | files. | ||
1127 | The require directive is applicable for any other kind of | ||
1128 | shared or encapsulated functionality or configuration that | ||
1129 | does not suit a <filename>.bbclass</filename> file. | ||
1130 | </para> | ||
1131 | |||
1132 | <para> | ||
1133 | Similar to how BitBake handles | ||
1134 | <link linkend='include-directive'><filename>include</filename></link>, | ||
1135 | if the path specified | ||
1136 | on the require line is a relative path, BitBake locates | ||
1137 | the first file it can find within <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
1138 | </para> | ||
1139 | |||
1140 | <para> | ||
1141 | As an example, suppose you have two versions of a recipe | ||
1142 | (e.g. <filename>foo_1.2.2.bb</filename> and | ||
1143 | <filename>foo_2.0.0.bb</filename>) where | ||
1144 | each version contains some identical functionality that could be | ||
1145 | shared. | ||
1146 | You could create an include file named <filename>foo.inc</filename> | ||
1147 | that contains the common definitions needed to build "foo". | ||
1148 | You need to be sure <filename>foo.inc</filename> is located in the | ||
1149 | same directory as your two recipe files as well. | ||
1150 | Once these conditions are set up, you can share the functionality | ||
1151 | using a <filename>require</filename> directive from within each | ||
1152 | recipe: | ||
1153 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1154 | require foo.inc | ||
1155 | </literallayout> | ||
1156 | </para> | ||
1157 | </section> | ||
1158 | |||
1159 | <section id='inherit-configuration-directive'> | ||
1160 | <title><filename>INHERIT</filename> Configuration Directive</title> | ||
1161 | |||
1162 | <para> | ||
1163 | When creating a configuration file (<filename>.conf</filename>), | ||
1164 | you can use the | ||
1165 | <link linkend='var-bb-INHERIT'><filename>INHERIT</filename></link> | ||
1166 | configuration directive to inherit a class. | ||
1167 | BitBake only supports this directive when used within | ||
1168 | a configuration file. | ||
1169 | </para> | ||
1170 | |||
1171 | <para> | ||
1172 | As an example, suppose you needed to inherit a class | ||
1173 | file called <filename>abc.bbclass</filename> from a | ||
1174 | configuration file as follows: | ||
1175 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1176 | INHERIT += "abc" | ||
1177 | </literallayout> | ||
1178 | This configuration directive causes the named | ||
1179 | class to be inherited at the point of the directive | ||
1180 | during parsing. | ||
1181 | As with the <filename>inherit</filename> directive, the | ||
1182 | <filename>.bbclass</filename> file must be located in a | ||
1183 | "classes" subdirectory in one of the directories specified | ||
1184 | in <filename>BBPATH</filename>. | ||
1185 | <note> | ||
1186 | Because <filename>.conf</filename> files are parsed | ||
1187 | first during BitBake's execution, using | ||
1188 | <filename>INHERIT</filename> to inherit a class effectively | ||
1189 | inherits the class globally (i.e. for all recipes). | ||
1190 | </note> | ||
1191 | If you want to use the directive to inherit | ||
1192 | multiple classes, you can provide them on the same line in the | ||
1193 | <filename>local.conf</filename> file. | ||
1194 | Use spaces to separate the classes. | ||
1195 | The following example shows how to inherit both the | ||
1196 | <filename>autotools</filename> and <filename>pkgconfig</filename> | ||
1197 | classes: | ||
1198 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1199 | INHERIT += "autotools pkgconfig" | ||
1200 | </literallayout> | ||
1201 | </para> | ||
1202 | </section> | ||
1203 | </section> | ||
1204 | |||
1205 | <section id='functions'> | ||
1206 | <title>Functions</title> | ||
1207 | |||
1208 | <para> | ||
1209 | As with most languages, functions are the building blocks that | ||
1210 | are used to build up operations into tasks. | ||
1211 | BitBake supports these types of functions: | ||
1212 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1213 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Shell Functions:</emphasis> | ||
1214 | Functions written in shell script and executed either | ||
1215 | directly as functions, tasks, or both. | ||
1216 | They can also be called by other shell functions. | ||
1217 | </para></listitem> | ||
1218 | <listitem><para><emphasis>BitBake-Style Python Functions:</emphasis> | ||
1219 | Functions written in Python and executed by BitBake or other | ||
1220 | Python functions using <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename>. | ||
1221 | </para></listitem> | ||
1222 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Python Functions:</emphasis> | ||
1223 | Functions written in Python and executed by Python. | ||
1224 | </para></listitem> | ||
1225 | <listitem><para><emphasis>Anonymous Python Functions:</emphasis> | ||
1226 | Python functions executed automatically during | ||
1227 | parsing. | ||
1228 | </para></listitem> | ||
1229 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1230 | Regardless of the type of function, you can only | ||
1231 | define them in class (<filename>.bbclass</filename>) | ||
1232 | and recipe (<filename>.bb</filename> or <filename>.inc</filename>) | ||
1233 | files. | ||
1234 | </para> | ||
1235 | |||
1236 | <section id='shell-functions'> | ||
1237 | <title>Shell Functions</title> | ||
1238 | |||
1239 | <para> | ||
1240 | Functions written in shell script and executed either | ||
1241 | directly as functions, tasks, or both. | ||
1242 | They can also be called by other shell functions. | ||
1243 | Here is an example shell function definition: | ||
1244 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1245 | some_function () { | ||
1246 | echo "Hello World" | ||
1247 | } | ||
1248 | </literallayout> | ||
1249 | When you create these types of functions in your recipe | ||
1250 | or class files, you need to follow the shell programming | ||
1251 | rules. | ||
1252 | The scripts are executed by <filename>/bin/sh</filename>, | ||
1253 | which may not be a bash shell but might be something | ||
1254 | such as <filename>dash</filename>. | ||
1255 | You should not use Bash-specific script (bashisms). | ||
1256 | </para> | ||
1257 | |||
1258 | <para> | ||
1259 | Overrides and override-style operators like | ||
1260 | <filename>_append</filename> and | ||
1261 | <filename>_prepend</filename> can also be applied to | ||
1262 | shell functions. | ||
1263 | Most commonly, this application would be used in a | ||
1264 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> file to modify functions in | ||
1265 | the main recipe. | ||
1266 | It can also be used to modify functions inherited from | ||
1267 | classes. | ||
1268 | </para> | ||
1269 | |||
1270 | <para> | ||
1271 | As an example, consider the following: | ||
1272 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1273 | do_foo() { | ||
1274 | bbplain first | ||
1275 | fn | ||
1276 | } | ||
1277 | |||
1278 | fn_prepend() { | ||
1279 | bbplain second | ||
1280 | } | ||
1281 | |||
1282 | fn() { | ||
1283 | bbplain third | ||
1284 | } | ||
1285 | |||
1286 | do_foo_append() { | ||
1287 | bbplain fourth | ||
1288 | } | ||
1289 | </literallayout> | ||
1290 | Running <filename>do_foo</filename> | ||
1291 | prints the following: | ||
1292 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1293 | recipename do_foo: first | ||
1294 | recipename do_foo: second | ||
1295 | recipename do_foo: third | ||
1296 | recipename do_foo: fourth | ||
1297 | </literallayout> | ||
1298 | <note> | ||
1299 | Overrides and override-style operators can | ||
1300 | be applied to any shell function, not just | ||
1301 | <link linkend='tasks'>tasks</link>. | ||
1302 | </note> | ||
1303 | You can use the <filename>bitbake -e</filename> <replaceable>recipename</replaceable> | ||
1304 | command to view the final assembled function | ||
1305 | after all overrides have been applied. | ||
1306 | </para> | ||
1307 | </section> | ||
1308 | |||
1309 | <section id='bitbake-style-python-functions'> | ||
1310 | <title>BitBake-Style Python Functions</title> | ||
1311 | |||
1312 | <para> | ||
1313 | These functions are written in Python and executed by | ||
1314 | BitBake or other Python functions using | ||
1315 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename>. | ||
1316 | </para> | ||
1317 | |||
1318 | <para> | ||
1319 | An example BitBake function is: | ||
1320 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1321 | python some_python_function () { | ||
1322 | d.setVar("TEXT", "Hello World") | ||
1323 | print d.getVar("TEXT") | ||
1324 | } | ||
1325 | </literallayout> | ||
1326 | Because the Python "bb" and "os" modules are already | ||
1327 | imported, you do not need to import these modules. | ||
1328 | Also in these types of functions, the datastore ("d") | ||
1329 | is a global variable and is always automatically | ||
1330 | available. | ||
1331 | <note> | ||
1332 | Variable expressions (e.g. <filename>${X}</filename>) | ||
1333 | are no longer expanded within Python functions. | ||
1334 | This behavior is intentional in order to allow you | ||
1335 | to freely set variable values to expandable expressions | ||
1336 | without having them expanded prematurely. | ||
1337 | If you do wish to expand a variable within a Python | ||
1338 | function, use <filename>d.getVar("X")</filename>. | ||
1339 | Or, for more complicated expressions, use | ||
1340 | <filename>d.expand()</filename>. | ||
1341 | </note> | ||
1342 | </para> | ||
1343 | |||
1344 | <para> | ||
1345 | Similar to shell functions, you can also apply overrides | ||
1346 | and override-style operators to BitBake-style Python | ||
1347 | functions. | ||
1348 | </para> | ||
1349 | |||
1350 | <para> | ||
1351 | As an example, consider the following: | ||
1352 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1353 | python do_foo_prepend() { | ||
1354 | bb.plain("first") | ||
1355 | } | ||
1356 | |||
1357 | python do_foo() { | ||
1358 | bb.plain("second") | ||
1359 | } | ||
1360 | |||
1361 | python do_foo_append() { | ||
1362 | bb.plain("third") | ||
1363 | } | ||
1364 | </literallayout> | ||
1365 | Running <filename>do_foo</filename> prints | ||
1366 | the following: | ||
1367 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1368 | recipename do_foo: first | ||
1369 | recipename do_foo: second | ||
1370 | recipename do_foo: third | ||
1371 | </literallayout> | ||
1372 | You can use the <filename>bitbake -e</filename> <replaceable>recipename</replaceable> | ||
1373 | command to view the final assembled function | ||
1374 | after all overrides have been applied. | ||
1375 | </para> | ||
1376 | </section> | ||
1377 | |||
1378 | <section id='python-functions'> | ||
1379 | <title>Python Functions</title> | ||
1380 | |||
1381 | <para> | ||
1382 | These functions are written in Python and are executed by | ||
1383 | other Python code. | ||
1384 | Examples of Python functions are utility functions | ||
1385 | that you intend to call from in-line Python or | ||
1386 | from within other Python functions. | ||
1387 | Here is an example: | ||
1388 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1389 | def get_depends(d): | ||
1390 | if d.getVar('SOMECONDITION'): | ||
1391 | return "dependencywithcond" | ||
1392 | else: | ||
1393 | return "dependency" | ||
1394 | SOMECONDITION = "1" | ||
1395 | DEPENDS = "${@get_depends(d)}" | ||
1396 | </literallayout> | ||
1397 | This would result in <filename>DEPENDS</filename> | ||
1398 | containing <filename>dependencywithcond</filename>. | ||
1399 | </para> | ||
1400 | |||
1401 | <para> | ||
1402 | Here are some things to know about Python functions: | ||
1403 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1404 | <listitem><para>Python functions can take parameters. | ||
1405 | </para></listitem> | ||
1406 | <listitem><para>The BitBake datastore is not | ||
1407 | automatically available. | ||
1408 | Consequently, you must pass it in as a | ||
1409 | parameter to the function. | ||
1410 | </para></listitem> | ||
1411 | <listitem><para>The "bb" and "os" Python modules are | ||
1412 | automatically available. | ||
1413 | You do not need to import them. | ||
1414 | </para></listitem> | ||
1415 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1416 | </para> | ||
1417 | </section> | ||
1418 | |||
1419 | <section id='bitbake-style-python-functions-versus-python-functions'> | ||
1420 | <title>BitBake-Style Python Functions Versus Python Functions</title> | ||
1421 | |||
1422 | <para> | ||
1423 | Following are some important differences between | ||
1424 | BitBake-style Python functions and regular Python | ||
1425 | functions defined with "def": | ||
1426 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1427 | <listitem><para> | ||
1428 | Only BitBake-style Python functions can be | ||
1429 | <link linkend='tasks'>tasks</link>. | ||
1430 | </para></listitem> | ||
1431 | <listitem><para> | ||
1432 | Overrides and override-style operators can only | ||
1433 | be applied to BitBake-style Python functions. | ||
1434 | </para></listitem> | ||
1435 | <listitem><para> | ||
1436 | Only regular Python functions can take arguments | ||
1437 | and return values. | ||
1438 | </para></listitem> | ||
1439 | <listitem><para> | ||
1440 | <link linkend='variable-flags'>Variable flags</link> | ||
1441 | such as <filename>[dirs]</filename>, | ||
1442 | <filename>[cleandirs]</filename>, and | ||
1443 | <filename>[lockfiles]</filename> can be used | ||
1444 | on BitBake-style Python functions, but not on | ||
1445 | regular Python functions. | ||
1446 | </para></listitem> | ||
1447 | <listitem><para> | ||
1448 | BitBake-style Python functions generate a separate | ||
1449 | <filename>${</filename><link linkend='var-bb-T'><filename>T</filename></link><filename>}/run.</filename><replaceable>function-name</replaceable><filename>.</filename><replaceable>pid</replaceable> | ||
1450 | script that is executed to run the function, and also | ||
1451 | generate a log file in | ||
1452 | <filename>${T}/log.</filename><replaceable>function-name</replaceable><filename>.</filename><replaceable>pid</replaceable> | ||
1453 | if they are executed as tasks.</para> | ||
1454 | |||
1455 | <para> | ||
1456 | Regular Python functions execute "inline" and do not | ||
1457 | generate any files in <filename>${T}</filename>. | ||
1458 | </para></listitem> | ||
1459 | <listitem><para> | ||
1460 | Regular Python functions are called with the usual | ||
1461 | Python syntax. | ||
1462 | BitBake-style Python functions are usually tasks and | ||
1463 | are called directly by BitBake, but can also be called | ||
1464 | manually from Python code by using the | ||
1465 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename> function. | ||
1466 | Here is an example: | ||
1467 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1468 | bb.build.exec_func("my_bitbake_style_function", d) | ||
1469 | </literallayout> | ||
1470 | <note> | ||
1471 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename> can also | ||
1472 | be used to run shell functions from Python code. | ||
1473 | If you want to run a shell function before a Python | ||
1474 | function within the same task, then you can use a | ||
1475 | parent helper Python function that starts by running | ||
1476 | the shell function with | ||
1477 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename> and then | ||
1478 | runs the Python code. | ||
1479 | </note></para> | ||
1480 | |||
1481 | <para>To detect errors from functions executed with | ||
1482 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename>, you | ||
1483 | can catch the <filename>bb.build.FuncFailed</filename> | ||
1484 | exception. | ||
1485 | <note> | ||
1486 | Functions in metadata (recipes and classes) should | ||
1487 | not themselves raise | ||
1488 | <filename>bb.build.FuncFailed</filename>. | ||
1489 | Rather, <filename>bb.build.FuncFailed</filename> | ||
1490 | should be viewed as a general indicator that the | ||
1491 | called function failed by raising an exception. | ||
1492 | For example, an exception raised by | ||
1493 | <filename>bb.fatal()</filename> will be caught inside | ||
1494 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename>, and a | ||
1495 | <filename>bb.build.FuncFailed</filename> will be raised | ||
1496 | in response. | ||
1497 | </note> | ||
1498 | </para></listitem> | ||
1499 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1500 | </para> | ||
1501 | |||
1502 | <para> | ||
1503 | Due to their simplicity, you should prefer regular Python functions | ||
1504 | over BitBake-style Python functions unless you need a feature specific | ||
1505 | to BitBake-style Python functions. | ||
1506 | Regular Python functions in metadata are a more recent invention than | ||
1507 | BitBake-style Python functions, and older code tends to use | ||
1508 | <filename>bb.build.exec_func()</filename> more often. | ||
1509 | </para> | ||
1510 | </section> | ||
1511 | |||
1512 | <section id='anonymous-python-functions'> | ||
1513 | <title>Anonymous Python Functions</title> | ||
1514 | |||
1515 | <para> | ||
1516 | Sometimes it is useful to set variables or perform | ||
1517 | other operations programmatically during parsing. | ||
1518 | To do this, you can define special Python functions, | ||
1519 | called anonymous Python functions, that run at the | ||
1520 | end of parsing. | ||
1521 | For example, the following conditionally sets a variable | ||
1522 | based on the value of another variable: | ||
1523 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1524 | python () { | ||
1525 | if d.getVar('SOMEVAR') == 'value': | ||
1526 | d.setVar('ANOTHERVAR', 'value2') | ||
1527 | } | ||
1528 | </literallayout> | ||
1529 | An equivalent way to mark a function as an anonymous | ||
1530 | function is to give it the name "__anonymous", rather | ||
1531 | than no name. | ||
1532 | </para> | ||
1533 | |||
1534 | <para> | ||
1535 | Anonymous Python functions always run at the end | ||
1536 | of parsing, regardless of where they are defined. | ||
1537 | If a recipe contains many anonymous functions, they | ||
1538 | run in the same order as they are defined within the | ||
1539 | recipe. | ||
1540 | As an example, consider the following snippet: | ||
1541 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1542 | python () { | ||
1543 | d.setVar('FOO', 'foo 2') | ||
1544 | } | ||
1545 | |||
1546 | FOO = "foo 1" | ||
1547 | |||
1548 | python () { | ||
1549 | d.appendVar('BAR', ' bar 2') | ||
1550 | } | ||
1551 | |||
1552 | BAR = "bar 1" | ||
1553 | </literallayout> | ||
1554 | The previous example is conceptually equivalent to the | ||
1555 | following snippet: | ||
1556 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1557 | FOO = "foo 1" | ||
1558 | BAR = "bar 1" | ||
1559 | FOO = "foo 2" | ||
1560 | BAR += "bar 2" | ||
1561 | </literallayout> | ||
1562 | <filename>FOO</filename> ends up with the value "foo 2", | ||
1563 | and <filename>BAR</filename> with the value "bar 1 bar 2". | ||
1564 | Just as in the second snippet, the values set for the | ||
1565 | variables within the anonymous functions become available | ||
1566 | to tasks, which always run after parsing. | ||
1567 | </para> | ||
1568 | |||
1569 | <para> | ||
1570 | Overrides and override-style operators such as | ||
1571 | "<filename>_append</filename>" are applied before | ||
1572 | anonymous functions run. | ||
1573 | In the following example, <filename>FOO</filename> ends | ||
1574 | up with the value "foo from anonymous": | ||
1575 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1576 | FOO = "foo" | ||
1577 | FOO_append = " from outside" | ||
1578 | |||
1579 | python () { | ||
1580 | d.setVar("FOO", "foo from anonymous") | ||
1581 | } | ||
1582 | </literallayout> | ||
1583 | For methods you can use with anonymous Python functions, | ||
1584 | see the | ||
1585 | "<link linkend='functions-you-can-call-from-within-python'>Functions You Can Call From Within Python</link>" | ||
1586 | section. | ||
1587 | For a different method to run Python code during parsing, | ||
1588 | see the | ||
1589 | "<link linkend='inline-python-variable-expansion'>Inline Python Variable Expansion</link>" | ||
1590 | section. | ||
1591 | </para> | ||
1592 | </section> | ||
1593 | |||
1594 | <section id='flexible-inheritance-for-class-functions'> | ||
1595 | <title>Flexible Inheritance for Class Functions</title> | ||
1596 | |||
1597 | <para> | ||
1598 | Through coding techniques and the use of | ||
1599 | <filename>EXPORT_FUNCTIONS</filename>, BitBake supports | ||
1600 | exporting a function from a class such that the | ||
1601 | class function appears as the default implementation | ||
1602 | of the function, but can still be called if a recipe | ||
1603 | inheriting the class needs to define its own version of | ||
1604 | the function. | ||
1605 | </para> | ||
1606 | |||
1607 | <para> | ||
1608 | To understand the benefits of this feature, consider | ||
1609 | the basic scenario where a class defines a task function | ||
1610 | and your recipe inherits the class. | ||
1611 | In this basic scenario, your recipe inherits the task | ||
1612 | function as defined in the class. | ||
1613 | If desired, your recipe can add to the start and end of the | ||
1614 | function by using the "_prepend" or "_append" operations | ||
1615 | respectively, or it can redefine the function completely. | ||
1616 | However, if it redefines the function, there is | ||
1617 | no means for it to call the class version of the function. | ||
1618 | <filename>EXPORT_FUNCTIONS</filename> provides a mechanism | ||
1619 | that enables the recipe's version of the function to call | ||
1620 | the original version of the function. | ||
1621 | </para> | ||
1622 | |||
1623 | <para> | ||
1624 | To make use of this technique, you need the following | ||
1625 | things in place: | ||
1626 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1627 | <listitem><para> | ||
1628 | The class needs to define the function as follows: | ||
1629 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1630 | <replaceable>classname</replaceable><filename>_</filename><replaceable>functionname</replaceable> | ||
1631 | </literallayout> | ||
1632 | For example, if you have a class file | ||
1633 | <filename>bar.bbclass</filename> and a function named | ||
1634 | <filename>do_foo</filename>, the class must define the function | ||
1635 | as follows: | ||
1636 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1637 | bar_do_foo | ||
1638 | </literallayout> | ||
1639 | </para></listitem> | ||
1640 | <listitem><para> | ||
1641 | The class needs to contain the <filename>EXPORT_FUNCTIONS</filename> | ||
1642 | statement as follows: | ||
1643 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1644 | EXPORT_FUNCTIONS <replaceable>functionname</replaceable> | ||
1645 | </literallayout> | ||
1646 | For example, continuing with the same example, the | ||
1647 | statement in the <filename>bar.bbclass</filename> would be | ||
1648 | as follows: | ||
1649 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1650 | EXPORT_FUNCTIONS do_foo | ||
1651 | </literallayout> | ||
1652 | </para></listitem> | ||
1653 | <listitem><para> | ||
1654 | You need to call the function appropriately from within your | ||
1655 | recipe. | ||
1656 | Continuing with the same example, if your recipe | ||
1657 | needs to call the class version of the function, | ||
1658 | it should call <filename>bar_do_foo</filename>. | ||
1659 | Assuming <filename>do_foo</filename> was a shell function | ||
1660 | and <filename>EXPORT_FUNCTIONS</filename> was used as above, | ||
1661 | the recipe's function could conditionally call the | ||
1662 | class version of the function as follows: | ||
1663 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1664 | do_foo() { | ||
1665 | if [ somecondition ] ; then | ||
1666 | bar_do_foo | ||
1667 | else | ||
1668 | # Do something else | ||
1669 | fi | ||
1670 | } | ||
1671 | </literallayout> | ||
1672 | To call your modified version of the function as defined | ||
1673 | in your recipe, call it as <filename>do_foo</filename>. | ||
1674 | </para></listitem> | ||
1675 | </itemizedlist> | ||
1676 | With these conditions met, your single recipe | ||
1677 | can freely choose between the original function | ||
1678 | as defined in the class file and the modified function in your recipe. | ||
1679 | If you do not set up these conditions, you are limited to using one function | ||
1680 | or the other. | ||
1681 | </para> | ||
1682 | </section> | ||
1683 | </section> | ||
1684 | |||
1685 | <section id='tasks'> | ||
1686 | <title>Tasks</title> | ||
1687 | |||
1688 | <para> | ||
1689 | Tasks are BitBake execution units that make up the | ||
1690 | steps that BitBake can run for a given recipe. | ||
1691 | Tasks are only supported in recipes and classes | ||
1692 | (i.e. in <filename>.bb</filename> files and files | ||
1693 | included or inherited from <filename>.bb</filename> | ||
1694 | files). | ||
1695 | By convention, tasks have names that start with "do_". | ||
1696 | </para> | ||
1697 | |||
1698 | <section id='promoting-a-function-to-a-task'> | ||
1699 | <title>Promoting a Function to a Task</title> | ||
1700 | |||
1701 | <para> | ||
1702 | Tasks are either | ||
1703 | <link linkend='shell-functions'>shell functions</link> or | ||
1704 | <link linkend='bitbake-style-python-functions'>BitBake-style Python functions</link> | ||
1705 | that have been promoted to tasks by using the | ||
1706 | <filename>addtask</filename> command. | ||
1707 | The <filename>addtask</filename> command can also | ||
1708 | optionally describe dependencies between the | ||
1709 | task and other tasks. | ||
1710 | Here is an example that shows how to define a task | ||
1711 | and declare some dependencies: | ||
1712 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1713 | python do_printdate () { | ||
1714 | import time | ||
1715 | print time.strftime('%Y%m%d', time.gmtime()) | ||
1716 | } | ||
1717 | addtask printdate after do_fetch before do_build | ||
1718 | </literallayout> | ||
1719 | The first argument to <filename>addtask</filename> | ||
1720 | is the name of the function to promote to | ||
1721 | a task. | ||
1722 | If the name does not start with "do_", "do_" is | ||
1723 | implicitly added, which enforces the convention that | ||
1724 | all task names start with "do_". | ||
1725 | </para> | ||
1726 | |||
1727 | <para> | ||
1728 | In the previous example, the | ||
1729 | <filename>do_printdate</filename> task becomes a | ||
1730 | dependency of the <filename>do_build</filename> | ||
1731 | task, which is the default task (i.e. the task run by | ||
1732 | the <filename>bitbake</filename> command unless | ||
1733 | another task is specified explicitly). | ||
1734 | Additionally, the <filename>do_printdate</filename> | ||
1735 | task becomes dependent upon the | ||
1736 | <filename>do_fetch</filename> task. | ||
1737 | Running the <filename>do_build</filename> task | ||
1738 | results in the <filename>do_printdate</filename> | ||
1739 | task running first. | ||
1740 | <note> | ||
1741 | If you try out the previous example, you might see that | ||
1742 | the <filename>do_printdate</filename> task is only run | ||
1743 | the first time you build the recipe with | ||
1744 | the <filename>bitbake</filename> command. | ||
1745 | This is because BitBake considers the task "up-to-date" | ||
1746 | after that initial run. | ||
1747 | If you want to force the task to always be rerun for | ||
1748 | experimentation purposes, you can make BitBake always | ||
1749 | consider the task "out-of-date" by using the | ||
1750 | <filename>[</filename><link linkend='variable-flags'><filename>nostamp</filename></link><filename>]</filename> | ||
1751 | variable flag, as follows: | ||
1752 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1753 | do_printdate[nostamp] = "1" | ||
1754 | </literallayout> | ||
1755 | You can also explicitly run the task and provide the | ||
1756 | <filename>-f</filename> option as follows: | ||
1757 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1758 | $ bitbake <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> -c printdate -f | ||
1759 | </literallayout> | ||
1760 | When manually selecting a task to run with the | ||
1761 | <filename>bitbake</filename> <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> <filename>-c</filename> <replaceable>task</replaceable> | ||
1762 | command, you can omit the "do_" prefix as part of the | ||
1763 | task name. | ||
1764 | </note> | ||
1765 | </para> | ||
1766 | |||
1767 | <para> | ||
1768 | You might wonder about the practical effects of using | ||
1769 | <filename>addtask</filename> without specifying any | ||
1770 | dependencies as is done in the following example: | ||
1771 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1772 | addtask printdate | ||
1773 | </literallayout> | ||
1774 | In this example, assuming dependencies have not been | ||
1775 | added through some other means, the only way to run | ||
1776 | the task is by explicitly selecting it with | ||
1777 | <filename>bitbake</filename> <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> <filename>-c printdate</filename>. | ||
1778 | You can use the | ||
1779 | <filename>do_listtasks</filename> task to list all tasks | ||
1780 | defined in a recipe as shown in the following example: | ||
1781 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1782 | $ bitbake <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> -c listtasks | ||
1783 | </literallayout> | ||
1784 | For more information on task dependencies, see the | ||
1785 | "<link linkend='dependencies'>Dependencies</link>" | ||
1786 | section. | ||
1787 | </para> | ||
1788 | |||
1789 | <para> | ||
1790 | See the | ||
1791 | "<link linkend='variable-flags'>Variable Flags</link>" | ||
1792 | section for information on variable flags you can use with | ||
1793 | tasks. | ||
1794 | </para> | ||
1795 | </section> | ||
1796 | |||
1797 | <section id='deleting-a-task'> | ||
1798 | <title>Deleting a Task</title> | ||
1799 | |||
1800 | <para> | ||
1801 | As well as being able to add tasks, you can delete them. | ||
1802 | Simply use the <filename>deltask</filename> command to | ||
1803 | delete a task. | ||
1804 | For example, to delete the example task used in the previous | ||
1805 | sections, you would use: | ||
1806 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1807 | deltask printdate | ||
1808 | </literallayout> | ||
1809 | If you delete a task using the <filename>deltask</filename> | ||
1810 | command and the task has dependencies, the dependencies are | ||
1811 | not reconnected. | ||
1812 | For example, suppose you have three tasks named | ||
1813 | <filename>do_a</filename>, <filename>do_b</filename>, and | ||
1814 | <filename>do_c</filename>. | ||
1815 | Furthermore, <filename>do_c</filename> is dependent on | ||
1816 | <filename>do_b</filename>, which in turn is dependent on | ||
1817 | <filename>do_a</filename>. | ||
1818 | Given this scenario, if you use <filename>deltask</filename> | ||
1819 | to delete <filename>do_b</filename>, the implicit dependency | ||
1820 | relationship between <filename>do_c</filename> and | ||
1821 | <filename>do_a</filename> through <filename>do_b</filename> | ||
1822 | no longer exists, and <filename>do_c</filename> dependencies | ||
1823 | are not updated to include <filename>do_a</filename>. | ||
1824 | Thus, <filename>do_c</filename> is free to run before | ||
1825 | <filename>do_a</filename>. | ||
1826 | </para> | ||
1827 | |||
1828 | <para> | ||
1829 | If you want dependencies such as these to remain intact, use | ||
1830 | the <filename>[noexec]</filename> varflag to disable the task | ||
1831 | instead of using the <filename>deltask</filename> command to | ||
1832 | delete it: | ||
1833 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1834 | do_b[noexec] = "1" | ||
1835 | </literallayout> | ||
1836 | </para> | ||
1837 | </section> | ||
1838 | |||
1839 | <section id='passing-information-into-the-build-task-environment'> | ||
1840 | <title>Passing Information Into the Build Task Environment</title> | ||
1841 | |||
1842 | <para> | ||
1843 | When running a task, BitBake tightly controls the shell execution | ||
1844 | environment of the build tasks to make | ||
1845 | sure unwanted contamination from the build machine cannot | ||
1846 | influence the build. | ||
1847 | <note> | ||
1848 | By default, BitBake cleans the environment to include only those | ||
1849 | things exported or listed in its whitelist to ensure that the build | ||
1850 | environment is reproducible and consistent. | ||
1851 | You can prevent this "cleaning" by setting the | ||
1852 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_PRESERVE_ENV'><filename>BB_PRESERVE_ENV</filename></link> | ||
1853 | variable. | ||
1854 | </note> | ||
1855 | Consequently, if you do want something to get passed into the | ||
1856 | build task environment, you must take these two steps: | ||
1857 | <orderedlist> | ||
1858 | <listitem><para> | ||
1859 | Tell BitBake to load what you want from the environment | ||
1860 | into the datastore. | ||
1861 | You can do so through the | ||
1862 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_ENV_WHITELIST</filename></link> | ||
1863 | and | ||
1864 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE'><filename>BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE</filename></link> | ||
1865 | variables. | ||
1866 | For example, assume you want to prevent the build system from | ||
1867 | accessing your <filename>$HOME/.ccache</filename> | ||
1868 | directory. | ||
1869 | The following command "whitelists" the environment variable | ||
1870 | <filename>CCACHE_DIR</filename> causing BitBake to allow that | ||
1871 | variable into the datastore: | ||
1872 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1873 | export BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE="$BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE CCACHE_DIR" | ||
1874 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
1875 | <listitem><para> | ||
1876 | Tell BitBake to export what you have loaded into the | ||
1877 | datastore to the task environment of every running task. | ||
1878 | Loading something from the environment into the datastore | ||
1879 | (previous step) only makes it available in the datastore. | ||
1880 | To export it to the task environment of every running task, | ||
1881 | use a command similar to the following in your local configuration | ||
1882 | file <filename>local.conf</filename> or your | ||
1883 | distribution configuration file: | ||
1884 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1885 | export CCACHE_DIR | ||
1886 | </literallayout> | ||
1887 | <note> | ||
1888 | A side effect of the previous steps is that BitBake | ||
1889 | records the variable as a dependency of the build process | ||
1890 | in things like the setscene checksums. | ||
1891 | If doing so results in unnecessary rebuilds of tasks, you can | ||
1892 | whitelist the variable so that the setscene code | ||
1893 | ignores the dependency when it creates checksums. | ||
1894 | </note></para></listitem> | ||
1895 | </orderedlist> | ||
1896 | </para> | ||
1897 | |||
1898 | <para> | ||
1899 | Sometimes, it is useful to be able to obtain information | ||
1900 | from the original execution environment. | ||
1901 | BitBake saves a copy of the original environment into | ||
1902 | a special variable named | ||
1903 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ORIGENV'><filename>BB_ORIGENV</filename></link>. | ||
1904 | </para> | ||
1905 | |||
1906 | <para> | ||
1907 | The <filename>BB_ORIGENV</filename> variable returns a datastore | ||
1908 | object that can be queried using the standard datastore operators | ||
1909 | such as <filename>getVar(, False)</filename>. | ||
1910 | The datastore object is useful, for example, to find the original | ||
1911 | <filename>DISPLAY</filename> variable. | ||
1912 | Here is an example: | ||
1913 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1914 | origenv = d.getVar("BB_ORIGENV", False) | ||
1915 | bar = origenv.getVar("BAR", False) | ||
1916 | </literallayout> | ||
1917 | The previous example returns <filename>BAR</filename> from the original | ||
1918 | execution environment. | ||
1919 | </para> | ||
1920 | </section> | ||
1921 | </section> | ||
1922 | |||
1923 | <section id='variable-flags'> | ||
1924 | <title>Variable Flags</title> | ||
1925 | |||
1926 | <para> | ||
1927 | Variable flags (varflags) help control a task's functionality | ||
1928 | and dependencies. | ||
1929 | BitBake reads and writes varflags to the datastore using the following | ||
1930 | command forms: | ||
1931 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1932 | <replaceable>variable</replaceable> = d.getVarFlags("<replaceable>variable</replaceable>") | ||
1933 | self.d.setVarFlags("FOO", {"func": True}) | ||
1934 | </literallayout> | ||
1935 | </para> | ||
1936 | |||
1937 | <para> | ||
1938 | When working with varflags, the same syntax, with the exception of | ||
1939 | overrides, applies. | ||
1940 | In other words, you can set, append, and prepend varflags just like | ||
1941 | variables. | ||
1942 | See the | ||
1943 | "<link linkend='variable-flag-syntax'>Variable Flag Syntax</link>" | ||
1944 | section for details. | ||
1945 | </para> | ||
1946 | |||
1947 | <para> | ||
1948 | BitBake has a defined set of varflags available for recipes and | ||
1949 | classes. | ||
1950 | Tasks support a number of these flags which control various | ||
1951 | functionality of the task: | ||
1952 | <itemizedlist> | ||
1953 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[cleandirs]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1954 | Empty directories that should be created before the | ||
1955 | task runs. | ||
1956 | Directories that already exist are removed and recreated | ||
1957 | to empty them. | ||
1958 | </para></listitem> | ||
1959 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[depends]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1960 | Controls inter-task dependencies. | ||
1961 | See the | ||
1962 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
1963 | variable and the | ||
1964 | "<link linkend='inter-task-dependencies'>Inter-Task Dependencies</link>" | ||
1965 | section for more information. | ||
1966 | </para></listitem> | ||
1967 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[deptask]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1968 | Controls task build-time dependencies. | ||
1969 | See the | ||
1970 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
1971 | variable and the | ||
1972 | "<link linkend='build-dependencies'>Build Dependencies</link>" | ||
1973 | section for more information. | ||
1974 | </para></listitem> | ||
1975 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[dirs]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1976 | Directories that should be created before the task runs. | ||
1977 | Directories that already exist are left as is. | ||
1978 | The last directory listed is used as the | ||
1979 | current working directory for the task. | ||
1980 | </para></listitem> | ||
1981 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[lockfiles]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1982 | Specifies one or more lockfiles to lock while the task | ||
1983 | executes. | ||
1984 | Only one task may hold a lockfile, and any task that | ||
1985 | attempts to lock an already locked file will block until | ||
1986 | the lock is released. | ||
1987 | You can use this variable flag to accomplish mutual | ||
1988 | exclusion. | ||
1989 | </para></listitem> | ||
1990 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[noexec]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1991 | When set to "1", marks the task as being empty, with | ||
1992 | no execution required. | ||
1993 | You can use the <filename>[noexec]</filename> flag to set up | ||
1994 | tasks as dependency placeholders, or to disable tasks defined | ||
1995 | elsewhere that are not needed in a particular recipe. | ||
1996 | </para></listitem> | ||
1997 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[nostamp]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
1998 | When set to "1", tells BitBake to not generate a stamp | ||
1999 | file for a task, which implies the task should always | ||
2000 | be executed. | ||
2001 | <note><title>Caution</title> | ||
2002 | Any task that depends (possibly indirectly) on a | ||
2003 | <filename>[nostamp]</filename> task will always be | ||
2004 | executed as well. | ||
2005 | This can cause unnecessary rebuilding if you are | ||
2006 | not careful. | ||
2007 | </note> | ||
2008 | </para></listitem> | ||
2009 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[number_threads]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2010 | Limits tasks to a specific number of simultaneous threads | ||
2011 | during execution. | ||
2012 | This varflag is useful when your build host has a large number | ||
2013 | of cores but certain tasks need to be rate-limited due to various | ||
2014 | kinds of resource constraints (e.g. to avoid network throttling). | ||
2015 | <filename>number_threads</filename> works similarly to the | ||
2016 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_NUMBER_THREADS'><filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename></link> | ||
2017 | variable but is task-specific.</para> | ||
2018 | |||
2019 | <para>Set the value globally. | ||
2020 | For example, the following makes sure the | ||
2021 | <filename>do_fetch</filename> task uses no more than two | ||
2022 | simultaneous execution threads: | ||
2023 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2024 | do_fetch[number_threads] = "2" | ||
2025 | </literallayout> | ||
2026 | <note><title>Warnings</title> | ||
2027 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2028 | <listitem><para> | ||
2029 | Setting the varflag in individual recipes rather | ||
2030 | than globally can result in unpredictable behavior. | ||
2031 | </para></listitem> | ||
2032 | <listitem><para> | ||
2033 | Setting the varflag to a value greater than the | ||
2034 | value used in the <filename>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</filename> | ||
2035 | variable causes <filename>number_threads</filename> | ||
2036 | to have no effect. | ||
2037 | </para></listitem> | ||
2038 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2039 | </note> | ||
2040 | </para></listitem> | ||
2041 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[postfuncs]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2042 | List of functions to call after the completion of the task. | ||
2043 | </para></listitem> | ||
2044 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[prefuncs]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2045 | List of functions to call before the task executes. | ||
2046 | </para></listitem> | ||
2047 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[rdepends]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2048 | Controls inter-task runtime dependencies. | ||
2049 | See the | ||
2050 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2051 | variable, the | ||
2052 | <link linkend='var-bb-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></link> | ||
2053 | variable, and the | ||
2054 | "<link linkend='inter-task-dependencies'>Inter-Task Dependencies</link>" | ||
2055 | section for more information. | ||
2056 | </para></listitem> | ||
2057 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[rdeptask]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2058 | Controls task runtime dependencies. | ||
2059 | See the | ||
2060 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2061 | variable, the | ||
2062 | <link linkend='var-bb-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></link> | ||
2063 | variable, and the | ||
2064 | "<link linkend='runtime-dependencies'>Runtime Dependencies</link>" | ||
2065 | section for more information. | ||
2066 | </para></listitem> | ||
2067 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[recideptask]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2068 | When set in conjunction with | ||
2069 | <filename>recrdeptask</filename>, specifies a task that | ||
2070 | should be inspected for additional dependencies. | ||
2071 | </para></listitem> | ||
2072 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[recrdeptask]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2073 | Controls task recursive runtime dependencies. | ||
2074 | See the | ||
2075 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2076 | variable, the | ||
2077 | <link linkend='var-bb-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></link> | ||
2078 | variable, and the | ||
2079 | "<link linkend='recursive-dependencies'>Recursive Dependencies</link>" | ||
2080 | section for more information. | ||
2081 | </para></listitem> | ||
2082 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[stamp-extra-info]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2083 | Extra stamp information to append to the task's stamp. | ||
2084 | As an example, OpenEmbedded uses this flag to allow | ||
2085 | machine-specific tasks. | ||
2086 | </para></listitem> | ||
2087 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[umask]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2088 | The umask to run the task under. | ||
2089 | </para></listitem> | ||
2090 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2091 | </para> | ||
2092 | |||
2093 | <para> | ||
2094 | Several varflags are useful for controlling how signatures are | ||
2095 | calculated for variables. | ||
2096 | For more information on this process, see the | ||
2097 | "<link linkend='checksums'>Checksums (Signatures)</link>" | ||
2098 | section. | ||
2099 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2100 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[vardeps]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2101 | Specifies a space-separated list of additional | ||
2102 | variables to add to a variable's dependencies | ||
2103 | for the purposes of calculating its signature. | ||
2104 | Adding variables to this list is useful, for example, when | ||
2105 | a function refers to a variable in a manner that | ||
2106 | does not allow BitBake to automatically determine | ||
2107 | that the variable is referred to. | ||
2108 | </para></listitem> | ||
2109 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[vardepsexclude]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2110 | Specifies a space-separated list of variables | ||
2111 | that should be excluded from a variable's dependencies | ||
2112 | for the purposes of calculating its signature. | ||
2113 | </para></listitem> | ||
2114 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[vardepvalue]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2115 | If set, instructs BitBake to ignore the actual | ||
2116 | value of the variable and instead use the specified | ||
2117 | value when calculating the variable's signature. | ||
2118 | </para></listitem> | ||
2119 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>[vardepvalueexclude]</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2120 | Specifies a pipe-separated list of strings to exclude | ||
2121 | from the variable's value when calculating the | ||
2122 | variable's signature. | ||
2123 | </para></listitem> | ||
2124 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2125 | </para> | ||
2126 | </section> | ||
2127 | |||
2128 | <section id='events'> | ||
2129 | <title>Events</title> | ||
2130 | |||
2131 | <para> | ||
2132 | BitBake allows installation of event handlers within recipe | ||
2133 | and class files. | ||
2134 | Events are triggered at certain points during operation, such | ||
2135 | as the beginning of operation against a given recipe | ||
2136 | (i.e. <filename>*.bb</filename>), the start of a given task, | ||
2137 | a task failure, a task success, and so forth. | ||
2138 | The intent is to make it easy to do things like email | ||
2139 | notification on build failures. | ||
2140 | </para> | ||
2141 | |||
2142 | <para> | ||
2143 | Following is an example event handler that prints the name | ||
2144 | of the event and the content of the | ||
2145 | <filename>FILE</filename> variable: | ||
2146 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2147 | addhandler myclass_eventhandler | ||
2148 | python myclass_eventhandler() { | ||
2149 | from bb.event import getName | ||
2150 | print("The name of the Event is %s" % getName(e)) | ||
2151 | print("The file we run for is %s" % d.getVar('FILE')) | ||
2152 | } | ||
2153 | myclass_eventhandler[eventmask] = "bb.event.BuildStarted bb.event.BuildCompleted" | ||
2154 | </literallayout> | ||
2155 | In the previous example, an eventmask has been set so that | ||
2156 | the handler only sees the "BuildStarted" and "BuildCompleted" | ||
2157 | events. | ||
2158 | This event handler gets called every time an event matching | ||
2159 | the eventmask is triggered. | ||
2160 | A global variable "e" is defined, which represents the current | ||
2161 | event. | ||
2162 | With the <filename>getName(e)</filename> method, you can get | ||
2163 | the name of the triggered event. | ||
2164 | The global datastore is available as "d". | ||
2165 | In legacy code, you might see "e.data" used to get the datastore. | ||
2166 | However, realize that "e.data" is deprecated and you should use | ||
2167 | "d" going forward. | ||
2168 | </para> | ||
2169 | |||
2170 | <para> | ||
2171 | The context of the datastore is appropriate to the event | ||
2172 | in question. | ||
2173 | For example, "BuildStarted" and "BuildCompleted" events run | ||
2174 | before any tasks are executed so would be in the global | ||
2175 | configuration datastore namespace. | ||
2176 | No recipe-specific metadata exists in that namespace. | ||
2177 | The "BuildStarted" and "BuildCompleted" events also run in | ||
2178 | the main cooker/server process rather than any worker context. | ||
2179 | Thus, any changes made to the datastore would be seen by other | ||
2180 | cooker/server events within the current build but not seen | ||
2181 | outside of that build or in any worker context. | ||
2182 | Task events run in the actual tasks in question consequently | ||
2183 | have recipe-specific and task-specific contents. | ||
2184 | These events run in the worker context and are discarded at | ||
2185 | the end of task execution. | ||
2186 | </para> | ||
2187 | |||
2188 | <para> | ||
2189 | During a standard build, the following common events might | ||
2190 | occur. | ||
2191 | The following events are the most common kinds of events that | ||
2192 | most metadata might have an interest in viewing: | ||
2193 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2194 | <listitem><para> | ||
2195 | <filename>bb.event.ConfigParsed()</filename>: | ||
2196 | Fired when the base configuration; which consists of | ||
2197 | <filename>bitbake.conf</filename>, | ||
2198 | <filename>base.bbclass</filename> and any global | ||
2199 | <filename>INHERIT</filename> statements; has been parsed. | ||
2200 | You can see multiple such events when each of the | ||
2201 | workers parse the base configuration or if the server | ||
2202 | changes configuration and reparses. | ||
2203 | Any given datastore only has one such event executed | ||
2204 | against it, however. | ||
2205 | If | ||
2206 | <link linkende='var-bb-BB_INVALIDCONF'><filename>BB_INVALIDCONF</filename></link> | ||
2207 | is set in the datastore by the event handler, the | ||
2208 | configuration is reparsed and a new event triggered, | ||
2209 | allowing the metadata to update configuration. | ||
2210 | </para></listitem> | ||
2211 | <listitem><para> | ||
2212 | <filename>bb.event.HeartbeatEvent()</filename>: | ||
2213 | Fires at regular time intervals of one second. | ||
2214 | You can configure the interval time using the | ||
2215 | <filename>BB_HEARTBEAT_EVENT</filename> variable. | ||
2216 | The event's "time" attribute is the | ||
2217 | <filename>time.time()</filename> value when the | ||
2218 | event is triggered. | ||
2219 | This event is useful for activities such as | ||
2220 | system state monitoring. | ||
2221 | </para></listitem> | ||
2222 | <listitem><para> | ||
2223 | <filename>bb.event.ParseStarted()</filename>: | ||
2224 | Fired when BitBake is about to start parsing recipes. | ||
2225 | This event's "total" attribute represents the number of | ||
2226 | recipes BitBake plans to parse. | ||
2227 | </para></listitem> | ||
2228 | <listitem><para> | ||
2229 | <filename>bb.event.ParseProgress()</filename>: | ||
2230 | Fired as parsing progresses. | ||
2231 | This event's "current" attribute is the number of | ||
2232 | recipes parsed as well as the "total" attribute. | ||
2233 | </para></listitem> | ||
2234 | <listitem><para> | ||
2235 | <filename>bb.event.ParseCompleted()</filename>: | ||
2236 | Fired when parsing is complete. | ||
2237 | This event's "cached", "parsed", "skipped", "virtuals", | ||
2238 | "masked", and "errors" attributes provide statistics | ||
2239 | for the parsing results. | ||
2240 | </para></listitem> | ||
2241 | <listitem><para> | ||
2242 | <filename>bb.event.BuildStarted()</filename>: | ||
2243 | Fired when a new build starts. | ||
2244 | BitBake fires multiple "BuildStarted" events (one per configuration) | ||
2245 | when multiple configuration (multiconfig) is enabled. | ||
2246 | </para></listitem> | ||
2247 | <listitem><para> | ||
2248 | <filename>bb.build.TaskStarted()</filename>: | ||
2249 | Fired when a task starts. | ||
2250 | This event's "taskfile" attribute points to the recipe | ||
2251 | from which the task originates. | ||
2252 | The "taskname" attribute, which is the task's name, | ||
2253 | includes the <filename>do_</filename> prefix, and the | ||
2254 | "logfile" attribute point to where the task's output is | ||
2255 | stored. | ||
2256 | Finally, the "time" attribute is the task's execution start | ||
2257 | time. | ||
2258 | </para></listitem> | ||
2259 | <listitem><para> | ||
2260 | <filename>bb.build.TaskInvalid()</filename>: | ||
2261 | Fired if BitBake tries to execute a task that does not exist. | ||
2262 | </para></listitem> | ||
2263 | <listitem><para> | ||
2264 | <filename>bb.build.TaskFailedSilent()</filename>: | ||
2265 | Fired for setscene tasks that fail and should not be | ||
2266 | presented to the user verbosely. | ||
2267 | </para></listitem> | ||
2268 | <listitem><para> | ||
2269 | <filename>bb.build.TaskFailed()</filename>: | ||
2270 | Fired for normal tasks that fail. | ||
2271 | </para></listitem> | ||
2272 | <listitem><para> | ||
2273 | <filename>bb.build.TaskSucceeded()</filename>: | ||
2274 | Fired when a task successfully completes. | ||
2275 | </para></listitem> | ||
2276 | <listitem><para> | ||
2277 | <filename>bb.event.BuildCompleted()</filename>: | ||
2278 | Fired when a build finishes. | ||
2279 | </para></listitem> | ||
2280 | <listitem><para> | ||
2281 | <filename>bb.cooker.CookerExit()</filename>: | ||
2282 | Fired when the BitBake server/cooker shuts down. | ||
2283 | This event is usually only seen by the UIs as a | ||
2284 | sign they should also shutdown. | ||
2285 | </para></listitem> | ||
2286 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2287 | </para> | ||
2288 | |||
2289 | <para> | ||
2290 | This next list of example events occur based on specific | ||
2291 | requests to the server. | ||
2292 | These events are often used to communicate larger pieces of | ||
2293 | information from the BitBake server to other parts of | ||
2294 | BitBake such as user interfaces: | ||
2295 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2296 | <listitem><para> | ||
2297 | <filename>bb.event.TreeDataPreparationStarted()</filename> | ||
2298 | </para></listitem> | ||
2299 | <listitem><para> | ||
2300 | <filename>bb.event.TreeDataPreparationProgress()</filename> | ||
2301 | </para></listitem> | ||
2302 | <listitem><para> | ||
2303 | <filename>bb.event.TreeDataPreparationCompleted()</filename> | ||
2304 | </para></listitem> | ||
2305 | <listitem><para> | ||
2306 | <filename>bb.event.DepTreeGenerated()</filename> | ||
2307 | </para></listitem> | ||
2308 | <listitem><para> | ||
2309 | <filename>bb.event.CoreBaseFilesFound()</filename> | ||
2310 | </para></listitem> | ||
2311 | <listitem><para> | ||
2312 | <filename>bb.event.ConfigFilePathFound()</filename> | ||
2313 | </para></listitem> | ||
2314 | <listitem><para> | ||
2315 | <filename>bb.event.FilesMatchingFound()</filename> | ||
2316 | </para></listitem> | ||
2317 | <listitem><para> | ||
2318 | <filename>bb.event.ConfigFilesFound()</filename> | ||
2319 | </para></listitem> | ||
2320 | <listitem><para> | ||
2321 | <filename>bb.event.TargetsTreeGenerated()</filename> | ||
2322 | </para></listitem> | ||
2323 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2324 | </para> | ||
2325 | </section> | ||
2326 | |||
2327 | <section id='variants-class-extension-mechanism'> | ||
2328 | <title>Variants - Class Extension Mechanism</title> | ||
2329 | |||
2330 | <para> | ||
2331 | BitBake supports two features that facilitate creating | ||
2332 | from a single recipe file multiple incarnations of that | ||
2333 | recipe file where all incarnations are buildable. | ||
2334 | These features are enabled through the | ||
2335 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBCLASSEXTEND'><filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename></link> | ||
2336 | and | ||
2337 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBVERSIONS'><filename>BBVERSIONS</filename></link> | ||
2338 | variables. | ||
2339 | <note> | ||
2340 | The mechanism for this class extension is extremely | ||
2341 | specific to the implementation. | ||
2342 | Usually, the recipe's | ||
2343 | <link linkend='var-bb-PROVIDES'><filename>PROVIDES</filename></link>, | ||
2344 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link>, and | ||
2345 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2346 | variables would need to be modified by the extension class. | ||
2347 | For specific examples, see the OE-Core | ||
2348 | <filename>native</filename>, <filename>nativesdk</filename>, | ||
2349 | and <filename>multilib</filename> classes. | ||
2350 | </note> | ||
2351 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2352 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2353 | This variable is a space separated list of classes used to "extend" the | ||
2354 | recipe for each variant. | ||
2355 | Here is an example that results in a second incarnation of the current | ||
2356 | recipe being available. | ||
2357 | This second incarnation will have the "native" class inherited. | ||
2358 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2359 | BBCLASSEXTEND = "native" | ||
2360 | </literallayout></para></listitem> | ||
2361 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>BBVERSIONS</filename>:</emphasis> | ||
2362 | This variable allows a single recipe to build multiple versions of a | ||
2363 | project from a single recipe file. | ||
2364 | You can also specify conditional metadata | ||
2365 | (using the | ||
2366 | <link linkend='var-bb-OVERRIDES'><filename>OVERRIDES</filename></link> | ||
2367 | mechanism) for a single version, or an optionally named range of versions. | ||
2368 | Here is an example: | ||
2369 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2370 | BBVERSIONS = "1.0 2.0 git" | ||
2371 | SRC_URI_git = "git://someurl/somepath.git" | ||
2372 | |||
2373 | BBVERSIONS = "1.0.[0-6]:1.0.0+ \ 1.0.[7-9]:1.0.7+" | ||
2374 | SRC_URI_append_1.0.7+ = "file://some_patch_which_the_new_versions_need.patch;patch=1" | ||
2375 | </literallayout> | ||
2376 | The name of the range defaults to the original version of the | ||
2377 | recipe. | ||
2378 | For example, in OpenEmbedded, the recipe file | ||
2379 | <filename>foo_1.0.0+.bb</filename> creates a default name range | ||
2380 | of <filename>1.0.0+</filename>. | ||
2381 | This is useful because the range name is not only placed | ||
2382 | into overrides, but it is also made available for the metadata to use | ||
2383 | in the variable that defines the base recipe versions for use in | ||
2384 | <filename>file://</filename> search paths | ||
2385 | (<link linkend='var-bb-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></link>). | ||
2386 | </para></listitem> | ||
2387 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2388 | </para> | ||
2389 | </section> | ||
2390 | |||
2391 | <section id='dependencies'> | ||
2392 | <title>Dependencies</title> | ||
2393 | |||
2394 | <para> | ||
2395 | To allow for efficient parallel processing, BitBake handles | ||
2396 | dependencies at the task level. | ||
2397 | Dependencies can exist both between tasks within a single recipe | ||
2398 | and between tasks in different recipes. | ||
2399 | Following are examples of each: | ||
2400 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2401 | <listitem><para>For tasks within a single recipe, a | ||
2402 | recipe's <filename>do_configure</filename> | ||
2403 | task might need to complete before its | ||
2404 | <filename>do_compile</filename> task can run. | ||
2405 | </para></listitem> | ||
2406 | <listitem><para>For tasks in different recipes, one | ||
2407 | recipe's <filename>do_configure</filename> | ||
2408 | task might require another recipe's | ||
2409 | <filename>do_populate_sysroot</filename> | ||
2410 | task to finish first such that the libraries and headers | ||
2411 | provided by the other recipe are available. | ||
2412 | </para></listitem> | ||
2413 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2414 | </para> | ||
2415 | |||
2416 | <para> | ||
2417 | This section describes several ways to declare dependencies. | ||
2418 | Remember, even though dependencies are declared in different ways, they | ||
2419 | are all simply dependencies between tasks. | ||
2420 | </para> | ||
2421 | |||
2422 | <section id='dependencies-internal-to-the-bb-file'> | ||
2423 | <title>Dependencies Internal to the <filename>.bb</filename> File</title> | ||
2424 | |||
2425 | <para> | ||
2426 | BitBake uses the <filename>addtask</filename> directive | ||
2427 | to manage dependencies that are internal to a given recipe | ||
2428 | file. | ||
2429 | You can use the <filename>addtask</filename> directive to | ||
2430 | indicate when a task is dependent on other tasks or when | ||
2431 | other tasks depend on that recipe. | ||
2432 | Here is an example: | ||
2433 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2434 | addtask printdate after do_fetch before do_build | ||
2435 | </literallayout> | ||
2436 | In this example, the <filename>do_printdate</filename> | ||
2437 | task depends on the completion of the | ||
2438 | <filename>do_fetch</filename> task, and the | ||
2439 | <filename>do_build</filename> task depends on the | ||
2440 | completion of the <filename>do_printdate</filename> | ||
2441 | task. | ||
2442 | <note><para> | ||
2443 | For a task to run, it must be a direct or indirect | ||
2444 | dependency of some other task that is scheduled to | ||
2445 | run.</para> | ||
2446 | |||
2447 | <para>For illustration, here are some examples: | ||
2448 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2449 | <listitem><para> | ||
2450 | The directive | ||
2451 | <filename>addtask mytask before do_configure</filename> | ||
2452 | causes <filename>do_mytask</filename> to run before | ||
2453 | <filename>do_configure</filename> runs. | ||
2454 | Be aware that <filename>do_mytask</filename> still only | ||
2455 | runs if its <link linkend='checksums'>input checksum</link> | ||
2456 | has changed since the last time it was run. | ||
2457 | Changes to the input checksum of | ||
2458 | <filename>do_mytask</filename> also indirectly cause | ||
2459 | <filename>do_configure</filename> to run. | ||
2460 | </para></listitem> | ||
2461 | <listitem><para> | ||
2462 | The directive | ||
2463 | <filename>addtask mytask after do_configure</filename> | ||
2464 | by itself never causes <filename>do_mytask</filename> | ||
2465 | to run. | ||
2466 | <filename>do_mytask</filename> can still be run manually | ||
2467 | as follows: | ||
2468 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2469 | $ bitbake <replaceable>recipe</replaceable> -c mytask | ||
2470 | </literallayout> | ||
2471 | Declaring <filename>do_mytask</filename> as a dependency | ||
2472 | of some other task that is scheduled to run also causes | ||
2473 | it to run. | ||
2474 | Regardless, the task runs after | ||
2475 | <filename>do_configure</filename>. | ||
2476 | </para></listitem> | ||
2477 | </itemizedlist></para> | ||
2478 | </note> | ||
2479 | </para> | ||
2480 | </section> | ||
2481 | |||
2482 | <section id='build-dependencies'> | ||
2483 | <title>Build Dependencies</title> | ||
2484 | |||
2485 | <para> | ||
2486 | BitBake uses the | ||
2487 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2488 | variable to manage build time dependencies. | ||
2489 | The <filename>[deptask]</filename> varflag for tasks | ||
2490 | signifies the task of each | ||
2491 | item listed in <filename>DEPENDS</filename> that must | ||
2492 | complete before that task can be executed. | ||
2493 | Here is an example: | ||
2494 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2495 | do_configure[deptask] = "do_populate_sysroot" | ||
2496 | </literallayout> | ||
2497 | In this example, the <filename>do_populate_sysroot</filename> | ||
2498 | task of each item in <filename>DEPENDS</filename> must complete before | ||
2499 | <filename>do_configure</filename> can execute. | ||
2500 | </para> | ||
2501 | </section> | ||
2502 | |||
2503 | <section id='runtime-dependencies'> | ||
2504 | <title>Runtime Dependencies</title> | ||
2505 | |||
2506 | <para> | ||
2507 | BitBake uses the | ||
2508 | <link linkend='var-bb-PACKAGES'><filename>PACKAGES</filename></link>, | ||
2509 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link>, and | ||
2510 | <link linkend='var-bb-RRECOMMENDS'><filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename></link> | ||
2511 | variables to manage runtime dependencies. | ||
2512 | </para> | ||
2513 | |||
2514 | <para> | ||
2515 | The <filename>PACKAGES</filename> variable lists runtime | ||
2516 | packages. | ||
2517 | Each of those packages can have <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> and | ||
2518 | <filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename> runtime dependencies. | ||
2519 | The <filename>[rdeptask]</filename> flag for tasks is used to | ||
2520 | signify the task of each | ||
2521 | item runtime dependency which must have completed before that | ||
2522 | task can be executed. | ||
2523 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2524 | do_package_qa[rdeptask] = "do_packagedata" | ||
2525 | </literallayout> | ||
2526 | In the previous example, the <filename>do_packagedata</filename> | ||
2527 | task of each item in <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> must have | ||
2528 | completed before <filename>do_package_qa</filename> can execute. | ||
2529 | Although <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> contains entries from the | ||
2530 | runtime dependency namespace, BitBake knows how to map them back | ||
2531 | to the build-time dependency namespace, in which the tasks are defined. | ||
2532 | </para> | ||
2533 | </section> | ||
2534 | |||
2535 | <section id='recursive-dependencies'> | ||
2536 | <title>Recursive Dependencies</title> | ||
2537 | |||
2538 | <para> | ||
2539 | BitBake uses the <filename>[recrdeptask]</filename> flag to manage | ||
2540 | recursive task dependencies. | ||
2541 | BitBake looks through the build-time and runtime | ||
2542 | dependencies of the current recipe, looks through | ||
2543 | the task's inter-task | ||
2544 | dependencies, and then adds dependencies for the | ||
2545 | listed task. | ||
2546 | Once BitBake has accomplished this, it recursively works through | ||
2547 | the dependencies of those tasks. | ||
2548 | Iterative passes continue until all dependencies are discovered | ||
2549 | and added. | ||
2550 | </para> | ||
2551 | |||
2552 | <para> | ||
2553 | The <filename>[recrdeptask]</filename> flag is most commonly | ||
2554 | used in high-level | ||
2555 | recipes that need to wait for some task to finish "globally". | ||
2556 | For example, <filename>image.bbclass</filename> has the following: | ||
2557 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2558 | do_rootfs[recrdeptask] += "do_packagedata" | ||
2559 | </literallayout> | ||
2560 | This statement says that the <filename>do_packagedata</filename> | ||
2561 | task of the current recipe and all recipes reachable | ||
2562 | (by way of dependencies) from the | ||
2563 | image recipe must run before the <filename>do_rootfs</filename> | ||
2564 | task can run. | ||
2565 | </para> | ||
2566 | |||
2567 | <para> | ||
2568 | BitBake allows a task to recursively depend on itself by | ||
2569 | referencing itself in the task list: | ||
2570 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2571 | do_a[recrdeptask] = "do_a do_b" | ||
2572 | </literallayout> | ||
2573 | In the same way as before, this means that the <filename>do_a</filename> | ||
2574 | and <filename>do_b</filename> tasks of the current recipe and all | ||
2575 | recipes reachable (by way of dependencies) from the recipe | ||
2576 | must run before the <filename>do_a</filename> task can run. In this | ||
2577 | case BitBake will ignore the current recipe's <filename>do_a</filename> | ||
2578 | task circular dependency on itself. | ||
2579 | </para> | ||
2580 | </section> | ||
2581 | |||
2582 | <section id='inter-task-dependencies'> | ||
2583 | <title>Inter-Task Dependencies</title> | ||
2584 | |||
2585 | <para> | ||
2586 | BitBake uses the <filename>[depends]</filename> | ||
2587 | flag in a more generic form | ||
2588 | to manage inter-task dependencies. | ||
2589 | This more generic form allows for inter-dependency | ||
2590 | checks for specific tasks rather than checks for | ||
2591 | the data in <filename>DEPENDS</filename>. | ||
2592 | Here is an example: | ||
2593 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2594 | do_patch[depends] = "quilt-native:do_populate_sysroot" | ||
2595 | </literallayout> | ||
2596 | In this example, the <filename>do_populate_sysroot</filename> | ||
2597 | task of the target <filename>quilt-native</filename> | ||
2598 | must have completed before the | ||
2599 | <filename>do_patch</filename> task can execute. | ||
2600 | </para> | ||
2601 | |||
2602 | <para> | ||
2603 | The <filename>[rdepends]</filename> flag works in a similar | ||
2604 | way but takes targets | ||
2605 | in the runtime namespace instead of the build-time dependency | ||
2606 | namespace. | ||
2607 | </para> | ||
2608 | </section> | ||
2609 | </section> | ||
2610 | |||
2611 | <section id='functions-you-can-call-from-within-python'> | ||
2612 | <title>Functions You Can Call From Within Python</title> | ||
2613 | |||
2614 | <para> | ||
2615 | BitBake provides many functions you can call from | ||
2616 | within Python functions. | ||
2617 | This section lists the most commonly used functions, | ||
2618 | and mentions where to find others. | ||
2619 | </para> | ||
2620 | |||
2621 | <section id='functions-for-accessing-datastore-variables'> | ||
2622 | <title>Functions for Accessing Datastore Variables</title> | ||
2623 | |||
2624 | <para> | ||
2625 | It is often necessary to access variables in the | ||
2626 | BitBake datastore using Python functions. | ||
2627 | The BitBake datastore has an API that allows you this | ||
2628 | access. | ||
2629 | Here is a list of available operations: | ||
2630 | </para> | ||
2631 | |||
2632 | <para> | ||
2633 | <informaltable frame='none'> | ||
2634 | <tgroup cols='2' align='left' colsep='1' rowsep='1'> | ||
2635 | <colspec colname='c1' colwidth='1*'/> | ||
2636 | <colspec colname='c2' colwidth='1*'/> | ||
2637 | <thead> | ||
2638 | <row> | ||
2639 | <entry align="left"><emphasis>Operation</emphasis></entry> | ||
2640 | <entry align="left"><emphasis>Description</emphasis></entry> | ||
2641 | </row> | ||
2642 | </thead> | ||
2643 | <tbody> | ||
2644 | <row> | ||
2645 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.getVar("X", expand)</filename></entry> | ||
2646 | <entry align="left">Returns the value of variable "X". | ||
2647 | Using "expand=True" expands the value. | ||
2648 | Returns "None" if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2649 | </row> | ||
2650 | <row> | ||
2651 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.setVar("X", "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2652 | <entry align="left">Sets the variable "X" to "value".</entry> | ||
2653 | </row> | ||
2654 | <row> | ||
2655 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.appendVar("X", "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2656 | <entry align="left">Adds "value" to the end of the variable "X". | ||
2657 | Acts like <filename>d.setVar("X", "value")</filename> | ||
2658 | if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2659 | </row> | ||
2660 | <row> | ||
2661 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.prependVar("X", "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2662 | <entry align="left">Adds "value" to the start of the variable "X". | ||
2663 | Acts like <filename>d.setVar("X", "value")</filename> | ||
2664 | if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2665 | </row> | ||
2666 | <row> | ||
2667 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.delVar("X")</filename></entry> | ||
2668 | <entry align="left">Deletes the variable "X" from the datastore. | ||
2669 | Does nothing if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2670 | </row> | ||
2671 | <row> | ||
2672 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.renameVar("X", "Y")</filename></entry> | ||
2673 | <entry align="left">Renames the variable "X" to "Y". | ||
2674 | Does nothing if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2675 | </row> | ||
2676 | <row> | ||
2677 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.getVarFlag("X", flag, expand)</filename></entry> | ||
2678 | <entry align="left">Returns the value of variable "X". | ||
2679 | Using "expand=True" expands the value. | ||
2680 | Returns "None" if either the variable "X" or the named flag | ||
2681 | does not exist.</entry> | ||
2682 | </row> | ||
2683 | <row> | ||
2684 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2685 | <entry align="left">Sets the named flag for variable "X" to "value".</entry> | ||
2686 | </row> | ||
2687 | <row> | ||
2688 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.appendVarFlag("X", flag, "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2689 | <entry align="left">Appends "value" to the named flag on the | ||
2690 | variable "X". | ||
2691 | Acts like <filename>d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")</filename> | ||
2692 | if the named flag does not exist.</entry> | ||
2693 | </row> | ||
2694 | <row> | ||
2695 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.prependVarFlag("X", flag, "value")</filename></entry> | ||
2696 | <entry align="left">Prepends "value" to the named flag on | ||
2697 | the variable "X". | ||
2698 | Acts like <filename>d.setVarFlag("X", flag, "value")</filename> | ||
2699 | if the named flag does not exist.</entry> | ||
2700 | </row> | ||
2701 | <row> | ||
2702 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.delVarFlag("X", flag)</filename></entry> | ||
2703 | <entry align="left">Deletes the named flag on the variable | ||
2704 | "X" from the datastore.</entry> | ||
2705 | </row> | ||
2706 | <row> | ||
2707 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.setVarFlags("X", flagsdict)</filename></entry> | ||
2708 | <entry align="left">Sets the flags specified in | ||
2709 | the <filename>flagsdict()</filename> parameter. | ||
2710 | <filename>setVarFlags</filename> does not clear previous flags. | ||
2711 | Think of this operation as <filename>addVarFlags</filename>.</entry> | ||
2712 | </row> | ||
2713 | <row> | ||
2714 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.getVarFlags("X")</filename></entry> | ||
2715 | <entry align="left">Returns a <filename>flagsdict</filename> | ||
2716 | of the flags for the variable "X". | ||
2717 | Returns "None" if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2718 | </row> | ||
2719 | <row> | ||
2720 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.delVarFlags("X")</filename></entry> | ||
2721 | <entry align="left">Deletes all the flags for the variable "X". | ||
2722 | Does nothing if the variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2723 | </row> | ||
2724 | <row> | ||
2725 | <entry align="left"><filename>d.expand(expression)</filename></entry> | ||
2726 | <entry align="left">Expands variable references in the specified | ||
2727 | string expression. | ||
2728 | References to variables that do not exist are left as is. | ||
2729 | For example, <filename>d.expand("foo ${X}")</filename> | ||
2730 | expands to the literal string "foo ${X}" if the | ||
2731 | variable "X" does not exist.</entry> | ||
2732 | </row> | ||
2733 | </tbody> | ||
2734 | </tgroup> | ||
2735 | </informaltable> | ||
2736 | </para> | ||
2737 | </section> | ||
2738 | |||
2739 | <section id='other-functions'> | ||
2740 | <title>Other Functions</title> | ||
2741 | |||
2742 | <para> | ||
2743 | You can find many other functions that can be called | ||
2744 | from Python by looking at the source code of the | ||
2745 | <filename>bb</filename> module, which is in | ||
2746 | <filename>bitbake/lib/bb</filename>. | ||
2747 | For example, | ||
2748 | <filename>bitbake/lib/bb/utils.py</filename> includes | ||
2749 | the commonly used functions | ||
2750 | <filename>bb.utils.contains()</filename> and | ||
2751 | <filename>bb.utils.mkdirhier()</filename>, which come | ||
2752 | with docstrings. | ||
2753 | </para> | ||
2754 | </section> | ||
2755 | </section> | ||
2756 | |||
2757 | <section id='task-checksums-and-setscene'> | ||
2758 | <title>Task Checksums and Setscene</title> | ||
2759 | |||
2760 | <para> | ||
2761 | BitBake uses checksums (or signatures) along with the setscene | ||
2762 | to determine if a task needs to be run. | ||
2763 | This section describes the process. | ||
2764 | To help understand how BitBake does this, the section assumes an | ||
2765 | OpenEmbedded metadata-based example. | ||
2766 | </para> | ||
2767 | |||
2768 | <para> | ||
2769 | These checksums are stored in | ||
2770 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMP'><filename>STAMP</filename></link>. | ||
2771 | You can examine the checksums using the following BitBake command: | ||
2772 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2773 | $ bitbake-dumpsigs | ||
2774 | </literallayout> | ||
2775 | This command returns the signature data in a readable format | ||
2776 | that allows you to examine the inputs used when the | ||
2777 | OpenEmbedded build system generates signatures. | ||
2778 | For example, using <filename>bitbake-dumpsigs</filename> | ||
2779 | allows you to examine the <filename>do_compile</filename> | ||
2780 | task's “sigdata†for a C application (e.g. | ||
2781 | <filename>bash</filename>). | ||
2782 | Running the command also reveals that the “CC†variable is part of | ||
2783 | the inputs that are hashed. | ||
2784 | Any changes to this variable would invalidate the stamp and | ||
2785 | cause the <filename>do_compile</filename> task to run. | ||
2786 | </para> | ||
2787 | |||
2788 | <para> | ||
2789 | The following list describes related variables: | ||
2790 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2791 | <listitem><para> | ||
2792 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION'><filename>BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION</filename></link>: | ||
2793 | Specifies the name of the function to call during | ||
2794 | the "setscene" part of the task's execution in order | ||
2795 | to validate the list of task hashes. | ||
2796 | </para></listitem> | ||
2797 | <listitem><para> | ||
2798 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID'><filename>BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID</filename></link>: | ||
2799 | Specifies a function BitBake calls that determines | ||
2800 | whether BitBake requires a setscene dependency to | ||
2801 | be met. | ||
2802 | </para></listitem> | ||
2803 | <listitem><para> | ||
2804 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2'><filename>BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2</filename></link>: | ||
2805 | Specifies a function to call that verifies the list of | ||
2806 | planned task execution before the main task execution | ||
2807 | happens. | ||
2808 | </para></listitem> | ||
2809 | <listitem><para> | ||
2810 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_STAMP_POLICY'><filename>BB_STAMP_POLICY</filename></link>: | ||
2811 | Defines the mode for comparing timestamps of stamp files. | ||
2812 | </para></listitem> | ||
2813 | <listitem><para> | ||
2814 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_STAMP_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_STAMP_WHITELIST</filename></link>: | ||
2815 | Lists stamp files that are looked at when the stamp policy | ||
2816 | is "whitelist". | ||
2817 | </para></listitem> | ||
2818 | <listitem><para> | ||
2819 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_TASKHASH'><filename>BB_TASKHASH</filename></link>: | ||
2820 | Within an executing task, this variable holds the hash | ||
2821 | of the task as returned by the currently enabled | ||
2822 | signature generator. | ||
2823 | </para></listitem> | ||
2824 | <listitem><para> | ||
2825 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMP'><filename>STAMP</filename></link>: | ||
2826 | The base path to create stamp files. | ||
2827 | </para></listitem> | ||
2828 | <listitem><para> | ||
2829 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMPCLEAN'><filename>STAMPCLEAN</filename></link>: | ||
2830 | Again, the base path to create stamp files but can use wildcards | ||
2831 | for matching a range of files for clean operations. | ||
2832 | </para></listitem> | ||
2833 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2834 | </para> | ||
2835 | </section> | ||
2836 | |||
2837 | <section id='wildcard-support-in-variables'> | ||
2838 | <title>Wildcard Support in Variables</title> | ||
2839 | |||
2840 | <para> | ||
2841 | Support for wildcard use in variables varies depending on the | ||
2842 | context in which it is used. | ||
2843 | For example, some variables and file names allow limited use of | ||
2844 | wildcards through the "<filename>%</filename>" and | ||
2845 | "<filename>*</filename>" characters. | ||
2846 | Other variables or names support Python's | ||
2847 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html'><filename>glob</filename></ulink> | ||
2848 | syntax, | ||
2849 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch'><filename>fnmatch</filename></ulink> | ||
2850 | syntax, or | ||
2851 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#re'><filename>Regular Expression (re)</filename></ulink> | ||
2852 | syntax. | ||
2853 | </para> | ||
2854 | |||
2855 | <para> | ||
2856 | For variables that have wildcard suport, the | ||
2857 | documentation describes which form of wildcard, its | ||
2858 | use, and its limitations. | ||
2859 | </para> | ||
2860 | </section> | ||
2861 | |||
2862 | </chapter> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.rst b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74a3eb8095 --- /dev/null +++ b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.rst | |||
@@ -0,0 +1,1372 @@ | |||
1 | .. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-2.5 | ||
2 | |||
3 | ================== | ||
4 | Variables Glossary | ||
5 | ================== | ||
6 | |||
7 | | | ||
8 | |||
9 | This chapter lists common variables used by BitBake and gives an | ||
10 | overview of their function and contents. | ||
11 | |||
12 | .. note:: | ||
13 | |||
14 | Following are some points regarding the variables listed in this | ||
15 | glossary: | ||
16 | |||
17 | - The variables listed in this glossary are specific to BitBake. | ||
18 | Consequently, the descriptions are limited to that context. | ||
19 | |||
20 | - Also, variables exist in other systems that use BitBake (e.g. The | ||
21 | Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded) that have names identical to those | ||
22 | found in this glossary. For such cases, the variables in those | ||
23 | systems extend the functionality of the variable as it is | ||
24 | described here in this glossary. | ||
25 | |||
26 | - Finally, there are variables mentioned in this glossary that do | ||
27 | not appear in the BitBake glossary. These other variables are | ||
28 | variables used in systems that use BitBake. | ||
29 | |||
30 | .. glossary:: | ||
31 | |||
32 | :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` | ||
33 | Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not | ||
34 | attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already | ||
35 | been built. | ||
36 | |||
37 | In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native | ||
38 | tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which | ||
39 | when specified allows for the Git binary from the host to be used | ||
40 | rather than building ``git-native``. | ||
41 | |||
42 | :term:`B` | ||
43 | The directory in which BitBake executes functions during a recipe's | ||
44 | build process. | ||
45 | |||
46 | :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` | ||
47 | Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed | ||
48 | to use to obtain the required source code. Following are | ||
49 | considerations surrounding this variable: | ||
50 | |||
51 | - This host list is only used if | ||
52 | :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` is either not set or | ||
53 | set to "0". | ||
54 | |||
55 | - Limited support for the "``*``" wildcard character for matching | ||
56 | against the beginning of host names exists. For example, the | ||
57 | following setting matches ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and | ||
58 | ``foo.git.gnu.org``. :: | ||
59 | |||
60 | BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "\*.gnu.org" | ||
61 | |||
62 | .. important:: | ||
63 | |||
64 | The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of | ||
65 | a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the | ||
66 | host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other | ||
67 | location of the name or combined with the front part of the | ||
68 | name. | ||
69 | |||
70 | For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` | ||
71 | is not. | ||
72 | |||
73 | - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. | ||
74 | |||
75 | - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. | ||
76 | |||
77 | Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with | ||
78 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the | ||
79 | host you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code | ||
80 | being fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error | ||
81 | when a host that is not allowed is in a | ||
82 | :term:`SRC_URI` statement. This is because the | ||
83 | fetcher does not attempt to use the host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after | ||
84 | a successful fetch from the ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs. | ||
85 | |||
86 | :term:`BB_CONSOLELOG` | ||
87 | Specifies the path to a log file into which BitBake's user interface | ||
88 | writes output during the build. | ||
89 | |||
90 | :term:`BB_CURRENTTASK` | ||
91 | Contains the name of the currently running task. The name does not | ||
92 | include the ``do_`` prefix. | ||
93 | |||
94 | :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` | ||
95 | Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file | ||
96 | (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This | ||
97 | condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` | ||
98 | bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the | ||
99 | other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe | ||
100 | yet). | ||
101 | |||
102 | The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction | ||
103 | given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your | ||
104 | changes are no longer being applied. | ||
105 | |||
106 | :term:`BB_DEFAULT_TASK` | ||
107 | The default task to use when none is specified (e.g. with the ``-c`` | ||
108 | command line option). The task name specified should not include the | ||
109 | ``do_`` prefix. | ||
110 | |||
111 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` | ||
112 | Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows | ||
113 | you to control the build based on these parameters. | ||
114 | |||
115 | Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. When setting this | ||
116 | variable, use the following form: :: | ||
117 | |||
118 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "<action>,<dir>,<threshold> [...]" | ||
119 | |||
120 | where: | ||
121 | |||
122 | <action> is: | ||
123 | ABORT: Immediately abort the build when | ||
124 | a threshold is broken. | ||
125 | STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently | ||
126 | executing tasks have finished when | ||
127 | a threshold is broken. | ||
128 | WARN: Issue a warning but continue the | ||
129 | build when a threshold is broken. | ||
130 | Subsequent warnings are issued as | ||
131 | defined by the | ||
132 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL variable, | ||
133 | which must be defined. | ||
134 | |||
135 | <dir> is: | ||
136 | Any directory you choose. You can specify one or | ||
137 | more directories to monitor by separating the | ||
138 | groupings with a space. If two directories are | ||
139 | on the same device, only the first directory | ||
140 | is monitored. | ||
141 | |||
142 | <threshold> is: | ||
143 | Either the minimum available disk space, | ||
144 | the minimum number of free inodes, or | ||
145 | both. You must specify at least one. To | ||
146 | omit one or the other, simply omit the value. | ||
147 | Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, | ||
148 | Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do | ||
149 | not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by | ||
150 | default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
151 | |||
152 | Here are some examples: :: | ||
153 | |||
154 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | ||
155 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" | ||
156 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" | ||
157 | |||
158 | The first example works only if you also set the | ||
159 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` | ||
160 | variable. This example causes the build system to immediately abort | ||
161 | when either the disk space in ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or | ||
162 | the available free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Because two | ||
163 | directories are provided with the variable, the build system also | ||
164 | issues a warning when the disk space in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` | ||
165 | directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number of free inodes drops | ||
166 | below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued during intervals as | ||
167 | defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable. | ||
168 | |||
169 | The second example stops the build after all currently executing | ||
170 | tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` | ||
171 | directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free | ||
172 | inodes in this case. | ||
173 | |||
174 | The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of | ||
175 | free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No | ||
176 | disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. | ||
177 | |||
178 | :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` | ||
179 | Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. | ||
180 | |||
181 | If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you | ||
182 | must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` | ||
183 | variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, | ||
184 | subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free | ||
185 | inodes further reduces by the respective interval. | ||
186 | |||
187 | If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you | ||
188 | do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk | ||
189 | monitoring interval defaults to the following: | ||
190 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | ||
191 | |||
192 | When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the | ||
193 | following form: :: | ||
194 | |||
195 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "<disk_space_interval>,<disk_inode_interval>" | ||
196 | |||
197 | where: | ||
198 | |||
199 | <disk_space_interval> is: | ||
200 | An interval of memory expressed in either | ||
201 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, | ||
202 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
203 | |||
204 | <disk_inode_interval> is: | ||
205 | An interval of free inodes expressed in either | ||
206 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, | ||
207 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
208 | |||
209 | Here is an example: :: | ||
210 | |||
211 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | ||
212 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | ||
213 | |||
214 | These variables cause BitBake to | ||
215 | issue subsequent warnings each time the available disk space further | ||
216 | reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of free inodes further reduces by | ||
217 | 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory. Subsequent warnings | ||
218 | based on the interval occur each time a respective interval is | ||
219 | reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). | ||
220 | |||
221 | :term:`BB_ENV_WHITELIST` | ||
222 | Specifies the internal whitelist of variables to allow through from | ||
223 | the external environment into BitBake's datastore. If the value of | ||
224 | this variable is not specified (which is the default), the following | ||
225 | list is used: :term:`BBPATH`, :term:`BB_PRESERVE_ENV`, | ||
226 | :term:`BB_ENV_WHITELIST`, and :term:`BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE`. | ||
227 | |||
228 | .. note:: | ||
229 | |||
230 | You must set this variable in the external environment in order | ||
231 | for it to work. | ||
232 | |||
233 | :term:`BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE` | ||
234 | Specifies an additional set of variables to allow through (whitelist) | ||
235 | from the external environment into BitBake's datastore. This list of | ||
236 | variables are on top of the internal list set in | ||
237 | :term:`BB_ENV_WHITELIST`. | ||
238 | |||
239 | .. note:: | ||
240 | |||
241 | You must set this variable in the external environment in order | ||
242 | for it to work. | ||
243 | |||
244 | :term:`BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY` | ||
245 | When set to "1", causes BitBake's fetcher module to only search | ||
246 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` for files. BitBake will not | ||
247 | search the main :term:`SRC_URI` or | ||
248 | :term:`MIRRORS`. | ||
249 | |||
250 | :term:`BB_FILENAME` | ||
251 | Contains the filename of the recipe that owns the currently running | ||
252 | task. For example, if the ``do_fetch`` task that resides in the | ||
253 | ``my-recipe.bb`` is executing, the ``BB_FILENAME`` variable contains | ||
254 | "/foo/path/my-recipe.bb". | ||
255 | |||
256 | :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` | ||
257 | Activates content depending on presence of identified layers. You | ||
258 | identify the layers by the collections that the layers define. | ||
259 | |||
260 | Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files whose | ||
261 | corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to modify other | ||
262 | layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to introduce a hard | ||
263 | dependency on those other layers. | ||
264 | |||
265 | Additionally you can prefix the rule with "!" to add ``.bbappend`` and | ||
266 | ``.bb`` files in case a layer is not present. Use this avoid hard | ||
267 | dependency on those other layers. | ||
268 | |||
269 | Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``: :: | ||
270 | |||
271 | collection_name:filename_pattern | ||
272 | |||
273 | The following example identifies two collection names and two filename | ||
274 | patterns: :: | ||
275 | |||
276 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += "\ | ||
277 | clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ | ||
278 | core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ | ||
279 | " | ||
280 | |||
281 | When the collection name is prefixed with "!" it will add the file pattern in case | ||
282 | the layer is absent: :: | ||
283 | |||
284 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += "\ | ||
285 | !clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/backfill/meta-clang/*/*/*.bb \ | ||
286 | " | ||
287 | |||
288 | This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid | ||
289 | entries are found, which cause parsing to abort: :: | ||
290 | |||
291 | ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form {!}<collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: | ||
292 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend | ||
293 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend | ||
294 | |||
295 | :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` | ||
296 | Causes tarballs of the Git repositories, including the Git metadata, | ||
297 | to be placed in the :term:`DL_DIR` directory. Anyone | ||
298 | wishing to create a source mirror would want to enable this variable. | ||
299 | |||
300 | For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of the Git | ||
301 | repositories is not the default action by BitBake. :: | ||
302 | |||
303 | BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" | ||
304 | |||
305 | :term:`BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST` | ||
306 | Lists variables that are excluded from base configuration checksum, | ||
307 | which is used to determine if the cache can be reused. | ||
308 | |||
309 | One of the ways BitBake determines whether to re-parse the main | ||
310 | metadata is through checksums of the variables in the datastore of | ||
311 | the base configuration data. There are variables that you typically | ||
312 | want to exclude when checking whether or not to re-parse and thus | ||
313 | rebuild the cache. As an example, you would usually exclude ``TIME`` | ||
314 | and ``DATE`` because these variables are always changing. If you did | ||
315 | not exclude them, BitBake would never reuse the cache. | ||
316 | |||
317 | :term:`BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST` | ||
318 | Lists variables that are excluded from checksum and dependency data. | ||
319 | Variables that are excluded can therefore change without affecting | ||
320 | the checksum mechanism. A common example would be the variable for | ||
321 | the path of the build. BitBake's output should not (and usually does | ||
322 | not) depend on the directory in which it was built. | ||
323 | |||
324 | :term:`BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION` | ||
325 | Specifies the name of the function to call during the "setscene" part | ||
326 | of the task's execution in order to validate the list of task hashes. | ||
327 | The function returns the list of setscene tasks that should be | ||
328 | executed. | ||
329 | |||
330 | At this point in the execution of the code, the objective is to | ||
331 | quickly verify if a given setscene function is likely to work or not. | ||
332 | It's easier to check the list of setscene functions in one pass than | ||
333 | to call many individual tasks. The returned list need not be | ||
334 | completely accurate. A given setscene task can still later fail. | ||
335 | However, the more accurate the data returned, the more efficient the | ||
336 | build will be. | ||
337 | |||
338 | :term:`BB_INVALIDCONF` | ||
339 | Used in combination with the ``ConfigParsed`` event to trigger | ||
340 | re-parsing the base metadata (i.e. all the recipes). The | ||
341 | ``ConfigParsed`` event can set the variable to trigger the re-parse. | ||
342 | You must be careful to avoid recursive loops with this functionality. | ||
343 | |||
344 | :term:`BB_LOGCONFIG` | ||
345 | Specifies the name of a config file that contains the user logging | ||
346 | configuration. See | ||
347 | :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:logging` | ||
348 | for additional information | ||
349 | |||
350 | :term:`BB_LOGFMT` | ||
351 | Specifies the name of the log files saved into | ||
352 | ``${``\ :term:`T`\ ``}``. By default, the ``BB_LOGFMT`` | ||
353 | variable is undefined and the log file names get created using the | ||
354 | following form: :: | ||
355 | |||
356 | log.{task}.{pid} | ||
357 | |||
358 | If you want to force log files to take a specific name, you can set this | ||
359 | variable in a configuration file. | ||
360 | |||
361 | :term:`BB_NICE_LEVEL` | ||
362 | Allows BitBake to run at a specific priority (i.e. nice level). | ||
363 | System permissions usually mean that BitBake can reduce its priority | ||
364 | but not raise it again. See :term:`BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL` for | ||
365 | additional information. | ||
366 | |||
367 | :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` | ||
368 | Disables network access in the BitBake fetcher modules. With this | ||
369 | access disabled, any command that attempts to access the network | ||
370 | becomes an error. | ||
371 | |||
372 | Disabling network access is useful for testing source mirrors, | ||
373 | running builds when not connected to the Internet, and when operating | ||
374 | in certain kinds of firewall environments. | ||
375 | |||
376 | :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` | ||
377 | The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one | ||
378 | time. If your host development system supports multiple cores, a good | ||
379 | rule of thumb is to set this variable to twice the number of cores. | ||
380 | |||
381 | :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` | ||
382 | Sets the number of threads BitBake uses when parsing. By default, the | ||
383 | number of threads is equal to the number of cores on the system. | ||
384 | |||
385 | :term:`BB_ORIGENV` | ||
386 | Contains a copy of the original external environment in which BitBake | ||
387 | was run. The copy is taken before any whitelisted variable values are | ||
388 | filtered into BitBake's datastore. | ||
389 | |||
390 | .. note:: | ||
391 | |||
392 | The contents of this variable is a datastore object that can be | ||
393 | queried using the normal datastore operations. | ||
394 | |||
395 | :term:`BB_PRESERVE_ENV` | ||
396 | Disables whitelisting and instead allows all variables through from | ||
397 | the external environment into BitBake's datastore. | ||
398 | |||
399 | .. note:: | ||
400 | |||
401 | You must set this variable in the external environment in order | ||
402 | for it to work. | ||
403 | |||
404 | :term:`BB_RUNFMT` | ||
405 | Specifies the name of the executable script files (i.e. run files) | ||
406 | saved into ``${``\ :term:`T`\ ``}``. By default, the | ||
407 | ``BB_RUNFMT`` variable is undefined and the run file names get | ||
408 | created using the following form: :: | ||
409 | |||
410 | run.{task}.{pid} | ||
411 | |||
412 | If you want to force run files to take a specific name, you can set this | ||
413 | variable in a configuration file. | ||
414 | |||
415 | :term:`BB_RUNTASK` | ||
416 | Contains the name of the currently executing task. The value includes | ||
417 | the "do\_" prefix. For example, if the currently executing task is | ||
418 | ``do_config``, the value is "do_config". | ||
419 | |||
420 | :term:`BB_SCHEDULER` | ||
421 | Selects the name of the scheduler to use for the scheduling of | ||
422 | BitBake tasks. Three options exist: | ||
423 | |||
424 | - *basic* - The basic framework from which everything derives. Using | ||
425 | this option causes tasks to be ordered numerically as they are | ||
426 | parsed. | ||
427 | |||
428 | - *speed* - Executes tasks first that have more tasks depending on | ||
429 | them. The "speed" option is the default. | ||
430 | |||
431 | - *completion* - Causes the scheduler to try to complete a given | ||
432 | recipe once its build has started. | ||
433 | |||
434 | :term:`BB_SCHEDULERS` | ||
435 | Defines custom schedulers to import. Custom schedulers need to be | ||
436 | derived from the ``RunQueueScheduler`` class. | ||
437 | |||
438 | For information how to select a scheduler, see the | ||
439 | :term:`BB_SCHEDULER` variable. | ||
440 | |||
441 | :term:`BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID` | ||
442 | Specifies a function BitBake calls that determines whether BitBake | ||
443 | requires a setscene dependency to be met. | ||
444 | |||
445 | When running a setscene task, BitBake needs to know which | ||
446 | dependencies of that setscene task also need to be run. Whether | ||
447 | dependencies also need to be run is highly dependent on the metadata. | ||
448 | The function specified by this variable returns a "True" or "False" | ||
449 | depending on whether the dependency needs to be met. | ||
450 | |||
451 | :term:`BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2` | ||
452 | Specifies a function to call that verifies the list of planned task | ||
453 | execution before the main task execution happens. The function is | ||
454 | called once BitBake has a list of setscene tasks that have run and | ||
455 | either succeeded or failed. | ||
456 | |||
457 | The function allows for a task list check to see if they make sense. | ||
458 | Even if BitBake was planning to skip a task, the returned value of | ||
459 | the function can force BitBake to run the task, which is necessary | ||
460 | under certain metadata defined circumstances. | ||
461 | |||
462 | :term:`BB_SIGNATURE_EXCLUDE_FLAGS` | ||
463 | Lists variable flags (varflags) that can be safely excluded from | ||
464 | checksum and dependency data for keys in the datastore. When | ||
465 | generating checksum or dependency data for keys in the datastore, the | ||
466 | flags set against that key are normally included in the checksum. | ||
467 | |||
468 | For more information on varflags, see the | ||
469 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags`" | ||
470 | section. | ||
471 | |||
472 | :term:`BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER` | ||
473 | Defines the name of the signature handler BitBake uses. The signature | ||
474 | handler defines the way stamp files are created and handled, if and | ||
475 | how the signature is incorporated into the stamps, and how the | ||
476 | signature itself is generated. | ||
477 | |||
478 | A new signature handler can be added by injecting a class derived | ||
479 | from the ``SignatureGenerator`` class into the global namespace. | ||
480 | |||
481 | :term:`BB_SRCREV_POLICY` | ||
482 | Defines the behavior of the fetcher when it interacts with source | ||
483 | control systems and dynamic source revisions. The | ||
484 | ``BB_SRCREV_POLICY`` variable is useful when working without a | ||
485 | network. | ||
486 | |||
487 | The variable can be set using one of two policies: | ||
488 | |||
489 | - *cache* - Retains the value the system obtained previously rather | ||
490 | than querying the source control system each time. | ||
491 | |||
492 | - *clear* - Queries the source controls system every time. With this | ||
493 | policy, there is no cache. The "clear" policy is the default. | ||
494 | |||
495 | :term:`BB_STAMP_POLICY` | ||
496 | Defines the mode used for how timestamps of stamp files are compared. | ||
497 | You can set the variable to one of the following modes: | ||
498 | |||
499 | - *perfile* - Timestamp comparisons are only made between timestamps | ||
500 | of a specific recipe. This is the default mode. | ||
501 | |||
502 | - *full* - Timestamp comparisons are made for all dependencies. | ||
503 | |||
504 | - *whitelist* - Identical to "full" mode except timestamp | ||
505 | comparisons are made for recipes listed in the | ||
506 | :term:`BB_STAMP_WHITELIST` variable. | ||
507 | |||
508 | .. note:: | ||
509 | |||
510 | Stamp policies are largely obsolete with the introduction of | ||
511 | setscene tasks. | ||
512 | |||
513 | :term:`BB_STAMP_WHITELIST` | ||
514 | Lists files whose stamp file timestamps are compared when the stamp | ||
515 | policy mode is set to "whitelist". For information on stamp policies, | ||
516 | see the :term:`BB_STAMP_POLICY` variable. | ||
517 | |||
518 | :term:`BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM` | ||
519 | Sets a more strict checksum mechanism for non-local URLs. Setting | ||
520 | this variable to a value causes BitBake to report an error if it | ||
521 | encounters a non-local URL that does not have at least one checksum | ||
522 | specified. | ||
523 | |||
524 | :term:`BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL` | ||
525 | Allows adjustment of a task's Input/Output priority. During | ||
526 | Autobuilder testing, random failures can occur for tasks due to I/O | ||
527 | starvation. These failures occur during various QEMU runtime | ||
528 | timeouts. You can use the ``BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL`` variable to adjust | ||
529 | the I/O priority of these tasks. | ||
530 | |||
531 | .. note:: | ||
532 | |||
533 | This variable works similarly to the :term:`BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL` | ||
534 | variable except with a task's I/O priorities. | ||
535 | |||
536 | Set the variable as follows: :: | ||
537 | |||
538 | BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL = "class.prio" | ||
539 | |||
540 | For *class*, the default value is "2", which is a best effort. You can use | ||
541 | "1" for realtime and "3" for idle. If you want to use realtime, you | ||
542 | must have superuser privileges. | ||
543 | |||
544 | For *prio*, you can use any value from "0", which is the highest | ||
545 | priority, to "7", which is the lowest. The default value is "4". You | ||
546 | do not need any special privileges to use this range of priority | ||
547 | values. | ||
548 | |||
549 | .. note:: | ||
550 | |||
551 | In order for your I/O priority settings to take effect, you need the | ||
552 | Completely Fair Queuing (CFQ) Scheduler selected for the backing block | ||
553 | device. To select the scheduler, use the following command form where | ||
554 | device is the device (e.g. sda, sdb, and so forth): :: | ||
555 | |||
556 | $ sudo sh -c "echo cfq > /sys/block/device/queu/scheduler" | ||
557 | |||
558 | :term:`BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL` | ||
559 | Allows specific tasks to change their priority (i.e. nice level). | ||
560 | |||
561 | You can use this variable in combination with task overrides to raise | ||
562 | or lower priorities of specific tasks. For example, on the `Yocto | ||
563 | Project <http://www.yoctoproject.org>`__ autobuilder, QEMU emulation | ||
564 | in images is given a higher priority as compared to build tasks to | ||
565 | ensure that images do not suffer timeouts on loaded systems. | ||
566 | |||
567 | :term:`BB_TASKHASH` | ||
568 | Within an executing task, this variable holds the hash of the task as | ||
569 | returned by the currently enabled signature generator. | ||
570 | |||
571 | :term:`BB_VERBOSE_LOGS` | ||
572 | Controls how verbose BitBake is during builds. If set, shell scripts | ||
573 | echo commands and shell script output appears on standard out | ||
574 | (stdout). | ||
575 | |||
576 | :term:`BB_WORKERCONTEXT` | ||
577 | Specifies if the current context is executing a task. BitBake sets | ||
578 | this variable to "1" when a task is being executed. The value is not | ||
579 | set when the task is in server context during parsing or event | ||
580 | handling. | ||
581 | |||
582 | :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` | ||
583 | Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the | ||
584 | software. Some examples of these variants for recipes from the | ||
585 | OpenEmbedded-Core metadata are "natives" such as ``quilt-native``, | ||
586 | which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build system; "crosses" | ||
587 | such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to run on the build | ||
588 | machine but produces binaries that run on the target ``MACHINE``; | ||
589 | "nativesdk", which targets the SDK machine instead of ``MACHINE``; | ||
590 | and "mulitlibs" in the form "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". | ||
591 | |||
592 | To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of | ||
593 | code, it usually is as simple as adding the variable to your recipe. | ||
594 | Here are two examples. The "native" variants are from the | ||
595 | OpenEmbedded-Core metadata: :: | ||
596 | |||
597 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" | ||
598 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" | ||
599 | |||
600 | .. note:: | ||
601 | |||
602 | Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe | ||
603 | variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such | ||
604 | as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of | ||
605 | a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is | ||
606 | rewritten to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native". | ||
607 | |||
608 | Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once. | ||
609 | Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not | ||
610 | possible to include a different file depending on the variant, | ||
611 | since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is | ||
612 | parsed. | ||
613 | |||
614 | :term:`BBDEBUG` | ||
615 | Sets the BitBake debug output level to a specific value as | ||
616 | incremented by the ``-D`` command line option. | ||
617 | |||
618 | .. note:: | ||
619 | |||
620 | You must set this variable in the external environment in order | ||
621 | for it to work. | ||
622 | |||
623 | :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` | ||
624 | Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find | ||
625 | the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer appends its | ||
626 | name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. | ||
627 | |||
628 | :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` | ||
629 | Variable that expands to match files from | ||
630 | :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This | ||
631 | variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed | ||
632 | with the name of the specific layer (e.g. | ||
633 | ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). | ||
634 | |||
635 | :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` | ||
636 | Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. | ||
637 | |||
638 | This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears | ||
639 | in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to | ||
640 | prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe | ||
641 | - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple | ||
642 | layers. The precedence established through this variable stands | ||
643 | regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). | ||
644 | For example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but | ||
645 | for which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence | ||
646 | still has a lower precedence. | ||
647 | |||
648 | A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a | ||
649 | higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence | ||
650 | than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable | ||
651 | is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable | ||
652 | for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a | ||
653 | layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 | ||
654 | if no priorities are defined). | ||
655 | |||
656 | .. tip:: | ||
657 | |||
658 | You can use the command bitbake-layers show-layers to list all | ||
659 | configured layers along with their priorities. | ||
660 | |||
661 | :term:`BBFILES` | ||
662 | A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build | ||
663 | software. | ||
664 | |||
665 | When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's | ||
666 | `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax. | ||
667 | For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the | ||
668 | previous link. | ||
669 | |||
670 | :term:`BBINCLUDED` | ||
671 | Contains a space-separated list of all of all files that BitBake's | ||
672 | parser included during parsing of the current file. | ||
673 | |||
674 | :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` | ||
675 | If set to a value, enables printing the task log when reporting a | ||
676 | failed task. | ||
677 | |||
678 | :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` | ||
679 | If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies | ||
680 | the maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when | ||
681 | reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``, | ||
682 | the entire log is printed. | ||
683 | |||
684 | :term:`BBLAYERS` | ||
685 | Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined | ||
686 | in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the build directory. | ||
687 | Here is an example: :: | ||
688 | |||
689 | BBLAYERS = " \ | ||
690 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ | ||
691 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
692 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
693 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ | ||
694 | " | ||
695 | |||
696 | This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, user-defined | ||
697 | layer named ``meta-mykernel``. | ||
698 | |||
699 | :term:`BBLAYERS_FETCH_DIR` | ||
700 | Sets the base location where layers are stored. This setting is used | ||
701 | in conjunction with ``bitbake-layers layerindex-fetch`` and tells | ||
702 | ``bitbake-layers`` where to place the fetched layers. | ||
703 | |||
704 | :term:`BBMASK` | ||
705 | Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. | ||
706 | |||
707 | You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and | ||
708 | ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append | ||
709 | files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not | ||
710 | see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or | ||
711 | otherwise used by BitBake. | ||
712 | |||
713 | The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression | ||
714 | compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular | ||
715 | Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full | ||
716 | paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's | ||
717 | documentation at http://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html. | ||
718 | |||
719 | The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell | ||
720 | BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the | ||
721 | ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory: :: | ||
722 | |||
723 | BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" | ||
724 | |||
725 | If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can | ||
726 | specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example | ||
727 | masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: :: | ||
728 | |||
729 | BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" | ||
730 | BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" | ||
731 | BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" | ||
732 | BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" | ||
733 | BBMASK += "lzma" | ||
734 | |||
735 | .. note:: | ||
736 | |||
737 | When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character | ||
738 | to ensure you match just that directory name. | ||
739 | |||
740 | :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` | ||
741 | Enables BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds and lists | ||
742 | each separate configuration (multiconfig). You can use this variable | ||
743 | to cause BitBake to build multiple targets where each target has a | ||
744 | separate configuration. Define ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in your | ||
745 | ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. | ||
746 | |||
747 | As an example, the following line specifies three multiconfigs, each | ||
748 | having a separate configuration file: :: | ||
749 | |||
750 | BBMULTIFONFIG = "configA configB configC" | ||
751 | |||
752 | Each configuration file you use must reside in the | ||
753 | build directory within a directory named ``conf/multiconfig`` (e.g. | ||
754 | build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``). | ||
755 | |||
756 | For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment | ||
757 | that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the | ||
758 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:executing a multiple configuration build`" | ||
759 | section. | ||
760 | |||
761 | :term:`BBPATH` | ||
762 | Used by BitBake to locate class (``.bbclass``) and configuration | ||
763 | (``.conf``) files. This variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` | ||
764 | variable. | ||
765 | |||
766 | If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the build directory, | ||
767 | you must be sure to set ``BBPATH`` to point to the build directory. | ||
768 | Set the variable as you would any environment variable and then run | ||
769 | BitBake: :: | ||
770 | |||
771 | $ BBPATH="build_directory" | ||
772 | $ export BBPATH | ||
773 | $ bitbake target | ||
774 | |||
775 | :term:`BBSERVER` | ||
776 | Points to the server that runs memory-resident BitBake. The variable | ||
777 | is only used when you employ memory-resident BitBake. | ||
778 | |||
779 | :term:`BBTARGETS` | ||
780 | Allows you to use a configuration file to add to the list of | ||
781 | command-line target recipes you want to build. | ||
782 | |||
783 | :term:`BBVERSIONS` | ||
784 | Allows a single recipe to build multiple versions of a project from a | ||
785 | single recipe file. You also able to specify conditional metadata | ||
786 | using the :term:`OVERRIDES` mechanism for a | ||
787 | single version or for an optionally named range of versions. | ||
788 | |||
789 | For more information on ``BBVERSIONS``, see the | ||
790 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variants - class extension mechanism`" | ||
791 | section. | ||
792 | |||
793 | :term:`BITBAKE_UI` | ||
794 | Used to specify the UI module to use when running BitBake. Using this | ||
795 | variable is equivalent to using the ``-u`` command-line option. | ||
796 | |||
797 | .. note:: | ||
798 | |||
799 | You must set this variable in the external environment in order | ||
800 | for it to work. | ||
801 | |||
802 | :term:`BUILDNAME` | ||
803 | A name assigned to the build. The name defaults to a datetime stamp | ||
804 | of when the build was started but can be defined by the metadata. | ||
805 | |||
806 | :term:`BZRDIR` | ||
807 | The directory in which files checked out of a Bazaar system are | ||
808 | stored. | ||
809 | |||
810 | :term:`CACHE` | ||
811 | Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the metadata | ||
812 | so it does not need to be parsed every time BitBake is started. | ||
813 | |||
814 | :term:`CVSDIR` | ||
815 | The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are | ||
816 | stored. | ||
817 | |||
818 | :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` | ||
819 | Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. | ||
820 | |||
821 | The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within | ||
822 | a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the | ||
823 | variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build | ||
824 | by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to | ||
825 | build the development version. | ||
826 | |||
827 | .. note:: | ||
828 | |||
829 | The bias provided by DEFAULT_PREFERENCE is weak and is overridden by | ||
830 | :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two | ||
831 | layers that contain different versions of the same recipe. | ||
832 | |||
833 | :term:`DEPENDS` | ||
834 | Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies (i.e. other recipe files). | ||
835 | |||
836 | Consider this simple example for two recipes named "a" and "b" that | ||
837 | produce similarly named packages. In this example, the ``DEPENDS`` | ||
838 | statement appears in the "a" recipe: :: | ||
839 | |||
840 | DEPENDS = "b" | ||
841 | |||
842 | Here, the dependency is such that the ``do_configure`` task for recipe "a" | ||
843 | depends on the ``do_populate_sysroot`` task of recipe "b". This means | ||
844 | anything that recipe "b" puts into sysroot is available when recipe "a" is | ||
845 | configuring itself. | ||
846 | |||
847 | For information on runtime dependencies, see the :term:`RDEPENDS` | ||
848 | variable. | ||
849 | |||
850 | :term:`DESCRIPTION` | ||
851 | A long description for the recipe. | ||
852 | |||
853 | :term:`DL_DIR` | ||
854 | The central download directory used by the build process to store | ||
855 | downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring for | ||
856 | everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git | ||
857 | repositories, use the :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` variable. | ||
858 | |||
859 | :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` | ||
860 | Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. | ||
861 | ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and | ||
862 | builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the | ||
863 | ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. | ||
864 | |||
865 | To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the | ||
866 | variable to "1" in the recipe. | ||
867 | |||
868 | .. note:: | ||
869 | |||
870 | Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a world | ||
871 | build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding a | ||
872 | recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not | ||
873 | explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build. | ||
874 | |||
875 | :term:`FAKEROOT` | ||
876 | Contains the command to use when running a shell script in a fakeroot | ||
877 | environment. The ``FAKEROOT`` variable is obsolete and has been | ||
878 | replaced by the other ``FAKEROOT*`` variables. See these entries in | ||
879 | the glossary for more information. | ||
880 | |||
881 | :term:`FAKEROOTBASEENV` | ||
882 | Lists environment variables to set when executing the command defined | ||
883 | by :term:`FAKEROOTCMD` that starts the | ||
884 | bitbake-worker process in the fakeroot environment. | ||
885 | |||
886 | :term:`FAKEROOTCMD` | ||
887 | Contains the command that starts the bitbake-worker process in the | ||
888 | fakeroot environment. | ||
889 | |||
890 | :term:`FAKEROOTDIRS` | ||
891 | Lists directories to create before running a task in the fakeroot | ||
892 | environment. | ||
893 | |||
894 | :term:`FAKEROOTENV` | ||
895 | Lists environment variables to set when running a task in the | ||
896 | fakeroot environment. For additional information on environment | ||
897 | variables and the fakeroot environment, see the | ||
898 | :term:`FAKEROOTBASEENV` variable. | ||
899 | |||
900 | :term:`FAKEROOTNOENV` | ||
901 | Lists environment variables to set when running a task that is not in | ||
902 | the fakeroot environment. For additional information on environment | ||
903 | variables and the fakeroot environment, see the | ||
904 | :term:`FAKEROOTENV` variable. | ||
905 | |||
906 | :term:`FETCHCMD` | ||
907 | Defines the command the BitBake fetcher module executes when running | ||
908 | fetch operations. You need to use an override suffix when you use the | ||
909 | variable (e.g. ``FETCHCMD_git`` or ``FETCHCMD_svn``). | ||
910 | |||
911 | :term:`FILE` | ||
912 | Points at the current file. BitBake sets this variable during the | ||
913 | parsing process to identify the file being parsed. BitBake also sets | ||
914 | this variable when a recipe is being executed to identify the recipe | ||
915 | file. | ||
916 | |||
917 | :term:`FILESPATH` | ||
918 | Specifies directories BitBake uses when searching for patches and | ||
919 | files. The "local" fetcher module uses these directories when | ||
920 | handling ``file://`` URLs. The variable behaves like a shell ``PATH`` | ||
921 | environment variable. The value is a colon-separated list of | ||
922 | directories that are searched left-to-right in order. | ||
923 | |||
924 | :term:`GITDIR` | ||
925 | The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored | ||
926 | when it is cloned. | ||
927 | |||
928 | :term:`HGDIR` | ||
929 | The directory in which files checked out of a Mercurial system are | ||
930 | stored. | ||
931 | |||
932 | :term:`HOMEPAGE` | ||
933 | Website where more information about the software the recipe is | ||
934 | building can be found. | ||
935 | |||
936 | :term:`INHERIT` | ||
937 | Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous | ||
938 | functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base | ||
939 | configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build | ||
940 | system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes. | ||
941 | |||
942 | For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the | ||
943 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" | ||
944 | section. | ||
945 | |||
946 | :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` | ||
947 | Lists the layers, separated by spaces, upon which this recipe | ||
948 | depends. Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a | ||
949 | dependency by adding it to the end of the layer name with a colon, | ||
950 | (e.g. "anotherlayer:3" to be compared against | ||
951 | :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer`` in | ||
952 | this case). BitBake produces an error if any dependency is missing or | ||
953 | the version numbers do not match exactly (if specified). | ||
954 | |||
955 | You use this variable in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file. You must also | ||
956 | use the specific layer name as a suffix to the variable (e.g. | ||
957 | ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). | ||
958 | |||
959 | :term:`LAYERDIR` | ||
960 | When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable | ||
961 | provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not | ||
962 | available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded | ||
963 | immediately when parsing of the file completes. | ||
964 | |||
965 | :term:`LAYERDIR_RE` | ||
966 | When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable | ||
967 | provides the path of the current layer, escaped for use in a regular | ||
968 | expression (:term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`). This | ||
969 | variable is not available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references | ||
970 | are expanded immediately when parsing of the file completes. | ||
971 | |||
972 | :term:`LAYERVERSION` | ||
973 | Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You | ||
974 | can use this variable within | ||
975 | :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for another layer in | ||
976 | order to depend on a specific version of the layer. | ||
977 | |||
978 | You use this variable in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file. You must also | ||
979 | use the specific layer name as a suffix to the variable (e.g. | ||
980 | ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). | ||
981 | |||
982 | :term:`LICENSE` | ||
983 | The list of source licenses for the recipe. | ||
984 | |||
985 | :term:`MIRRORS` | ||
986 | Specifies additional paths from which BitBake gets source code. When | ||
987 | the build system searches for source code, it first tries the local | ||
988 | download directory. If that location fails, the build system tries | ||
989 | locations defined by :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the | ||
990 | upstream source, and then locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that | ||
991 | order. | ||
992 | |||
993 | :term:`MULTI_PROVIDER_WHITELIST` | ||
994 | Allows you to suppress BitBake warnings caused when building two | ||
995 | separate recipes that provide the same output. | ||
996 | |||
997 | BitBake normally issues a warning when building two different recipes | ||
998 | where each provides the same output. This scenario is usually | ||
999 | something the user does not want. However, cases do exist where it | ||
1000 | makes sense, particularly in the ``virtual/*`` namespace. You can use | ||
1001 | this variable to suppress BitBake's warnings. | ||
1002 | |||
1003 | To use the variable, list provider names (e.g. recipe names, | ||
1004 | ``virtual/kernel``, and so forth). | ||
1005 | |||
1006 | :term:`OVERRIDES` | ||
1007 | BitBake uses ``OVERRIDES`` to control what variables are overridden | ||
1008 | after BitBake parses recipes and configuration files. | ||
1009 | |||
1010 | Following is a simple example that uses an overrides list based on | ||
1011 | machine architectures: OVERRIDES = "arm:x86:mips:powerpc" You can | ||
1012 | find information on how to use ``OVERRIDES`` in the | ||
1013 | ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax | ||
1014 | (overrides)`" section. | ||
1015 | |||
1016 | :term:`P4DIR` | ||
1017 | The directory in which a local copy of a Perforce depot is stored | ||
1018 | when it is fetched. | ||
1019 | |||
1020 | :term:`PACKAGES` | ||
1021 | The list of packages the recipe creates. | ||
1022 | |||
1023 | :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` | ||
1024 | A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for | ||
1025 | optional modules that are found in other recipes. | ||
1026 | ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it | ||
1027 | only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, | ||
1028 | runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another | ||
1029 | package is satisfied during the build through the | ||
1030 | ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable, but a package with the module name is | ||
1031 | never actually produced, then the other package will be broken. | ||
1032 | |||
1033 | :term:`PE` | ||
1034 | The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The | ||
1035 | variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme | ||
1036 | changes in some backwards incompatible way. | ||
1037 | |||
1038 | :term:`PERSISTENT_DIR` | ||
1039 | Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store data that should be | ||
1040 | preserved between builds. In particular, the data stored is the data | ||
1041 | that uses BitBake's persistent data API and the data used by the PR | ||
1042 | Server and PR Service. | ||
1043 | |||
1044 | :term:`PF` | ||
1045 | Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and | ||
1046 | revision numbers (i.e. ``eglibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and | ||
1047 | ``bash-4.2-r1/``). | ||
1048 | |||
1049 | :term:`PN` | ||
1050 | The recipe name. | ||
1051 | |||
1052 | :term:`PR` | ||
1053 | The revision of the recipe. | ||
1054 | |||
1055 | :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` | ||
1056 | Determines which recipe should be given preference when multiple | ||
1057 | recipes provide the same item. You should always suffix the variable | ||
1058 | with the name of the provided item, and you should set it to the | ||
1059 | :term:`PN` of the recipe to which you want to give | ||
1060 | precedence. Some examples: :: | ||
1061 | |||
1062 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" | ||
1063 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" | ||
1064 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" | ||
1065 | |||
1066 | :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDERS` | ||
1067 | Determines which recipe should be given preference for cases where | ||
1068 | multiple recipes provide the same item. Functionally, | ||
1069 | ``PREFERRED_PROVIDERS`` is identical to | ||
1070 | :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`. However, the ``PREFERRED_PROVIDERS`` variable | ||
1071 | lets you define preferences for multiple situations using the following | ||
1072 | form: :: | ||
1073 | |||
1074 | PREFERRED_PROVIDERS = "xxx:yyy aaa:bbb ..." | ||
1075 | |||
1076 | This form is a convenient replacement for the following: :: | ||
1077 | |||
1078 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_xxx = "yyy" | ||
1079 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_aaa = "bbb" | ||
1080 | |||
1081 | :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` | ||
1082 | If there are multiple versions of recipes available, this variable | ||
1083 | determines which recipe should be given preference. You must always | ||
1084 | suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to | ||
1085 | select, and you should set :term:`PV` accordingly for | ||
1086 | precedence. | ||
1087 | |||
1088 | The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use | ||
1089 | through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any | ||
1090 | number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions | ||
1091 | that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are | ||
1092 | two examples: :: | ||
1093 | |||
1094 | PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "2.7.3" | ||
1095 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "4.12%" | ||
1096 | |||
1097 | .. important:: | ||
1098 | |||
1099 | The use of the " % " character is limited in that it only works at the | ||
1100 | end of the string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other | ||
1101 | location of the string. | ||
1102 | |||
1103 | :term:`PREMIRRORS` | ||
1104 | Specifies additional paths from which BitBake gets source code. When | ||
1105 | the build system searches for source code, it first tries the local | ||
1106 | download directory. If that location fails, the build system tries | ||
1107 | locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream source, and then | ||
1108 | locations specified by :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. | ||
1109 | |||
1110 | Typically, you would add a specific server for the build system to | ||
1111 | attempt before any others by adding something like the following to | ||
1112 | your configuration: :: | ||
1113 | |||
1114 | PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ | ||
1115 | git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
1116 | ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
1117 | http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
1118 | https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" | ||
1119 | |||
1120 | These changes cause the build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and | ||
1121 | HTTPS requests and direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can | ||
1122 | use ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as | ||
1123 | well. | ||
1124 | |||
1125 | :term:`PROVIDES` | ||
1126 | A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By | ||
1127 | default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its | ||
1128 | ``PROVIDES`` list. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional | ||
1129 | aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful satisfying | ||
1130 | dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by | ||
1131 | ``DEPENDS``. | ||
1132 | |||
1133 | Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from a recipe | ||
1134 | file ``libav_0.8.11.bb``: :: | ||
1135 | |||
1136 | PROVIDES += "libpostproc" | ||
1137 | |||
1138 | The ``PROVIDES`` statement results in the "libav" recipe also being known | ||
1139 | as "libpostproc". | ||
1140 | |||
1141 | In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the | ||
1142 | ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A | ||
1143 | virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular | ||
1144 | functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the | ||
1145 | functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``. | ||
1146 | Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the | ||
1147 | virtual target in :term:`DEPENDS` to leave the | ||
1148 | choice of provider open. | ||
1149 | |||
1150 | Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form | ||
1151 | "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part | ||
1152 | of the name and has no syntactical significance. | ||
1153 | |||
1154 | :term:`PRSERV_HOST` | ||
1155 | The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. | ||
1156 | |||
1157 | Following is an example of how the ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set: :: | ||
1158 | |||
1159 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" | ||
1160 | |||
1161 | You must set the variable if you want to automatically start a local PR | ||
1162 | service. You can set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR | ||
1163 | service. | ||
1164 | |||
1165 | :term:`PV` | ||
1166 | The version of the recipe. | ||
1167 | |||
1168 | :term:`RDEPENDS` | ||
1169 | Lists a package's runtime dependencies (i.e. other packages) that | ||
1170 | must be installed in order for the built package to run correctly. If | ||
1171 | a package in this list cannot be found during the build, you will get | ||
1172 | a build error. | ||
1173 | |||
1174 | Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built, | ||
1175 | you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package | ||
1176 | name. For example, suppose you are building a development package | ||
1177 | that depends on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the | ||
1178 | following ``RDEPENDS`` statement: :: | ||
1179 | |||
1180 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" | ||
1181 | |||
1182 | In the example, the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. | ||
1183 | Thus, the ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part | ||
1184 | of the variable. | ||
1185 | |||
1186 | BitBake supports specifying versioned dependencies. Although the | ||
1187 | syntax varies depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these | ||
1188 | differences from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions | ||
1189 | with the ``RDEPENDS`` variable: :: | ||
1190 | |||
1191 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | ||
1192 | |||
1193 | For ``operator``, you can specify the following: :: | ||
1194 | |||
1195 | = | ||
1196 | < | ||
1197 | > | ||
1198 | <= | ||
1199 | >= | ||
1200 | |||
1201 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or | ||
1202 | greater of the package ``foo``: :: | ||
1203 | |||
1204 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | ||
1205 | |||
1206 | For information on build-time dependencies, see the :term:`DEPENDS` | ||
1207 | variable. | ||
1208 | |||
1209 | :term:`REPODIR` | ||
1210 | The directory in which a local copy of a ``google-repo`` directory is | ||
1211 | stored when it is synced. | ||
1212 | |||
1213 | :term:`RPROVIDES` | ||
1214 | A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These | ||
1215 | aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other | ||
1216 | packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by | ||
1217 | ``RDEPENDS``). | ||
1218 | |||
1219 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the | ||
1220 | variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an | ||
1221 | example: :: | ||
1222 | |||
1223 | RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" | ||
1224 | |||
1225 | :term:`RRECOMMENDS` | ||
1226 | A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being | ||
1227 | built. The package being built does not depend on this list of | ||
1228 | packages in order to successfully build, but needs them for the | ||
1229 | extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see | ||
1230 | the ``RDEPENDS`` variable. | ||
1231 | |||
1232 | BitBake supports specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax | ||
1233 | varies depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these | ||
1234 | differences from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions | ||
1235 | with the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable: :: | ||
1236 | |||
1237 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)" | ||
1238 | |||
1239 | For ``operator``, you can specify the following: :: | ||
1240 | |||
1241 | = | ||
1242 | < | ||
1243 | > | ||
1244 | <= | ||
1245 | >= | ||
1246 | |||
1247 | For example, the following sets up a recommend on version | ||
1248 | 1.2 or greater of the package ``foo``: :: | ||
1249 | |||
1250 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | ||
1251 | |||
1252 | :term:`SECTION` | ||
1253 | The section in which packages should be categorized. | ||
1254 | |||
1255 | :term:`SRC_URI` | ||
1256 | The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells | ||
1257 | BitBake which bits to pull for the build and how to pull them. For | ||
1258 | example, if the recipe or append file needs to fetch a single tarball | ||
1259 | from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses a ``SRC_URI`` entry | ||
1260 | that specifies that tarball. On the other hand, if the recipe or | ||
1261 | append file needs to fetch a tarball and include a custom file, the | ||
1262 | recipe or append file needs an ``SRC_URI`` variable that specifies | ||
1263 | all those sources. | ||
1264 | |||
1265 | The following list explains the available URI protocols: | ||
1266 | |||
1267 | - ``file://`` : Fetches files, which are usually files shipped | ||
1268 | with the metadata, from the local machine. The path is relative to | ||
1269 | the :term:`FILESPATH` variable. | ||
1270 | |||
1271 | - ``bzr://`` : Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control | ||
1272 | repository. | ||
1273 | |||
1274 | - ``git://`` : Fetches files from a Git revision control | ||
1275 | repository. | ||
1276 | |||
1277 | - ``osc://`` : Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) | ||
1278 | revision control repository. | ||
1279 | |||
1280 | - ``repo://`` : Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository. | ||
1281 | |||
1282 | - ``http://`` : Fetches files from the Internet using HTTP. | ||
1283 | |||
1284 | - ``https://`` : Fetches files from the Internet using HTTPS. | ||
1285 | |||
1286 | - ``ftp://`` : Fetches files from the Internet using FTP. | ||
1287 | |||
1288 | - ``cvs://`` : Fetches files from a CVS revision control | ||
1289 | repository. | ||
1290 | |||
1291 | - ``hg://`` : Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision | ||
1292 | control repository. | ||
1293 | |||
1294 | - ``p4://`` : Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision | ||
1295 | control repository. | ||
1296 | |||
1297 | - ``ssh://`` : Fetches files from a secure shell. | ||
1298 | |||
1299 | - ``svn://`` : Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision | ||
1300 | control repository. | ||
1301 | |||
1302 | Here are some additional options worth mentioning: | ||
1303 | |||
1304 | - ``unpack`` : Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is | ||
1305 | an archive. The default action is to unpack the file. | ||
1306 | |||
1307 | - ``subdir`` : Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the | ||
1308 | specified subdirectory. This option is useful for unusual tarballs | ||
1309 | or other archives that do not have their files already in a | ||
1310 | subdirectory within the archive. | ||
1311 | |||
1312 | - ``name`` : Specifies a name to be used for association with | ||
1313 | ``SRC_URI`` checksums when you have more than one file specified | ||
1314 | in ``SRC_URI``. | ||
1315 | |||
1316 | - ``downloadfilename`` : Specifies the filename used when storing | ||
1317 | the downloaded file. | ||
1318 | |||
1319 | :term:`SRCDATE` | ||
1320 | The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable | ||
1321 | applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager | ||
1322 | (SCM). | ||
1323 | |||
1324 | :term:`SRCREV` | ||
1325 | The revision of the source code used to build the package. This | ||
1326 | variable applies only when using Subversion, Git, Mercurial and | ||
1327 | Bazaar. If you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid | ||
1328 | performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses | ||
1329 | your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision | ||
1330 | identifier and not just a tag. | ||
1331 | |||
1332 | :term:`SRCREV_FORMAT` | ||
1333 | Helps construct valid :term:`SRCREV` values when | ||
1334 | multiple source controlled URLs are used in | ||
1335 | :term:`SRC_URI`. | ||
1336 | |||
1337 | The system needs help constructing these values under these | ||
1338 | circumstances. Each component in the ``SRC_URI`` is assigned a name | ||
1339 | and these are referenced in the ``SRCREV_FORMAT`` variable. Consider | ||
1340 | an example with URLs named "machine" and "meta". In this case, | ||
1341 | ``SRCREV_FORMAT`` could look like "machine_meta" and those names | ||
1342 | would have the SCM versions substituted into each position. Only one | ||
1343 | ``AUTOINC`` placeholder is added and if needed. And, this placeholder | ||
1344 | is placed at the start of the returned string. | ||
1345 | |||
1346 | :term:`STAMP` | ||
1347 | Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path | ||
1348 | to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and | ||
1349 | then appending additional information. | ||
1350 | |||
1351 | :term:`STAMPCLEAN` | ||
1352 | Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. Unlike the | ||
1353 | :term:`STAMP` variable, ``STAMPCLEAN`` can contain | ||
1354 | wildcards to match the range of files a clean operation should | ||
1355 | remove. BitBake uses a clean operation to remove any other stamps it | ||
1356 | should be removing when creating a new stamp. | ||
1357 | |||
1358 | :term:`SUMMARY` | ||
1359 | A short summary for the recipe, which is 72 characters or less. | ||
1360 | |||
1361 | :term:`SVNDIR` | ||
1362 | The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are | ||
1363 | stored. | ||
1364 | |||
1365 | :term:`T` | ||
1366 | Points to a directory were BitBake places temporary files, which | ||
1367 | consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a particular | ||
1368 | recipe. | ||
1369 | |||
1370 | :term:`TOPDIR` | ||
1371 | Points to the build directory. BitBake automatically sets this | ||
1372 | variable. | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 4c29b2464f..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,2537 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE chapter PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" | ||
3 | [<!ENTITY % poky SYSTEM "../poky.ent"> %poky; ] > | ||
4 | |||
5 | <!-- Dummy chapter --> | ||
6 | <chapter id='ref-bb-variables-glos'> | ||
7 | |||
8 | <title>Variables Glossary</title> | ||
9 | |||
10 | <para> | ||
11 | This chapter lists common variables used by BitBake and gives an overview | ||
12 | of their function and contents. | ||
13 | </para> | ||
14 | |||
15 | <note> | ||
16 | Following are some points regarding the variables listed in this glossary: | ||
17 | <itemizedlist> | ||
18 | <listitem><para>The variables listed in this glossary | ||
19 | are specific to BitBake. | ||
20 | Consequently, the descriptions are limited to that context. | ||
21 | </para></listitem> | ||
22 | <listitem><para>Also, variables exist in other systems that use BitBake | ||
23 | (e.g. The Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded) that have names identical | ||
24 | to those found in this glossary. | ||
25 | For such cases, the variables in those systems extend the | ||
26 | functionality of the variable as it is described here in | ||
27 | this glossary. | ||
28 | </para></listitem> | ||
29 | <listitem><para>Finally, there are variables mentioned in this | ||
30 | glossary that do not appear in the BitBake glossary. | ||
31 | These other variables are variables used in systems that use | ||
32 | BitBake. | ||
33 | </para></listitem> | ||
34 | </itemizedlist> | ||
35 | </note> | ||
36 | |||
37 | <glossary id='ref-bb-variables-glossary'> | ||
38 | |||
39 | <para> | ||
40 | <link linkend='var-bb-ASSUME_PROVIDED'>A</link> | ||
41 | <link linkend='var-bb-B'>B</link> | ||
42 | <link linkend='var-bb-CACHE'>C</link> | ||
43 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEFAULT_PREFERENCE'>D</link> | ||
44 | <link linkend='var-bb-EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD'>E</link> | ||
45 | <link linkend='var-bb-FAKEROOT'>F</link> | ||
46 | <link linkend='var-bb-GITDIR'>G</link> | ||
47 | <link linkend='var-bb-HGDIR'>H</link> | ||
48 | <link linkend='var-bb-INHERIT'>I</link> | ||
49 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-j'>J</link> --> | ||
50 | <!-- <link linkend='var-KARCH'>K</link> --> | ||
51 | <link linkend='var-bb-LAYERDEPENDS'>L</link> | ||
52 | <link linkend='var-bb-MIRRORS'>M</link> | ||
53 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-n'>N</link> --> | ||
54 | <link linkend='var-bb-OVERRIDES'>O</link> | ||
55 | <link linkend='var-bb-P4DIR'>P</link> | ||
56 | <!-- <link linkend='var-QMAKE_PROFILES'>Q</link> --> | ||
57 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'>R</link> | ||
58 | <link linkend='var-bb-SECTION'>S</link> | ||
59 | <link linkend='var-bb-T'>T</link> | ||
60 | <!-- <link linkend='var-UBOOT_CONFIG'>U</link> --> | ||
61 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-v'>V</link> --> | ||
62 | <!-- <link linkend='var-WARN_QA'>W</link> --> | ||
63 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-x'>X</link> --> | ||
64 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-y'>Y</link> --> | ||
65 | <!-- <link linkend='var-glossary-z'>Z</link>--> | ||
66 | </para> | ||
67 | |||
68 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-a'><title>A</title> | ||
69 | |||
70 | <glossentry id='var-bb-ASSUME_PROVIDED'><glossterm>ASSUME_PROVIDED</glossterm> | ||
71 | <glossdef> | ||
72 | <para> | ||
73 | Lists recipe names | ||
74 | (<link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> | ||
75 | values) BitBake does not attempt to build. | ||
76 | Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already been | ||
77 | built. | ||
78 | </para> | ||
79 | |||
80 | <para> | ||
81 | In OpenEmbedded-Core, <filename>ASSUME_PROVIDED</filename> | ||
82 | mostly specifies native tools that should not be built. | ||
83 | An example is <filename>git-native</filename>, which | ||
84 | when specified allows for the Git binary from the host to | ||
85 | be used rather than building | ||
86 | <filename>git-native</filename>. | ||
87 | </para> | ||
88 | </glossdef> | ||
89 | </glossentry> | ||
90 | |||
91 | </glossdiv> | ||
92 | |||
93 | |||
94 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-b'><title>B</title> | ||
95 | |||
96 | <glossentry id='var-bb-B'><glossterm>B</glossterm> | ||
97 | <glossdef> | ||
98 | <para> | ||
99 | The directory in which BitBake executes functions | ||
100 | during a recipe's build process. | ||
101 | </para> | ||
102 | </glossdef> | ||
103 | </glossentry> | ||
104 | |||
105 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS'><glossterm>BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS</glossterm> | ||
106 | <glossdef> | ||
107 | <para> | ||
108 | Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher | ||
109 | is allowed to use to obtain the required source code. | ||
110 | Following are considerations surrounding this variable: | ||
111 | <itemizedlist> | ||
112 | <listitem><para> | ||
113 | This host list is only used if | ||
114 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_NO_NETWORK'><filename>BB_NO_NETWORK</filename></link> | ||
115 | is either not set or set to "0". | ||
116 | </para></listitem> | ||
117 | <listitem><para> | ||
118 | Limited support for the "<filename>*</filename>" | ||
119 | wildcard character for matching against the | ||
120 | beginning of host names exists. | ||
121 | For example, the following setting matches | ||
122 | <filename>git.gnu.org</filename>, | ||
123 | <filename>ftp.gnu.org</filename>, and | ||
124 | <filename>foo.git.gnu.org</filename>. | ||
125 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
126 | BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" | ||
127 | </literallayout> | ||
128 | <note><title>Important</title> | ||
129 | <para>The use of the "<filename>*</filename>" | ||
130 | character only works at the beginning of | ||
131 | a host name and it must be isolated from | ||
132 | the remainder of the host name. | ||
133 | You cannot use the wildcard character in any | ||
134 | other location of the name or combined with | ||
135 | the front part of the name.</para> | ||
136 | |||
137 | <para>For example, | ||
138 | <filename>*.foo.bar</filename> is supported, | ||
139 | while <filename>*aa.foo.bar</filename> is not. | ||
140 | </para> | ||
141 | </note> | ||
142 | </para></listitem> | ||
143 | <listitem><para> | ||
144 | Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and | ||
145 | logged in debug. | ||
146 | </para></listitem> | ||
147 | <listitem><para> | ||
148 | Attempts to access networks not in the host list | ||
149 | cause a failure. | ||
150 | </para></listitem> | ||
151 | </itemizedlist> | ||
152 | Using <filename>BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS</filename> in | ||
153 | conjunction with | ||
154 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREMIRRORS'><filename>PREMIRRORS</filename></link> | ||
155 | is very useful. | ||
156 | Adding the host you want to use to | ||
157 | <filename>PREMIRRORS</filename> results in the source code | ||
158 | being fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising | ||
159 | an error when a host that is not allowed is in a | ||
160 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link> | ||
161 | statement. | ||
162 | This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the | ||
163 | host listed in <filename>SRC_URI</filename> after a | ||
164 | successful fetch from the | ||
165 | <filename>PREMIRRORS</filename> occurs. | ||
166 | </para> | ||
167 | </glossdef> | ||
168 | </glossentry> | ||
169 | |||
170 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_CONSOLELOG'><glossterm>BB_CONSOLELOG</glossterm> | ||
171 | <glossdef> | ||
172 | <para> | ||
173 | Specifies the path to a log file into which BitBake's user | ||
174 | interface writes output during the build. | ||
175 | </para> | ||
176 | </glossdef> | ||
177 | </glossentry> | ||
178 | |||
179 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_CURRENTTASK'><glossterm>BB_CURRENTTASK</glossterm> | ||
180 | <glossdef> | ||
181 | <para> | ||
182 | Contains the name of the currently running task. | ||
183 | The name does not include the | ||
184 | <filename>do_</filename> prefix. | ||
185 | </para> | ||
186 | </glossdef> | ||
187 | </glossentry> | ||
188 | |||
189 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY'><glossterm>BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY</glossterm> | ||
190 | <glossdef> | ||
191 | <para> | ||
192 | Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append | ||
193 | file (<filename>.bbappend</filename>) has no | ||
194 | corresponding recipe file (<filename>.bb</filename>). | ||
195 | This condition often occurs when layers get out of sync | ||
196 | (e.g. <filename>oe-core</filename> bumps a | ||
197 | recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the | ||
198 | other layer has not been updated to the new version | ||
199 | of the recipe yet). | ||
200 | </para> | ||
201 | |||
202 | <para> | ||
203 | The default fatal behavior is safest because it is | ||
204 | the sane reaction given something is out of sync. | ||
205 | It is important to realize when your changes are no longer | ||
206 | being applied. | ||
207 | </para> | ||
208 | </glossdef> | ||
209 | </glossentry> | ||
210 | |||
211 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_DEFAULT_TASK'><glossterm>BB_DEFAULT_TASK</glossterm> | ||
212 | <glossdef> | ||
213 | <para> | ||
214 | The default task to use when none is specified (e.g. | ||
215 | with the <filename>-c</filename> command line option). | ||
216 | The task name specified should not include the | ||
217 | <filename>do_</filename> prefix. | ||
218 | </para> | ||
219 | </glossdef> | ||
220 | </glossentry> | ||
221 | |||
222 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_DISKMON_DIRS'><glossterm>BB_DISKMON_DIRS</glossterm> | ||
223 | <glossdef> | ||
224 | <para> | ||
225 | Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build | ||
226 | and allows you to control the build based on these | ||
227 | parameters. | ||
228 | </para> | ||
229 | |||
230 | <para> | ||
231 | Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. | ||
232 | When setting this variable, use the following form: | ||
233 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
234 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "<action>,<dir>,<threshold> [...]" | ||
235 | |||
236 | where: | ||
237 | |||
238 | <action> is: | ||
239 | ABORT: Immediately abort the build when | ||
240 | a threshold is broken. | ||
241 | STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently | ||
242 | executing tasks have finished when | ||
243 | a threshold is broken. | ||
244 | WARN: Issue a warning but continue the | ||
245 | build when a threshold is broken. | ||
246 | Subsequent warnings are issued as | ||
247 | defined by the | ||
248 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL'>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</link> variable, | ||
249 | which must be defined. | ||
250 | |||
251 | <dir> is: | ||
252 | Any directory you choose. You can specify one or | ||
253 | more directories to monitor by separating the | ||
254 | groupings with a space. If two directories are | ||
255 | on the same device, only the first directory | ||
256 | is monitored. | ||
257 | |||
258 | <threshold> is: | ||
259 | Either the minimum available disk space, | ||
260 | the minimum number of free inodes, or | ||
261 | both. You must specify at least one. To | ||
262 | omit one or the other, simply omit the value. | ||
263 | Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, | ||
264 | Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do | ||
265 | not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by | ||
266 | default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
267 | </literallayout> | ||
268 | </para> | ||
269 | |||
270 | <para> | ||
271 | Here are some examples: | ||
272 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
273 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | ||
274 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" | ||
275 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" | ||
276 | </literallayout> | ||
277 | The first example works only if you also set | ||
278 | the <link linkend='var-bb-BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL'><filename>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</filename></link> variable. | ||
279 | This example causes the build system to immediately | ||
280 | abort when either the disk space in <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename> drops | ||
281 | below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops below | ||
282 | 100 Kbytes. | ||
283 | Because two directories are provided with the variable, the | ||
284 | build system also issues a | ||
285 | warning when the disk space in the | ||
286 | <filename>${SSTATE_DIR}</filename> directory drops | ||
287 | below 1 Gbyte or the number of free inodes drops | ||
288 | below 100 Kbytes. | ||
289 | Subsequent warnings are issued during intervals as | ||
290 | defined by the <filename>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</filename> | ||
291 | variable. | ||
292 | </para> | ||
293 | |||
294 | <para> | ||
295 | The second example stops the build after all currently | ||
296 | executing tasks complete when the minimum disk space | ||
297 | in the <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename> | ||
298 | directory drops below 1 Gbyte. | ||
299 | No disk monitoring occurs for the free inodes in this case. | ||
300 | </para> | ||
301 | |||
302 | <para> | ||
303 | The final example immediately aborts the build when the | ||
304 | number of free inodes in the <filename>${TMPDIR}</filename> directory | ||
305 | drops below 100 Kbytes. | ||
306 | No disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs | ||
307 | in this case. | ||
308 | </para> | ||
309 | </glossdef> | ||
310 | </glossentry> | ||
311 | |||
312 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL'><glossterm>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</glossterm> | ||
313 | <glossdef> | ||
314 | <para> | ||
315 | Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. | ||
316 | </para> | ||
317 | |||
318 | <para> | ||
319 | If you are going to use the | ||
320 | <filename>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</filename> variable, you must | ||
321 | also use the | ||
322 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_DISKMON_DIRS'><filename>BB_DISKMON_DIRS</filename></link> variable | ||
323 | and define its action as "WARN". | ||
324 | During the build, subsequent warnings are issued each time | ||
325 | disk space or number of free inodes further reduces by | ||
326 | the respective interval. | ||
327 | </para> | ||
328 | |||
329 | <para> | ||
330 | If you do not provide a <filename>BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL</filename> | ||
331 | variable and you do use <filename>BB_DISKMON_DIRS</filename> with | ||
332 | the "WARN" action, the disk monitoring interval defaults to | ||
333 | the following: | ||
334 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
335 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | ||
336 | </literallayout> | ||
337 | </para> | ||
338 | |||
339 | <para> | ||
340 | When specifying the variable in your configuration file, | ||
341 | use the following form: | ||
342 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
343 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "<disk_space_interval>,<disk_inode_interval>" | ||
344 | |||
345 | where: | ||
346 | |||
347 | <disk_space_interval> is: | ||
348 | An interval of memory expressed in either | ||
349 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, | ||
350 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
351 | |||
352 | <disk_inode_interval> is: | ||
353 | An interval of free inodes expressed in either | ||
354 | G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, | ||
355 | respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. | ||
356 | </literallayout> | ||
357 | </para> | ||
358 | |||
359 | <para> | ||
360 | Here is an example: | ||
361 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
362 | BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" | ||
363 | BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" | ||
364 | </literallayout> | ||
365 | These variables cause BitBake to | ||
366 | issue subsequent warnings each time the available | ||
367 | disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number | ||
368 | of free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the | ||
369 | <filename>${SSTATE_DIR}</filename> directory. | ||
370 | Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time | ||
371 | a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning | ||
372 | (i.e. 1 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). | ||
373 | </para> | ||
374 | </glossdef> | ||
375 | </glossentry> | ||
376 | |||
377 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_ENV_WHITELIST'><glossterm>BB_ENV_WHITELIST</glossterm> | ||
378 | <glossdef> | ||
379 | <para> | ||
380 | Specifies the internal whitelist of variables to allow | ||
381 | through from the external environment into BitBake's | ||
382 | datastore. | ||
383 | If the value of this variable is not specified | ||
384 | (which is the default), the following list is used: | ||
385 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBPATH'><filename>BBPATH</filename></link>, | ||
386 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_PRESERVE_ENV'><filename>BB_PRESERVE_ENV</filename></link>, | ||
387 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_ENV_WHITELIST</filename></link>, | ||
388 | and | ||
389 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE'><filename>BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE</filename></link>. | ||
390 | <note> | ||
391 | You must set this variable in the external environment | ||
392 | in order for it to work. | ||
393 | </note> | ||
394 | </para> | ||
395 | </glossdef> | ||
396 | </glossentry> | ||
397 | |||
398 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE'><glossterm>BB_ENV_EXTRAWHITE</glossterm> | ||
399 | <glossdef> | ||
400 | <para> | ||
401 | Specifies an additional set of variables to allow through | ||
402 | (whitelist) from the external environment into BitBake's | ||
403 | datastore. | ||
404 | This list of variables are on top of the internal list | ||
405 | set in | ||
406 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_ENV_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_ENV_WHITELIST</filename></link>. | ||
407 | <note> | ||
408 | You must set this variable in the external | ||
409 | environment in order for it to work. | ||
410 | </note> | ||
411 | </para> | ||
412 | </glossdef> | ||
413 | </glossentry> | ||
414 | |||
415 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY'><glossterm>BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY</glossterm> | ||
416 | <glossdef> | ||
417 | <para> | ||
418 | When set to "1", causes BitBake's fetcher module to only | ||
419 | search | ||
420 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREMIRRORS'><filename>PREMIRRORS</filename></link> | ||
421 | for files. | ||
422 | BitBake will not search the main | ||
423 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link> | ||
424 | or | ||
425 | <link linkend='var-bb-MIRRORS'><filename>MIRRORS</filename></link>. | ||
426 | </para> | ||
427 | </glossdef> | ||
428 | </glossentry> | ||
429 | |||
430 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_FILENAME'><glossterm>BB_FILENAME</glossterm> | ||
431 | <glossdef> | ||
432 | <para> | ||
433 | Contains the filename of the recipe that owns the currently | ||
434 | running task. | ||
435 | For example, if the <filename>do_fetch</filename> task that | ||
436 | resides in the <filename>my-recipe.bb</filename> is | ||
437 | executing, the <filename>BB_FILENAME</filename> variable | ||
438 | contains "/foo/path/my-recipe.bb". | ||
439 | </para> | ||
440 | </glossdef> | ||
441 | </glossentry> | ||
442 | |||
443 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS'><glossterm>BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS</glossterm> | ||
444 | <glossdef> | ||
445 | <para> | ||
446 | Causes tarballs of the Git repositories, including the | ||
447 | Git metadata, to be placed in the | ||
448 | <link linkend='var-bb-DL_DIR'><filename>DL_DIR</filename></link> | ||
449 | directory. | ||
450 | Anyone wishing to create a source mirror would want to | ||
451 | enable this variable. | ||
452 | </para> | ||
453 | |||
454 | <para> | ||
455 | For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of | ||
456 | the Git repositories is not the default action by BitBake. | ||
457 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
458 | BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" | ||
459 | </literallayout> | ||
460 | </para> | ||
461 | </glossdef> | ||
462 | </glossentry> | ||
463 | |||
464 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST'><glossterm>BB_HASHCONFIG_WHITELIST</glossterm> | ||
465 | <glossdef> | ||
466 | <para> | ||
467 | Lists variables that are excluded from base configuration | ||
468 | checksum, which is used to determine if the cache can | ||
469 | be reused. | ||
470 | </para> | ||
471 | |||
472 | <para> | ||
473 | One of the ways BitBake determines whether to re-parse the | ||
474 | main metadata is through checksums of the variables in the | ||
475 | datastore of the base configuration data. | ||
476 | There are variables that you typically want to exclude when | ||
477 | checking whether or not to re-parse and thus rebuild the | ||
478 | cache. | ||
479 | As an example, you would usually exclude | ||
480 | <filename>TIME</filename> and <filename>DATE</filename> | ||
481 | because these variables are always changing. | ||
482 | If you did not exclude them, BitBake would never reuse the | ||
483 | cache. | ||
484 | </para> | ||
485 | </glossdef> | ||
486 | </glossentry> | ||
487 | |||
488 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST'><glossterm>BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST</glossterm> | ||
489 | <glossdef> | ||
490 | <para> | ||
491 | Lists variables that are excluded from checksum and | ||
492 | dependency data. | ||
493 | Variables that are excluded can therefore change without | ||
494 | affecting the checksum mechanism. | ||
495 | A common example would be the variable for the path of | ||
496 | the build. | ||
497 | BitBake's output should not (and usually does not) depend | ||
498 | on the directory in which it was built. | ||
499 | </para> | ||
500 | </glossdef> | ||
501 | </glossentry> | ||
502 | |||
503 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION'><glossterm>BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION</glossterm> | ||
504 | <glossdef> | ||
505 | <para> | ||
506 | Specifies the name of the function to call during the | ||
507 | "setscene" part of the task's execution in order to | ||
508 | validate the list of task hashes. | ||
509 | The function returns the list of setscene tasks that should | ||
510 | be executed. | ||
511 | </para> | ||
512 | |||
513 | <para> | ||
514 | At this point in the execution of the code, the objective | ||
515 | is to quickly verify if a given setscene function is likely | ||
516 | to work or not. | ||
517 | It's easier to check the list of setscene functions in | ||
518 | one pass than to call many individual tasks. | ||
519 | The returned list need not be completely accurate. | ||
520 | A given setscene task can still later fail. | ||
521 | However, the more accurate the data returned, the more | ||
522 | efficient the build will be. | ||
523 | </para> | ||
524 | </glossdef> | ||
525 | </glossentry> | ||
526 | |||
527 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_INVALIDCONF'><glossterm>BB_INVALIDCONF</glossterm> | ||
528 | <glossdef> | ||
529 | <para> | ||
530 | Used in combination with the | ||
531 | <filename>ConfigParsed</filename> event to trigger | ||
532 | re-parsing the base metadata (i.e. all the | ||
533 | recipes). | ||
534 | The <filename>ConfigParsed</filename> event can set the | ||
535 | variable to trigger the re-parse. | ||
536 | You must be careful to avoid recursive loops with this | ||
537 | functionality. | ||
538 | </para> | ||
539 | </glossdef> | ||
540 | </glossentry> | ||
541 | |||
542 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_LOGCONFIG'><glossterm>BB_LOGCONFIG</glossterm> | ||
543 | <glossdef> | ||
544 | <para> | ||
545 | Specifies the name of a config file that contains the user | ||
546 | logging configuration. See | ||
547 | <link linkend="logging">Logging</link> for additional | ||
548 | information | ||
549 | </para> | ||
550 | </glossdef> | ||
551 | </glossentry> | ||
552 | |||
553 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_LOGFMT'><glossterm>BB_LOGFMT</glossterm> | ||
554 | <glossdef> | ||
555 | <para> | ||
556 | Specifies the name of the log files saved into | ||
557 | <filename>${</filename><link linkend='var-bb-T'><filename>T</filename></link><filename>}</filename>. | ||
558 | By default, the <filename>BB_LOGFMT</filename> variable | ||
559 | is undefined and the log file names get created using the | ||
560 | following form: | ||
561 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
562 | log.{task}.{pid} | ||
563 | </literallayout> | ||
564 | If you want to force log files to take a specific name, | ||
565 | you can set this variable in a configuration file. | ||
566 | </para> | ||
567 | </glossdef> | ||
568 | </glossentry> | ||
569 | |||
570 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_NICE_LEVEL'><glossterm>BB_NICE_LEVEL</glossterm> | ||
571 | <glossdef> | ||
572 | <para> | ||
573 | Allows BitBake to run at a specific priority | ||
574 | (i.e. nice level). | ||
575 | System permissions usually mean that BitBake can reduce its | ||
576 | priority but not raise it again. | ||
577 | See | ||
578 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL'><filename>BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL</filename></link> | ||
579 | for additional information. | ||
580 | </para> | ||
581 | </glossdef> | ||
582 | </glossentry> | ||
583 | |||
584 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_NO_NETWORK'><glossterm>BB_NO_NETWORK</glossterm> | ||
585 | <glossdef> | ||
586 | <para> | ||
587 | Disables network access in the BitBake fetcher modules. | ||
588 | With this access disabled, any command that attempts to | ||
589 | access the network becomes an error. | ||
590 | </para> | ||
591 | |||
592 | <para> | ||
593 | Disabling network access is useful for testing source | ||
594 | mirrors, running builds when not connected to the Internet, | ||
595 | and when operating in certain kinds of firewall | ||
596 | environments. | ||
597 | </para> | ||
598 | </glossdef> | ||
599 | </glossentry> | ||
600 | |||
601 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_NUMBER_THREADS'><glossterm>BB_NUMBER_THREADS</glossterm> | ||
602 | <glossdef> | ||
603 | <para> | ||
604 | The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel | ||
605 | at any one time. | ||
606 | If your host development system supports multiple cores, | ||
607 | a good rule of thumb is to set this variable to twice the | ||
608 | number of cores. | ||
609 | </para> | ||
610 | </glossdef> | ||
611 | </glossentry> | ||
612 | |||
613 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS'><glossterm>BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS</glossterm> | ||
614 | <glossdef> | ||
615 | <para> | ||
616 | Sets the number of threads BitBake uses when parsing. | ||
617 | By default, the number of threads is equal to the number | ||
618 | of cores on the system. | ||
619 | </para> | ||
620 | </glossdef> | ||
621 | </glossentry> | ||
622 | |||
623 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_ORIGENV'><glossterm>BB_ORIGENV</glossterm> | ||
624 | <glossdef> | ||
625 | <para> | ||
626 | Contains a copy of the original external environment in | ||
627 | which BitBake was run. | ||
628 | The copy is taken before any whitelisted variable values | ||
629 | are filtered into BitBake's datastore. | ||
630 | <note> | ||
631 | The contents of this variable is a datastore object | ||
632 | that can be queried using the normal datastore | ||
633 | operations. | ||
634 | </note> | ||
635 | </para> | ||
636 | </glossdef> | ||
637 | </glossentry> | ||
638 | |||
639 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_PRESERVE_ENV'><glossterm>BB_PRESERVE_ENV</glossterm> | ||
640 | <glossdef> | ||
641 | <para> | ||
642 | Disables whitelisting and instead allows all variables | ||
643 | through from the external environment into BitBake's | ||
644 | datastore. | ||
645 | <note> | ||
646 | You must set this variable in the external | ||
647 | environment in order for it to work. | ||
648 | </note> | ||
649 | </para> | ||
650 | </glossdef> | ||
651 | </glossentry> | ||
652 | |||
653 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_RUNFMT'><glossterm>BB_RUNFMT</glossterm> | ||
654 | <glossdef> | ||
655 | <para> | ||
656 | Specifies the name of the executable script files | ||
657 | (i.e. run files) saved into | ||
658 | <filename>${</filename><link linkend='var-bb-T'><filename>T</filename></link><filename>}</filename>. | ||
659 | By default, the <filename>BB_RUNFMT</filename> variable | ||
660 | is undefined and the run file names get created using the | ||
661 | following form: | ||
662 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
663 | run.{task}.{pid} | ||
664 | </literallayout> | ||
665 | If you want to force run files to take a specific name, | ||
666 | you can set this variable in a configuration file. | ||
667 | </para> | ||
668 | </glossdef> | ||
669 | </glossentry> | ||
670 | |||
671 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_RUNTASK'><glossterm>BB_RUNTASK</glossterm> | ||
672 | <glossdef> | ||
673 | <para> | ||
674 | Contains the name of the currently executing task. | ||
675 | The value includes the "do_" prefix. | ||
676 | For example, if the currently executing task is | ||
677 | <filename>do_config</filename>, the value is | ||
678 | "do_config". | ||
679 | </para> | ||
680 | </glossdef> | ||
681 | </glossentry> | ||
682 | |||
683 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SCHEDULER'><glossterm>BB_SCHEDULER</glossterm> | ||
684 | <glossdef> | ||
685 | <para> | ||
686 | Selects the name of the scheduler to use for the | ||
687 | scheduling of BitBake tasks. | ||
688 | Three options exist: | ||
689 | <itemizedlist> | ||
690 | <listitem><para><emphasis>basic</emphasis> - | ||
691 | The basic framework from which everything derives. | ||
692 | Using this option causes tasks to be ordered | ||
693 | numerically as they are parsed. | ||
694 | </para></listitem> | ||
695 | <listitem><para><emphasis>speed</emphasis> - | ||
696 | Executes tasks first that have more tasks | ||
697 | depending on them. | ||
698 | The "speed" option is the default. | ||
699 | </para></listitem> | ||
700 | <listitem><para><emphasis>completion</emphasis> - | ||
701 | Causes the scheduler to try to complete a given | ||
702 | recipe once its build has started. | ||
703 | </para></listitem> | ||
704 | </itemizedlist> | ||
705 | </para> | ||
706 | </glossdef> | ||
707 | </glossentry> | ||
708 | |||
709 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SCHEDULERS'><glossterm>BB_SCHEDULERS</glossterm> | ||
710 | <glossdef> | ||
711 | <para> | ||
712 | Defines custom schedulers to import. | ||
713 | Custom schedulers need to be derived from the | ||
714 | <filename>RunQueueScheduler</filename> class. | ||
715 | </para> | ||
716 | |||
717 | <para> | ||
718 | For information how to select a scheduler, see the | ||
719 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_SCHEDULER'><filename>BB_SCHEDULER</filename></link> | ||
720 | variable. | ||
721 | </para> | ||
722 | </glossdef> | ||
723 | </glossentry> | ||
724 | |||
725 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID'><glossterm>BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID</glossterm> | ||
726 | <glossdef> | ||
727 | <para> | ||
728 | Specifies a function BitBake calls that determines | ||
729 | whether BitBake requires a setscene dependency to be met. | ||
730 | </para> | ||
731 | |||
732 | <para> | ||
733 | When running a setscene task, BitBake needs to | ||
734 | know which dependencies of that setscene task also need | ||
735 | to be run. | ||
736 | Whether dependencies also need to be run is highly | ||
737 | dependent on the metadata. | ||
738 | The function specified by this variable returns a | ||
739 | "True" or "False" depending on whether the dependency needs | ||
740 | to be met. | ||
741 | </para> | ||
742 | </glossdef> | ||
743 | </glossentry> | ||
744 | |||
745 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2'><glossterm>BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2</glossterm> | ||
746 | <glossdef> | ||
747 | <para> | ||
748 | Specifies a function to call that verifies the list of | ||
749 | planned task execution before the main task execution | ||
750 | happens. | ||
751 | The function is called once BitBake has a list of setscene | ||
752 | tasks that have run and either succeeded or failed. | ||
753 | </para> | ||
754 | |||
755 | <para> | ||
756 | The function allows for a task list check to see if they | ||
757 | make sense. | ||
758 | Even if BitBake was planning to skip a task, the | ||
759 | returned value of the function can force BitBake to run | ||
760 | the task, which is necessary under certain metadata | ||
761 | defined circumstances. | ||
762 | </para> | ||
763 | </glossdef> | ||
764 | </glossentry> | ||
765 | |||
766 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SIGNATURE_EXCLUDE_FLAGS'><glossterm>BB_SIGNATURE_EXCLUDE_FLAGS</glossterm> | ||
767 | <glossdef> | ||
768 | <para> | ||
769 | Lists variable flags (varflags) | ||
770 | that can be safely excluded from checksum | ||
771 | and dependency data for keys in the datastore. | ||
772 | When generating checksum or dependency data for keys in the | ||
773 | datastore, the flags set against that key are normally | ||
774 | included in the checksum. | ||
775 | </para> | ||
776 | |||
777 | <para> | ||
778 | For more information on varflags, see the | ||
779 | "<link linkend='variable-flags'>Variable Flags</link>" | ||
780 | section. | ||
781 | </para> | ||
782 | </glossdef> | ||
783 | </glossentry> | ||
784 | |||
785 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER'><glossterm>BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER</glossterm> | ||
786 | <glossdef> | ||
787 | <para> | ||
788 | Defines the name of the signature handler BitBake uses. | ||
789 | The signature handler defines the way stamp files are | ||
790 | created and handled, if and how the signature is | ||
791 | incorporated into the stamps, and how the signature | ||
792 | itself is generated. | ||
793 | </para> | ||
794 | |||
795 | <para> | ||
796 | A new signature handler can be added by injecting a class | ||
797 | derived from the | ||
798 | <filename>SignatureGenerator</filename> class into the | ||
799 | global namespace. | ||
800 | </para> | ||
801 | </glossdef> | ||
802 | </glossentry> | ||
803 | |||
804 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_SRCREV_POLICY'><glossterm>BB_SRCREV_POLICY</glossterm> | ||
805 | <glossdef> | ||
806 | <para> | ||
807 | Defines the behavior of the fetcher when it interacts with | ||
808 | source control systems and dynamic source revisions. | ||
809 | The <filename>BB_SRCREV_POLICY</filename> variable is | ||
810 | useful when working without a network. | ||
811 | </para> | ||
812 | |||
813 | <para> | ||
814 | The variable can be set using one of two policies: | ||
815 | <itemizedlist> | ||
816 | <listitem><para><emphasis>cache</emphasis> - | ||
817 | Retains the value the system obtained previously | ||
818 | rather than querying the source control system | ||
819 | each time. | ||
820 | </para></listitem> | ||
821 | <listitem><para><emphasis>clear</emphasis> - | ||
822 | Queries the source controls system every time. | ||
823 | With this policy, there is no cache. | ||
824 | The "clear" policy is the default. | ||
825 | </para></listitem> | ||
826 | </itemizedlist> | ||
827 | </para> | ||
828 | </glossdef> | ||
829 | </glossentry> | ||
830 | |||
831 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_STAMP_POLICY'><glossterm>BB_STAMP_POLICY</glossterm> | ||
832 | <glossdef> | ||
833 | <para> | ||
834 | Defines the mode used for how timestamps of stamp files | ||
835 | are compared. | ||
836 | You can set the variable to one of the following modes: | ||
837 | <itemizedlist> | ||
838 | <listitem><para><emphasis>perfile</emphasis> - | ||
839 | Timestamp comparisons are only made | ||
840 | between timestamps of a specific recipe. | ||
841 | This is the default mode. | ||
842 | </para></listitem> | ||
843 | <listitem><para><emphasis>full</emphasis> - | ||
844 | Timestamp comparisons are made for all | ||
845 | dependencies. | ||
846 | </para></listitem> | ||
847 | <listitem><para><emphasis>whitelist</emphasis> - | ||
848 | Identical to "full" mode except timestamp | ||
849 | comparisons are made for recipes listed in the | ||
850 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_STAMP_WHITELIST'><filename>BB_STAMP_WHITELIST</filename></link> | ||
851 | variable. | ||
852 | </para></listitem> | ||
853 | </itemizedlist> | ||
854 | <note> | ||
855 | Stamp policies are largely obsolete with the | ||
856 | introduction of setscene tasks. | ||
857 | </note> | ||
858 | </para> | ||
859 | </glossdef> | ||
860 | </glossentry> | ||
861 | |||
862 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_STAMP_WHITELIST'><glossterm>BB_STAMP_WHITELIST</glossterm> | ||
863 | <glossdef> | ||
864 | <para> | ||
865 | Lists files whose stamp file timestamps are compared when | ||
866 | the stamp policy mode is set to "whitelist". | ||
867 | For information on stamp policies, see the | ||
868 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_STAMP_POLICY'><filename>BB_STAMP_POLICY</filename></link> | ||
869 | variable. | ||
870 | </para> | ||
871 | </glossdef> | ||
872 | </glossentry> | ||
873 | |||
874 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM'><glossterm>BB_STRICT_CHECKSUM</glossterm> | ||
875 | <glossdef> | ||
876 | <para> | ||
877 | Sets a more strict checksum mechanism for non-local URLs. | ||
878 | Setting this variable to a value causes BitBake | ||
879 | to report an error if it encounters a non-local URL | ||
880 | that does not have at least one checksum specified. | ||
881 | </para> | ||
882 | </glossdef> | ||
883 | </glossentry> | ||
884 | |||
885 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL'><glossterm>BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL</glossterm> | ||
886 | <glossdef> | ||
887 | <para> | ||
888 | Allows adjustment of a task's Input/Output priority. | ||
889 | During Autobuilder testing, random failures can occur | ||
890 | for tasks due to I/O starvation. | ||
891 | These failures occur during various QEMU runtime timeouts. | ||
892 | You can use the <filename>BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL</filename> | ||
893 | variable to adjust the I/O priority of these tasks. | ||
894 | <note> | ||
895 | This variable works similarly to the | ||
896 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL'><filename>BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL</filename></link> | ||
897 | variable except with a task's I/O priorities. | ||
898 | </note> | ||
899 | </para> | ||
900 | |||
901 | <para> | ||
902 | Set the variable as follows: | ||
903 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
904 | BB_TASK_IONICE_LEVEL = "<replaceable>class</replaceable>.<replaceable>prio</replaceable>" | ||
905 | </literallayout> | ||
906 | For <replaceable>class</replaceable>, the default value is | ||
907 | "2", which is a best effort. | ||
908 | You can use "1" for realtime and "3" for idle. | ||
909 | If you want to use realtime, you must have superuser | ||
910 | privileges. | ||
911 | </para> | ||
912 | |||
913 | <para> | ||
914 | For <replaceable>prio</replaceable>, you can use any | ||
915 | value from "0", which is the highest priority, to "7", | ||
916 | which is the lowest. | ||
917 | The default value is "4". | ||
918 | You do not need any special privileges to use this range | ||
919 | of priority values. | ||
920 | <note> | ||
921 | In order for your I/O priority settings to take effect, | ||
922 | you need the Completely Fair Queuing (CFQ) Scheduler | ||
923 | selected for the backing block device. | ||
924 | To select the scheduler, use the following command form | ||
925 | where <replaceable>device</replaceable> is the device | ||
926 | (e.g. sda, sdb, and so forth): | ||
927 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
928 | $ sudo sh -c “echo cfq > /sys/block/<replaceable>device</replaceable>/queu/scheduler | ||
929 | </literallayout> | ||
930 | </note> | ||
931 | </para> | ||
932 | </glossdef> | ||
933 | </glossentry> | ||
934 | |||
935 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL'><glossterm>BB_TASK_NICE_LEVEL</glossterm> | ||
936 | <glossdef> | ||
937 | <para> | ||
938 | Allows specific tasks to change their priority | ||
939 | (i.e. nice level). | ||
940 | </para> | ||
941 | |||
942 | <para> | ||
943 | You can use this variable in combination with task | ||
944 | overrides to raise or lower priorities of specific tasks. | ||
945 | For example, on the | ||
946 | <ulink url='http://www.yoctoproject.org'>Yocto Project</ulink> | ||
947 | autobuilder, QEMU emulation in images is given a higher | ||
948 | priority as compared to build tasks to ensure that images | ||
949 | do not suffer timeouts on loaded systems. | ||
950 | </para> | ||
951 | </glossdef> | ||
952 | </glossentry> | ||
953 | |||
954 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_TASKHASH'><glossterm>BB_TASKHASH</glossterm> | ||
955 | <glossdef> | ||
956 | <para> | ||
957 | Within an executing task, this variable holds the hash | ||
958 | of the task as returned by the currently enabled | ||
959 | signature generator. | ||
960 | </para> | ||
961 | </glossdef> | ||
962 | </glossentry> | ||
963 | |||
964 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_VERBOSE_LOGS'><glossterm>BB_VERBOSE_LOGS</glossterm> | ||
965 | <glossdef> | ||
966 | <para> | ||
967 | Controls how verbose BitBake is during builds. | ||
968 | If set, shell scripts echo commands and shell script output | ||
969 | appears on standard out (stdout). | ||
970 | </para> | ||
971 | </glossdef> | ||
972 | </glossentry> | ||
973 | |||
974 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BB_WORKERCONTEXT'><glossterm>BB_WORKERCONTEXT</glossterm> | ||
975 | <glossdef> | ||
976 | <para> | ||
977 | Specifies if the current context is executing a task. | ||
978 | BitBake sets this variable to "1" when a task is | ||
979 | being executed. | ||
980 | The value is not set when the task is in server context | ||
981 | during parsing or event handling. | ||
982 | </para> | ||
983 | </glossdef> | ||
984 | </glossentry> | ||
985 | |||
986 | |||
987 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBCLASSEXTEND'><glossterm>BBCLASSEXTEND</glossterm> | ||
988 | <glossdef> | ||
989 | <para> | ||
990 | Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants | ||
991 | of the software. | ||
992 | Some examples of these variants for recipes from the | ||
993 | OpenEmbedded-Core metadata are "natives" such as | ||
994 | <filename>quilt-native</filename>, which is a copy of | ||
995 | Quilt built to run on the build system; "crosses" such | ||
996 | as <filename>gcc-cross</filename>, which is a compiler | ||
997 | built to run on the build machine but produces binaries | ||
998 | that run on the target <filename>MACHINE</filename>; | ||
999 | "nativesdk", which targets the SDK machine instead of | ||
1000 | <filename>MACHINE</filename>; and "mulitlibs" in the form | ||
1001 | "<filename>multilib:</filename><replaceable>multilib_name</replaceable>". | ||
1002 | </para> | ||
1003 | |||
1004 | <para> | ||
1005 | To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal | ||
1006 | amount of code, it usually is as simple as adding the | ||
1007 | variable to your recipe. | ||
1008 | Here are two examples. | ||
1009 | The "native" variants are from the OpenEmbedded-Core | ||
1010 | metadata: | ||
1011 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1012 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" | ||
1013 | BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:<replaceable>multilib_name</replaceable>" | ||
1014 | </literallayout> | ||
1015 | <note> | ||
1016 | <para> | ||
1017 | Internally, the <filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename> | ||
1018 | mechanism generates recipe variants by rewriting | ||
1019 | variable values and applying overrides such as | ||
1020 | <filename>_class-native</filename>. | ||
1021 | For example, to generate a native version of a recipe, | ||
1022 | a | ||
1023 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
1024 | on "foo" is rewritten to a <filename>DEPENDS</filename> | ||
1025 | on "foo-native". | ||
1026 | </para> | ||
1027 | |||
1028 | <para> | ||
1029 | Even when using <filename>BBCLASSEXTEND</filename>, the | ||
1030 | recipe is only parsed once. | ||
1031 | Parsing once adds some limitations. | ||
1032 | For example, it is not possible to | ||
1033 | include a different file depending on the variant, | ||
1034 | since <filename>include</filename> statements are | ||
1035 | processed when the recipe is parsed. | ||
1036 | </para> | ||
1037 | </note> | ||
1038 | </para> | ||
1039 | </glossdef> | ||
1040 | </glossentry> | ||
1041 | |||
1042 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBDEBUG'><glossterm>BBDEBUG</glossterm> | ||
1043 | <glossdef> | ||
1044 | <para> | ||
1045 | Sets the BitBake debug output level to a specific value | ||
1046 | as incremented by the <filename>-D</filename> command line | ||
1047 | option. | ||
1048 | <note> | ||
1049 | You must set this variable in the external environment | ||
1050 | in order for it to work. | ||
1051 | </note> | ||
1052 | </para> | ||
1053 | </glossdef> | ||
1054 | </glossentry> | ||
1055 | |||
1056 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBFILE_COLLECTIONS'><glossterm>BBFILE_COLLECTIONS</glossterm> | ||
1057 | <glossdef> | ||
1058 | <para>Lists the names of configured layers. | ||
1059 | These names are used to find the other <filename>BBFILE_*</filename> | ||
1060 | variables. | ||
1061 | Typically, each layer appends its name to this variable in its | ||
1062 | <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
1063 | </para> | ||
1064 | </glossdef> | ||
1065 | </glossentry> | ||
1066 | |||
1067 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBFILE_PATTERN'><glossterm>BBFILE_PATTERN</glossterm> | ||
1068 | <glossdef> | ||
1069 | <para>Variable that expands to match files from | ||
1070 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBFILES'><filename>BBFILES</filename></link> | ||
1071 | in a particular layer. | ||
1072 | This variable is used in the <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file and must | ||
1073 | be suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. | ||
1074 | <filename>BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow</filename>).</para> | ||
1075 | </glossdef> | ||
1076 | </glossentry> | ||
1077 | |||
1078 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBFILE_PRIORITY'><glossterm>BBFILE_PRIORITY</glossterm> | ||
1079 | <glossdef> | ||
1080 | <para>Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.</para> | ||
1081 | <para>This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears in | ||
1082 | more than one layer. | ||
1083 | Setting this variable allows you to prioritize a | ||
1084 | layer against other layers that contain the same recipe - effectively | ||
1085 | letting you control the precedence for the multiple layers. | ||
1086 | The precedence established through this variable stands regardless of a | ||
1087 | recipe's version | ||
1088 | (<link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link> variable). | ||
1089 | For example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher <filename>PV</filename> value but for | ||
1090 | which the <filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename> is set to have a lower precedence still has a | ||
1091 | lower precedence.</para> | ||
1092 | <para>A larger value for the <filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename> variable results in a higher | ||
1093 | precedence. | ||
1094 | For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence than the value 5. | ||
1095 | If not specified, the <filename>BBFILE_PRIORITY</filename> variable is set based on layer | ||
1096 | dependencies (see the | ||
1097 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-LAYERDEPENDS'>LAYERDEPENDS</link></filename> variable for | ||
1098 | more information. | ||
1099 | The default priority, if unspecified | ||
1100 | for a layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 | ||
1101 | (or 1 if no priorities are defined).</para> | ||
1102 | <tip> | ||
1103 | You can use the command <filename>bitbake-layers show-layers</filename> to list | ||
1104 | all configured layers along with their priorities. | ||
1105 | </tip> | ||
1106 | </glossdef> | ||
1107 | </glossentry> | ||
1108 | |||
1109 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBFILES'><glossterm>BBFILES</glossterm> | ||
1110 | <glossdef> | ||
1111 | <para> | ||
1112 | A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to | ||
1113 | build software. | ||
1114 | </para> | ||
1115 | |||
1116 | <para> | ||
1117 | When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using | ||
1118 | Python's | ||
1119 | <ulink url='https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html'><filename>glob</filename></ulink> | ||
1120 | syntax. | ||
1121 | For details on the syntax, see the documentation by | ||
1122 | following the previous link. | ||
1123 | </para> | ||
1124 | </glossdef> | ||
1125 | </glossentry> | ||
1126 | |||
1127 | <glossentry id='var-BBFILES_DYNAMIC'><glossterm>BBFILES_DYNAMIC</glossterm> | ||
1128 | <info> | ||
1129 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC[doc] = "Activates content depending on presence of identified layers." | ||
1130 | </info> | ||
1131 | <glossdef> | ||
1132 | <para role="glossdeffirst"> | ||
1133 | Activates content depending on presence of identified layers. | ||
1134 | You identify the layers by the collections that the layers | ||
1135 | define. | ||
1136 | </para> | ||
1137 | |||
1138 | <para> | ||
1139 | Use the <filename>BBFILES_DYNAMIC</filename> variable to | ||
1140 | avoid <filename>.bbappend</filename> files whose | ||
1141 | corresponding <filename>.bb</filename> file is in a layer | ||
1142 | that attempts to modify other layers through | ||
1143 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> but does not want to | ||
1144 | introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. | ||
1145 | </para> | ||
1146 | |||
1147 | <para> | ||
1148 | Additionally you can prefix the rule with "!" to add | ||
1149 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> and <filename>.bb</filename> files | ||
1150 | in case a layer is not present. | ||
1151 | Use this avoid hard dependency on those other layers. | ||
1152 | </para> | ||
1153 | |||
1154 | <para> | ||
1155 | Use the following form for | ||
1156 | <filename>BBFILES_DYNAMIC</filename>: | ||
1157 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1158 | <replaceable>collection_name</replaceable>:<replaceable>filename_pattern</replaceable> | ||
1159 | </literallayout> | ||
1160 | The following example identifies two collection names and | ||
1161 | two filename patterns: | ||
1162 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1163 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += "\ | ||
1164 | clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ | ||
1165 | core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ | ||
1166 | " | ||
1167 | </literallayout> | ||
1168 | When the collection name is prefixed with "!" it will add the file pattern in case | ||
1169 | the layer is absent: | ||
1170 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1171 | BBFILES_DYNAMIC += "\ | ||
1172 | !clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/backfill/meta-clang/*/*/*.bb \ | ||
1173 | " | ||
1174 | </literallayout> | ||
1175 | |||
1176 | This next example shows an error message that occurs | ||
1177 | because invalid entries are found, which cause parsing to | ||
1178 | abort: | ||
1179 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1180 | ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form {!}<collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: | ||
1181 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend | ||
1182 | /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend | ||
1183 | </literallayout> | ||
1184 | </para> | ||
1185 | </glossdef> | ||
1186 | </glossentry> | ||
1187 | |||
1188 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBINCLUDED'><glossterm>BBINCLUDED</glossterm> | ||
1189 | <glossdef> | ||
1190 | <para> | ||
1191 | Contains a space-separated list of all of all files that | ||
1192 | BitBake's parser included during parsing of the current | ||
1193 | file. | ||
1194 | </para> | ||
1195 | </glossdef> | ||
1196 | </glossentry> | ||
1197 | |||
1198 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBINCLUDELOGS'><glossterm>BBINCLUDELOGS</glossterm> | ||
1199 | <glossdef> | ||
1200 | <para> | ||
1201 | If set to a value, enables printing the task log when | ||
1202 | reporting a failed task. | ||
1203 | </para> | ||
1204 | </glossdef> | ||
1205 | </glossentry> | ||
1206 | |||
1207 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES'><glossterm>BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES</glossterm> | ||
1208 | <glossdef> | ||
1209 | <para> | ||
1210 | If | ||
1211 | <link linkend='var-bb-BBINCLUDELOGS'><filename>BBINCLUDELOGS</filename></link> | ||
1212 | is set, specifies the maximum number of lines from the | ||
1213 | task log file to print when reporting a failed task. | ||
1214 | If you do not set <filename>BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES</filename>, | ||
1215 | the entire log is printed. | ||
1216 | </para> | ||
1217 | </glossdef> | ||
1218 | </glossentry> | ||
1219 | |||
1220 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBLAYERS'><glossterm>BBLAYERS</glossterm> | ||
1221 | <glossdef> | ||
1222 | <para>Lists the layers to enable during the build. | ||
1223 | This variable is defined in the <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> configuration | ||
1224 | file in the build directory. | ||
1225 | Here is an example: | ||
1226 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1227 | BBLAYERS = " \ | ||
1228 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ | ||
1229 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto \ | ||
1230 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ | ||
1231 | /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ | ||
1232 | " | ||
1233 | |||
1234 | </literallayout> | ||
1235 | This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, user-defined layer | ||
1236 | named <filename>meta-mykernel</filename>. | ||
1237 | </para> | ||
1238 | </glossdef> | ||
1239 | </glossentry> | ||
1240 | |||
1241 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBLAYERS_FETCH_DIR'><glossterm>BBLAYERS_FETCH_DIR</glossterm> | ||
1242 | <glossdef> | ||
1243 | <para> | ||
1244 | Sets the base location where layers are stored. | ||
1245 | This setting is used in conjunction with | ||
1246 | <filename>bitbake-layers layerindex-fetch</filename> and | ||
1247 | tells <filename>bitbake-layers</filename> where to place | ||
1248 | the fetched layers. | ||
1249 | </para> | ||
1250 | </glossdef> | ||
1251 | </glossentry> | ||
1252 | |||
1253 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBMASK'><glossterm>BBMASK</glossterm> | ||
1254 | <glossdef> | ||
1255 | <para> | ||
1256 | Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe | ||
1257 | append files. | ||
1258 | </para> | ||
1259 | |||
1260 | <para> | ||
1261 | You can use the <filename>BBMASK</filename> variable | ||
1262 | to "hide" these <filename>.bb</filename> and | ||
1263 | <filename>.bbappend</filename> files. | ||
1264 | BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append files that | ||
1265 | match any of the expressions. | ||
1266 | It is as if BitBake does not see them at all. | ||
1267 | Consequently, matching files are not parsed or otherwise | ||
1268 | used by BitBake. | ||
1269 | </para> | ||
1270 | |||
1271 | <para> | ||
1272 | The values you provide are passed to Python's regular | ||
1273 | expression compiler. | ||
1274 | Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular | ||
1275 | Expression (re) syntax. | ||
1276 | The expressions are compared against the full paths to | ||
1277 | the files. | ||
1278 | For complete syntax information, see Python's | ||
1279 | documentation at | ||
1280 | <ulink url='http://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#re'></ulink>. | ||
1281 | </para> | ||
1282 | |||
1283 | <para> | ||
1284 | The following example uses a complete regular expression | ||
1285 | to tell BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append | ||
1286 | files in the <filename>meta-ti/recipes-misc/</filename> | ||
1287 | directory: | ||
1288 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1289 | BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" | ||
1290 | </literallayout> | ||
1291 | If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, | ||
1292 | you can specify multiple regular expression fragments. | ||
1293 | This next example masks out multiple directories and | ||
1294 | individual recipes: | ||
1295 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1296 | BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" | ||
1297 | BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" | ||
1298 | BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" | ||
1299 | BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" | ||
1300 | BBMASK += "lzma" | ||
1301 | </literallayout> | ||
1302 | <note> | ||
1303 | When specifying a directory name, use the trailing | ||
1304 | slash character to ensure you match just that directory | ||
1305 | name. | ||
1306 | </note> | ||
1307 | </para> | ||
1308 | </glossdef> | ||
1309 | </glossentry> | ||
1310 | |||
1311 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBMULTICONFIG'><glossterm>BBMULTICONFIG</glossterm> | ||
1312 | <info> | ||
1313 | BBMULTICONFIG[doc] = "Enables BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds and lists each separate configuration (multiconfig)." | ||
1314 | </info> | ||
1315 | <glossdef> | ||
1316 | <para role="glossdeffirst"> | ||
1317 | <!-- <para role="glossdeffirst"><imagedata fileref="figures/define-generic.png" /> --> | ||
1318 | Enables BitBake to perform multiple configuration builds | ||
1319 | and lists each separate configuration (multiconfig). | ||
1320 | You can use this variable to cause BitBake to build | ||
1321 | multiple targets where each target has a separate | ||
1322 | configuration. | ||
1323 | Define <filename>BBMULTICONFIG</filename> in your | ||
1324 | <filename>conf/local.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
1325 | </para> | ||
1326 | |||
1327 | <para> | ||
1328 | As an example, the following line specifies three | ||
1329 | multiconfigs, each having a separate configuration file: | ||
1330 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1331 | BBMULTIFONFIG = "configA configB configC" | ||
1332 | </literallayout> | ||
1333 | Each configuration file you use must reside in the | ||
1334 | build directory within a directory named | ||
1335 | <filename>conf/multiconfig</filename> (e.g. | ||
1336 | <replaceable>build_directory</replaceable><filename>/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf</filename>). | ||
1337 | </para> | ||
1338 | |||
1339 | <para> | ||
1340 | For information on how to use | ||
1341 | <filename>BBMULTICONFIG</filename> in an environment that | ||
1342 | supports building targets with multiple configurations, | ||
1343 | see the | ||
1344 | "<link linkend='executing-a-multiple-configuration-build'>Executing a Multiple Configuration Build</link>" | ||
1345 | section. | ||
1346 | </para> | ||
1347 | </glossdef> | ||
1348 | </glossentry> | ||
1349 | |||
1350 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBPATH'><glossterm>BBPATH</glossterm> | ||
1351 | <glossdef> | ||
1352 | <para> | ||
1353 | Used by BitBake to locate class | ||
1354 | (<filename>.bbclass</filename>) and configuration | ||
1355 | (<filename>.conf</filename>) files. | ||
1356 | This variable is analogous to the | ||
1357 | <filename>PATH</filename> variable. | ||
1358 | </para> | ||
1359 | |||
1360 | <para> | ||
1361 | If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the | ||
1362 | build directory, | ||
1363 | you must be sure to set | ||
1364 | <filename>BBPATH</filename> to point to the | ||
1365 | build directory. | ||
1366 | Set the variable as you would any environment variable | ||
1367 | and then run BitBake: | ||
1368 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1369 | $ BBPATH="<replaceable>build_directory</replaceable>" | ||
1370 | $ export BBPATH | ||
1371 | $ bitbake <replaceable>target</replaceable> | ||
1372 | </literallayout> | ||
1373 | </para> | ||
1374 | </glossdef> | ||
1375 | </glossentry> | ||
1376 | |||
1377 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBSERVER'><glossterm>BBSERVER</glossterm> | ||
1378 | <glossdef> | ||
1379 | <para> | ||
1380 | Points to the server that runs memory-resident BitBake. | ||
1381 | The variable is only used when you employ memory-resident | ||
1382 | BitBake. | ||
1383 | </para> | ||
1384 | </glossdef> | ||
1385 | </glossentry> | ||
1386 | |||
1387 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBTARGETS'><glossterm>BBTARGETS</glossterm> | ||
1388 | <glossdef> | ||
1389 | <para> | ||
1390 | Allows you to use a configuration file to add to the list | ||
1391 | of command-line target recipes you want to build. | ||
1392 | </para> | ||
1393 | </glossdef> | ||
1394 | </glossentry> | ||
1395 | |||
1396 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BBVERSIONS'><glossterm>BBVERSIONS</glossterm> | ||
1397 | <glossdef> | ||
1398 | <para> | ||
1399 | Allows a single recipe to build multiple versions of a | ||
1400 | project from a single recipe file. | ||
1401 | You also able to specify conditional metadata | ||
1402 | using the | ||
1403 | <link linkend='var-bb-OVERRIDES'><filename>OVERRIDES</filename></link> | ||
1404 | mechanism for a single version or for an optionally named | ||
1405 | range of versions. | ||
1406 | </para> | ||
1407 | |||
1408 | <para> | ||
1409 | For more information on <filename>BBVERSIONS</filename>, | ||
1410 | see the | ||
1411 | "<link linkend='variants-class-extension-mechanism'>Variants - Class Extension Mechanism</link>" | ||
1412 | section. | ||
1413 | </para> | ||
1414 | </glossdef> | ||
1415 | </glossentry> | ||
1416 | |||
1417 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BITBAKE_UI'><glossterm>BITBAKE_UI</glossterm> | ||
1418 | <glossdef> | ||
1419 | <para> | ||
1420 | Used to specify the UI module to use when running BitBake. | ||
1421 | Using this variable is equivalent to using the | ||
1422 | <filename>-u</filename> command-line option. | ||
1423 | <note> | ||
1424 | You must set this variable in the external environment | ||
1425 | in order for it to work. | ||
1426 | </note> | ||
1427 | </para> | ||
1428 | </glossdef> | ||
1429 | </glossentry> | ||
1430 | |||
1431 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BUILDNAME'><glossterm>BUILDNAME</glossterm> | ||
1432 | <glossdef> | ||
1433 | <para> | ||
1434 | A name assigned to the build. | ||
1435 | The name defaults to a datetime stamp of when the build was | ||
1436 | started but can be defined by the metadata. | ||
1437 | </para> | ||
1438 | </glossdef> | ||
1439 | </glossentry> | ||
1440 | |||
1441 | <glossentry id='var-bb-BZRDIR'><glossterm>BZRDIR</glossterm> | ||
1442 | <glossdef> | ||
1443 | <para> | ||
1444 | The directory in which files checked out of a Bazaar | ||
1445 | system are stored. | ||
1446 | </para> | ||
1447 | </glossdef> | ||
1448 | </glossentry> | ||
1449 | |||
1450 | </glossdiv> | ||
1451 | |||
1452 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-c'><title>C</title> | ||
1453 | |||
1454 | <glossentry id='var-bb-CACHE'><glossterm>CACHE</glossterm> | ||
1455 | <glossdef> | ||
1456 | <para> | ||
1457 | Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache | ||
1458 | of the metadata so it does not need to be parsed every | ||
1459 | time BitBake is started. | ||
1460 | </para> | ||
1461 | </glossdef> | ||
1462 | </glossentry> | ||
1463 | |||
1464 | <glossentry id='var-bb-CVSDIR'><glossterm>CVSDIR</glossterm> | ||
1465 | <glossdef> | ||
1466 | <para> | ||
1467 | The directory in which files checked out under the | ||
1468 | CVS system are stored. | ||
1469 | </para> | ||
1470 | </glossdef> | ||
1471 | </glossentry> | ||
1472 | |||
1473 | </glossdiv> | ||
1474 | |||
1475 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-d'><title>D</title> | ||
1476 | |||
1477 | <glossentry id='var-bb-DEFAULT_PREFERENCE'><glossterm>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</glossterm> | ||
1478 | <glossdef> | ||
1479 | <para> | ||
1480 | Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. | ||
1481 | </para> | ||
1482 | <para> | ||
1483 | The most common usage of this is variable is to set | ||
1484 | it to "-1" within a recipe for a development version of a | ||
1485 | piece of software. | ||
1486 | Using the variable in this way causes the stable version | ||
1487 | of the recipe to build by default in the absence of | ||
1488 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-PREFERRED_VERSION'>PREFERRED_VERSION</link></filename> | ||
1489 | being used to build the development version. | ||
1490 | </para> | ||
1491 | <note> | ||
1492 | The bias provided by <filename>DEFAULT_PREFERENCE</filename> | ||
1493 | is weak and is overridden by | ||
1494 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-BBFILE_PRIORITY'>BBFILE_PRIORITY</link></filename> | ||
1495 | if that variable is different between two layers | ||
1496 | that contain different versions of the same recipe. | ||
1497 | </note> | ||
1498 | </glossdef> | ||
1499 | </glossentry> | ||
1500 | |||
1501 | <glossentry id='var-bb-DEPENDS'><glossterm>DEPENDS</glossterm> | ||
1502 | <glossdef> | ||
1503 | <para> | ||
1504 | Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies | ||
1505 | (i.e. other recipe files). | ||
1506 | </para> | ||
1507 | |||
1508 | <para> | ||
1509 | Consider this simple example for two recipes named "a" and | ||
1510 | "b" that produce similarly named packages. | ||
1511 | In this example, the <filename>DEPENDS</filename> | ||
1512 | statement appears in the "a" recipe: | ||
1513 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1514 | DEPENDS = "b" | ||
1515 | </literallayout> | ||
1516 | Here, the dependency is such that the | ||
1517 | <filename>do_configure</filename> task for recipe "a" | ||
1518 | depends on the <filename>do_populate_sysroot</filename> | ||
1519 | task of recipe "b". | ||
1520 | This means anything that recipe "b" puts into sysroot | ||
1521 | is available when recipe "a" is configuring itself. | ||
1522 | </para> | ||
1523 | |||
1524 | <para> | ||
1525 | For information on runtime dependencies, see the | ||
1526 | <link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
1527 | variable. | ||
1528 | </para> | ||
1529 | </glossdef> | ||
1530 | </glossentry> | ||
1531 | |||
1532 | <glossentry id='var-bb-DESCRIPTION'><glossterm>DESCRIPTION</glossterm> | ||
1533 | <glossdef> | ||
1534 | <para> | ||
1535 | A long description for the recipe. | ||
1536 | </para> | ||
1537 | </glossdef> | ||
1538 | </glossentry> | ||
1539 | |||
1540 | <glossentry id='var-bb-DL_DIR'><glossterm>DL_DIR</glossterm> | ||
1541 | <glossdef> | ||
1542 | <para> | ||
1543 | The central download directory used by the build process to | ||
1544 | store downloads. | ||
1545 | By default, <filename>DL_DIR</filename> gets files | ||
1546 | suitable for mirroring for everything except Git | ||
1547 | repositories. | ||
1548 | If you want tarballs of Git repositories, use the | ||
1549 | <link linkend='var-bb-BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS'><filename>BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS</filename></link> | ||
1550 | variable. | ||
1551 | </para> | ||
1552 | </glossdef> | ||
1553 | |||
1554 | </glossentry> | ||
1555 | </glossdiv> | ||
1556 | |||
1557 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-e'><title>E</title> | ||
1558 | |||
1559 | <glossentry id='var-bb-EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD'><glossterm>EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD</glossterm> | ||
1560 | <glossdef> | ||
1561 | <para> | ||
1562 | Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. | ||
1563 | <filename>bitbake world</filename>). | ||
1564 | During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and builds all | ||
1565 | recipes found in every layer exposed in the | ||
1566 | <filename>bblayers.conf</filename> configuration file. | ||
1567 | </para> | ||
1568 | |||
1569 | <para> | ||
1570 | To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, | ||
1571 | set the variable to "1" in the recipe. | ||
1572 | </para> | ||
1573 | |||
1574 | <note> | ||
1575 | Recipes added to <filename>EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD</filename> | ||
1576 | may still be built during a world build in order to satisfy | ||
1577 | dependencies of other recipes. | ||
1578 | Adding a recipe to <filename>EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD</filename> | ||
1579 | only ensures that the recipe is not explicitly added | ||
1580 | to the list of build targets in a world build. | ||
1581 | </note> | ||
1582 | </glossdef> | ||
1583 | </glossentry> | ||
1584 | |||
1585 | </glossdiv> | ||
1586 | |||
1587 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-f'><title>F</title> | ||
1588 | |||
1589 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOT'><glossterm>FAKEROOT</glossterm> | ||
1590 | <glossdef> | ||
1591 | <para> | ||
1592 | Contains the command to use when running a shell script | ||
1593 | in a fakeroot environment. | ||
1594 | The <filename>FAKEROOT</filename> variable is obsolete | ||
1595 | and has been replaced by the other | ||
1596 | <filename>FAKEROOT*</filename> variables. | ||
1597 | See these entries in the glossary for more information. | ||
1598 | </para> | ||
1599 | </glossdef> | ||
1600 | </glossentry> | ||
1601 | |||
1602 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOTBASEENV'><glossterm>FAKEROOTBASEENV</glossterm> | ||
1603 | <glossdef> | ||
1604 | <para> | ||
1605 | Lists environment variables to set when executing | ||
1606 | the command defined by | ||
1607 | <link linkend='var-bb-FAKEROOTCMD'><filename>FAKEROOTCMD</filename></link> | ||
1608 | that starts the bitbake-worker process | ||
1609 | in the fakeroot environment. | ||
1610 | </para> | ||
1611 | </glossdef> | ||
1612 | </glossentry> | ||
1613 | |||
1614 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOTCMD'><glossterm>FAKEROOTCMD</glossterm> | ||
1615 | <glossdef> | ||
1616 | <para> | ||
1617 | Contains the command that starts the bitbake-worker | ||
1618 | process in the fakeroot environment. | ||
1619 | </para> | ||
1620 | </glossdef> | ||
1621 | </glossentry> | ||
1622 | |||
1623 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOTDIRS'><glossterm>FAKEROOTDIRS</glossterm> | ||
1624 | <glossdef> | ||
1625 | <para> | ||
1626 | Lists directories to create before running a task in | ||
1627 | the fakeroot environment. | ||
1628 | </para> | ||
1629 | </glossdef> | ||
1630 | </glossentry> | ||
1631 | |||
1632 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOTENV'><glossterm>FAKEROOTENV</glossterm> | ||
1633 | <glossdef> | ||
1634 | <para> | ||
1635 | Lists environment variables to set when running a task | ||
1636 | in the fakeroot environment. | ||
1637 | For additional information on environment variables and | ||
1638 | the fakeroot environment, see the | ||
1639 | <link linkend='var-bb-FAKEROOTBASEENV'><filename>FAKEROOTBASEENV</filename></link> | ||
1640 | variable. | ||
1641 | </para> | ||
1642 | </glossdef> | ||
1643 | </glossentry> | ||
1644 | |||
1645 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FAKEROOTNOENV'><glossterm>FAKEROOTNOENV</glossterm> | ||
1646 | <glossdef> | ||
1647 | <para> | ||
1648 | Lists environment variables to set when running a task | ||
1649 | that is not in the fakeroot environment. | ||
1650 | For additional information on environment variables and | ||
1651 | the fakeroot environment, see the | ||
1652 | <link linkend='var-bb-FAKEROOTENV'><filename>FAKEROOTENV</filename></link> | ||
1653 | variable. | ||
1654 | </para> | ||
1655 | </glossdef> | ||
1656 | </glossentry> | ||
1657 | |||
1658 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FETCHCMD'><glossterm>FETCHCMD</glossterm> | ||
1659 | <glossdef> | ||
1660 | <para> | ||
1661 | Defines the command the BitBake fetcher module | ||
1662 | executes when running fetch operations. | ||
1663 | You need to use an override suffix when you use the | ||
1664 | variable (e.g. <filename>FETCHCMD_git</filename> | ||
1665 | or <filename>FETCHCMD_svn</filename>). | ||
1666 | </para> | ||
1667 | </glossdef> | ||
1668 | </glossentry> | ||
1669 | |||
1670 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FILE'><glossterm>FILE</glossterm> | ||
1671 | <glossdef> | ||
1672 | <para> | ||
1673 | Points at the current file. | ||
1674 | BitBake sets this variable during the parsing process | ||
1675 | to identify the file being parsed. | ||
1676 | BitBake also sets this variable when a recipe is being | ||
1677 | executed to identify the recipe file. | ||
1678 | </para> | ||
1679 | </glossdef> | ||
1680 | </glossentry> | ||
1681 | |||
1682 | <glossentry id='var-bb-FILESPATH'><glossterm>FILESPATH</glossterm> | ||
1683 | <glossdef> | ||
1684 | <para> | ||
1685 | Specifies directories BitBake uses when searching for | ||
1686 | patches and files. | ||
1687 | The "local" fetcher module uses these directories when | ||
1688 | handling <filename>file://</filename> URLs. | ||
1689 | The variable behaves like a shell <filename>PATH</filename> | ||
1690 | environment variable. | ||
1691 | The value is a colon-separated list of directories that | ||
1692 | are searched left-to-right in order. | ||
1693 | </para> | ||
1694 | </glossdef> | ||
1695 | </glossentry> | ||
1696 | |||
1697 | </glossdiv> | ||
1698 | |||
1699 | |||
1700 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-g'><title>G</title> | ||
1701 | |||
1702 | <glossentry id='var-bb-GITDIR'><glossterm>GITDIR</glossterm> | ||
1703 | <glossdef> | ||
1704 | <para> | ||
1705 | The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository | ||
1706 | is stored when it is cloned. | ||
1707 | </para> | ||
1708 | </glossdef> | ||
1709 | </glossentry> | ||
1710 | |||
1711 | </glossdiv> | ||
1712 | |||
1713 | |||
1714 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-h'><title>H</title> | ||
1715 | |||
1716 | <glossentry id='var-bb-HGDIR'><glossterm>HGDIR</glossterm> | ||
1717 | <glossdef> | ||
1718 | <para> | ||
1719 | The directory in which files checked out of a Mercurial | ||
1720 | system are stored. | ||
1721 | </para> | ||
1722 | </glossdef> | ||
1723 | </glossentry> | ||
1724 | |||
1725 | <glossentry id='var-bb-HOMEPAGE'><glossterm>HOMEPAGE</glossterm> | ||
1726 | <glossdef> | ||
1727 | <para>Website where more information about the software the recipe is building | ||
1728 | can be found.</para> | ||
1729 | </glossdef> | ||
1730 | </glossentry> | ||
1731 | |||
1732 | </glossdiv> | ||
1733 | |||
1734 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-i'><title>I</title> | ||
1735 | |||
1736 | <glossentry id='var-bb-INHERIT'><glossterm>INHERIT</glossterm> | ||
1737 | <glossdef> | ||
1738 | <para> | ||
1739 | Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. | ||
1740 | Anonymous functions in the class or classes | ||
1741 | are not executed for the | ||
1742 | base configuration and in each individual recipe. | ||
1743 | The OpenEmbedded build system ignores changes to | ||
1744 | <filename>INHERIT</filename> in individual recipes. | ||
1745 | </para> | ||
1746 | |||
1747 | <para> | ||
1748 | For more information on <filename>INHERIT</filename>, see | ||
1749 | the | ||
1750 | "<link linkend="inherit-configuration-directive"><filename>INHERIT</filename> Configuration Directive</link>" | ||
1751 | section. | ||
1752 | </para> | ||
1753 | </glossdef> | ||
1754 | </glossentry> | ||
1755 | |||
1756 | </glossdiv> | ||
1757 | |||
1758 | <!-- | ||
1759 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-j'><title>J</title> | ||
1760 | </glossdiv> | ||
1761 | |||
1762 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-k'><title>K</title> | ||
1763 | </glossdiv> | ||
1764 | --> | ||
1765 | |||
1766 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-l'><title>L</title> | ||
1767 | |||
1768 | <glossentry id='var-bb-LAYERDEPENDS'><glossterm>LAYERDEPENDS</glossterm> | ||
1769 | <glossdef> | ||
1770 | <para>Lists the layers, separated by spaces, upon which this recipe depends. | ||
1771 | Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency | ||
1772 | by adding it to the end of the layer name with a colon, (e.g. "anotherlayer:3" | ||
1773 | to be compared against | ||
1774 | <link linkend='var-bb-LAYERVERSION'><filename>LAYERVERSION</filename></link><filename>_anotherlayer</filename> | ||
1775 | in this case). | ||
1776 | BitBake produces an error if any dependency is missing or | ||
1777 | the version numbers do not match exactly (if specified).</para> | ||
1778 | <para> | ||
1779 | You use this variable in the <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
1780 | You must also use the specific layer name as a suffix | ||
1781 | to the variable (e.g. <filename>LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer</filename>).</para> | ||
1782 | </glossdef> | ||
1783 | </glossentry> | ||
1784 | |||
1785 | <glossentry id='var-bb-LAYERDIR'><glossterm>LAYERDIR</glossterm> | ||
1786 | <glossdef> | ||
1787 | <para>When used inside the <filename>layer.conf</filename> configuration | ||
1788 | file, this variable provides the path of the current layer. | ||
1789 | This variable is not available outside of <filename>layer.conf</filename> | ||
1790 | and references are expanded immediately when parsing of the file completes.</para> | ||
1791 | </glossdef> | ||
1792 | </glossentry> | ||
1793 | |||
1794 | <glossentry id='var-bb-LAYERDIR_RE'><glossterm>LAYERDIR_RE</glossterm> | ||
1795 | <glossdef> | ||
1796 | <para>When used inside the <filename>layer.conf</filename> configuration | ||
1797 | file, this variable provides the path of the current layer, | ||
1798 | escaped for use in a regular expression | ||
1799 | (<link linkend='var-bb-BBFILE_PATTERN'><filename>BBFILE_PATTERN</filename></link>). | ||
1800 | This variable is not available outside of <filename>layer.conf</filename> | ||
1801 | and references are expanded immediately when parsing of the file completes.</para> | ||
1802 | </glossdef> | ||
1803 | </glossentry> | ||
1804 | |||
1805 | <glossentry id='var-bb-LAYERVERSION'><glossterm>LAYERVERSION</glossterm> | ||
1806 | <glossdef> | ||
1807 | <para>Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. | ||
1808 | You can use this variable within | ||
1809 | <link linkend='var-bb-LAYERDEPENDS'><filename>LAYERDEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
1810 | for another layer in order to depend on a specific version | ||
1811 | of the layer.</para> | ||
1812 | <para> | ||
1813 | You use this variable in the <filename>conf/layer.conf</filename> file. | ||
1814 | You must also use the specific layer name as a suffix | ||
1815 | to the variable (e.g. <filename>LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer</filename>).</para> | ||
1816 | </glossdef> | ||
1817 | </glossentry> | ||
1818 | |||
1819 | <glossentry id='var-bb-LICENSE'><glossterm>LICENSE</glossterm> | ||
1820 | <glossdef> | ||
1821 | <para> | ||
1822 | The list of source licenses for the recipe. | ||
1823 | </para> | ||
1824 | </glossdef> | ||
1825 | </glossentry> | ||
1826 | |||
1827 | </glossdiv> | ||
1828 | |||
1829 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-m'><title>M</title> | ||
1830 | |||
1831 | <glossentry id='var-bb-MIRRORS'><glossterm>MIRRORS</glossterm> | ||
1832 | <glossdef> | ||
1833 | <para> | ||
1834 | Specifies additional paths from which BitBake gets source code. | ||
1835 | When the build system searches for source code, it first | ||
1836 | tries the local download directory. | ||
1837 | If that location fails, the build system tries locations | ||
1838 | defined by | ||
1839 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREMIRRORS'><filename>PREMIRRORS</filename></link>, | ||
1840 | the upstream source, and then locations specified by | ||
1841 | <filename>MIRRORS</filename> in that order. | ||
1842 | </para> | ||
1843 | </glossdef> | ||
1844 | </glossentry> | ||
1845 | |||
1846 | <glossentry id='var-bb-MULTI_PROVIDER_WHITELIST'><glossterm>MULTI_PROVIDER_WHITELIST</glossterm> | ||
1847 | <glossdef> | ||
1848 | <para> | ||
1849 | Allows you to suppress BitBake warnings caused when | ||
1850 | building two separate recipes that provide the same | ||
1851 | output. | ||
1852 | </para> | ||
1853 | |||
1854 | <para> | ||
1855 | BitBake normally issues a warning when building two | ||
1856 | different recipes where each provides the same output. | ||
1857 | This scenario is usually something the user does not | ||
1858 | want. | ||
1859 | However, cases do exist where it makes sense, particularly | ||
1860 | in the <filename>virtual/*</filename> namespace. | ||
1861 | You can use this variable to suppress BitBake's warnings. | ||
1862 | </para> | ||
1863 | |||
1864 | <para> | ||
1865 | To use the variable, list provider names (e.g. | ||
1866 | recipe names, <filename>virtual/kernel</filename>, | ||
1867 | and so forth). | ||
1868 | </para> | ||
1869 | </glossdef> | ||
1870 | </glossentry> | ||
1871 | |||
1872 | </glossdiv> | ||
1873 | |||
1874 | <!-- | ||
1875 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-n'><title>N</title> | ||
1876 | </glossdiv> | ||
1877 | --> | ||
1878 | |||
1879 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-o'><title>O</title> | ||
1880 | |||
1881 | <glossentry id='var-bb-OVERRIDES'><glossterm>OVERRIDES</glossterm> | ||
1882 | <glossdef> | ||
1883 | <para> | ||
1884 | BitBake uses <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> to control | ||
1885 | what variables are overridden after BitBake parses | ||
1886 | recipes and configuration files. | ||
1887 | </para> | ||
1888 | |||
1889 | <para> | ||
1890 | Following is a simple example that uses an overrides | ||
1891 | list based on machine architectures: | ||
1892 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1893 | OVERRIDES = "arm:x86:mips:powerpc" | ||
1894 | </literallayout> | ||
1895 | You can find information on how to use | ||
1896 | <filename>OVERRIDES</filename> in the | ||
1897 | "<link linkend='conditional-syntax-overrides'>Conditional Syntax (Overrides)</link>" | ||
1898 | section. | ||
1899 | </para> | ||
1900 | </glossdef> | ||
1901 | </glossentry> | ||
1902 | </glossdiv> | ||
1903 | |||
1904 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-p'><title>P</title> | ||
1905 | |||
1906 | <glossentry id='var-bb-P4DIR'><glossterm>P4DIR</glossterm> | ||
1907 | <glossdef> | ||
1908 | <para> | ||
1909 | The directory in which a local copy of a Perforce depot | ||
1910 | is stored when it is fetched. | ||
1911 | </para> | ||
1912 | </glossdef> | ||
1913 | </glossentry> | ||
1914 | |||
1915 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PACKAGES'><glossterm>PACKAGES</glossterm> | ||
1916 | <glossdef> | ||
1917 | <para>The list of packages the recipe creates. | ||
1918 | </para> | ||
1919 | </glossdef> | ||
1920 | </glossentry> | ||
1921 | |||
1922 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PACKAGES_DYNAMIC'><glossterm>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</glossterm> | ||
1923 | <glossdef> | ||
1924 | <para> | ||
1925 | A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies | ||
1926 | for optional modules that are found in other recipes. | ||
1927 | <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> | ||
1928 | does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it only states that | ||
1929 | they should be satisfied. | ||
1930 | For example, if a hard, runtime dependency | ||
1931 | (<link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><filename>RDEPENDS</filename></link>) | ||
1932 | of another package is satisfied during the build | ||
1933 | through the <filename>PACKAGES_DYNAMIC</filename> | ||
1934 | variable, but a package with the module name is never actually | ||
1935 | produced, then the other package will be broken. | ||
1936 | </para> | ||
1937 | </glossdef> | ||
1938 | </glossentry> | ||
1939 | |||
1940 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PE'><glossterm>PE</glossterm> | ||
1941 | <glossdef> | ||
1942 | <para> | ||
1943 | The epoch of the recipe. | ||
1944 | By default, this variable is unset. | ||
1945 | The variable is used to make upgrades possible when the | ||
1946 | versioning scheme changes in some backwards incompatible | ||
1947 | way. | ||
1948 | </para> | ||
1949 | </glossdef> | ||
1950 | </glossentry> | ||
1951 | |||
1952 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PERSISTENT_DIR'><glossterm>PERSISTENT_DIR</glossterm> | ||
1953 | <glossdef> | ||
1954 | <para> | ||
1955 | Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store data that | ||
1956 | should be preserved between builds. | ||
1957 | In particular, the data stored is the data that uses | ||
1958 | BitBake's persistent data API and the data used by the | ||
1959 | PR Server and PR Service. | ||
1960 | </para> | ||
1961 | </glossdef> | ||
1962 | </glossentry> | ||
1963 | |||
1964 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PF'><glossterm>PF</glossterm> | ||
1965 | <glossdef> | ||
1966 | <para> | ||
1967 | Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and revision | ||
1968 | numbers (i.e. <filename>eglibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/</filename> and | ||
1969 | <filename>bash-4.2-r1/</filename>). | ||
1970 | </para> | ||
1971 | </glossdef> | ||
1972 | </glossentry> | ||
1973 | |||
1974 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PN'><glossterm>PN</glossterm> | ||
1975 | <glossdef> | ||
1976 | <para>The recipe name.</para> | ||
1977 | </glossdef> | ||
1978 | </glossentry> | ||
1979 | |||
1980 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PR'><glossterm>PR</glossterm> | ||
1981 | <glossdef> | ||
1982 | <para>The revision of the recipe. | ||
1983 | </para> | ||
1984 | </glossdef> | ||
1985 | </glossentry> | ||
1986 | |||
1987 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'><glossterm>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</glossterm> | ||
1988 | <glossdef> | ||
1989 | <para> | ||
1990 | Determines which recipe should be given preference when | ||
1991 | multiple recipes provide the same item. | ||
1992 | You should always suffix the variable with the name of the | ||
1993 | provided item, and you should set it to the | ||
1994 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> | ||
1995 | of the recipe to which you want to give precedence. | ||
1996 | Some examples: | ||
1997 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
1998 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" | ||
1999 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" | ||
2000 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" | ||
2001 | </literallayout> | ||
2002 | </para> | ||
2003 | </glossdef> | ||
2004 | </glossentry> | ||
2005 | |||
2006 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PREFERRED_PROVIDERS'><glossterm>PREFERRED_PROVIDERS</glossterm> | ||
2007 | <glossdef> | ||
2008 | <para> | ||
2009 | Determines which recipe should be given preference for | ||
2010 | cases where multiple recipes provide the same item. | ||
2011 | Functionally, | ||
2012 | <filename>PREFERRED_PROVIDERS</filename> is identical to | ||
2013 | <link linkend='var-bb-PREFERRED_PROVIDER'><filename>PREFERRED_PROVIDER</filename></link>. | ||
2014 | However, the <filename>PREFERRED_PROVIDERS</filename> | ||
2015 | variable lets you define preferences for multiple | ||
2016 | situations using the following form: | ||
2017 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2018 | PREFERRED_PROVIDERS = "xxx:yyy aaa:bbb ..." | ||
2019 | </literallayout> | ||
2020 | This form is a convenient replacement for the following: | ||
2021 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2022 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_xxx = "yyy" | ||
2023 | PREFERRED_PROVIDER_aaa = "bbb" | ||
2024 | </literallayout> | ||
2025 | </para> | ||
2026 | </glossdef> | ||
2027 | </glossentry> | ||
2028 | |||
2029 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PREFERRED_VERSION'><glossterm>PREFERRED_VERSION</glossterm> | ||
2030 | <glossdef> | ||
2031 | <para> | ||
2032 | If there are multiple versions of recipes available, this | ||
2033 | variable determines which recipe should be given preference. | ||
2034 | You must always suffix the variable with the | ||
2035 | <link linkend='var-bb-PN'><filename>PN</filename></link> | ||
2036 | you want to select, and you should set | ||
2037 | <link linkend='var-bb-PV'><filename>PV</filename></link> | ||
2038 | accordingly for precedence. | ||
2039 | </para> | ||
2040 | |||
2041 | <para> | ||
2042 | The <filename>PREFERRED_VERSION</filename> variable | ||
2043 | supports limited wildcard use through the | ||
2044 | "<filename>%</filename>" character. | ||
2045 | You can use the character to match any number of | ||
2046 | characters, which can be useful when specifying versions | ||
2047 | that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. | ||
2048 | Here are two examples: | ||
2049 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2050 | PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "2.7.3" | ||
2051 | PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "4.12%" | ||
2052 | </literallayout> | ||
2053 | <note><title>Important</title> | ||
2054 | The use of the "<filename>%</filename>" character | ||
2055 | is limited in that it only works at the end of the | ||
2056 | string. | ||
2057 | You cannot use the wildcard character in any other | ||
2058 | location of the string. | ||
2059 | </note> | ||
2060 | </para> | ||
2061 | </glossdef> | ||
2062 | </glossentry> | ||
2063 | |||
2064 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PREMIRRORS'><glossterm>PREMIRRORS</glossterm> | ||
2065 | <glossdef> | ||
2066 | <para> | ||
2067 | Specifies additional paths from which BitBake gets source code. | ||
2068 | When the build system searches for source code, it first | ||
2069 | tries the local download directory. | ||
2070 | If that location fails, the build system tries locations | ||
2071 | defined by <filename>PREMIRRORS</filename>, the upstream | ||
2072 | source, and then locations specified by | ||
2073 | <link linkend='var-bb-MIRRORS'><filename>MIRRORS</filename></link> | ||
2074 | in that order. | ||
2075 | </para> | ||
2076 | |||
2077 | <para> | ||
2078 | Typically, you would add a specific server for the | ||
2079 | build system to attempt before any others by adding | ||
2080 | something like the following to your configuration: | ||
2081 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2082 | PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\ | ||
2083 | git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
2084 | ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
2085 | http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \ | ||
2086 | https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n" | ||
2087 | </literallayout> | ||
2088 | These changes cause the build system to intercept | ||
2089 | Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and direct them to | ||
2090 | the <filename>http://</filename> sources mirror. | ||
2091 | You can use <filename>file://</filename> URLs to point | ||
2092 | to local directories or network shares as well. | ||
2093 | </para> | ||
2094 | </glossdef> | ||
2095 | </glossentry> | ||
2096 | |||
2097 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PROVIDES'><glossterm>PROVIDES</glossterm> | ||
2098 | <glossdef> | ||
2099 | <para> | ||
2100 | A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be | ||
2101 | known. | ||
2102 | By default, a recipe's own | ||
2103 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-PN'>PN</link></filename> | ||
2104 | is implicitly already in its <filename>PROVIDES</filename> | ||
2105 | list. | ||
2106 | If a recipe uses <filename>PROVIDES</filename>, the | ||
2107 | additional aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can | ||
2108 | be useful satisfying dependencies of other recipes during | ||
2109 | the build as specified by | ||
2110 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'>DEPENDS</link></filename>. | ||
2111 | </para> | ||
2112 | |||
2113 | <para> | ||
2114 | Consider the following example | ||
2115 | <filename>PROVIDES</filename> statement from a recipe | ||
2116 | file <filename>libav_0.8.11.bb</filename>: | ||
2117 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2118 | PROVIDES += "libpostproc" | ||
2119 | </literallayout> | ||
2120 | The <filename>PROVIDES</filename> statement results in | ||
2121 | the "libav" recipe also being known as "libpostproc". | ||
2122 | </para> | ||
2123 | |||
2124 | <para> | ||
2125 | In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, | ||
2126 | the <filename>PROVIDES</filename> mechanism is also used | ||
2127 | to implement virtual targets. | ||
2128 | A virtual target is a name that corresponds to some | ||
2129 | particular functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). | ||
2130 | Recipes that provide the functionality in question list the | ||
2131 | virtual target in <filename>PROVIDES</filename>. | ||
2132 | Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can | ||
2133 | include the virtual target in | ||
2134 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2135 | to leave the choice of provider open. | ||
2136 | </para> | ||
2137 | |||
2138 | <para> | ||
2139 | Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form | ||
2140 | "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). | ||
2141 | The slash is simply part of the name and has no | ||
2142 | syntactical significance. | ||
2143 | </para> | ||
2144 | </glossdef> | ||
2145 | </glossentry> | ||
2146 | |||
2147 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PRSERV_HOST'><glossterm>PRSERV_HOST</glossterm> | ||
2148 | <glossdef> | ||
2149 | <para> | ||
2150 | The network based | ||
2151 | <link linkend='var-bb-PR'><filename>PR</filename></link> | ||
2152 | service host and port. | ||
2153 | </para> | ||
2154 | |||
2155 | <para> | ||
2156 | Following is an example of how the <filename>PRSERV_HOST</filename> variable is | ||
2157 | set: | ||
2158 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2159 | PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" | ||
2160 | </literallayout> | ||
2161 | You must set the variable if you want to automatically | ||
2162 | start a local PR service. | ||
2163 | You can set <filename>PRSERV_HOST</filename> to other | ||
2164 | values to use a remote PR service. | ||
2165 | </para> | ||
2166 | </glossdef> | ||
2167 | </glossentry> | ||
2168 | |||
2169 | <glossentry id='var-bb-PV'><glossterm>PV</glossterm> | ||
2170 | <glossdef> | ||
2171 | <para>The version of the recipe. | ||
2172 | </para> | ||
2173 | </glossdef> | ||
2174 | </glossentry> | ||
2175 | |||
2176 | </glossdiv> | ||
2177 | |||
2178 | <!-- | ||
2179 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-q'><title>Q</title> | ||
2180 | </glossdiv> | ||
2181 | --> | ||
2182 | |||
2183 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-r'><title>R</title> | ||
2184 | |||
2185 | <glossentry id='var-bb-RDEPENDS'><glossterm>RDEPENDS</glossterm> | ||
2186 | <glossdef> | ||
2187 | <para> | ||
2188 | Lists a package's runtime dependencies (i.e. other packages) | ||
2189 | that must be installed in order for the built package to run | ||
2190 | correctly. | ||
2191 | If a package in this list cannot be found during the build, | ||
2192 | you will get a build error. | ||
2193 | </para> | ||
2194 | |||
2195 | <para> | ||
2196 | Because the <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> variable applies | ||
2197 | to packages being built, you should always use the variable | ||
2198 | in a form with an attached package name. | ||
2199 | For example, suppose you are building a development package | ||
2200 | that depends on the <filename>perl</filename> package. | ||
2201 | In this case, you would use the following | ||
2202 | <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> statement: | ||
2203 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2204 | RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl" | ||
2205 | </literallayout> | ||
2206 | In the example, the development package depends on | ||
2207 | the <filename>perl</filename> package. | ||
2208 | Thus, the <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> variable has the | ||
2209 | <filename>${PN}-dev</filename> package name as part of the | ||
2210 | variable. | ||
2211 | </para> | ||
2212 | |||
2213 | <para> | ||
2214 | BitBake supports specifying versioned dependencies. | ||
2215 | Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging | ||
2216 | format, BitBake hides these differences from you. | ||
2217 | Here is the general syntax to specify versions with | ||
2218 | the <filename>RDEPENDS</filename> variable: | ||
2219 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2220 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "<replaceable>package</replaceable> (<replaceable>operator</replaceable> <replaceable>version</replaceable>)" | ||
2221 | </literallayout> | ||
2222 | For <filename>operator</filename>, you can specify the | ||
2223 | following: | ||
2224 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2225 | = | ||
2226 | < | ||
2227 | > | ||
2228 | <= | ||
2229 | >= | ||
2230 | </literallayout> | ||
2231 | For example, the following sets up a dependency on version | ||
2232 | 1.2 or greater of the package <filename>foo</filename>: | ||
2233 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2234 | RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | ||
2235 | </literallayout> | ||
2236 | </para> | ||
2237 | |||
2238 | <para> | ||
2239 | For information on build-time dependencies, see the | ||
2240 | <link linkend='var-bb-DEPENDS'><filename>DEPENDS</filename></link> | ||
2241 | variable. | ||
2242 | </para> | ||
2243 | </glossdef> | ||
2244 | </glossentry> | ||
2245 | |||
2246 | <glossentry id='var-bb-REPODIR'><glossterm>REPODIR</glossterm> | ||
2247 | <glossdef> | ||
2248 | <para> | ||
2249 | The directory in which a local copy of a | ||
2250 | <filename>google-repo</filename> directory is stored | ||
2251 | when it is synced. | ||
2252 | </para> | ||
2253 | </glossdef> | ||
2254 | </glossentry> | ||
2255 | |||
2256 | <glossentry id='var-bb-RPROVIDES'><glossterm>RPROVIDES</glossterm> | ||
2257 | <glossdef> | ||
2258 | <para> | ||
2259 | A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. | ||
2260 | These aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies | ||
2261 | of other packages both during the build and on the target | ||
2262 | (as specified by | ||
2263 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'>RDEPENDS</link></filename>). | ||
2264 | </para> | ||
2265 | <para> | ||
2266 | As with all package-controlling variables, you must always | ||
2267 | use the variable in conjunction with a package name override. | ||
2268 | Here is an example: | ||
2269 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2270 | RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2" | ||
2271 | </literallayout> | ||
2272 | </para> | ||
2273 | </glossdef> | ||
2274 | </glossentry> | ||
2275 | |||
2276 | <glossentry id='var-bb-RRECOMMENDS'><glossterm>RRECOMMENDS</glossterm> | ||
2277 | <glossdef> | ||
2278 | <para> | ||
2279 | A list of packages that extends the usability of a package | ||
2280 | being built. | ||
2281 | The package being built does not depend on this list of | ||
2282 | packages in order to successfully build, but needs them for | ||
2283 | the extended usability. | ||
2284 | To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see the | ||
2285 | <filename><link linkend='var-bb-RDEPENDS'>RDEPENDS</link></filename> | ||
2286 | variable. | ||
2287 | </para> | ||
2288 | |||
2289 | <para> | ||
2290 | BitBake supports specifying versioned recommends. | ||
2291 | Although the syntax varies depending on the packaging | ||
2292 | format, BitBake hides these differences from you. | ||
2293 | Here is the general syntax to specify versions with | ||
2294 | the <filename>RRECOMMENDS</filename> variable: | ||
2295 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2296 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "<replaceable>package</replaceable> (<replaceable>operator</replaceable> <replaceable>version</replaceable>)" | ||
2297 | </literallayout> | ||
2298 | For <filename>operator</filename>, you can specify the | ||
2299 | following: | ||
2300 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2301 | = | ||
2302 | < | ||
2303 | > | ||
2304 | <= | ||
2305 | >= | ||
2306 | </literallayout> | ||
2307 | For example, the following sets up a recommend on version | ||
2308 | 1.2 or greater of the package <filename>foo</filename>: | ||
2309 | <literallayout class='monospaced'> | ||
2310 | RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" | ||
2311 | </literallayout> | ||
2312 | </para> | ||
2313 | </glossdef> | ||
2314 | </glossentry> | ||
2315 | |||
2316 | </glossdiv> | ||
2317 | |||
2318 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-s'><title>S</title> | ||
2319 | |||
2320 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SECTION'><glossterm>SECTION</glossterm> | ||
2321 | <glossdef> | ||
2322 | <para>The section in which packages should be categorized.</para> | ||
2323 | </glossdef> | ||
2324 | </glossentry> | ||
2325 | |||
2326 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SRC_URI'><glossterm>SRC_URI</glossterm> | ||
2327 | <glossdef> | ||
2328 | <para> | ||
2329 | The list of source files - local or remote. | ||
2330 | This variable tells BitBake which bits | ||
2331 | to pull for the build and how to pull them. | ||
2332 | For example, if the recipe or append file needs to | ||
2333 | fetch a single tarball from the Internet, the recipe or | ||
2334 | append file uses a <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
2335 | entry that specifies that tarball. | ||
2336 | On the other hand, if the recipe or append file needs to | ||
2337 | fetch a tarball and include a custom file, the recipe or | ||
2338 | append file needs an <filename>SRC_URI</filename> variable | ||
2339 | that specifies all those sources.</para> | ||
2340 | <para>The following list explains the available URI protocols: | ||
2341 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2342 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>file://</filename> -</emphasis> | ||
2343 | Fetches files, which are usually files shipped with | ||
2344 | the metadata, | ||
2345 | from the local machine. | ||
2346 | The path is relative to the | ||
2347 | <link linkend='var-bb-FILESPATH'><filename>FILESPATH</filename></link> | ||
2348 | variable.</para></listitem> | ||
2349 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>bzr://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from a | ||
2350 | Bazaar revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2351 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>git://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from a | ||
2352 | Git revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2353 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>osc://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2354 | an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service) revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2355 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>repo://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2356 | a repo (Git) repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2357 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>http://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2358 | the Internet using HTTP.</para></listitem> | ||
2359 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>https://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files | ||
2360 | from the Internet using HTTPS.</para></listitem> | ||
2361 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>ftp://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files | ||
2362 | from the Internet using FTP.</para></listitem> | ||
2363 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>cvs://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2364 | a CVS revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2365 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>hg://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2366 | a Mercurial (<filename>hg</filename>) revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2367 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>p4://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2368 | a Perforce (<filename>p4</filename>) revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2369 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>ssh://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2370 | a secure shell.</para></listitem> | ||
2371 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>svn://</filename> -</emphasis> Fetches files from | ||
2372 | a Subversion (<filename>svn</filename>) revision control repository.</para></listitem> | ||
2373 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2374 | </para> | ||
2375 | <para>Here are some additional options worth mentioning: | ||
2376 | <itemizedlist> | ||
2377 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>unpack</filename> -</emphasis> Controls | ||
2378 | whether or not to unpack the file if it is an archive. | ||
2379 | The default action is to unpack the file.</para></listitem> | ||
2380 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>subdir</filename> -</emphasis> Places the file | ||
2381 | (or extracts its contents) into the specified | ||
2382 | subdirectory. | ||
2383 | This option is useful for unusual tarballs or other archives that | ||
2384 | do not have their files already in a subdirectory within the archive. | ||
2385 | </para></listitem> | ||
2386 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>name</filename> -</emphasis> Specifies a | ||
2387 | name to be used for association with <filename>SRC_URI</filename> checksums | ||
2388 | when you have more than one file specified in <filename>SRC_URI</filename>. | ||
2389 | </para></listitem> | ||
2390 | <listitem><para><emphasis><filename>downloadfilename</filename> -</emphasis> Specifies | ||
2391 | the filename used when storing the downloaded file.</para></listitem> | ||
2392 | </itemizedlist> | ||
2393 | </para> | ||
2394 | </glossdef> | ||
2395 | </glossentry> | ||
2396 | |||
2397 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SRCDATE'><glossterm>SRCDATE</glossterm> | ||
2398 | <glossdef> | ||
2399 | <para> | ||
2400 | The date of the source code used to build the package. | ||
2401 | This variable applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager (SCM). | ||
2402 | </para> | ||
2403 | </glossdef> | ||
2404 | </glossentry> | ||
2405 | |||
2406 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SRCREV'><glossterm>SRCREV</glossterm> | ||
2407 | <glossdef> | ||
2408 | <para> | ||
2409 | The revision of the source code used to build the package. | ||
2410 | This variable applies only when using Subversion, Git, Mercurial and Bazaar. | ||
2411 | If you want to build a fixed revision and you want | ||
2412 | to avoid performing a query on the remote repository every time | ||
2413 | BitBake parses your recipe, you should specify a <filename>SRCREV</filename> that is a | ||
2414 | full revision identifier and not just a tag. | ||
2415 | </para> | ||
2416 | </glossdef> | ||
2417 | </glossentry> | ||
2418 | |||
2419 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SRCREV_FORMAT'><glossterm>SRCREV_FORMAT</glossterm> | ||
2420 | <glossdef> | ||
2421 | <para> | ||
2422 | Helps construct valid | ||
2423 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRCREV'><filename>SRCREV</filename></link> | ||
2424 | values when multiple source controlled URLs are used in | ||
2425 | <link linkend='var-bb-SRC_URI'><filename>SRC_URI</filename></link>. | ||
2426 | </para> | ||
2427 | |||
2428 | <para> | ||
2429 | The system needs help constructing these values under these | ||
2430 | circumstances. | ||
2431 | Each component in the <filename>SRC_URI</filename> | ||
2432 | is assigned a name and these are referenced | ||
2433 | in the <filename>SRCREV_FORMAT</filename> variable. | ||
2434 | Consider an example with URLs named "machine" and "meta". | ||
2435 | In this case, <filename>SRCREV_FORMAT</filename> could look | ||
2436 | like "machine_meta" and those names would have the SCM | ||
2437 | versions substituted into each position. | ||
2438 | Only one <filename>AUTOINC</filename> placeholder is added | ||
2439 | and if needed. | ||
2440 | And, this placeholder is placed at the start of the | ||
2441 | returned string. | ||
2442 | </para> | ||
2443 | </glossdef> | ||
2444 | </glossentry> | ||
2445 | |||
2446 | <glossentry id='var-bb-STAMP'><glossterm>STAMP</glossterm> | ||
2447 | <glossdef> | ||
2448 | <para> | ||
2449 | Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. | ||
2450 | The path to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this | ||
2451 | string and then appending additional information. | ||
2452 | </para> | ||
2453 | </glossdef> | ||
2454 | </glossentry> | ||
2455 | |||
2456 | <glossentry id='var-bb-STAMPCLEAN'><glossterm>STAMPCLEAN</glossterm> | ||
2457 | <glossdef> | ||
2458 | <para> | ||
2459 | Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. | ||
2460 | Unlike the | ||
2461 | <link linkend='var-bb-STAMP'><filename>STAMP</filename></link> | ||
2462 | variable, <filename>STAMPCLEAN</filename> can contain | ||
2463 | wildcards to match the range of files a clean operation | ||
2464 | should remove. | ||
2465 | BitBake uses a clean operation to remove any other stamps | ||
2466 | it should be removing when creating a new stamp. | ||
2467 | </para> | ||
2468 | </glossdef> | ||
2469 | </glossentry> | ||
2470 | |||
2471 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SUMMARY'><glossterm>SUMMARY</glossterm> | ||
2472 | <glossdef> | ||
2473 | <para> | ||
2474 | A short summary for the recipe, which is 72 characters or less. | ||
2475 | </para> | ||
2476 | </glossdef> | ||
2477 | </glossentry> | ||
2478 | |||
2479 | <glossentry id='var-bb-SVNDIR'><glossterm>SVNDIR</glossterm> | ||
2480 | <glossdef> | ||
2481 | <para> | ||
2482 | The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion | ||
2483 | system are stored. | ||
2484 | </para> | ||
2485 | </glossdef> | ||
2486 | </glossentry> | ||
2487 | |||
2488 | </glossdiv> | ||
2489 | |||
2490 | <glossdiv id='var-bb-glossary-t'><title>T</title> | ||
2491 | |||
2492 | <glossentry id='var-bb-T'><glossterm>T</glossterm> | ||
2493 | <glossdef> | ||
2494 | <para>Points to a directory were BitBake places | ||
2495 | temporary files, which consist mostly of task logs and | ||
2496 | scripts, when building a particular recipe. | ||
2497 | </para> | ||
2498 | </glossdef> | ||
2499 | </glossentry> | ||
2500 | |||
2501 | <glossentry id='var-bb-TOPDIR'><glossterm>TOPDIR</glossterm> | ||
2502 | <glossdef> | ||
2503 | <para> | ||
2504 | Points to the build directory. | ||
2505 | BitBake automatically sets this variable. | ||
2506 | </para> | ||
2507 | </glossdef> | ||
2508 | </glossentry> | ||
2509 | |||
2510 | </glossdiv> | ||
2511 | |||
2512 | <!-- | ||
2513 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-u'><title>U</title> | ||
2514 | </glossdiv> | ||
2515 | |||
2516 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-v'><title>V</title> | ||
2517 | </glossdiv> | ||
2518 | |||
2519 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-w'><title>W</title> | ||
2520 | </glossdiv> | ||
2521 | |||
2522 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-x'><title>X</title> | ||
2523 | </glossdiv> | ||
2524 | |||
2525 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-y'><title>Y</title> | ||
2526 | </glossdiv> | ||
2527 | |||
2528 | <glossdiv id='var-glossary-z'><title>Z</title> | ||
2529 | </glossdiv> | ||
2530 | --> | ||
2531 | |||
2532 | |||
2533 | </glossary> | ||
2534 | </chapter> | ||
2535 | <!-- | ||
2536 | vim: expandtab tw=80 ts=4 | ||
2537 | --> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-style.css b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-style.css deleted file mode 100644 index 65da2a4e31..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-style.css +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,984 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | /* | ||
2 | Generic XHTML / DocBook XHTML CSS Stylesheet. | ||
3 | |||
4 | Browser wrangling and typographic design by | ||
5 | Oyvind Kolas / pippin@gimp.org | ||
6 | |||
7 | Customised for Poky by | ||
8 | Matthew Allum / mallum@o-hand.com | ||
9 | |||
10 | Thanks to: | ||
11 | Liam R. E. Quin | ||
12 | William Skaggs | ||
13 | Jakub Steiner | ||
14 | |||
15 | Structure | ||
16 | --------- | ||
17 | |||
18 | The stylesheet is divided into the following sections: | ||
19 | |||
20 | Positioning | ||
21 | Margins, paddings, width, font-size, clearing. | ||
22 | Decorations | ||
23 | Borders, style | ||
24 | Colors | ||
25 | Colors | ||
26 | Graphics | ||
27 | Graphical backgrounds | ||
28 | Nasty IE tweaks | ||
29 | Workarounds needed to make it work in internet explorer, | ||
30 | currently makes the stylesheet non validating, but up until | ||
31 | this point it is validating. | ||
32 | Mozilla extensions | ||
33 | Transparency for footer | ||
34 | Rounded corners on boxes | ||
35 | |||
36 | */ | ||
37 | |||
38 | |||
39 | /*************** / | ||
40 | / Positioning / | ||
41 | / ***************/ | ||
42 | |||
43 | body { | ||
44 | font-family: Verdana, Sans, sans-serif; | ||
45 | |||
46 | min-width: 640px; | ||
47 | width: 80%; | ||
48 | margin: 0em auto; | ||
49 | padding: 2em 5em 5em 5em; | ||
50 | color: #333; | ||
51 | } | ||
52 | |||
53 | h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,h7 { | ||
54 | font-family: Arial, Sans; | ||
55 | color: #00557D; | ||
56 | clear: both; | ||
57 | } | ||
58 | |||
59 | h1 { | ||
60 | font-size: 2em; | ||
61 | text-align: left; | ||
62 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
63 | margin: 2em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
64 | } | ||
65 | |||
66 | h2.subtitle { | ||
67 | margin: 0.10em 0em 3.0em 0em; | ||
68 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
69 | font-size: 1.8em; | ||
70 | padding-left: 20%; | ||
71 | font-weight: normal; | ||
72 | font-style: italic; | ||
73 | } | ||
74 | |||
75 | h2 { | ||
76 | margin: 2em 0em 0.66em 0em; | ||
77 | padding: 0.5em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
78 | font-size: 1.5em; | ||
79 | font-weight: bold; | ||
80 | } | ||
81 | |||
82 | h3.subtitle { | ||
83 | margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em; | ||
84 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
85 | font-size: 142.14%; | ||
86 | text-align: right; | ||
87 | } | ||
88 | |||
89 | h3 { | ||
90 | margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em; | ||
91 | padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
92 | font-size: 140%; | ||
93 | font-weight: bold; | ||
94 | } | ||
95 | |||
96 | h4 { | ||
97 | margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em; | ||
98 | padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
99 | font-size: 120%; | ||
100 | font-weight: bold; | ||
101 | } | ||
102 | |||
103 | h5 { | ||
104 | margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em; | ||
105 | padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
106 | font-size: 110%; | ||
107 | font-weight: bold; | ||
108 | } | ||
109 | |||
110 | h6 { | ||
111 | margin: 1em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
112 | padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
113 | font-size: 110%; | ||
114 | font-weight: bold; | ||
115 | } | ||
116 | |||
117 | .authorgroup { | ||
118 | background-color: transparent; | ||
119 | background-repeat: no-repeat; | ||
120 | padding-top: 256px; | ||
121 | background-image: url("figures/bitbake-title.png"); | ||
122 | background-position: left top; | ||
123 | margin-top: -256px; | ||
124 | padding-right: 50px; | ||
125 | margin-left: 0px; | ||
126 | text-align: right; | ||
127 | width: 740px; | ||
128 | } | ||
129 | |||
130 | h3.author { | ||
131 | margin: 0em 0me 0em 0em; | ||
132 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
133 | font-weight: normal; | ||
134 | font-size: 100%; | ||
135 | color: #333; | ||
136 | clear: both; | ||
137 | } | ||
138 | |||
139 | .author tt.email { | ||
140 | font-size: 66%; | ||
141 | } | ||
142 | |||
143 | .titlepage hr { | ||
144 | width: 0em; | ||
145 | clear: both; | ||
146 | } | ||
147 | |||
148 | .revhistory { | ||
149 | padding-top: 2em; | ||
150 | clear: both; | ||
151 | } | ||
152 | |||
153 | .toc, | ||
154 | .list-of-tables, | ||
155 | .list-of-examples, | ||
156 | .list-of-figures { | ||
157 | padding: 1.33em 0em 2.5em 0em; | ||
158 | color: #00557D; | ||
159 | } | ||
160 | |||
161 | .toc p, | ||
162 | .list-of-tables p, | ||
163 | .list-of-figures p, | ||
164 | .list-of-examples p { | ||
165 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
166 | padding: 0em 0em 0.3em; | ||
167 | margin: 1.5em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
168 | } | ||
169 | |||
170 | .toc p b, | ||
171 | .list-of-tables p b, | ||
172 | .list-of-figures p b, | ||
173 | .list-of-examples p b{ | ||
174 | font-size: 100.0%; | ||
175 | font-weight: bold; | ||
176 | } | ||
177 | |||
178 | .toc dl, | ||
179 | .list-of-tables dl, | ||
180 | .list-of-figures dl, | ||
181 | .list-of-examples dl { | ||
182 | margin: 0em 0em 0.5em 0em; | ||
183 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
184 | } | ||
185 | |||
186 | .toc dt { | ||
187 | margin: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
188 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
189 | } | ||
190 | |||
191 | .toc dd { | ||
192 | margin: 0em 0em 0em 2.6em; | ||
193 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
194 | } | ||
195 | |||
196 | div.glossary dl, | ||
197 | div.variablelist dl { | ||
198 | } | ||
199 | |||
200 | .glossary dl dt, | ||
201 | .variablelist dl dt, | ||
202 | .variablelist dl dt span.term { | ||
203 | font-weight: normal; | ||
204 | width: 20em; | ||
205 | text-align: right; | ||
206 | } | ||
207 | |||
208 | .variablelist dl dt { | ||
209 | margin-top: 0.5em; | ||
210 | } | ||
211 | |||
212 | .glossary dl dd, | ||
213 | .variablelist dl dd { | ||
214 | margin-top: -1em; | ||
215 | margin-left: 25.5em; | ||
216 | } | ||
217 | |||
218 | .glossary dd p, | ||
219 | .variablelist dd p { | ||
220 | margin-top: 0em; | ||
221 | margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
222 | } | ||
223 | |||
224 | |||
225 | div.calloutlist table td { | ||
226 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
227 | margin: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
228 | } | ||
229 | |||
230 | div.calloutlist table td p { | ||
231 | margin-top: 0em; | ||
232 | margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
233 | } | ||
234 | |||
235 | div p.copyright { | ||
236 | text-align: left; | ||
237 | } | ||
238 | |||
239 | div.legalnotice p.legalnotice-title { | ||
240 | margin-bottom: 0em; | ||
241 | } | ||
242 | |||
243 | p { | ||
244 | line-height: 1.5em; | ||
245 | margin-top: 0em; | ||
246 | |||
247 | } | ||
248 | |||
249 | dl { | ||
250 | padding-top: 0em; | ||
251 | } | ||
252 | |||
253 | hr { | ||
254 | border: solid 1px; | ||
255 | } | ||
256 | |||
257 | |||
258 | .mediaobject, | ||
259 | .mediaobjectco { | ||
260 | text-align: center; | ||
261 | } | ||
262 | |||
263 | img { | ||
264 | border: none; | ||
265 | } | ||
266 | |||
267 | ul { | ||
268 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 1.5em; | ||
269 | } | ||
270 | |||
271 | ul li { | ||
272 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
273 | } | ||
274 | |||
275 | ul li p { | ||
276 | text-align: left; | ||
277 | } | ||
278 | |||
279 | table { | ||
280 | width :100%; | ||
281 | } | ||
282 | |||
283 | th { | ||
284 | padding: 0.25em; | ||
285 | text-align: left; | ||
286 | font-weight: normal; | ||
287 | vertical-align: top; | ||
288 | } | ||
289 | |||
290 | td { | ||
291 | padding: 0.25em; | ||
292 | vertical-align: top; | ||
293 | } | ||
294 | |||
295 | p a[id] { | ||
296 | margin: 0px; | ||
297 | padding: 0px; | ||
298 | display: inline; | ||
299 | background-image: none; | ||
300 | } | ||
301 | |||
302 | a { | ||
303 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
304 | color: #444; | ||
305 | } | ||
306 | |||
307 | pre { | ||
308 | overflow: auto; | ||
309 | } | ||
310 | |||
311 | a:hover { | ||
312 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
313 | /*font-weight: bold;*/ | ||
314 | } | ||
315 | |||
316 | /* This style defines how the permalink character | ||
317 | appears by itself and when hovered over with | ||
318 | the mouse. */ | ||
319 | |||
320 | [alt='Permalink'] { color: #eee; } | ||
321 | [alt='Permalink']:hover { color: black; } | ||
322 | |||
323 | |||
324 | div.informalfigure, | ||
325 | div.informalexample, | ||
326 | div.informaltable, | ||
327 | div.figure, | ||
328 | div.table, | ||
329 | div.example { | ||
330 | margin: 1em 0em; | ||
331 | padding: 1em; | ||
332 | page-break-inside: avoid; | ||
333 | } | ||
334 | |||
335 | |||
336 | div.informalfigure p.title b, | ||
337 | div.informalexample p.title b, | ||
338 | div.informaltable p.title b, | ||
339 | div.figure p.title b, | ||
340 | div.example p.title b, | ||
341 | div.table p.title b{ | ||
342 | padding-top: 0em; | ||
343 | margin-top: 0em; | ||
344 | font-size: 100%; | ||
345 | font-weight: normal; | ||
346 | } | ||
347 | |||
348 | .mediaobject .caption, | ||
349 | .mediaobject .caption p { | ||
350 | text-align: center; | ||
351 | font-size: 80%; | ||
352 | padding-top: 0.5em; | ||
353 | padding-bottom: 0.5em; | ||
354 | } | ||
355 | |||
356 | .epigraph { | ||
357 | padding-left: 55%; | ||
358 | margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
359 | } | ||
360 | |||
361 | .epigraph p { | ||
362 | text-align: left; | ||
363 | } | ||
364 | |||
365 | .epigraph .quote { | ||
366 | font-style: italic; | ||
367 | } | ||
368 | .epigraph .attribution { | ||
369 | font-style: normal; | ||
370 | text-align: right; | ||
371 | } | ||
372 | |||
373 | span.application { | ||
374 | font-style: italic; | ||
375 | } | ||
376 | |||
377 | .programlisting { | ||
378 | font-family: monospace; | ||
379 | font-size: 80%; | ||
380 | white-space: pre; | ||
381 | margin: 1.33em 0em; | ||
382 | padding: 1.33em; | ||
383 | } | ||
384 | |||
385 | .tip, | ||
386 | .warning, | ||
387 | .caution, | ||
388 | .note { | ||
389 | margin-top: 1em; | ||
390 | margin-bottom: 1em; | ||
391 | |||
392 | } | ||
393 | |||
394 | /* force full width of table within div */ | ||
395 | .tip table, | ||
396 | .warning table, | ||
397 | .caution table, | ||
398 | .note table { | ||
399 | border: none; | ||
400 | width: 100%; | ||
401 | } | ||
402 | |||
403 | |||
404 | .tip table th, | ||
405 | .warning table th, | ||
406 | .caution table th, | ||
407 | .note table th { | ||
408 | padding: 0.8em 0.0em 0.0em 0.0em; | ||
409 | margin : 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
410 | } | ||
411 | |||
412 | .tip p, | ||
413 | .warning p, | ||
414 | .caution p, | ||
415 | .note p { | ||
416 | margin-top: 0.5em; | ||
417 | margin-bottom: 0.5em; | ||
418 | padding-right: 1em; | ||
419 | text-align: left; | ||
420 | } | ||
421 | |||
422 | .acronym { | ||
423 | text-transform: uppercase; | ||
424 | } | ||
425 | |||
426 | b.keycap, | ||
427 | .keycap { | ||
428 | padding: 0.09em 0.3em; | ||
429 | margin: 0em; | ||
430 | } | ||
431 | |||
432 | .itemizedlist li { | ||
433 | clear: none; | ||
434 | } | ||
435 | |||
436 | .filename { | ||
437 | font-size: medium; | ||
438 | font-family: Courier, monospace; | ||
439 | } | ||
440 | |||
441 | |||
442 | div.navheader, div.heading{ | ||
443 | position: absolute; | ||
444 | left: 0em; | ||
445 | top: 0em; | ||
446 | width: 100%; | ||
447 | background-color: #cdf; | ||
448 | width: 100%; | ||
449 | } | ||
450 | |||
451 | div.navfooter, div.footing{ | ||
452 | position: fixed; | ||
453 | left: 0em; | ||
454 | bottom: 0em; | ||
455 | background-color: #eee; | ||
456 | width: 100%; | ||
457 | } | ||
458 | |||
459 | |||
460 | div.navheader td, | ||
461 | div.navfooter td { | ||
462 | font-size: 66%; | ||
463 | } | ||
464 | |||
465 | div.navheader table th { | ||
466 | /*font-family: Georgia, Times, serif;*/ | ||
467 | /*font-size: x-large;*/ | ||
468 | font-size: 80%; | ||
469 | } | ||
470 | |||
471 | div.navheader table { | ||
472 | border-left: 0em; | ||
473 | border-right: 0em; | ||
474 | border-top: 0em; | ||
475 | width: 100%; | ||
476 | } | ||
477 | |||
478 | div.navfooter table { | ||
479 | border-left: 0em; | ||
480 | border-right: 0em; | ||
481 | border-bottom: 0em; | ||
482 | width: 100%; | ||
483 | } | ||
484 | |||
485 | div.navheader table td a, | ||
486 | div.navfooter table td a { | ||
487 | color: #777; | ||
488 | text-decoration: none; | ||
489 | } | ||
490 | |||
491 | /* normal text in the footer */ | ||
492 | div.navfooter table td { | ||
493 | color: black; | ||
494 | } | ||
495 | |||
496 | div.navheader table td a:visited, | ||
497 | div.navfooter table td a:visited { | ||
498 | color: #444; | ||
499 | } | ||
500 | |||
501 | |||
502 | /* links in header and footer */ | ||
503 | div.navheader table td a:hover, | ||
504 | div.navfooter table td a:hover { | ||
505 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
506 | background-color: transparent; | ||
507 | color: #33a; | ||
508 | } | ||
509 | |||
510 | div.navheader hr, | ||
511 | div.navfooter hr { | ||
512 | display: none; | ||
513 | } | ||
514 | |||
515 | |||
516 | .qandaset tr.question td p { | ||
517 | margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em; | ||
518 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
519 | } | ||
520 | |||
521 | .qandaset tr.answer td p { | ||
522 | margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em; | ||
523 | padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em; | ||
524 | } | ||
525 | .answer td { | ||
526 | padding-bottom: 1.5em; | ||
527 | } | ||
528 | |||
529 | .emphasis { | ||
530 | font-weight: bold; | ||
531 | } | ||
532 | |||
533 | |||
534 | /************* / | ||
535 | / decorations / | ||
536 | / *************/ | ||
537 | |||
538 | .titlepage { | ||
539 | } | ||
540 | |||
541 | .part .title { | ||
542 | } | ||
543 | |||
544 | .subtitle { | ||
545 | border: none; | ||
546 | } | ||
547 | |||
548 | /* | ||
549 | h1 { | ||
550 | border: none; | ||
551 | } | ||
552 | |||
553 | h2 { | ||
554 | border-top: solid 0.2em; | ||
555 | border-bottom: solid 0.06em; | ||
556 | } | ||
557 | |||
558 | h3 { | ||
559 | border-top: 0em; | ||
560 | border-bottom: solid 0.06em; | ||
561 | } | ||
562 | |||
563 | h4 { | ||
564 | border: 0em; | ||
565 | border-bottom: solid 0.06em; | ||
566 | } | ||
567 | |||
568 | h5 { | ||
569 | border: 0em; | ||
570 | } | ||
571 | */ | ||
572 | |||
573 | .programlisting { | ||
574 | border: solid 1px; | ||
575 | } | ||
576 | |||
577 | div.figure, | ||
578 | div.table, | ||
579 | div.informalfigure, | ||
580 | div.informaltable, | ||
581 | div.informalexample, | ||
582 | div.example { | ||
583 | border: 1px solid; | ||
584 | } | ||
585 | |||
586 | |||
587 | |||
588 | .tip, | ||
589 | .warning, | ||
590 | .caution, | ||
591 | .note { | ||
592 | border: 1px solid; | ||
593 | } | ||
594 | |||
595 | .tip table th, | ||
596 | .warning table th, | ||
597 | .caution table th, | ||
598 | .note table th { | ||
599 | border-bottom: 1px solid; | ||
600 | } | ||
601 | |||
602 | .question td { | ||
603 | border-top: 1px solid black; | ||
604 | } | ||
605 | |||
606 | .answer { | ||
607 | } | ||
608 | |||
609 | |||
610 | b.keycap, | ||
611 | .keycap { | ||
612 | border: 1px solid; | ||
613 | } | ||
614 | |||
615 | |||
616 | div.navheader, div.heading{ | ||
617 | border-bottom: 1px solid; | ||
618 | } | ||
619 | |||
620 | |||
621 | div.navfooter, div.footing{ | ||
622 | border-top: 1px solid; | ||
623 | } | ||
624 | |||
625 | /********* / | ||
626 | / colors / | ||
627 | / *********/ | ||
628 | |||
629 | body { | ||
630 | color: #333; | ||
631 | background: white; | ||
632 | } | ||
633 | |||
634 | a { | ||
635 | background: transparent; | ||
636 | } | ||
637 | |||
638 | a:hover { | ||
639 | background-color: #dedede; | ||
640 | } | ||
641 | |||
642 | |||
643 | h1, | ||
644 | h2, | ||
645 | h3, | ||
646 | h4, | ||
647 | h5, | ||
648 | h6, | ||
649 | h7, | ||
650 | h8 { | ||
651 | background-color: transparent; | ||
652 | } | ||
653 | |||
654 | hr { | ||
655 | border-color: #aaa; | ||
656 | } | ||
657 | |||
658 | |||
659 | .tip, .warning, .caution, .note { | ||
660 | border-color: #fff; | ||
661 | } | ||
662 | |||
663 | |||
664 | .tip table th, | ||
665 | .warning table th, | ||
666 | .caution table th, | ||
667 | .note table th { | ||
668 | border-bottom-color: #fff; | ||
669 | } | ||
670 | |||
671 | |||
672 | .warning { | ||
673 | background-color: #f0f0f2; | ||
674 | } | ||
675 | |||
676 | .caution { | ||
677 | background-color: #f0f0f2; | ||
678 | } | ||
679 | |||
680 | .tip { | ||
681 | background-color: #f0f0f2; | ||
682 | } | ||
683 | |||
684 | .note { | ||
685 | background-color: #f0f0f2; | ||
686 | } | ||
687 | |||
688 | .glossary dl dt, | ||
689 | .variablelist dl dt, | ||
690 | .variablelist dl dt span.term { | ||
691 | color: #044; | ||
692 | } | ||
693 | |||
694 | div.figure, | ||
695 | div.table, | ||
696 | div.example, | ||
697 | div.informalfigure, | ||
698 | div.informaltable, | ||
699 | div.informalexample { | ||
700 | border-color: #aaa; | ||
701 | } | ||
702 | |||
703 | pre.programlisting { | ||
704 | color: black; | ||
705 | background-color: #fff; | ||
706 | border-color: #aaa; | ||
707 | border-width: 2px; | ||
708 | } | ||
709 | |||
710 | .guimenu, | ||
711 | .guilabel, | ||
712 | .guimenuitem { | ||
713 | background-color: #eee; | ||
714 | } | ||
715 | |||
716 | |||
717 | b.keycap, | ||
718 | .keycap { | ||
719 | background-color: #eee; | ||
720 | border-color: #999; | ||
721 | } | ||
722 | |||
723 | |||
724 | div.navheader { | ||
725 | border-color: black; | ||
726 | } | ||
727 | |||
728 | |||
729 | div.navfooter { | ||
730 | border-color: black; | ||
731 | } | ||
732 | |||
733 | |||
734 | /*********** / | ||
735 | / graphics / | ||
736 | / ***********/ | ||
737 | |||
738 | /* | ||
739 | body { | ||
740 | background-image: url("images/body_bg.jpg"); | ||
741 | background-attachment: fixed; | ||
742 | } | ||
743 | |||
744 | .navheader, | ||
745 | .note, | ||
746 | .tip { | ||
747 | background-image: url("images/note_bg.jpg"); | ||
748 | background-attachment: fixed; | ||
749 | } | ||
750 | |||
751 | .warning, | ||
752 | .caution { | ||
753 | background-image: url("images/warning_bg.jpg"); | ||
754 | background-attachment: fixed; | ||
755 | } | ||
756 | |||
757 | .figure, | ||
758 | .informalfigure, | ||
759 | .example, | ||
760 | .informalexample, | ||
761 | .table, | ||
762 | .informaltable { | ||
763 | background-image: url("images/figure_bg.jpg"); | ||
764 | background-attachment: fixed; | ||
765 | } | ||
766 | |||
767 | */ | ||
768 | h1, | ||
769 | h2, | ||
770 | h3, | ||
771 | h4, | ||
772 | h5, | ||
773 | h6, | ||
774 | h7{ | ||
775 | } | ||
776 | |||
777 | /* | ||
778 | Example of how to stick an image as part of the title. | ||
779 | |||
780 | div.article .titlepage .title | ||
781 | { | ||
782 | background-image: url("figures/white-on-black.png"); | ||
783 | background-position: center; | ||
784 | background-repeat: repeat-x; | ||
785 | } | ||
786 | */ | ||
787 | |||
788 | div.preface .titlepage .title, | ||
789 | div.colophon .title, | ||
790 | div.chapter .titlepage .title, | ||
791 | div.article .titlepage .title | ||
792 | { | ||
793 | } | ||
794 | |||
795 | div.section div.section .titlepage .title, | ||
796 | div.sect2 .titlepage .title { | ||
797 | background: none; | ||
798 | } | ||
799 | |||
800 | |||
801 | h1.title { | ||
802 | background-color: transparent; | ||
803 | background-repeat: no-repeat; | ||
804 | height: 256px; | ||
805 | text-indent: -9000px; | ||
806 | overflow:hidden; | ||
807 | } | ||
808 | |||
809 | h2.subtitle { | ||
810 | background-color: transparent; | ||
811 | text-indent: -9000px; | ||
812 | overflow:hidden; | ||
813 | width: 0px; | ||
814 | display: none; | ||
815 | } | ||
816 | |||
817 | /*************************************** / | ||
818 | / pippin.gimp.org specific alterations / | ||
819 | / ***************************************/ | ||
820 | |||
821 | /* | ||
822 | div.heading, div.navheader { | ||
823 | color: #777; | ||
824 | font-size: 80%; | ||
825 | padding: 0; | ||
826 | margin: 0; | ||
827 | text-align: left; | ||
828 | position: absolute; | ||
829 | top: 0px; | ||
830 | left: 0px; | ||
831 | width: 100%; | ||
832 | height: 50px; | ||
833 | background: url('/gfx/heading_bg.png') transparent; | ||
834 | background-repeat: repeat-x; | ||
835 | background-attachment: fixed; | ||
836 | border: none; | ||
837 | } | ||
838 | |||
839 | div.heading a { | ||
840 | color: #444; | ||
841 | } | ||
842 | |||
843 | div.footing, div.navfooter { | ||
844 | border: none; | ||
845 | color: #ddd; | ||
846 | font-size: 80%; | ||
847 | text-align:right; | ||
848 | |||
849 | width: 100%; | ||
850 | padding-top: 10px; | ||
851 | position: absolute; | ||
852 | bottom: 0px; | ||
853 | left: 0px; | ||
854 | |||
855 | background: url('/gfx/footing_bg.png') transparent; | ||
856 | } | ||
857 | */ | ||
858 | |||
859 | |||
860 | |||
861 | /****************** / | ||
862 | / nasty ie tweaks / | ||
863 | / ******************/ | ||
864 | |||
865 | /* | ||
866 | div.heading, div.navheader { | ||
867 | width:expression(document.body.clientWidth + "px"); | ||
868 | } | ||
869 | |||
870 | div.footing, div.navfooter { | ||
871 | width:expression(document.body.clientWidth + "px"); | ||
872 | margin-left:expression("-5em"); | ||
873 | } | ||
874 | body { | ||
875 | padding:expression("4em 5em 0em 5em"); | ||
876 | } | ||
877 | */ | ||
878 | |||
879 | /**************************************** / | ||
880 | / mozilla vendor specific css extensions / | ||
881 | / ****************************************/ | ||
882 | /* | ||
883 | div.navfooter, div.footing{ | ||
884 | -moz-opacity: 0.8em; | ||
885 | } | ||
886 | |||
887 | div.figure, | ||
888 | div.table, | ||
889 | div.informalfigure, | ||
890 | div.informaltable, | ||
891 | div.informalexample, | ||
892 | div.example, | ||
893 | .tip, | ||
894 | .warning, | ||
895 | .caution, | ||
896 | .note { | ||
897 | -moz-border-radius: 0.5em; | ||
898 | } | ||
899 | |||
900 | b.keycap, | ||
901 | .keycap { | ||
902 | -moz-border-radius: 0.3em; | ||
903 | } | ||
904 | */ | ||
905 | |||
906 | table tr td table tr td { | ||
907 | display: none; | ||
908 | } | ||
909 | |||
910 | |||
911 | hr { | ||
912 | display: none; | ||
913 | } | ||
914 | |||
915 | table { | ||
916 | border: 0em; | ||
917 | } | ||
918 | |||
919 | .photo { | ||
920 | float: right; | ||
921 | margin-left: 1.5em; | ||
922 | margin-bottom: 1.5em; | ||
923 | margin-top: 0em; | ||
924 | max-width: 17em; | ||
925 | border: 1px solid gray; | ||
926 | padding: 3px; | ||
927 | background: white; | ||
928 | } | ||
929 | .seperator { | ||
930 | padding-top: 2em; | ||
931 | clear: both; | ||
932 | } | ||
933 | |||
934 | #validators { | ||
935 | margin-top: 5em; | ||
936 | text-align: right; | ||
937 | color: #777; | ||
938 | } | ||
939 | @media print { | ||
940 | body { | ||
941 | font-size: 8pt; | ||
942 | } | ||
943 | .noprint { | ||
944 | display: none; | ||
945 | } | ||
946 | } | ||
947 | |||
948 | |||
949 | .tip, | ||
950 | .note { | ||
951 | background: #f0f0f2; | ||
952 | color: #333; | ||
953 | padding: 20px; | ||
954 | margin: 20px; | ||
955 | } | ||
956 | |||
957 | .tip h3, | ||
958 | .note h3 { | ||
959 | padding: 0em; | ||
960 | margin: 0em; | ||
961 | font-size: 2em; | ||
962 | font-weight: bold; | ||
963 | color: #333; | ||
964 | } | ||
965 | |||
966 | .tip a, | ||
967 | .note a { | ||
968 | color: #333; | ||
969 | text-decoration: underline; | ||
970 | } | ||
971 | |||
972 | .footnote { | ||
973 | font-size: small; | ||
974 | color: #333; | ||
975 | } | ||
976 | |||
977 | /* Changes the announcement text */ | ||
978 | .tip h3, | ||
979 | .warning h3, | ||
980 | .caution h3, | ||
981 | .note h3 { | ||
982 | font-size:large; | ||
983 | color: #00557D; | ||
984 | } | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual.xml b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual.xml deleted file mode 100644 index d793265c9a..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual.xml +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" | ||
2 | "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd"> | ||
3 | |||
4 | <book id='bitbake-user-manual' lang='en' | ||
5 | xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2003/XInclude" | ||
6 | xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" | ||
7 | > | ||
8 | <bookinfo> | ||
9 | |||
10 | <mediaobject> | ||
11 | <imageobject> | ||
12 | <imagedata fileref='figures/bitbake-title.png' | ||
13 | format='SVG' | ||
14 | align='left' scalefit='1' width='100%'/> | ||
15 | </imageobject> | ||
16 | </mediaobject> | ||
17 | |||
18 | <title> | ||
19 | BitBake User Manual | ||
20 | </title> | ||
21 | |||
22 | <authorgroup> | ||
23 | <author> | ||
24 | <firstname>Richard Purdie, Chris Larson, and </firstname> <surname>Phil Blundell</surname> | ||
25 | <affiliation> | ||
26 | <orgname>BitBake Community</orgname> | ||
27 | </affiliation> | ||
28 | <email>bitbake-devel@lists.openembedded.org</email> | ||
29 | </author> | ||
30 | </authorgroup> | ||
31 | |||
32 | <!-- | ||
33 | # Add in some revision history if we want it here. | ||
34 | <revhistory> | ||
35 | <revision> | ||
36 | <revnumber>x.x</revnumber> | ||
37 | <date>dd month year</date> | ||
38 | <revremark>Some relevent comment</revremark> | ||
39 | </revision> | ||
40 | <revision> | ||
41 | <revnumber>x.x</revnumber> | ||
42 | <date>dd month year</date> | ||
43 | <revremark>Some relevent comment</revremark> | ||
44 | </revision> | ||
45 | <revision> | ||
46 | <revnumber>x.x</revnumber> | ||
47 | <date>dd month year</date> | ||
48 | <revremark>Some relevent comment</revremark> | ||
49 | </revision> | ||
50 | <revision> | ||
51 | <revnumber>x.x</revnumber> | ||
52 | <date>dd month year</date> | ||
53 | <revremark>Some relevent comment</revremark> | ||
54 | </revision> | ||
55 | </revhistory> | ||
56 | --> | ||
57 | |||
58 | <copyright> | ||
59 | <year>2004-2018</year> | ||
60 | <holder>Richard Purdie</holder> | ||
61 | <holder>Chris Larson</holder> | ||
62 | <holder>and Phil Blundell</holder> | ||
63 | </copyright> | ||
64 | |||
65 | <legalnotice> | ||
66 | <para> | ||
67 | This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution License. | ||
68 | To view a copy of this license, visit | ||
69 | <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.5/</ulink> | ||
70 | or send a letter to Creative Commons, 444 Castro Street, | ||
71 | Suite 900, Mountain View, California 94041, USA. | ||
72 | </para> | ||
73 | </legalnotice> | ||
74 | </bookinfo> | ||
75 | |||
76 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-intro.xml"/> | ||
77 | |||
78 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-execution.xml"/> | ||
79 | |||
80 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-metadata.xml"/> | ||
81 | |||
82 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-fetching.xml"/> | ||
83 | |||
84 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-ref-variables.xml"/> | ||
85 | |||
86 | <xi:include href="bitbake-user-manual-hello.xml"/> | ||
87 | |||
88 | </book> | ||
diff --git a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/html.css b/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/html.css deleted file mode 100644 index 6eedfd3189..0000000000 --- a/bitbake/doc/bitbake-user-manual/html.css +++ /dev/null | |||
@@ -1,281 +0,0 @@ | |||
1 | /* Feuille de style DocBook du projet Traduc.org */ | ||
2 | /* DocBook CSS stylesheet of the Traduc.org project */ | ||
3 | |||
4 | /* (c) Jean-Philippe Guérard - 14 août 2004 */ | ||
5 | /* (c) Jean-Philippe Guérard - 14 August 2004 */ | ||
6 | |||
7 | /* Cette feuille de style est libre, vous pouvez la */ | ||
8 | /* redistribuer et la modifier selon les termes de la Licence */ | ||
9 | /* Art Libre. Vous trouverez un exemplaire de cette Licence sur */ | ||
10 | /* http://tigreraye.org/Petit-guide-du-traducteur.html#licence-art-libre */ | ||
11 | |||
12 | /* This work of art is free, you can redistribute it and/or */ | ||
13 | /* modify it according to terms of the Free Art license. You */ | ||
14 | /* will find a specimen of this license on the Copyleft */ | ||
15 | /* Attitude web site: http://artlibre.org as well as on other */ | ||
16 | /* sites. */ | ||
17 | /* Please note that the French version of this licence as shown */ | ||
18 | /* on http://tigreraye.org/Petit-guide-du-traducteur.html#licence-art-libre */ | ||
19 | /* is only official licence of this document. The English */ | ||
20 | /* is only provided to help you understand this licence. */ | ||
21 | |||
22 | /* La dernière version de cette feuille de style est toujours */ | ||
23 | /* disponible sur : http://tigreraye.org/style.css */ | ||
24 | /* Elle est également disponible sur : */ | ||
25 | /* http://www.traduc.org/docs/HOWTO/lecture/style.css */ | ||
26 | |||
27 | /* The latest version of this stylesheet is available from: */ | ||
28 | /* http://tigreraye.org/style.css */ | ||
29 | /* It is also available on: */ | ||
30 | /* http://www.traduc.org/docs/HOWTO/lecture/style.css */ | ||
31 | |||
32 | /* N'hésitez pas à envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à */ | ||
33 | /* Jean-Philippe Guérard <jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> */ | ||
34 | |||
35 | /* Please send feedback and bug reports to */ | ||
36 | /* Jean-Philippe Guérard <jean-philippe.guerard@tigreraye.org> */ | ||
37 | |||
38 | /* $Id: style.css,v 1.14 2004/09/10 20:12:09 fevrier Exp fevrier $ */ | ||
39 | |||
40 | /* Présentation générale du document */ | ||
41 | /* Overall document presentation */ | ||
42 | |||
43 | body { | ||
44 | /* | ||
45 | font-family: Apolline, "URW Palladio L", Garamond, jGaramond, | ||
46 | "Bitstream Cyberbit", "Palatino Linotype", serif; | ||
47 | */ | ||
48 | margin: 7%; | ||
49 | background-color: white; | ||
50 | } | ||
51 | |||
52 | /* Taille du texte */ | ||
53 | /* Text size */ | ||
54 | |||
55 | * { font-size: 100%; } | ||
56 | |||
57 | /* Gestion des textes mis en relief imbriqués */ | ||
58 | /* Embedded emphasis */ | ||
59 | |||
60 | em { font-style: italic; } | ||
61 | em em { font-style: normal; } | ||
62 | em em em { font-style: italic; } | ||
63 | |||
64 | /* Titres */ | ||
65 | /* Titles */ | ||
66 | |||
67 | h1 { font-size: 200%; font-weight: 900; } | ||
68 | h2 { font-size: 160%; font-weight: 900; } | ||
69 | h3 { font-size: 130%; font-weight: bold; } | ||
70 | h4 { font-size: 115%; font-weight: bold; } | ||
71 | h5 { font-size: 108%; font-weight: bold; } | ||
72 | h6 { font-weight: bold; } | ||
73 | |||
74 | /* Nom de famille en petites majuscules (uniquement en français) */ | ||
75 | /* Last names in small caps (for French only) */ | ||
76 | |||
77 | *[class~="surname"]:lang(fr) { font-variant: small-caps; } | ||
78 | |||
79 | /* Blocs de citation */ | ||
80 | /* Quotation blocs */ | ||
81 | |||
82 | div[class~="blockquote"] { | ||
83 | border: solid 2px #AAA; | ||
84 | padding: 5px; | ||
85 | margin: 5px; | ||
86 | } | ||
87 | |||
88 | div[class~="blockquote"] > table { | ||
89 | border: none; | ||
90 | } | ||
91 | |||
92 | /* Blocs litéraux : fond gris clair */ | ||
93 | /* Literal blocs: light gray background */ | ||
94 | |||
95 | *[class~="literallayout"] { | ||
96 | background: #f0f0f0; | ||
97 | padding: 5px; | ||
98 | margin: 5px; | ||
99 | } | ||
100 | |||
101 | /* Programmes et captures texte : fond bleu clair */ | ||
102 | /* Listing and text screen snapshots: light blue background */ | ||
103 | |||
104 | *[class~="programlisting"], *[class~="screen"] { | ||
105 | background: #f0f0ff; | ||
106 | padding: 5px; | ||
107 | margin: 5px; | ||
108 | } | ||
109 | |||
110 | /* Les textes à remplacer sont surlignés en vert pâle */ | ||
111 | /* Replaceable text in highlighted in pale green */ | ||
112 | |||
113 | *[class~="replaceable"] { | ||
114 | background-color: #98fb98; | ||
115 | font-style: normal; } | ||
116 | |||
117 | /* Tables : fonds gris clair & bords simples */ | ||
118 | /* Tables: light gray background and solid borders */ | ||
119 | |||
120 | *[class~="table"] *[class~="title"] { width:100%; border: 0px; } | ||
121 | |||
122 | table { | ||
123 | border: 1px solid #aaa; | ||
124 | border-collapse: collapse; | ||
125 | padding: 2px; | ||
126 | margin: 5px; | ||
127 | } | ||
128 | |||
129 | /* Listes simples en style table */ | ||
130 | /* Simples lists in table presentation */ | ||
131 | |||
132 | table[class~="simplelist"] { | ||
133 | background-color: #F0F0F0; | ||
134 | margin: 5px; | ||
135 | border: solid 1px #AAA; | ||
136 | } | ||
137 | |||
138 | table[class~="simplelist"] td { | ||
139 | border: solid 1px #AAA; | ||
140 | } | ||
141 | |||
142 | /* Les tables */ | ||
143 | /* Tables */ | ||
144 | |||
145 | *[class~="table"] table { | ||
146 | background-color: #F0F0F0; | ||
147 | border: solid 1px #AAA; | ||
148 | } | ||
149 | *[class~="informaltable"] table { background-color: #F0F0F0; } | ||
150 | |||
151 | th,td { | ||
152 | vertical-align: baseline; | ||
153 | text-align: left; | ||
154 | padding: 0.1em 0.3em; | ||
155 | empty-cells: show; | ||
156 | } | ||
157 | |||
158 | /* Alignement des colonnes */ | ||
159 | /* Colunms alignment */ | ||
160 | |||
161 | td[align=center] , th[align=center] { text-align: center; } | ||
162 | td[align=right] , th[align=right] { text-align: right; } | ||
163 | td[align=left] , th[align=left] { text-align: left; } | ||
164 | td[align=justify] , th[align=justify] { text-align: justify; } | ||
165 | |||
166 | /* Pas de marge autour des images */ | ||
167 | /* No inside margins for images */ | ||
168 | |||
169 | img { border: 0; } | ||
170 | |||
171 | /* Les liens ne sont pas soulignés */ | ||
172 | /* No underlines for links */ | ||
173 | |||
174 | :link , :visited , :active { text-decoration: none; } | ||
175 | |||
176 | /* Prudence : cadre jaune et fond jaune clair */ | ||
177 | /* Caution: yellow border and light yellow background */ | ||
178 | |||
179 | *[class~="caution"] { | ||
180 | border: solid 2px yellow; | ||
181 | background-color: #ffffe0; | ||
182 | padding: 1em 6px 1em ; | ||
183 | margin: 5px; | ||
184 | } | ||
185 | |||
186 | *[class~="caution"] th { | ||
187 | vertical-align: middle | ||
188 | } | ||
189 | |||
190 | *[class~="caution"] table { | ||
191 | background-color: #ffffe0; | ||
192 | border: none; | ||
193 | } | ||
194 | |||
195 | /* Note importante : cadre jaune et fond jaune clair */ | ||
196 | /* Important: yellow border and light yellow background */ | ||
197 | |||
198 | *[class~="important"] { | ||
199 | border: solid 2px yellow; | ||
200 | background-color: #ffffe0; | ||
201 | padding: 1em 6px 1em; | ||
202 | margin: 5px; | ||
203 | } | ||
204 | |||
205 | *[class~="important"] th { | ||
206 | vertical-align: middle | ||
207 | } | ||
208 | |||
209 | *[class~="important"] table { | ||
210 | background-color: #ffffe0; | ||
211 | border: none; | ||
212 | } | ||
213 | |||
214 | /* Mise en évidence : texte légèrement plus grand */ | ||
215 | /* Highlights: slightly larger texts */ | ||
216 | |||
217 | *[class~="highlights"] { | ||
218 | font-size: 110%; | ||
219 | } | ||
220 | |||
221 | /* Note : cadre bleu et fond bleu clair */ | ||
222 | /* Notes: blue border and light blue background */ | ||
223 | |||
224 | *[class~="note"] { | ||
225 | border: solid 2px #7099C5; | ||
226 | background-color: #f0f0ff; | ||
227 | padding: 1em 6px 1em ; | ||
228 | margin: 5px; | ||
229 | } | ||
230 | |||
231 | *[class~="note"] th { | ||
232 | vertical-align: middle | ||
233 | } | ||
234 | |||
235 | *[class~="note"] table { | ||
236 | background-color: #f0f0ff; | ||
237 | border: none; | ||
238 | } | ||
239 | |||
240 | /* Astuce : cadre vert et fond vert clair */ | ||
241 | /* Tip: green border and light green background */ | ||
242 | |||
243 | *[class~="tip"] { | ||
244 | border: solid 2px #00ff00; | ||
245 | background-color: #f0ffff; | ||
246 | padding: 1em 6px 1em ; | ||
247 | margin: 5px; | ||
248 | } | ||
249 | |||
250 | *[class~="tip"] th { | ||
251 | vertical-align: middle; | ||
252 | } | ||
253 | |||
254 | *[class~="tip"] table { | ||
255 | background-color: #f0ffff; | ||
256 | border: none; | ||
257 | } | ||
258 | |||
259 | /* Avertissement : cadre rouge et fond rouge clair */ | ||
260 | /* Warning: red border and light red background */ | ||
261 | |||
262 | *[class~="warning"] { | ||
263 | border: solid 2px #ff0000; | ||
264 | background-color: #fff0f0; | ||
265 | padding: 1em 6px 1em ; | ||
266 | margin: 5px; | ||
267 | } | ||
268 | |||
269 | *[class~="warning"] th { | ||
270 | vertical-align: middle; | ||
271 | } | ||
272 | |||
273 | |||
274 | *[class~="warning"] table { | ||
275 | background-color: #fff0f0; | ||
276 | border: none; | ||
277 | } | ||
278 | |||
279 | /* Fin */ | ||
280 | /* The End */ | ||
281 | |||